QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 23, 2004

Registration No. 333-           



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
The Securities Act of 1933


SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware   2834   94-3295878
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

341 Oyster Point Boulevard
South San Francisco, California 94080
(650) 266-3500
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)


Daniel N. Swisher, Jr.
Chief Executive Officer
Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
341 Oyster Point Boulevard
South San Francisco, California 94080
(650) 266-3500
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)


Copies to:

Alan C. Mendelson
William C. Davisson
Latham & Watkins LLP
135 Commonwealth Drive
Menlo Park, California 94025
(650) 328-4600
  Laura A. Berezin
John T. McKenna
Cooley Godward LLP
3000 El Camino Real
Palo Alto, California 94306
(650) 843-5000

         Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

        If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  o

        If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

        If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

        If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

        If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.  o


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(1)


Common Stock, $0.0001 par value   $86,250,000   $10,152

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.


         The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.




The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED DECEMBER 23, 2004

                  Shares

GRAPHIC

Common Stock


        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to be between $            and $            per share. We plan to apply to have our stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "SNSS."

        We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase, on the same terms and conditions set forth below, a maximum of            additional shares if the underwriters sell more than            shares in this offering.

         Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 7.

 
  Price to
Public

  Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions

  Proceeds to Sunesis
Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Per Share   $                     $                     $                  
Total   $                     $                     $                  

        Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about                              , 2005.

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Joint Book-Running Managers

Lehman Brothers SG Cowen & Co.

Needham & Company, Inc.

The date of this prospectus is                              , 2005




TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  PAGE
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY   1
RISK FACTORS   7
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS   22
USE OF PROCEEDS   23
DIVIDEND POLICY   23
CAPITALIZATION   24
DILUTION   25
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA   27
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS   29
CONVERSION OF PREFERRED STOCK AND REVERSE STOCK SPLIT   39
BUSINESS   41
MANAGEMENT   62
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS   77
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS   79
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK   82
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS   86
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE   89
UNDERWRITING   91
LEGAL MATTERS   95
EXPERTS   95
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION   95
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   F-1

         You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This prospectus may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this prospectus is only accurate as of the date of this prospectus, but the information may have changed since that date.

         Until                        , 2005, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights key aspects of the information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not constitute all the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our common stock that we discuss in "Risk Factors" and our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Overview

        We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of small molecule therapeutics for oncology, inflammatory diseases and other unmet medical needs. We have built our product candidate portfolio through internal discovery and the in-licensing of novel cancer therapeutics. We are advancing our product candidates through in-house research and development efforts and strategic collaborations with leading pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical companies. We believe the quality and breadth of our product candidate pipeline, platform technology, strategic collaborations and scientific team will enable us to become a fully integrated biopharmaceutical company with a diversified portfolio of novel therapeutics for major diseases.

        We are advancing two proprietary oncology product candidates. Our lead product candidate, SNS-595, is a novel inhibitor of cell division, known as a cell-cycle inhibitor, intended for the treatment of cancer. We are currently conducting two Phase I clinical trials with SNS-595. We are also developing an Aurora kinase inhibitor for the treatment of cancer, which we expect to enter Phase I clinical trials in 2006. We have worldwide development and commercialization rights to SNS-595 and our Aurora kinase inhibitors program.

        We have developed a proprietary fragment-based drug discovery approach, called "Tethering," that we combine with other drug discovery tools, such as structure-based design and medicinal chemistry, to discover and develop novel therapeutics for major diseases. In addition to its use in our internal drug discovery efforts, Tethering is the basis of our five strategic collaborations with Biogen Idec, Johnson & Johnson PRD and Merck. In the last year, each of our current collaboration partners has either extended its existing collaboration or entered into a new collaboration with our company. We believe that our strategic collaborations will enable us to leverage and expand our internal development capabilities, manage our cash expenditures and diversify risk across our pipeline.

Our Programs

        SNS-595 is a novel cytotoxic drug that we believe represents a new class of anti-tumor drugs. SNS-595 is a cell-cycle inhibitor that we believe has a novel mechanism of action and induces cell death. In preclinical studies, SNS-595 demonstrated broad anti-tumor activity. In June 2004, we began the first of two Phase I clinical trials to evaluate doses and schedules of administration in patients with advanced solid tumors. We plan to commence up to three Phase II clinical trials with SNS-595 in the second half of 2005. We currently plan to design these trials to evaluate SNS-595 as a stand-alone therapy in patients with small cell and non-small cell lung cancers and acute myelocytic leukemia. In addition, in 2006 we intend to commence Phase II clinical trials to evaluate SNS-595 as a stand-alone therapy and Phase Ib clinical trials to evaluate SNS-595 in combination with standard treatments in additional tumor types. We obtained worldwide rights to SNS-595 from Dainippon Pharmaceutical in 2003.

1


        We are applying Tethering in several programs to discover and develop novel kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer.

2


Our Fragment-Based Drug Discovery Approach

        We are applying Tethering to discover and develop novel therapeutics for major diseases. Tethering allows us to screen drug fragments based on binding properties, which enables us to potentially identify compounds that may not be discovered through conventional methods of drug discovery. We believe that this capability allows us to efficiently design product candidates that bind to sites or regions on a specific protein not readily accessed by other discovery methods. Tethering is applicable to most proteins, and we have used Tethering on over 15 different protein targets to date.

Our Strategy

        We are focused on discovering, developing and commercializing small molecule therapeutics for oncology, inflammatory diseases and other unmet medical needs. The key elements of our business strategy are as follows:

Risks Related to Our Business

        We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company subject to a number of risks that you should be aware of before you decide to buy our common stock. In particular, all of our product candidates are in Phase I clinical trials or earlier, and we have not received regulatory approval for any product candidate. It is possible that we may never successfully commercialize any of our product candidates. As of September 30, 2004, we had an accumulated deficit of $89.4 million, and we expect to continue to incur substantial losses for the foreseeable future. These risks are discussed more fully in "Risk Factors."


Corporate Information

        We were incorporated in Delaware in February 1998 as Mosaic Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and we subsequently changed our name to Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 341 Oyster Point Boulevard, South San Francisco, California 94080, and our telephone number is (650) 266-3500. Our website address is www.sunesis.com . Information contained in, or accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus. References in this prospectus to "we," "us," "our," "our company" or "Sunesis" refer to Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

        Sunesis, Tethering and the  LOGO , our logo, are registered trademarks of our company. All other trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

3


The Offering

Common stock offered by Sunesis:                     shares

Common stock to be outstanding after the offering:

 

                  shares

Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol:

 

SNSS

Use of proceeds:

 

We intend to use our net proceeds to fund clinical and preclinical development of our product candidates, including SNS-595, to discover additional product candidates, to repay outstanding indebtedness and for general corporate purposes, including working capital. We may use a portion of our net proceeds to in-license product candidates or to invest in businesses or technologies that we believe are complementary to our own. See "Use of Proceeds."

        The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 40,680,913 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2004, assuming conversion of all our outstanding preferred stock into common stock and before giving effect to the reverse stock split. The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes, as of September 30, 2004:

Unless specifically stated, all information contained in this prospectus:

None of the information contained in this prospectus has been adjusted to reflect a reverse stock split that we intend to effect prior to the completion of this offering.

4


Summary Financial Data

        The following summary financial data should be read in conjunction with "Selected Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2004, as well as the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2004, from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 
 
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2003
  2004
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

 
 
 
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
Statements of Operations Data:                                
Revenue:                                
  Collaboration revenue   $ 407   $ 3,202   $ 7,699   $ 5,882   $ 6,295  
  Grant and fellowship revenue     701     1,474     561     494     135  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total revenue     1,108     4,676     8,260     6,376     6,430  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses:                                
  Research and development     14,790     18,441     21,326     15,023     17,504  
  General and administrative     5,273     6,179     6,136     4,489     5,478  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Total operating expenses     20,063     24,620     27,462     19,512     22,982  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Loss from operations     (18,955 )   (19,944 )   (19,202 )   (13,136 )   (16,552 )
Interest income     3,525     1,360     713     564     316  
Interest expense     (497 )   (594 )   (521 )   (400 )   (299 )
Other income (expense), net     (104 )   (4 )   5     6     1  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss   $ (16,031 ) $ (19,182 ) $ (19,005 ) $ (12,966 ) $ (16,534 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted net loss per common share   $ (5.06 ) $ (4.41 ) $ (3.80 ) $ (2.63 ) $ (3.03 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share     3,166,054     4,351,983     4,996,859     4,936,262     5,453,385  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share (unaudited)               $ (0.51 )       $ (0.44 )
               
       
 
Shares used in computing pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share (unaudited)                 36,905,131           37,979,053  
               
       
 
 
  As of September 30, 2004
 
  Actual
  Pro Forma
As Adjusted

 
  (unaudited)

 
 
(in thousands)

Balance Sheet Data:          
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities   $ 41,456    
Working capital     32,287    
Total assets     46,860    
Long-term debt     4,255    
Convertible preferred stock     108,813    
Common stock and additional paid-in capital     5,955    
Accumulated deficit     (89,421 )  
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)     (86,378 )  

5


        See Note 2 to our audited financial statements for a description of the method used to compute shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share and shares used in computing pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share.

        The pro forma as adjusted data reflect, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $                , (i) the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into shares of common stock in connection with this offering and (ii) the receipt of net proceeds from the sale of                shares of common stock in this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. See "Conversion of Preferred Stock and Reverse Stock Split."

6



RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and all information contained in this prospectus before you decide to purchase our common stock. If any of the possible adverse events described below actually occurs, we may be unable to conduct our business as currently planned and our financial condition and operating results could be harmed. In addition, the trading price of our common stock could decline due to the occurrence of any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Please see "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

Risks Related to Our Business

We have incurred losses since inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. We may not ever achieve or sustain profitability.

        We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history. We are not profitable and have incurred losses in each year since our inception in 1998. We do not currently have any products that have been approved for marketing, and we continue to incur research and development and general and administrative expenses related to our operations. Our net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 and for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 was $16.5 million, $19.0 million, $19.2 million and $16.0 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2004, we had an accumulated deficit of $89.4 million. We expect to continue to incur losses for the forseeable future, and we expect these losses to increase as we continue our research activities and conduct development of, and seek regulatory approvals for, our product candidates, and commercialize any approved drugs. Our losses, among other things, have caused and will continue to cause our stockholders' equity and working capital to decrease. To date, we have derived all of our revenue from collaboration agreements and, to a lesser extent, grants and fellowships. We do not anticipate that we will generate revenue from the sale of future products for the forseeable future. If our product candidates fail in clinical trials or do not gain regulatory approval, or if our future products do not achieve market acceptance, we may never become profitable. Even if we achieve profitability in the future, we may not be able to sustain profitability in subsequent periods.

There is a high risk that our drug discovery and development activities will not result in commercial products.

        Our product candidates are in the early stages of drug discovery or development and are prone to the risks of failure inherent in drug development. As of the date of this prospectus, only one of our product candidates, SNS-595, is being tested in humans. We and our collaboration partners will need to conduct significant additional preclinical studies and clinical trials before we or our collaboration partners can demonstrate that our product candidates are safe and effective to the satisfaction of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and other regulatory authorities. In our industry, it is unlikely that the limited number of compounds that we have identified as potential product candidates will actually lead to successful product development efforts. Preclinical studies and clinical trials are expensive and uncertain processes that take years to complete. Failure can occur at any stage of the process, and successful preclinical studies and early clinical trials do not ensure that later clinical trials will be successful. Product candidates in later stage trials may fail to show desired efficacy and safety traits despite having progressed through initial clinical trials. A number of companies in the pharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials, even after obtaining promising results in earlier trials.

        We do not know whether our ongoing Phase I clinical trials with SNS-595 or any future clinical trials with any of our product candidates will be completed on schedule, or at all, or whether our

7



planned Phase I and Phase II clinical trials will begin on time. The commencement of our planned clinical trials could be delayed or prevented by several factors, including:

        The completion of our clinical trials could also be delayed or prevented by several factors, including:

        Our clinical trials may be suspended or terminated at any time by FDA, other regulatory authorities, our company or, in some cases, our collaboration partners. Any failure or significant delay in completing clinical trials for our product candidates could harm our financial results and the commercial prospects for our product candidates.

We will require substantial additional funding, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

        We are advancing multiple product candidates through discovery and development. We will need to raise substantial additional capital to continue our discovery, development and commercialization activities. We plan to retain the development and commercialization rights to some of our novel cancer therapeutics at least until we have completed a Phase II clinical trial to maximize our economic upside, which will require substantial expenditures by our company.

        We will need to raise substantial additional capital to:

8


        Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including but not limited to:

        Until we can generate a sufficient amount of product revenue to finance our cash requirements, which we may never do, we expect to finance future cash needs primarily through public or private equity offerings, debt financings or strategic collaborations. We do not know whether additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are not able to secure additional funding when needed, we may have to delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate one or more of our clinical trials or research and development programs. In addition, we may have to partner one or more of our product candidate programs at an earlier stage of development, which would lower the economic value of those programs to our company.

Our ongoing Phase I and subsequent clinical trials for our lead product candidate, SNS-595, may not demonstrate safety or efficacy or lead to regulatory approval.

        Our lead product candidate is SNS-595 intended for the treatment of certain types of cancer. SNS-595 is currently being tested in two Phase I clinical trials, which is an early stage of clinical testing that is used, in part, to determine proper dosing levels based on the toxicity of a product candidate at various doses. Cytotoxic cancer drugs commonly have a narrow "therapeutic window" between efficacy and toxicity. Based on the results of our Phase I clinical trials, we may select a dose for use in future clinical trials that may prove to be ineffective in treating cancer. If our clinical trials result in unacceptable toxicity or lack of efficacy, we may have to terminate further clinical trials for SNS-595. Even if we are able to find a proper dose that balances the toxicity and efficacy of SNS-595, we will be required to conduct extensive additional clinical trials before we are able to seek the regulatory approvals needed to market SNS-595. If clinical trials of SNS-595 are halted, or if they do not show that SNS-595 is safe and effective, our future growth would be limited and we may not have any other product candidates to develop.

Because the mechanism of action of SNS-595 is not fully known, we may not choose appropriate cancer types and dosing regimen in the design of our clinical trials relating to SNS-595.

        Our preclinical studies indicate that SNS-595 causes arrest at a stage of the cell cycle known as the "G2 phase" leading to cell death through apoptosis, or self-destruction of the cell. We do not fully understand the mechanism by which SNS-595 causes cell cycle arrest or if the cell cycle arrest is the cause of cell death. Because we do not fully understand the mechanism of action of SNS-595, we may not choose the optimal cancer types and dosing regimen in the design of our clinical trials, which could impact the outcome of these trials or require us to conduct additional clinical trials.

9



If our competitors develop and market products that are more effective, safer or less expensive than our future products, our commercial opportunities will be negatively impacted.

        The life sciences industry is highly competitive, and we face significant competition from many pharmaceutical, biopharmaceutical and biotechnology companies that are researching and marketing products designed to address cancer and inflammatory diseases. We are developing small molecule therapeutics that will compete with other drugs and therapies that currently exist or are being developed. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial, manufacturing, marketing and drug development resources than we do. Large pharmaceutical companies in particular have extensive experience in clinical testing and in obtaining regulatory approvals for drugs. These companies also have significantly greater research capabilities than we do. In addition, many universities and private and public research institutes are active in cancer and inflammation research, some of which are in direct competition with us.

        SNS-595 will compete with a number of cytotoxic drugs that are currently marketed or in development that also target proliferating cells. These drugs include irinotecan, doxorubicin, taxanes and other cell-cycle inhibitors. To compete effectively with these agents, SNS-595 will need to demonstrate advantages that lead to improved clinical efficacy compared to these competitors. We also compete with other companies that may be pursuing drug discovery using other technologies, including fragment-based technologies.

        We believe that our ability to successfully compete will depend on, among other things:

        If our competitors market products that are more effective, safer or less expensive than our future products, if any, or that reach the market sooner than our future products, if any, we may not achieve commercial success. In addition, the biopharmaceutical industry is characterized by rapid technological change. Because our research approach integrates many technologies, it may be difficult for us to stay abreast of the rapid changes in each technology. If we fail to stay at the forefront of technological change, we may be unable to compete effectively. Technological advances or products developed by our competitors may render our technologies or product candidates obsolete.

Our proprietary Tethering drug discovery approach is experimental and may not discover any therapeutic compounds of commercial value.

        We have developed a proprietary fragment-based drug discovery approach called "Tethering." Tethering is a process whereby a target protein known to be involved in a disease process is engineered to facilitate the binding of small drug fragments. Once a small fragment is identified, the fragment is built out using the target protein's surface as a template to make a new full-size therapeutic compound. Tethering is unproven as a drug discovery approach. We have only recently begun preclinical studies of

10



product candidates discovered through Tethering. Our Tethering drug discovery approach may not identify any therapeutic compounds of commercial value.

If we fail to maintain our existing, or enter into new, strategic collaborations, we may have to reduce or delay our product candidate development or increase our expenditures.

        Our business model is based in part upon entering into strategic collaborations for discovery and/or development of some of our product candidates. If we are not able to maintain our existing collaborations, or establish and maintain additional strategic collaborations:

In that event, we would likely be required to limit the size or scope of one or more of our programs.

The commercial success of our collaborations depends in part on the development and marketing efforts of our collaboration partners, over which we have limited control. If our collaborations are unsuccessful, our potential to develop and commercialize products through our collaborations, and to generate future revenue from the sale of these products, would be significantly reduced.

        Our dependence on collaboration arrangements subjects our company to a number of risks. Our ability to develop and commercialize drugs that we develop with our collaboration partners depends on our collaboration partners' ability to establish the safety and efficacy of our product candidates, obtain and maintain regulatory approvals and achieve market acceptance of a product once commercialized. Our collaboration partners may elect to delay or terminate development of one or more product candidates, independently develop products that compete with ours, or fail to commit sufficient resources to the marketing and distribution of products developed through their collaborations with us. In the event that one or more of our collaboration partners fails to diligently develop or commercialize a product candidate covered by one of our collaboration agreements, we may have the right to terminate our partner's rights to such product candidate but we will not receive any future revenue from that product candidate unless we are able to find another partner or commercialize the product candidate on our own, which is likely to result in significant additional expense. Business combinations, significant changes in business strategy and/or financial difficulties may also adversely affect the willingness or ability of one or more of our collaboration partners to complete their obligations under our collaboration agreements. If our collaboration partners fail to perform in the manner we expect, our potential to develop and commercialize products through our collaborations, and to generate future revenue from the sale of these products, would be significantly reduced.

If conflicts of interest arise between our collaboration partners and us, any of them may act in their self-interest, which may be adverse to our interests.

        If a conflict of interest arises between us and one or more of our collaboration partners, they may act in their own self-interest and not in the interest of our company or our stockholders. Some of our collaboration partners are conducting multiple product development efforts within the disease area that is the subject of collaboration with our company. In some of our collaborations, we have agreed not to

11



conduct, independently or with any third party, any research that is competitive with the research conducted under our collaborations. Our collaboration partners, however, may develop, either alone or with others, products in related fields that are competitive with the product candidates that are the subject of these collaborations. Competing products, either developed by our collaboration partners or to which our collaboration partners have rights, may result in their withdrawal of support for our product candidates.

        If one or more of our collaboration partners were to breach or terminate their collaboration agreements with us or otherwise fail to perform their obligations thereunder in a timely manner, the preclinical or clinical development or commercialization of the affected product candidates or research programs could be delayed or terminated. We do not know whether our current or any future collaboration partners will pursue alternative technologies or develop alternative product candidates, either on their own or in collaboration with others, including our competitors, as a means for developing treatments for the diseases targeted by collaboration agreements with our company.

The results of preclinical studies and clinical trials may not satisfy the requirements of FDA or other regulatory agencies.

        Prior to receiving approval to commercialize any of our product candidates in the United States or abroad, we and our collaboration partners must demonstrate with substantial evidence from well-controlled clinical trials, and to the satisfaction of FDA and other regulatory authorities abroad, that such product candidates are safe and effective for their intended uses. Results from preclinical studies and clinical trials can be interpreted in different ways. Even if we and our collaboration partners believe the preclinical or clinical data for our product candidates are promising, such data may not be sufficient to support approval by FDA and other regulatory authorities. Administering any of our product candidates to humans may produce undesirable side effects, which could interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials of our product candidates and result in FDA or other regulatory authorities denying approval of our product candidates for any or all targeted indications.

We rely on third parties to conduct our clinical trials for SNS-595. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may be unable to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize SNS-595 or any of our other product candidates.

        We currently do not have the ability to independently conduct clinical trials for SNS-595 or any other product candidate. We rely on third parties, such as contract research organizations, medical institutions, clinical investigators and contract laboratories, to conduct clinical trials of our product candidates for which we do not have a collaboration. If any of our relationships with these third parties were to terminate, we do not know whether we would be able to enter into arrangements with alternative third parties on acceptable terms, or at all. If the third parties conducting our clinical trials do not perform their contractual duties or obligations, do not meet expected deadlines or need to be replaced, or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical trial protocols or for any other reason, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize the product candidate being tested in such trials.

We rely on a third party to manufacture our product candidates, including SNS-595, and depend on a single supplier for SNS-595. There is a limited number of manufacturers that are capable of manufacturing the active ingredient of SNS-595.

        We do not currently own or operate manufacturing facilities for clinical or commercial production of our product candidates. We have no experience in drug formulation or manufacturing, and we lack the resources and the capability to manufacture any of our product candidates on a clinical or commercial scale. As a result, we rely on a third party to manufacture the active pharmaceutical

12



ingredient of SNS-595, which is classified as a toxic substance, thereby limiting the number of suppliers qualified to manufacture it. This manufacturer is our single supplier. We expect to continue to depend on third-party contract manufacturers for the foreseeable future.

        Our product candidates require precise, high quality manufacturing. A contract manufacturer is subject to ongoing periodic unannounced inspection by FDA and corresponding state agencies to ensure strict compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practice, or cGMP, and other applicable government regulations and corresponding foreign standards. Our contract manufacturer's failure to achieve and maintain high manufacturing standards in compliance with cGMP regulations could result in manufacturing errors resulting in patient injury or death, product recalls or withdrawals, delays or interruptions of production or failures in product testing or delivery, delay or prevention of filing or approval of marketing applications for our products, cost overruns or other problems that could seriously harm our business.

        To date, our product candidates have been manufactured in small quantities for preclinical studies and clinical trials. If in the future one of our product candidates is approved for commercial sale, we will need to manufacture that product in larger quantities. Significant scale-up of manufacturing may require additional validation studies, which FDA must review and approve. If we are unable to successfully increase the manufacturing capacity for a product candidate, the regulatory approval or commercial launch of any related products may be delayed or there may be a shortage in supply.

        Any performance failure on the part of a contract manufacturer could delay clinical development or regulatory approval of our product candidates or commercialization of our future products, depriving us of potential product revenue and resulting in additional losses. In addition, our dependence on a third party for manufacturing may adversely affect our future profit margins. Our ability to replace an existing manufacturer may be difficult because the number of potential manufacturers is limited and FDA must approve any replacement manufacturer before they can begin manufacturing our product candidates. Such approval would require new testing and compliance inspections. It may be difficult or impossible for us to identify and engage a replacement manufacturer on acceptable terms in a timely manner, or at all.

We currently have no sales and marketing staff or distribution organization. If we are unable to develop a sales and marketing and distribution capability on our own or through collaborations with marketing partners, we will not be successful in commercializing our future products.

        We currently have no sales, marketing or distribution capabilities. We intend to establish our own sales and marketing organization with technical expertise and supporting distribution capabilities to commercialize some future products, which will be expensive and time consuming. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of these products. With respect to other future products, we plan to collaborate with third parties that have direct sales forces and established distribution systems. To the extent that we enter into co-promotion or other licensing arrangements, our product revenue is likely to be lower than if we directly marketed or sold our products. In addition, any revenue we receive will depend upon the efforts of third parties, which may not be successful and are only partially within our control. If we are unable to enter into such arrangements on acceptable terms or at all, we may not be able to successfully commercialize these future products. If we are not successful in commercializing our future products, either on our own or through collaborations with one or more third-parties, our future product revenue will suffer and we may incur significant additional losses.

Our proprietary rights may not adequately protect our technologies and product candidates.

        Our commercial success will depend on our ability to obtain patents and maintain adequate protection for our technologies and product candidates in the United States and other countries. As of

13



December 15, 2004, we owned or had exclusive rights to 60 issued U.S. and foreign patents and 104 pending U.S. and foreign patent applications. We will be able to protect our proprietary rights from unauthorized use by third parties only to the extent that our proprietary technologies and future products are covered by valid and enforceable patents or are effectively maintained as trade secrets.

        We apply for patents covering both our technologies and product candidates, as we deem appropriate. However, we may fail to apply for patents on important technologies or product candidates in a timely fashion, or at all. Our existing patents and any future patents we obtain may not be sufficiently broad to prevent others from practicing our technologies or from developing competing products and technologies. In addition, we generally do not control the patent prosecution of subject matter that we license to and from others. Accordingly, we are unable to exercise the same degree of control over this intellectual property as we would over our own. Moreover, the patent positions of biopharmaceutical companies are highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important legal principles remain unresolved. As a result, the validity and enforceability of patents cannot be predicted with certainty. In addition, we do not know whether:

        We also rely on trade secrets to protect some of our technology, especially where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. However, trade secrets are difficult to maintain. While we use reasonable efforts to protect our trade secrets, our or our collaboration partners' employees, consultants, contractors or scientific and other advisors may unintentionally or willfully disclose our proprietary information to competitors. Enforcement of claims that a third party has illegally obtained and is using trade secrets is expensive, time consuming and uncertain. In addition, foreign courts are sometimes less willing than U.S. courts to protect trade secrets. If our competitors independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how, we would not be able to assert our trade secrets against them and our business could be harmed.

The composition of matter patents covering SNS-595 are due to expire in 2015. Even if SNS-595 is approved by FDA, we may not be able to recover our development costs prior to the expiration of these patents.

        The composition of our lead product candidate, SNS-595, is covered by U.S. patent 5,817,669 and its counterpart patents and patent applications in 45 foreign jurisdictions. U.S. patent 5,817,669 is due to expire on October 6, 2015, and most of its foreign counterparts are due to expire on June 6, 2015. We do not know whether patent term extensions will be available in the future. SNS-595 must undergo extensive clinical trials before it can be approved by FDA. We do not know when, if ever, SNS-595 will be approved by FDA. Even if SNS-595 is approved by FDA in the future, we may not have sufficient time to commercialize SNS-595 to enable us to recover our development costs prior to the expiration of the U.S. and foreign patents covering SNS-595. Our obligation to pay royalties to Dainippon Pharmaceutical, the company from which we licensed SNS-595, may extend beyond the patent expiration, which will further erode the profitability of this product.

14


If we are sued for infringing intellectual property rights of third parties, litigation will be costly and time consuming and could prevent us from developing or commercializing our future products.

        Our commercial success depends on not infringing the patents and proprietary rights of other parties and not breaching any collaboration or other agreements we have entered into with regard to our technologies and product candidates. Numerous third-party U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending applications exist in the area of kinases, including Aurora and Raf kinases for which we have research programs. Because patent applications can take several years to issue, there may currently be pending applications, unknown to us, that may result in issued patents that cover our technologies or product candidates. If we wish to use the technology or compound claimed in issued and unexpired patents owned by others, we will need to obtain a license from the owner, enter into litigation to challenge the validity of the patents or incur the risk of litigation in the event that the owner asserts that we infringe its patents.

        If a third party asserts that we infringe its patents or other proprietary rights, we could face a number of issues that could seriously harm our competitive position, including:

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we or our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our employees' former employers.

        Many of our employees were previously employed at universities or biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. We may be subject to claims that these employees or we have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. A loss of key research personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize our product candidates, which could severely harm our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

We expect to significantly expand our clinical research and development and marketing capabilities, and any difficulties managing this growth could disrupt our operations.

        We expect to significantly expand our clinical research and development and marketing capabilities by increasing expenditures in these areas, hiring additional employees and expanding the scope of our current operations. Future growth will require us to continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel, which may impose a strain on our administrative and operational infrastructure. The competition for qualified personnel in the biopharmaceutical field is intense. We are highly dependent on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly-qualified management, clinical and scientific personnel. Due to our limited resources, we may not be able to effectively

15



manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, we may not be able to implement our business plan.

Evolving regulation of corporate governance and public disclosure may result in additional expenses and continuing uncertainty.

        Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, new Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, regulations and Nasdaq National Market rules are creating uncertainty for public companies. We are presently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to new and proposed rules and cannot predict or estimate the amount of the additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. These new or changed laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and as a result their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment will result in increased general and administrative expense and a diversion of our management's time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new or changed laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us, which could subject us to financial penalties and harm our reputation.

Risks Related to Our Industry

The regulatory approval process is expensive, time consuming and uncertain and may prevent us or our collaboration partners from obtaining approvals for the commercialization of some or all of our product candidates.

        The research, testing, manufacturing, selling and marketing of drug candidates are subject to extensive regulation by FDA and other regulatory authorities in the United States and other countries, which regulations differ from country to country. Neither we nor our collaboration partners are permitted to market our product candidates in the United States until we receive approval of a New Drug Application, or NDA, from FDA. Neither we nor our collaboration partners have received marketing approval for any of our product candidates. Obtaining approval of an NDA can be a lengthy, expensive and uncertain process. In addition, failure to comply with FDA and other applicable U.S. and foreign regulatory requirements may subject our company to administrative or judicially imposed sanctions, including warning letters, civil and criminal penalties, injunctions, product seizure or detention, product recalls, total or partial suspension of production, and refusal to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs.

        Regulatory approval of an NDA or NDA supplement is not guaranteed, and the approval process is expensive and may take several years. FDA also has substantial discretion in the drug approval process. Despite the time and expense exerted, failure can occur at any stage, and we could encounter problems that cause us to abandon clinical trials or to repeat or perform additional preclinical studies and clinical trials. The number of preclinical studies and clinical trials that will be required for FDA approval varies depending on the drug candidate, the disease or condition that the drug candidate is designed to address, and the regulations applicable to any particular drug candidate. FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of a drug candidate for many reasons, including:

16


Even if we receive regulatory approval for a product candidate, we will be subject to ongoing FDA obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense and limit our ability to commercialize our future products.

        Any regulatory approvals that we or our collaboration partners receive for our product candidates may also be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or contain requirements for potentially costly post-marketing follow-up studies. In addition, if FDA approves any of our product candidates, the labeling, packaging, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion and recordkeeping for the product will be subject to extensive and ongoing regulatory requirements. The subsequent discovery of previously unknown problems with the drug, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, may result in restrictions on the marketing of the drug, and could include withdrawal of the drug from the market.

        FDA's policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we might not be permitted to market our future products and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

Even if we receive regulatory approval to market our product candidates, the market may not be receptive to our products.

        Even if our product candidates obtain regulatory approval, resulting products, if any, may not gain market acceptance among physicians, patients, healthcare payors and/or the medical community. We believe that the degree of market acceptance will depend on a number of factors, including:

If our future products fail to achieve market acceptance, we may not be able to generate significant revenue to achieve or sustain profitability.

The coverage and reimbursement status of newly approved drugs is uncertain, and failure to obtain adequate coverage and reimbursement could limit our ability to market any future products we may develop and decrease our ability to generate revenue.

        There is significant uncertainty related to the third-party coverage and reimbursement of newly approved drugs. The commercial success of our future products in both domestic and international markets depends on whether third-party coverage and reimbursement is available for the ordering of our future products by the medical profession for use by their patients. Medicare, Medicaid, health maintenance organizations and other third-party payors are increasingly attempting to manage

17



healthcare costs by limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement of new drugs and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our future products. These payors may not view our future products as cost-effective, and reimbursement may not be available to consumers or may not be sufficient to allow our future products to be marketed on a competitive basis. Likewise, legislative or regulatory efforts to control or reduce healthcare costs or reform government healthcare programs could result in lower prices or rejection of our future products. Changes in coverage and reimbursement policies or healthcare cost containment initiatives that limit or restrict reimbursement for our future products may reduce any future product revenue.

Foreign governments often impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our future profitability.

        In some foreign countries, particularly in the European Union, prescription drug pricing is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a drug candidate. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our future product to other available therapies. If reimbursement of our future products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability.

We may be subject to costly claims related to our clinical trials and may not be able to obtain adequate insurance.

        Because we conduct clinical trials in humans, we face the risk that the use of our product candidates will result in adverse side effects. We cannot predict the possible harms or side effects that may result from our clinical trials, and our clinical trial insurance may be insufficient to cover any such events. We do not know whether we will be able to continue to obtain clinical trial coverage on acceptable terms, or at all. We may not have sufficient resources to pay for any liabilities resulting from a claim excluded from, or beyond the limit of, our insurance coverage. There is also a risk that third parties that we have agreed to indemnify could incur liability. Any litigation arising from our clinical trials, even if we were ultimately successful, would consume substantial amounts of our financial and managerial resources and may create adverse publicity.

We may incur significant costs complying with environmental laws and regulations, and failure to comply with these laws and regulations could expose us to significant liabilities.

        We use hazardous chemicals and radioactive and biological materials in our business and are subject to a variety of federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the use, generation, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these materials. Although we believe our safety procedures for handling and disposing of these materials and waste products comply with these laws and regulations, we cannot eliminate the risk of accidental injury or contamination from the use, storage, handling or disposal of hazardous materials. In the event of contamination or injury, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could significantly exceed our insurance coverage.

Risks Related To This Offering

The price of our common stock may be volatile, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. An active and liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. You may be unable to sell your shares of common stock at or above the initial public offering price due to fluctuations in the market price of our common stock resulting from changes in our operating

18



performance or prospects. Factors that could cause volatility in the market price of our common stock include, but are not limited to:

        In addition, the stock markets in general, and the markets for pharmaceutical, biopharmaceutical and biotechnology stocks in particular, have experienced extreme volatility that have been often unrelated to the operating performance of the issuer. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price or liquidity of our common stock. In the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the issuer. If any of our stockholders were to bring such a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit and the attention of our management would be diverted from the operation of our business.

The ownership of our common stock will continue to be highly concentrated, and your interests may conflict with the interests of our existing stockholders.

        Our executive officers and directors and their affiliates, together with our current significant stockholders, will beneficially own approximately         % of our outstanding common stock upon completion of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share. The relative ownership by this group of our common stock may increase as a result of the final price per share of our common stock in this offering, as described in "Conversion of Preferred Stock and Reverse Stock Split." Accordingly, these stockholders, acting as a group, will continue to have significant influence over the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including

19



the election of directors, any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets or any other significant corporate transaction. These stockholders could delay or prevent a change of control of our company, even if such a change of control would benefit our other stockholders. The significant concentration of stock ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock due to investors' perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise.

A significant portion of our outstanding common stock may be sold into the market in the near future. Substantial sales of this stock, or the perception such sales are likely to occur, could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

        If our existing stockholders sell a large number of shares of our common stock or the public market perceives that existing stockholders might sell shares of common stock, the market price of our common stock could decline significantly. All of the shares offered under this prospectus will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the federal securities laws, unless purchased by our "affiliates" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. Of the remaining                         shares outstanding upon the closing of this offering,                        may be sold pursuant to Rule 144, 144(k) and 701 upon the expiration of 180-day lock-up agreements.

        Existing stockholders holding an aggregate of 41,638,779 shares of common stock, including shares of common stock underlying warrants, have rights with respect to the registration of these shares of common stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission. If we register their shares of common stock following the expiration of the lock-up agreements, they can sell those shares in the public market.

        Promptly following this offering, we intend to register approximately                         shares of common stock that are authorized for issuance under our stock option and employee stock purchase plans. As of December 1, 2004, 7,093,150 shares were subject to outstanding options, of which approximately 2,934,707 shares are vested. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements referred to above and the restrictions imposed on our affiliates under Rule 144.

Investors in this offering will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of their investment

        If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will pay more for your shares than our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share. You will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $                  per share, representing the difference between our assumed initial public offering price and our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share. Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, purchasers of common stock in this offering will have contributed approximately      % of the aggregate purchase price paid by all purchasers of our stock but will own only approximately      % of our common stock outstanding after this offering. In the past, we issued options and warrants to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent these outstanding options or warrants are exercised, you will incur further dilution.

Provisions of our charter documents or Delaware law could delay or prevent an acquisition of our company, even if the acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, and could make it more difficult for you to change management.

        Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempt

20



by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult to replace or remove our board of directors. These provisions include:

        In addition, Delaware law prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder, generally a person who, together with its affiliates, owns or within the last three years has owned 15% of our voting stock, for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Accordingly, Delaware law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company.

        Provisions in our charter and other provisions of Delaware law could limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

We have never paid dividends on our capital stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

        We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

21



SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus, including particularly the sections entitled "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business," contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, included in this prospectus regarding our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenue, projected costs, prospects, plans and objectives of management are forward-looking statements. The words "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "expect," "hope," "intend," "may," "plan," "project," "will," "would" and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements we make. We have included important factors in the cautionary statements included in this prospectus, particularly in the "Risk Factors" section, that we believe could cause actual results or events to differ materially from the forward-looking statements that we make. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, in-licensing transactions, joint ventures or investments we may make. We do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements.

22



USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of            shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $             million, or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        , after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

        We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our current cash and cash equivalents, as follows:

        We intend to use the remainder of the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital. We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to in-license product candidates or to invest in businesses or technologies that we believe are complementary to our own.

        The amount and timing of our actual expenditures depend on several factors, including the progress of our research and development efforts and the amount of cash used by our operations. Accordingly, we will retain broad discretion in the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering. Pending such use, we intend to invest our net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including revenue, capital requirements, financial condition, prospects and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

23



CAPITALIZATION

        The following table presents our capitalization as of September 30, 2004:

        You should read this capitalization table in conjunction with "Selected Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of
September 30, 2004

 
  Actual
  Pro Forma
As Adjusted

 
  (in thousands, except
share and
per share data)

Long-term debt, less current portion   $ 4,255   $  

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 38,582,000 shares authorized, 34,824,938 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

 

 

108,813

 

 

 

Stockholders' equity (deficit):

 

 

 

 

 

 
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted          
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 110,000,000 shares authorized; 5,855,975 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized,         shares outstanding, pro forma as adjusted     1      
Additional paid-in capital     5,954      
Notes receivable from stockholders     (135 )    
Deferred stock compensation     (2,742 )    
Accumulated other comprehensive income     (34 )    
Accumulated deficit     (89,421 )    
   
 
  Total stockholders' equity (deficit)     (86,377 )    
   
 
    Total capitalization   $ 26,691   $  
   
 

        The information in the table excludes, as of September 30, 2004:

24



DILUTION

        The historical net tangible book value of our common stock as of September 30, 2004 was a deficit of $86.4 million, or $(14.75) per share. Historical net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing the net tangible book value by the actual number of outstanding shares of common stock. If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock.

        After giving effect, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $                        , to (i) the automatic conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into common stock in connection with this offering and (ii) receipt of the net proceeds from the sale of            shares of common stock in this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2004 would have been approximately $             million, or $            per share. See "Conversion of Preferred Stock and Reverse Stock Split." This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $            per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $            per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial offering price of $                  .

        The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

Assumed initial public offering price per share       $  
  Historical net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2004          
  Increase per share attributable to reverse stock split          
  Increase per share attributable to conversion of preferred stock          
   
     
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share before the offering          
  Increase per share attributable to this offering          
   
     
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering          
       
Dilution per share to new investors       $  
       

        The table below summarizes as of September 30, 2004, on a pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the number of shares of our common stock, the total consideration and the average price per share (i) paid to us by existing stockholders and (ii) to be paid by new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering. The table assumes an initial public offering price of $            per share before underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 
  Shares Purchased
  Total Consideration
   
 
  Average Price
Per Share

 
  Number
  Percent
  Amount
  Percent
Existing stockholders         % $       % $  
New investors                     $  
   
 
 
 
     
  Total         % $       %    
   
 
 
 
     

        The above discussion and tables are based on                   shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2004 and exclude:

25


        Assuming the exercise in full of all outstanding stock options and warrants, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2004 would be $             per share, representing an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $            per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $            per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        .

26



SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 1999 and 2000, as well as the balance sheet data as of December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001, from our audited financial statements not included in this prospectus. We derived the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, as well the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002 and 2003, from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the statements of operations data for the nine months ending September 30, 2003 and 2004, as well as the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2004, from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 
 
  1999
  2000
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2003
  2004
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

 
 
 
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
Statements of Operations Data:                                            
Revenue:                                            
  Collaboration revenue   $   $   $ 407   $ 3,202   $ 7,699   $ 5,882   $ 6,295  
  Grant and fellowship revenue     183     327     701     1,474     561     494     135  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total revenue     183     327     1,108     4,676     8,260     6,376     6,430  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses:                                            
  Research and development     5,945     9,208     14,790     18,441     21,326     15,023     17,504  
  General and administrative     1,473     2,825     5,273     6,179     6,136     4,489     5,478  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total operating expenses     7,418     12,033     20,063     24,620     27,462     19,512     22,982  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss from operations     (7,235 )   (11,706 )   (18,955 )   (19,944 )   (19,202 )   (13,136 )   (16,552 )
Interest income     300     2,817     3,525     1,360     713     564     316  
Interest expense     (219 )   (269 )   (497 )   (594 )   (521 )   (400 )   (299 )
Other income (expense), net         254     (104 )   (4 )   5     6     1  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss   $ (7,154 ) $ (8,904 ) $ (16,031 ) $ (19,182 ) $ (19,005 ) $ (12,966 ) $ (16,534 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted net loss per common share   $ (12.26 ) $ (5.13 ) $ (5.06 ) $ (4.41 ) $ (3.80 ) $ (2.63 ) $ (3.03 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share     583,608     1,737,088     3,166,054     4,351,983     4,996,859     4,936,262     5,453,385  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share (unaudited)                           $ (0.51 )       $ (0.44 )
                           
       
 
Shares used in computing pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share (unaudited)                             36,905,131           37,979,053  
                           
       
 

27


 
  As of December 31,
   
 
 
  As of
September 30,
2004

 
 
  1999
  2000
  2001
  2002
  2003
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

 
 
 
(in thousands)

 
Balance Sheet Data:                                      
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities   $ 18,768   $ 53,668   $ 56,768   $ 47,155   $ 33,843   $ 41,456  
Working capital     17,872     52,706     53,220     42,219     27,208     32,287  
Total assets     26,551     76,559     64,896     54,346     40,306     46,860  
Long-term debt     1,832     1,870     3,727     2,593     3,249     4,255  
Convertible preferred stock     32,982     88,836     88,836     94,821     94,821     108,813  
Accumulated deficit     (9,764 )   (18,668 )   (34,699 )   (53,881 )   (72,886 )   (89,421 )
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)     (9,593 )   (16,415 )   (32,115 )   (51,428 )   (70,376 )   (86,378 )

        See Note 2 to Notes to Financial Statements for a description of the method used to compute shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share and shares used in computing pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share.

28



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including but not limited to those set forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. All forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are based on information available to us on the date of this prospectus and we assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. See "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

Business Overview

        We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of small molecule therapeutics for oncology, inflammatory diseases and other unmet medical needs. We have developed a proprietary fragment-based drug discovery approach, called "Tethering," that we combine with other drug discovery tools, such as structure-based design and medicinal chemistry, to discover and develop novel therapeutics. We have built our product candidate portfolio through internal discovery and the in-licensing of novel cancer therapeutics. We are advancing our product candidates through in-house research and development efforts and strategic collaborations with leading pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical companies.

        Since our inception, we have generated significant losses. As of September 30, 2004, we had an accumulated deficit of $89.4 million. From our incorporation in 1998 through 2001, our operations consisted primarily of developing and refining our drug discovery technologies. Since 2002, we have focused on developing novel small molecule drugs mainly to treat cancer and inflammatory diseases.

        We are advancing two proprietary oncology product candidates. We are currently conducting two Phase I clinical trials with SNS-595, our lead product candidate, and we expect to commence up to three Phase II clinical trials using SNS-595 to treat various cancers in the second half of 2005. We expect to continue preclinical studies and select a development candidate for our second oncology product candidate, an Aurora kinase inhibitor, in 2005 and to file an IND and commence Phase I clinical trials in 2006. We have worldwide development and commercialization rights to SNS-595 and our Aurora kinase inhibitors program. We may in the future enter into collaborations to maximize the commercial potential of these programs.

        We currently have five strategic collaborations with Biogen Idec, Johnson & Johnson PRD and Merck focused on the discovery and development of new product candidates. As of December 1, 2004, we had received an aggregate of approximately $50 million in the form of stock purchase proceeds, fees and loans from our collaboration partners.

Financial Operations Overview

        We have not generated any revenue from sales of commercial products and do not expect to generate any product revenue for the foreseeable future. To date, our revenue has consisted of collaboration revenue and grant and fellowship revenue.

        Collaboration Revenue.     We generate revenue primarily through our collaborations. We currently have five ongoing research-based collaborations. Each of these collaborations includes a technology access fee, research funding, milestone payments and royalties upon sales of future products that may

29



result from the collaborations. The table below sets forth our revenue since January 1, 2001 from each of our collaborators.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2003
  2004
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

 
 
(in thousands)

Biogen Idec   $   $ 32   $ 857   $ 643   $ 1,992
Chiesi Farmaceutici     407     2,003     841     841    
Johnson & Johnson PRD         1,167     2,350     1,780     999
Merck             3,651     2,618     3,304
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 407   $ 3,202   $ 7,699   $ 5,882   $ 6,295
   
 
 
 
 

        In May 2002, we entered into our collaboration with Johnson & Johnson PRD. In December 2002, we entered into our initial collaboration with Biogen Idec. In February 2003, we entered into our initial collaboration with Merck. Our collaboration with Chiesi Farmaceutici was terminated on December 31, 2002, and we completed our remaining performance obligations in 2003. In July 2004, we entered into a second collaboration with Merck. In August 2004, we entered into a second collaboration with Biogen Idec.

        Grant and Fellowship Revenue.     Grant and fellowship revenue is recognized as we perform services under the applicable grant. As of September 30, 2004, we had been awarded $4.6 million, and had recognized as revenue $2.5 million, in federal grants under the Small Business Innovation Research, or SBIR, program. In addition, we have recognized revenue from other grants and fellowships. We do not plan to perform any additional work under our SBIR grants in the near future.

        Most of our operating expenses to date have been for research and development activities. Research and development expense represents costs incurred to discover and develop novel small molecule therapeutics, including Phase I clinical trial costs for SNS-595, to develop our proprietary fragment-based Tethering drug discovery approach, to develop in-house research and preclinical study capabilities, to discover and advance product candidates toward clinical trials and in connection with in-licensing activities. We expense all research and development costs as they are incurred. The table

30


below sets forth our research and development expense since January 1, 2001 for our product candidate programs.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

 
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2003
  2004
 
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

 
 
(in thousands)

SNS-595   $   $   $ 420   $ 240   $ 3,160
Aurora kinase inhibitors             175         2,425
Raf kinase inhibitors         31     2,411     1,487     2,293
Other kinase inhibitors                     199
Cathepsin S inhibitors         1,635     2,319     1,677     754
TNF family inhibitors         23     2,565     1,756     1,991
BACE inhibitors for Alzheimer's disease     1,564     2,749     3,072     2,202     1,810
Anti-viral inhibitors         165     98     81     31
Other     13,226     13,838     10,266     7,580     4,841
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 14,790   $ 18,441   $ 21,326   $ 15,023   $ 17,504
   
 
 
 
 

        We incur research and development expense associated with both partnered and unpartnered research activities, as well as the development and expansion of our drug discovery technologies. Research and development expense relating to our collaborations with Biogen Idec, Merck and Johnson & Johnson PRD consist primarily of costs related to Tethering, lead optimization, preclinical studies and other activities related to the identification and optimization of compounds for development of kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer, cytokine and enzyme inhibitors for the treatment of inflammatory diseases, antiviral inhibitors for the treatment of viral disease as well as protease inhibitors for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease. Under our Biogen Idec agreement we have an option on a target by target basis to co-fund post-Phase I development costs for up to two oncology kinase targets, which may include Raf kinase. If we exercise one or both of our options, our research and development expenses will increase significantly. Research and development expense related to co-development activities that we elect to co-fund would consist primarily of manufacturing costs for the product candidate, clinical trial related costs, costs for consultants and contract research employee compensation and facilities costs and depreciation of equipment.

        We expect to incur research and development expense to conduct preclinical studies on our Aurora kinase inhibitors program and to conduct clinical trials on any Aurora kinase inhibitors which result from that program and SNS-595. Due to the significant risks and uncertainties inherent in the clinical development, manufacturing and regulatory approval process, the cost to complete our development of SNS-595 and other product candidates is not accurately predictable and results from clinical trials and manufacturing development may not be favorable. Further data from clinical trials is subject to varying interpretations, and may be deemed insufficient by the regulatory bodies reviewing applications for marketing approvals. See "Business—Strategic Collaborations."

        Our general and administrative expense consists primarily of salaries and other related costs for personnel in finance, human resources, facilities management, legal, including intellectual property management, and general administration and non-cash stock compensation. Other significant costs include facilities costs and fees paid to outside legal advisors and auditors.

31


Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

        This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. We evaluate our estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could therefore differ materially from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

        Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We believe the following critical accounting policies reflect our more significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our financial statements.

        In accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, 00-21, Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables , which we adopted effective July 1, 2003, revenue arrangements with multiple deliverable items are divided into separate units of accounting based on whether certain criteria are met, including whether the delivered item has stand-alone value to the customer and whether there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered items. We allocate the consideration we receive among the separate units of accounting based on their respective fair value, and we apply the applicable revenue recognition criteria to each of the separate units. Where an item in a revenue arrangement with multiple deliverables does not constitute a separate unit of accounting and for which delivery has not occurred, we defer revenue until the delivery of the item is completed.

        We record upfront, non-refundable license fees and other fees received in connection with research and development collaborations as deferred revenue and recognize these amounts ratably over the relevant period specified in the agreements, generally the research term.

        We recognize research funding related to collaborative research with our collaboration partners as the related research services are performed. This funding is normally based on a specified amount per full-time equivalent employee per year.

        We recognize revenue from milestone payments, which are substantially at risk at the time the collaboration agreement is entered into, upon completion of the applicable milestone events. We intend to recognize any future royalty revenue based on reported product sales by third-party licensees.

        We recognize grant revenue from government agencies and private research foundations as the related qualified research and development costs are incurred, up to the limit of the prior approval funding amounts.

        We record accruals for estimated clinical trial costs, comprising payments for work performed by contract research organizations and participating clinical trial sites. These costs may be a significant component of future research and development expenses. We accrue costs for clinical trials performed by contract research organizations based on estimates of work performed under the contracts. Costs of setting up clinical trial sites for participation in trials are expensed immediately. Costs related to patient enrollment are accrued as patients are entered in the trial reduced by an initial payment made to the

32


hospital when the first patient is enrolled. These cost estimates may or may not match the actual costs incurred for services performed by the organizations as determined by patient enrollment levels and related activities. If we have incomplete or inaccurate information, we may underestimate costs associated with various trials at a given point in time.

        We account for employee stock options using the intrinsic-value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board, or APB, Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , and Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation, or FIN, No. 44, Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation, an Interpretation of APB No. 25 , and have adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation .

        In December 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure . SFAS No. 148 amends SFAS No. 123 to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, SFAS No. 148 amends the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123 and APB Opinion No. 28, Interim Financial Reporting , to require disclosure in the summary of significant accounting policies of the effects of an entity's accounting policy with respect to employee stock compensation on reported net loss. We have elected to continue to follow the intrinsic-value method of accounting as prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25.

        The information regarding net loss as required by SFAS No. 123, presented in Note 1 to our audited financial statements, has been determined as if we had accounted for our employee stock options under the fair value method of SFAS No. 123. The resulting effect on net loss to date pursuant to SFAS No. 123 is not likely to be representative of the effects on net loss pursuant to SFAS No. 123 in future years, since future years are likely to include additional grants and the irregular impact of future years' vesting.

        We account for stock compensation arrangements to non-employees in accordance with SFAS No. 123, as amended by SFAS No. 148, and EITF No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services , using a fair value approach. The compensation costs of these arrangements are subject to remeasurement over the vesting terms as earned.

        Stock compensation expense, which is a non-cash charge, results from stock option grants at exercise prices that, for financial reporting purposes, are deemed to be below the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Given the absence of an active market for our common stock, our board of directors determined the estimated fair value of our common stock on the date of grant based on several factors, including progress and milestones achieved in our business and sales of preferred stock. In connection with the preparation of our financial statements necessary for our initial public offering, we have reassessed the estimated fair value of our common stock. Stock compensation expense per share equals the difference between the reassessed fair value per share of our common stock on the date of grant and the exercise price per share, and is amortized on a straight line basis over the vesting period of the underlying option, generally four years. From inception through September 30, 2004, we recorded deferred stock compensation of $3.0 million which is amortized over the vesting period of the options. At September 30, 2004, we had a total of $2.7 million remaining to be amortized. We expect to record additional deferred stock compensation for options granted from October 1, 2004 through December 31, 2004.

        The total unamortized deferred stock compensation recorded for all option grants through September 30, 2004, is expected to be amortized as follows: $186,000 in the fourth quarter of 2004, $746,000 in each of 2005, 2006 and 2007 and $318,000 in 2008.

33



Results of Operations

        Revenue.     Revenue in both the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2004 was $6.4 million. Collaboration revenue increased from $5.9 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2003 to $6.3 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2004, primarily due to a $1.3 million increase in collaboration revenue from Biogen Idec and a $686,000 increase in collaboration revenue from Merck, partially offset by an $781,000 decrease in collaboration revenue from Johnson & Johnson PRD and an $842,000 decrease in collaboration revenue from Chiesi Farmaceutici. The increase in collaboration revenue from Biogen Idec and Merck resulted from new collaborations in 2004. The decrease in collaboration revenue from Johnson & Johnson PRD resulted from a decrease in personnel working on the collaboration. Our collaboration with Chiesi Farmaceutici terminated on December 31, 2002, and we completed our remaining performance obligations in 2003. Grant and fellowship revenue decreased from $494,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2003 to $135,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2004, primarily due to our decision in 2003 to only perform limited additional work under SBIR grants for the foreseeable future. We expect our 2005 revenue to increase as a result of our August 2004 collaboration with Biogen Idec.

        Research and development expense.     Research and development expense increased from $15.0 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2003 to $17.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2004, primarily due to an increase of $618,000 in salary and related expenses associated with increased research activity in connection with our collaborations partially off-set by a $369,000 reduction in facility expense allocation and a $2.2 million expense in connection with the initiation of clinical trials with SNS-595. We expect to incur significant research and development expenses over the next several years, only a portion of which we expect to be funded by our collaboration partners. If SNS-595 progresses through the clinic and we bring additional product candidates into clinical trials, our spending will further increase. In addition, under our August 2002 collaboration with Biogen Idec, we have an option to fund the co-development of up to two product candidates that may result from this collaboration. Our decision to exercise this option would materially increase our research and development expenses.

        General and administrative expense.     General and administrative expense increased from $4.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2003 to $5.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2004, primarily due to a $790,000 increase in salary and related expenses resulting from the expansion of our executive team and a $170,000 increase in legal expenses primarily resulting from increased collaboration activities. As a public company, we will operate in an increasingly demanding regulatory environment that requires us to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Nasdaq National Market, expanded disclosures, accelerated reporting requirements and more complex accounting rules. We expect that our general and administrative expenses will continue to increase in subsequent periods due to these requirements and to increasing personnel and infrastructure expenses as we advance our product candidates.

        Interest income and expense.     Interest income decreased from $564,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2003 to $316,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2004, primarily due to lower interest rates and lower average balances of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities. Interest expense decreased from $400,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2003 to $299,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2004, primarily due to a lower average interest rate on outstanding debt obligations.

34



        Revenue.     Revenue increased from $1.1 million in 2001 to $4.7 million in 2002 to $8.3 million in 2003. Collaboration revenue increased from $407,000 in 2001 to $3.2 million in 2002 to $7.7 million in 2003. The increase in collaboration revenue in 2002 compared to 2001 was primarily due to our October 2001 collaboration with Chiesi Farmaceutici. The increase in collaboration revenue in 2003 compared to 2002 was primarily due to our May 2002 collaboration with Johnson & Johnson PRD, our December 2002 collaboration with Biogen Idec and our February 2003 collaboration with Merck. Grant and fellowship revenue increased from $701,000 in 2001 to $1.5 million in 2002, and decreased to $561,000 in 2003. The increase in grant and fellowship revenue in 2002 compared to 2001 was primarily due to increased emphasis on generating such grants, and the decrease in grant and fellowship revenue in 2003 compared to 2002 was primarily due to our decision in 2003 to only perform limited additional work under SBIR grants for the foreseeable future.

        Research and development expense.     Research and development expense increased from $14.8 million in 2001 to $18.4 million in 2002 primarily due to an increase in personnel expenses of $2.3 million and a $1.4 million increase in allocated facility expenses. Research and development expense increased from $18.4 million in 2002 to $21.3 million in 2003, primarily due to an increase in personnel expenses of $1.2 million, a $1.1 million increase in office related expenses and a $575,000 increase in allocated facility expenses of increased research activity in connection with our collaborations. Research and development expense in 2003 includes a one-time licensing fee to Dainippon Pharmaceutical to acquire exclusive worldwide development and marketing rights for SNS-595.

        General and administrative expense.     General and administrative expense increased from $5.3 million in 2001 to $6.2 million in 2002, and decreased to $6.1 million in 2003. The increase in 2002 compared to 2001 was primarily due to a $766,000 increase in salary and related personnel expense resulting from our increased headcount. The decrease in 2003 compared to 2002 was primarily due to a $200,000 decrease in facilities-related expense off-set by a $83,000 increase in office related expenses.

        Interest income and expense.     Interest income decreased from $3.5 million in 2001 to $1.4 million in 2002 to $713,000 in 2003, primarily due to lower interest rates and lower average balances of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities. Interest expense increased from $497,000 in 2001 to $594,000 in 2002, and decreased to $521,000 in 2003. The increase in interest expense in 2002 compared to 2001 was primarily due to an increase in the amount of debt outstanding, partially offset by a reduction in our cost of borrowing. The decrease in interest expense in 2003 compared to 2002 was primarily due to a decrease in our average cost of borrowing, partially offset by a $222,000 increase in borrowings.

Income Taxes

        Since inception, we have incurred operating losses and, accordingly, have not recorded a provision for income taxes for any of the periods presented. As of December 31, 2003, we had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes of $63.1 million and $27.4 million, respectively. We also had federal research and development tax credit carryforwards of $1.8 million. If not utilized, the federal net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards will expire beginning in 2018. Utilization of net operating loss and credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, that are applicable if we experience an "ownership change" that may occur, for example, as a result of this offering aggregated with certain other sales of our stock before or after this offering. If not utilized, the state net operating loss carryforward will expire beginning in 2008. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of our net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards before they can be used.

35



Liquidity and Capital Resources

    Sources of Liquidity

        As of September 30, 2004, we had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $41.5 million and outstanding equipment financing and debt obligations of $5.5 million. Since our inception, we have funded our operations primarily through the issuance of preferred stock, research funding and technology access fees from our collaboration partners, research grants, loans from Biogen Idec and other debt financings. Through September 30, 2004, we had received net proceeds of $108.8 million from the issuance of preferred stock, including $20 million from Biogen Idec, and common stock and $2.5 million in SBIR grants.

    Cash Flow

        Net cash used in operating activities increased from $12.4 million in 2001 to $13.9 million in 2002, and decreased to $11.9 million in 2003. Net cash used in operating activities was $6.0 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2004. Net cash used in operating activities for these periods consisted primarily of our net loss, partially offset by depreciation and amortization and deferred revenue.

        Net cash used in investing activities was $6.3 million in 2001. Net cash provided by investing activities decreased from $14.7 million in 2002 to $5.7 million in 2003. Net cash used in investing activities was $7.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2004. Our investing activities for these periods consisted primarily of the investment of the proceeds of our sales of preferred stock.

        Net cash provided by financing activities increased from $2.8 million in 2001 to $5.6 million in 2002, and decreased to $288,000 in 2003. Net cash provided by financing activities was $14.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2004. Our financing activities for these periods consisted primarily of the issuance of preferred stock and indebtedness incurred under our collaboration with Biogen Idec.

    Credit Arrangements

        In June 2000, we entered into an equipment financing agreement with General Electric Capital, which has been amended from time to time. The credit facility is available through May 2005. The equipment loans are secured by the equipment financed. As of September 30, 2004, we had outstanding $2.3 million to finance equipment purchases and leasehold improvements and $1.7 million remained available under the facility. Outstanding borrowings bear interest at annual rates ranging from 7.4% to 12.5%, and are payable over 36 to 48 months. In connection with this agreement, we issued in May 2003 a warrant to purchase 3,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at $4.80 per share and in June 2004, a warrant to purchase 1,435 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at $4.80 per share. The warrants expire in June 2013 and June 2014, respectively.

        In December 2002, we executed a promissory note in favor of Biogen Idec for an aggregate principal amount of up to $4.0 million. Under the promissory note, we have a drawdown period of ten calendar quarters beginning on April 1, 2003 and ending on June 30, 2005. The principal and accrued interest of each draw are due five years from the date of advance of each draw and bear interest at three percent above LIBOR to be paid quarterly. As of September 30, 2004, we had drawn $3.2 million and $800,000 remained available for future draws.

    Operating Capital and Capital Expenditure Requirements

        We expect to continue to incur substantial operating losses in the future. We will not receive any product revenue until a product candidate has been approved by FDA or similar regulatory agencies in other countries and successfully commercialized. We currently anticipate that our cash, cash equivalents

36


and marketable securities, together with the proceeds from this offering and revenue generated from our collaborations, will be sufficient to fund our operations at least through December 31, 2005. However, we will need to raise substantial additional funds to continue our operations and bring future products to market. We cannot be certain that any of our programs will be successful or that we will be able to raise sufficient funds to complete the development and commercialize any of our product candidates currently in development, should they succeed. Additionally, we plan to continue to evaluate in-licensing and acquisition opportunities to gain access to new drugs or drug targets that would fit with our strategy. Any such transaction would likely increase our funding needs in the future.

        Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including but not limited to:

    the rate of progress and cost of our clinical trials, preclinical studies and other discovery and research and development activities;

    the costs associated with establishing manufacturing and commercialization capabilities;

    the costs of acquiring or investing in businesses, product candidates and technologies;

    the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

    the costs and timing of seeking and obtaining FDA and other regulatory approvals;

    the effect of competing technological and market developments; and

    the economic and other terms and timing of any collaboration, licensing or other arrangements into which we may enter.

        Until we can generate a sufficient amount of product revenue to finance our cash requirements, which we may never do, we expect to finance future cash needs primarily through public or private equity offerings, debt financings or strategic collaborations. We do not know whether additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are not able to secure additional funding when needed, we may have to delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate one or more of our clinical trials or research and development programs. In addition, we may have to partner one or more of our product candidate programs at an earlier stage of development, which would lower the economic value of those programs to our company.

    Contractual Obligations

        The following table discloses aggregate information about our contractual obligations and the periods in which payments are due as of September 30, 2004 (in thousands):

 
  Payment due by period
Contractual Obligations

  Total
  Less than
1 year

  1-3 years
  3-5 years
  More than
5 years

Equipment financing   $ 2,334   $ 1,279   $ 1,010   $ 45   $
Indebtedness under collaboration agreement     3,200             3,200    
Operating lease obligations     25,754     2,618     5,475     5,808     11,853
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 31,288   $ 3,897   $ 6,485   $ 9,053   $ 11,853
   
 
 
 
 

        The contractual summary above reflects only payment obligations that are fixed and determinable. We also have contractual payments obligations, the timing of which are contingent on future events. Our operating lease obligations relate to the lease for our headquarters in South San Francisco, California.

37



        We also have agreements with clinical sites, and contract research organizations for the conduct of our clinical trials. We make payments to these sites and organizations based upon the number of patients enrolled and the period of follow-up in the trials.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        On December 16, 2004, the FASB issued an amendment to FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation . The amendment requires all share based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the statement of operations based on their fair values. The amendment is effective for our company as of July 1, 2005. We expect to continue to grant stock-based compensation to employees, and the adoption of the new standard may have a material impact on our future results of operations.

Related Party Transactions

        For a description of our related party transactions, see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, including structured finance, special purpose or variable interest entities.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk

        The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve our capital for the purpose of funding operations while at the same time maximizing the income we receive from our investments without significantly increasing risk. To achieve these objectives, our investment policy allows us to maintain a portfolio of cash equivalents and short-term investments in a variety of securities, including commercial paper, money market funds and corporate debt securities. Our cash and cash equivalents as of September 30, 2004 included liquid money market accounts. Our marketable securities as of September 30, 2004 included readily marketable debt securities. Due to the short-term nature of these instruments, a 1% movement in market interest rates would not have a significant impact on the total value of our portfolio as of September 30, 2004.

38



CONVERSION OF PREFERRED STOCK AND REVERSE STOCK SPLIT

        Due to the antidilution provisions of our certificate of incorporation, we may issue additional shares of common stock to the holders of our Series B, C, C-1 and C-2 preferred stock upon the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into common stock. We will effect a reverse stock split ensure that we have a fixed number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, after giving effect to any such issuance of additional shares of common stock.

        In connection with this offering, all of our outstanding preferred stock will be converted into common stock. Our current certificate of incorporation includes a provision that adjusts the conversion ratios of our Series B, C, C-1 and C-2 preferred stock based on the valuation of our company immediately prior to this offering. If the valuation of our company is greater than or equal to $237.0 million, each share of Series B, C, C-1 and C-2 preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock in connection with this offering. If our valuation is less than $237.0 million, the holders of Series C, C-1 and C-2 preferred stock will be entitled to receive additional shares of common stock upon conversion. If our valuation is less than $160.0 million, the holders of Series B preferred stock will also be entitled to receive additional shares of common stock upon conversion. For puposes of the foregoing, our valuation will be the product of our initial public offering price multiplied by the sum of (1) the number of outstanding shares of common stock on an as-converted basis and (2) the number of outstanding stock options and warrants. We have not yet completed the process of valuing our company in connection with this offering, and we will not know the number of additional shares, if any, that holders of Series B, C, C-1 and C-2 preferred stock will be entitled to receive upon conversion and their relative ownership of our company until immediately prior to the effectiveness of our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            , we expect to issue an additional             shares of common stock to the holders of our Series B, C, C-1 and C-2 preferred stock upon conversion into common stock.

        We will effect a reverse stock split of our capital stock prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement. We will set the ratio of the reverse stock split such that we will have approximately                    shares outstanding immediately prior to the completion of this offering after giving effect to the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock into common stock as described above. As a result, we will not know the precise ratio of the reverse stock split until the initial public offering price is established.

        In this prospectus, we have estimated the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our preferred stock and the ratio of the reverse stock split using assumed initial public offering price of $            per share.

        Upon completion of this offering, our existing stockholders will own            shares, representing      %, of our outstanding common stock. As a result, our existing stockholders will continue to have significant influence over the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets or any other significant corporate transaction. Changes in our valuation in connection with this offering will result in changes in the conversion ratios of our preferred stock and the reverse stock split ratio as described above. Because our existing stockholders own differing amounts of our Series B, C, C-1 and C-2 preferred stock, changes in our valuation in connection with this offering will impact the relative ownership of our common stock upon completion of this offering among our existing stockholders. The following table shows the beneficial ownership of our common stock upon completion of this offering at different assumed initial public offering prices by each person, or group of affiliated persons, known

39



by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our voting securities and all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

 
  $         
  $         
  $         
  $         
  $         
  $         
  $         
 
Abingworth BioVentures II SICAV     %   %   %   %   %   %   %
Biogen Idec     %   %   %   %   %   %   %
Entities affiliated with Credit Suisse First Boston     %   %   %   %   %   %   %
Entities affiliated with Mayfield Associates     %   %   %   %   %   %   %
Entities affiliated with Venrock Associates     %   %   %   %   %   %   %
Entities affiliated with Warburg Pincus     %   %   %   %   %   %   %
All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons)     %   %   %   %   %   %   %

40



BUSINESS

Overview

        We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of small molecule therapeutics for oncology, inflammatory diseases and other unmet medical needs. We have built our product candidate portfolio through internal discovery and the in-licensing of novel cancer therapeutics. We are advancing our product candidates through in-house research and development efforts and strategic collaborations with leading pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical companies. We believe the quality and breadth of our product candidate pipeline, platform technology, strategic collaborations and scientific team will enable us to become a fully integrated biopharmaceutical company with a diversified portfolio of novel therapeutics for major diseases.

        We are advancing two proprietary oncology product candidates. Our lead product candidate, SNS-595, is a novel cell-cycle inhibitor intended for the treatment of cancer. We are currently conducting two Phase I clinical trials with SNS-595, and we expect to commence multiple Phase II clinical trials using SNS-595 to treat various cancers in the second half of 2005. In addition, in 2006 we intend to commence Phase II clinical trials to evaluate SNS-595 as a stand-alone therapy and Phase Ib clinical trials to evaluate SNS-595 in combination with standard treatments in additional tumor types. In preclinical studies, SNS-595 has demonstrated broad anti-tumor activity. We expect to continue preclinical studies and to select a development candidate for our second oncology product candidate, an Aurora kinase inhibitor, in 2005 and to file an IND and commence Phase I clinical trials in 2006. We believe that small molecule Aurora kinase inhibitors have the potential to limit the growth of multiple tumor types without causing significant peripheral neuropathy. We have worldwide development and commercialization rights to SNS-595 and our Aurora kinase inhibitors program. We may in the future enter into collaborations to maximize the commercial potential of these programs.

        We currently have five strategic collaborations with three leading pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical companies from which, as of December 1, 2004, we had received an aggregate of approximately $50 million in the form of stock purchase proceeds, fees and loans. We have two separate collaborations with Biogen Idec in oncology and in inflammatory diseases. The oncology program with Biogen Idec is focused on developing multiple kinase inhibitors, including our Raf kinase inhibitor, for which we have an option to co-develop and co-promote on a worldwide basis. We also work with Biogen Idec on the development of small molecule inhibitors of TNF. We are collaborating with Johnson & Johnson PRD on the development of product candidates for the treatment of inflammatory diseases from our Cathepsin S inhibitors program. We have two separate collaborations with Merck to develop therapeutics for Alzheimer's disease and for viral diseases. In the last year, each of our current collaboration partners has either extended its existing collaboration or entered into a new collaboration with our company. We believe that our strategic collaborations will enable us to leverage and expand our internal development capabilities, manage our cash expenditures and diversify risk across our pipeline.

        We have developed a proprietary fragment-based drug discovery approach, called "Tethering," that we combine with other drug discovery tools, such as structure-based design and medicinal chemistry, to discover and develop novel therapeutics for major diseases. Tethering allows us to screen drug fragments based on binding properties rather than function, which we believe enables us to identify compounds that may not be discovered through conventional methods of drug discovery. We believe that this capability allows us to efficiently design product candidates that bind to sites or regions on a specific protein not readily accessed by other discovery methods. Tethering is applicable to most proteins, and we have used Tethering on over 15 different protein targets to date.

41



Strategy

        We are focused on discovering, developing and commercializing small molecule therapeutics for oncology, inflammatory diseases and other unmet medical needs. The key elements of our strategy are as follows:

42


Product Candidate Pipeline

        We currently have the following programs in various stages of research and development:

Program

  Status
  Planned Activities
  Commercial Rights
Oncology Programs            
 
SNS-595

 

Two Phase I clinical trials ongoing

 

Commencement of up to three Phase II single-agent clinical trials planned in the second half of 2005 in multiple tumor types; Commencement of Phase II single-agent and Phase Ib combination clinical trials in additional tumor types planned for 2006

 

Sunesis
 
Aurora kinase inhibitors

 

Preclinical

 

Continuation of preclinical studies and selection of a development candidate planned for 2005; File IND and commence Phase I clinical trials in 2006

 

Sunesis
 
Raf kinase inhibitors

 

Preclinical

 

Continuation of preclinical studies and selection of a development candidate planned for 2006; File IND and commence Phase I clinical trials in 2007

 

Biogen Idec/Sunesis
 
Other kinase inhibitors

 

Discovery

 

 

 

Biogen Idec/Sunesis

Inflammatory Disease Programs

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
Cathepsin S inhibitors

 

Discovery

 

 

 

Johnson & Johnson PRD
 
TNF family inhibitors

 

Discovery

 

 

 

Biogen Idec

Other Programs

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
BACE inhibitors for Alzheimer's disease

 

Discovery

 

 

 

Merck
 
Anti-viral inhibitors

 

Discovery

 

 

 

Merck

Overview of Cancer Market and Therapeutics

        Cancer is the second leading cause of death in the United States, with an estimated 560,000 deaths and 1.4 million new cases diagnosed in 2004, according to the American Cancer Society. Cancers can be divided broadly into two groups: solid tumor cancers that affect organs in the body, such as the lungs and colon; and hematological, or blood-borne, cancers, such as leukemia. The American Cancer Society estimates that solid tumor cancers accounted for approximately 500,000 cancer-related deaths in 2003 and will account for approximately 1.0 million, or 71%, of new cases diagnosed in 2004.

        Cancer is characterized by uncontrolled cell growth. Cell growth and function are controlled by proteins that communicate and relay signals within cells. In normal cell proliferation, when a cellular signaling pathway is activated, or "on," it sends a signal telling the cell to grow and divide. When a

43


component of a signaling pathway is mutated, the signal may not turn "off" or it may be constantly "on," causing the cell to continuously reproduce itself resulting in a tumor.

        The goals of cancer therapy are to cure the patient and, in the absence of cure, to improve the quality of life and extend the life expectancy of the patient. The most common form of pharmaceutical treatment for cancer is cytotoxic therapeutics, which are designed to target and kill rapidly proliferating cells. This process is referred to as cell-cycle arrest, which leads to cell death. Cytotoxic drugs include irinotecan, doxorubicin, taxanes and other inhibitors of cellular proliferation. In addition, therapies designed to hit a specific molecular target, such as Gleevec and Tarceva, may be used in combination with or as alternatives to cytotoxic therapies.

        Due to the genetic diversity among tumors, a combination of drug therapies is generally used to treat any given tumor type, and many patients progress rapidly through all available therapies. Despite the introduction of a number of new therapeutics over the last few years, there is significant demand for new drugs that, by themselves or in combination with existing therapies, can significantly improve the quality of life and extend the life expectancy of cancer patients.

        Although cytotoxic therapies are widely used, their mechanism of action targets all proliferating cell populations, not just cancer cells, and therefore may result in significant side effects, including immune system compromise known as myelosuppression, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, sores in the mouth and the digestive tract known as mucositis, hair loss, peripheral nerve cell death known as peripheral neuropathy and damage to the heart known as cardiotoxicity. Cytotoxic drugs may have a narrow "therapeutic window" between efficacy and toxicity, which means there is only a small variance between a therapeutic dose and a toxic dose. Proper dosing is a challenge with drugs that have a narrow therapeutic window because dosing below the therapeutic window results in the patient receiving a sub-therapeutic exposure to the drug, whereas dosing above the therapeutic window results in exposing the patient to a toxic level of the drug. Dosing can be particularly challenging with cytotoxic drugs because a number of these have demonstrated highly variable pharmacokinetics, or PK, which is the concentration of drug in the bloodstream over time. PK variability results in differences in drug exposure among patients and, in some cases, in the same patient even at the same dose. As a result, it is difficult for physicians to determine the proper therapeutic dose for a patient at any particular time, and patients are frequently under-dosed or over-dosed.

        Notwithstanding their limitations, it is widely believed that cytotoxic therapeutics will continue to be a mainstay of cancer therapy. We believe significant commercial opportunities exist for cytotoxic drugs that act by a novel mechanism with a more manageable side effect profile, both as single-agent therapies in patients with resistant, or refractory, disease or in combination with current established therapies. We believe that our SNS-595 program is well positioned to take advantage of these opportunities.

        We also believe there is a need for novel molecularly-targeted therapies that can be used in combination with, or as alternatives to, cytotoxic therapies to improve the outcome of cancer treatment. Molecularly-targeted therapies may have fewer unwanted side effects because they are less likely to affect cell activity unrelated to cancer. We believe that these targeted therapeutics, such as Gleevec, Tarceva and Velcade, are likely to capture an increasing share of the cancer market and even contribute to its growth. For example, we believe, based on industry sources, that sales of Gleevec are expected to increase from $1.1 billion in 2003 to more than $2.5 billion in 2009. While these targeted therapeutics have demonstrated clinical benefit in some patients, there remains a significant unmet medical need in cancer patients with other tumor types or resistant tumors. We believe that our Aurora and Raf kinase inhibitors, which also target specific molecules, are well positioned to benefit from these trends in cancer therapy.

44



SNS-595 Program

        SNS-595 is a novel cytotoxic drug that we believe represents a new class of anti-tumor drugs. SNS-595 is in a chemical class known as naphthyridine analogues. Although naphthyridine analogues have been used as antibiotics and have been demonstrated to be safe in human treatment, no members of this chemical class have been approved for the treatment of cancer. SNS-595 is a broadly active cell-cycle inhibitor that we believe has a novel mechanism of action and induces the arrest of proliferating cancer cells immediately before the cell divides into two new cells, leading to cell death. We obtained worldwide rights to SNS-595 from Dainippon Pharmaceutical in 2003.

        We believe SNS-595 has the following characteristics:


        In June 2004, we began the first of two Phase I clinical trials evaluating SNS-595 in groups of patients with advanced solid tumors. In these clinical trials, we are exploring doses and schedules of administration in preparation for Phase II clinical trials designed to evaluate initial clinical efficacy. As of December 15, 2004, we had treated a total of 20 patients in our Phase I clinical trials. We are conducting these clinical trials at three leading medical centers and expect to treat 30 to 40 patients in each trial. To date, we have not observed any serious adverse events in these clinical trials that were determined to be related to SNS-595.

        The first Phase I clinical trial of SNS-595 is a single-dose administration followed by a 21-day observation period constituting one cycle. Patients participating in this trial may receive up to six cycles of treatment. We plan to complete this trial in the first half of 2005.

        The second Phase I clinical trial, which began in October 2004, is evaluating the administration of three weekly doses of SNS-595 followed by a 14-day observation period in each 28-day cycle. Patients participating in this trial may receive up to six cycles of treatment. We plan to complete this trial in mid-2005.

        Patients from both Phase I clinical trials whose disease stabilizes while on treatment or who exhibit a partial or complete response after six cycles of treatment may participate in a continuation trial following the completion of the initial trial.

        SNS-595 has been the subject of numerous preclinical studies conducted by us and Dainippon. In 2000, Dainippon reported data from studies of SNS-595 in various mouse models. In these models, SNS-595 demonstrated superior therapeutic activity compared to several widely used cytotoxic drugs.

45


Specifically, SNS-595 showed 99% to 100% inhibition of the growth of established tumors in three different solid tumor mouse models. In some cases, complete tumor regressions were observed. In these models, a number of marketed cytotoxic drugs, including paclitaxel and irinotecan, had significantly less activity than SNS-595. In other mouse models involving the study of human tumors in mice with compromised immune systems, SNS-595 has shown broad activity in all models tested and inhibited the growth of established tumors by more than 80% in 14 of 17 tumor lines evaluated, including several drug-resistant tumor lines. While we do not know whether SNS-595 will demonstrate comparable activity in humans, we believe that these data are encouraging and support further development.

        SNS-595 has also demonstrated excellent PK properties in animals and humans to date. SNS-595 demonstrated, in all species tested, precise and reproducible PK results and low inter-individual PK variability. We believe this is because levels of SNS-595 in the blood are less affected by the metabolic processes than many other cytotoxic drugs. As a result, we expect to see similar drug exposures across all patients treated with SNS-595, a consistent adverse event profile and fewer unexpected toxicities.

        The potential toxicity of single and repeated doses of SNS-595 has been explored in a number of animal studies that suggest the mechanism-based dose-limiting toxicities in humans receiving SNS-595 may be similar to some of those observed in approved cytotoxic agents, including temporary toxicity to bone marrow cells, the gastrointestinal system and other systems with rapidly dividing cells. These toxicities are usually reversible and can be adequately managed by experienced medical oncology practitioners.

        We plan to commence up to three Phase II clinical trials with SNS-595 in the second half of 2005. We currently plan to design these trials to evaluate SNS-595 as a stand-alone therapy in patients with small cell and non-small cell lung cancers and acute myelocytic leukemia. In addition, in 2006 we intend to commence Phase II clinical trials to evaluate SNS-595 as a stand-alone therapy and Phase Ib clinical trials to evaluate SNS-595 in combination with standard treatments in additional tumor types. We may modify the tumor types selected for these Phase II and Phase Ib clinical trials based on the anti-tumor activity observed in animal models, tumor types showing responses in our Phase I clinical trials and strategic regulatory and market considerations.

Oncology Kinase Programs

        We are applying Tethering in several programs to discover and develop novel kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer. Kinases are proteins found in cells that are critical in the communication and relay of signals to promote cell growth or function. In normal cell proliferation, when a cellular signaling pathway is activated, or "on," it sends a signal telling the cell to grow and divide. When a component of a signaling pathway involving a kinase is mutated, the signal may not turn "off" and thus may be constantly "on," causing the cell to continuously reproduce itself. This unregulated growth is a principal characteristic of cancer cells. It is widely believed that the signaling pathway plays an integral role in the growth of some tumor types. We believe that by inhibiting a kinase in a specific overactive pathway, the pathway can be turned "off," restoring normal signaling.

        There is significant pharmaceutical industry interest in kinases as key points of intervention for treating disease. Many strategies are used in the pharmaceutical industry to discover kinase inhibitors for drug development, including high-throughput functional screening of kinase-regulated pathways.

        There are 518 known human kinases, many of which are known to be involved in cancer and other diseases. Most small molecule kinase inhibitors bind to a main site common among many kinases, thereby affecting multiple kinases rather than only those involved in the targeted disease. As a result, it

46



has been difficult to discover small molecule kinase inhibitors that bind only to the kinase involved in the targeted disease process and not to other kinases. The ability to target a single kinase is referred to as specificity. Binding without specificity may lead to unwanted toxicity problems.

        A small but growing number of compounds, including Gleevec, inhibit the targeted kinase with greater specificity by binding not only the main site but also a nearby region called the variable binding region. Each kinase has a different variable binding region. As a result, we believe inhibitors that also bind to the variable binding region will bind with greater specificity to the kinase of interest, and we use Tethering to identify these kinase inhibitors. We believe that these specific inhibitors may be associated with reduced toxicity.

        Our Aurora kinase inhibitors program is our most advanced kinase inhibitors program. We believe that Aurora kinase inhibitors represent an area of interest in the pharmaceutical industry and within the cancer treatment community.

        Aurora kinases are key enzymes involved in cell growth and division and play an essential role in the abnormal growth and proliferation of tumor cells. Aurora kinases are known to be overexpressed in a number of tumor types, including colon cancer, breast cancer and leukemia. Aurora kinase inhibition retards cell proliferation and limits tumor growth by initiating programmed cell death. Because Aurora kinase is more highly expressed in active cells rather than resting cells, we believe that Aurora kinase therapies may selectively target cancer cells, which are actively dividing, over cells in a normal or resting state, which may lead to reduced toxicities.

        The goal of this program is to develop novel Aurora kinase inhibitors that exhibit broad activity in tumors and do not cause significant peripheral neuropathy. We are conducting preclinical studies and anticipate selecting a development candidate in 2005 with the goal of filing an IND and commencing Phase I clinical trials in 2006. We have worldwide rights to commercialize any drugs resulting from our Aurora kinase inhibitors program.

        We are developing our Raf kinase inhibitors program in collaboration with Biogen Idec. We believe that Raf kinase inhibitors represent an area of interest in the pharmaceutical industry and within the cancer treatment community.

        Raf kinase is an enzyme in the Ras pathway, a signaling pathway important to cell proliferation. The Ras pathway is believed to be abnormally activated in many human cancers by various mechanisms. In approximately 15% of human cancers, a Ras gene is activated by mutation. We believe that several inhibitors of kinases in the Ras pathway have shown evidence of clinical activity in clinical trials.

        The goal of this program is to develop Raf kinase inhibitors with improved pharmaceutical properties as compared to other Raf kinase inhibitors in development. We applied Tethering to discover highly specific and potent Raf kinase inhibitors. We and Biogen Idec are conducting preclinical studies and anticipate selecting a development candidate in 2006. We expect Biogen Idec to file an IND and commence Phase I clinical trials in 2007. We have an option to co-develop and co-promote any drugs developed through this program on a worldwide basis.

        As part of our collaboration with Biogen Idec, we are applying Tethering to discover novel small molecule leads that inhibit up to five additional oncology kinase targets. We and Biogen Idec are

47


working together on the identification, optimization and development of inhibitor drugs for these kinases.

Inflammatory Diseases Programs

        Cathepsin S is an enzyme involved in the activation of T-cells. Inappropriate activation of T-cells may lead to some inflammatory diseases, such as asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis and Crohn's disease. In collaboration with Johnson & Johnson PRD, we are applying Tethering to discover small molecule inhibitors of Cathepsin S. We intend to develop these inhibitors into drugs for the treatment of major inflammatory diseases. We believe that small molecule Cathepsin S inhibitors would have the advantages of a novel mechanism of action, ease of oral administration and ease of manufacturing. Johnson & Johnson PRD holds worldwide rights to commercialize any drugs resulting from this program.

        TNF and related cytokine family members are proteins involved in inflammatory diseases, including rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis and Crohn's disease. While inhibition of TNF has been validated as a treatment for inflammatory diseases, all of the currently marketed TNF inhibitors are injectable biologics. We believe that small molecule inhibitors would have advantages, such as ease of oral administration and ease of manufacturing, but discovery of small molecule TNF inhibitors has been historically challenging. In collaboration with Biogen Idec, we are applying Tethering to discover small molecule TNF family inhibitors. Examples of TNF inhibitors include Enbrel and Humira, which had reported sales of approximately $1.3 billion and $600 million, respectively, for the nine month period ended September 30, 2004. Biogen Idec holds worldwide rights to commercialize any drugs resulting from this program.

Other Programs

        In collaboration with Merck, we are applying Tethering to identify and optimize inhibitors of BACE, an important enzyme target in Alzheimer's disease. BACE, or beta-secretase, is involved in the formation of A-beta peptide, which is the predominant substance in the plaques found in the brains of Alzheimer's patients and believed to contribute to their disease. Merck holds worldwide rights to commercialize any drugs resulting from this collaboration and is responsible for advancing these compounds into lead optimization, preclinical studies and clinical trials.

        We are collaborating with Merck to identify small molecule inhibitors of an anti-viral target by a novel mechanism. We are providing Merck with a series of small molecule compounds that we derived from Tethering that target a specific viral protein. Merck holds worldwide rights to commercialize any drugs resulting from this collaboration and is responsible for advancing these compounds into lead optimization, preclinical studies and clinical trials.

Rationale For Fragment-Based Drug Discovery

        We have developed a proprietary fragment-based drug discovery approach, called Tethering, that we use in combination with other drug discovery tools, such as structure-based design and medicinal chemistry, to discover and develop novel therapeutics for major diseases.

48


        Pharmaceutical discovery often begins with the hypothesis that a target protein in the body is involved in a certain disease and that compounds that block or inhibit the action of that target will provide therapeutic benefit. The search for these compounds typically starts by screening a collection of molecules to find "hits" that inhibit the target function. These hits are then improved through medicinal chemistry to create more advanced molecules that are tested in animal models of the disease to determine whether they provide therapeutic benefit. Molecules that test positively in animal models are optimized to have the necessary properties to become drugs and are ultimately tested in human clinical trials.

        Combinatorial chemistry has expanded the size of compound collections, and advances in automated high-throughput screening, or HTS, have enabled the screening of million-compound libraries. Despite these advances, HTS is limited by the number of complex, fully formed compounds that can practically be made and stored in a collection. Even very large collections represent only a small fraction of the compounds that could be made. Thus, new approaches to searching the vast potential diversity of chemical compounds are highly desired. Another challenge with HTS is that it typically identifies compounds that bind to the main binding site of kinases. It can be difficult to find molecules that bind to the variable binding region of kinases using HTS. We believe that kinase inhibitors that bind to the variable binding region have significant potential therapeutic benefit.

        We believe fragment-based drug discovery offers an alternative strategy for identifying drug-like compounds that bind to proteins. In contrast with HTS where compounds are identified by measuring activity, fragment-based discovery involves the identification of multiple drug fragments by measuring binding. Individual fragments that bind to nearby sites on the protein are identified and combined to form a drug-like compound. By first determining which fragments interact with the protein in the area of interest and then combining them, we believe there is a higher likelihood of identifying novel compounds that will bind to the target. A key challenge of fragment-based drug discovery is how to identify which fragments bind to the protein. Fragments typically bind weakly and can be difficult to detect using conventional methods.

        Tethering is our proprietary fragment-based drug discovery approach that we believe overcomes the limitations of existing conventional and fragment-based discovery methods. Tethering enables us to identify weak-binding fragments that would otherwise be difficult to detect. In Tethering, we first expose a target protein having a sulfur-containing amino acid named cysteine to a collection of specially designed fragments that also contain sulfur. Those fragments capable of binding to the target near the cysteine form a reversible chemical link known as a disulfide bond that stabilizes the binding of the fragment to the target protein. The formation of the disulfide bond results in an increase in the weight of the protein that allows us to identify the fragment using mass spectrometry. Although the disulfide bond helps to stabilize the weakly binding fragment to the protein, fragments that do not naturally bind to the protein are not detected.

        We create drug-like compounds by combining multiple fragments through a process called "Tethering with extenders." Once we have identified an initial fragment that binds to the target protein, we use this initial fragment as the basis for an extender to search for a companion fragment by the same process used to discover the initial fragment. Subsequently, the initial and companion fragments are combined into a single molecule and the attachment to the protein is removed. This ultimately generates a soluble drug-like compound that can be optimized through medicinal chemistry. In Tethering with extenders, the surface of the target protein is used as a mold to construct its own inhibitor. This approach can be applied to most protein targets.

49



GRAPHIC

1
A pool of fragments is screened against a protein target.

2
A fragment binds to the protein target.

3
Following a second screening, a new fragment binds to the protein target and the initial fragment, forming a drug-like compound.

4.
The drug-like compound is released from the protein target for further optimization.

        By screening and identifying individual fragments that bind to the target and only combining the fragments that bind, we are able to significantly expand the number of drug-like compounds that can be evaluated.

        Our Tethering approach has formed the basis of all of our collaborations to date. Our collaboration partners have been attracted to our company and our Tethering approach because of its potential to identify novel drug-like compounds that are difficult to detect through other means. We have successfully applied Tethering to over 15 different protein targets, including various kinases, to produce drug-like compounds. We optimize the drug-like compound to produce drug candidates.

Strategic Collaborations

        We currently have five strategic collaborations with three leading pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical companies. Each collaboration is target specific and involves personnel from both our company and our collaboration partner working together. These alliances are designed to enable us to leverage and expand our internal development capabilities, manage our cash expenditures and diversify risk across our pipeline. Through our strategic collaborations, we are able to pursue more programs than we could fund on our own. As of December 1, 2004, we have received an aggregate of approximately $50 million in the form of stock purchase proceeds, fees and loans from our collaboration partners. We believe that approximately 175 scientists currently work on our programs and programs partnered with our company. Approximately one-half of these scientists are our employees and of those, approximately 50% are funded through our collaborations.

        In forming each of our strategic collaborations, we have agreed not to conduct certain research, independently or with any commercial third party, that is on the same target as that covered by the collaboration agreement. Some of our collaborations also significantly restrict our ability to utilize intellectual property derived from a collaboration for a purpose outside of the collaboration.

        In December 2002, we entered into a collaboration with Biogen Idec to apply Tethering to discover and develop small molecule modulators of up to four members of the TNF trimeric cytokine super-

50


family plus up to two additional un-named targets. The primary focus of the program is to discover small molecule inhibitors of TNF, an important cytokine involved in the regulation of the human immune system for which only protein drugs, such as Enbrel, are available. During the research term of the agreement, we and Biogen Idec agreed to work together exclusively to identify and develop small molecule pharmaceutical compounds that inhibit a member of the TNF family as well as other collaboration targets, with the exception that either party may collaborate with a third party on a Phase II clinical trial or later stage compound against a collaboration target. Our exclusivity obligation continues for an additional year after the end of the research term.

        Pursuant to this agreement we received a $3.0 million upfront technology access fee. In addition, Biogen Idec made a $6.0 million equity investment in our company. The agreement also provides for a maintenance fee payable to us of $357,500 per quarter, starting in April 2004 and continuing until the end of the initial research term, and a $4.0 million credit facility from which we may make 10 quarterly draws of $400,000 each, of which as of September 30, 2004 we had drawn an aggregate of $3.2 million. Both parties agreed to dedicate resources as provided in the research plan. The initial research term is for 30 months, after which Biogen Idec has the option to extend the research term for one year upon payment of a technology maintenance fee and a commitment to provide research funding.

        We granted Biogen Idec a worldwide non-exclusive license to our intellectual property relating to Tethering with respect to specific collaboration targets and an exclusive license to our portion of the collaboration intellectual property for the commercialization of a small molecule product arising from the collaboration. Biogen Idec is required to pay up to $60.0 million in pre-commercialization milestones per target as well as royalty payments based on product sales. Royalty rates payable to us may be reduced if Biogen Idec is required to license additional intellectual property related to Tethering from one or more third parties in order to commercialize a collaboration product. Rights to collaboration products revert to us with a reverse royalty to Biogen Idec if Biogen Idec fails to use commercially reasonable and diligent efforts during development and commercialization of such products. Royalty obligations under the agreement continue on a country-by-country and product-by-product basis until the later of the date on which no valid patent claim relating to a product exists or 10 years from the date of first sale of the product.

        Our agreement with Biogen Idec will continue for so long as a product arising from the collaboration is the subject of an active development project or for so long as there is an obligation to pay royalties under the agreement. The agreement may be terminated earlier by Biogen Idec without cause upon 30 days' written notice, in which case each party will have exclusive rights to the compounds it solely invented during the collaboration and non-exclusive rights to jointly invented compounds, Biogen Idec will remain obligated to pay milestones and royalties to us, and we will owe a modest royalty to Biogen Idec. The agreement may also be terminated by either party for uncured breach or bankruptcy of the other party. If Biogen Idec terminates the agreement in connection with our breach or bankruptcy, it retains its licenses from us but receives a reduction in its milestones and royalty obligations. If we terminate the agreement for Biogen Idec's breach or bankruptcy, we will receive exclusive licenses from Biogen Idec and be obligated to make modest royalty payments to Biogen Idec.

        In August 2004, we entered into a collaboration agreement with Biogen Idec to discover, develop and commercialize small molecule inhibitors of Raf kinase and up to five additional targets. The primary focus of the program is to discover small molecule inhibitors of kinases that play a role in oncology indications or in the regulation of the human immune system. During the research term, we and Biogen Idec agreed to work together exclusively to develop pharmaceutical compounds against collaboration targets with the exception that either party may collaborate with a third party on a Phase II clinical trial or later stage compound against a collaboration target. Our exclusivity obligation

51


continues for an additional year after the end of the research term. We also agreed not to develop or commercialize any compound active against a target that is the subject of the agreement.

        Pursuant to this agreement, we received a $7.0 million upfront technology access fee. In addition, Biogen Idec made a $14.0 million equity investment in our company. The initial research term is four years, and both parties agreed to dedicate the research personnel provided in the research plan. Biogen Idec has the option to extend the research term for up to two additional one-year periods upon payment of an additional technology access fee and a commitment to provide research funding. Biogen Idec will bear all costs related to this program for all targets through at least the completion of Phase I clinical trials, after which we have the right to participate in the co-development and co-promotion of up to two targets.

        We granted Biogen Idec a worldwide non-exclusive license to our intellectual property relating to Tethering with respect to specific collaboration targets and an exclusive license to our portion of the collaboration intellectual property for the commercialization of small molecule compounds that have a specified activity against collaboration kinases arising from the collaboration. Biogen Idec is required to pay up to $60.0 million in pre-commercialization milestones per target as well as royalty payments depending on product sales. Royalty payments may be increased if we exercise our option on co-development and co-promotion rights. Royalty rates payable to us will be reduced if Biogen Idec is required to license additional intellectual property related to Tethering from one or more third parties in order to commercialize a collaboration product. Rights to collaboration products revert to us with a reverse royalty to Biogen Idec if Biogen Idec fails to use commercially reasonable and diligent efforts during development and commercialization of co-funded products. If we do not exercise our co-funding option for a product directed at a target selected for further collaborative work, then Biogen Idec may pursue such target on its own. We also have the right and a non-exclusive license from Biogen Idec for the joint collaboration intellectual property to develop and commercialize products containing certain other compounds arising from the collaboration. We will owe royalty payments to Biogen Idec for sales of any such products. Royalty obligations under the agreement continue on a country-by-country and product-by-product basis until the later of the date on which no valid patent claim relating to a product exists or 10 years from the date of first sale of the product.

        Our agreement with Biogen Idec will continue for so long as a product arising from the collaboration is the subject of an active development project or for so long as there is an obligation to pay royalties under the agreement. The agreement may be terminated earlier by Biogen Idec without cause at any time before the second anniversary of the agreement upon six months' written notice or immediately upon written notice and payment of a termination fee. After the second anniversary of the agreement, Biogen Idec may terminate the agreement without cause upon 90 days' written notice. Either party may also terminate the agreement for the other party's uncured breach or bankruptcy. If Biogen Idec terminates the agreement early without cause or we terminate due to Biogen Idec's breach or bankruptcy, all co-funded products not approved for sale prior to termination will revert to us, and we will receive a reduction in the royalties we owe to Biogen Idec. If Biogen Idec terminates the agreement early due to our breach or bankruptcy, Biogen Idec will receive a reduction in the royalties it owes to us. Many of the parties' other product rights are not substantially affected by early termination.

        In May 2002, we entered into a collaboration agreement with Johnson & Johnson PRD to discover, develop and commercialize small molecule inhibitors of Cathepsin S, an enzyme that is important in regulating an inflammatory response. During the period of the research term plus two years, we and Johnson & Johnson PRD agreed to work together exclusively to develop pharmaceutical compounds against Cathepsin S. Johnson & Johnson PRD retains the sole right to determine whether a product candidate enters development.

52


        The agreement provides for payment by Johnson & Johnson PRD to us of a technology access fee and research funding. The initial research term was two years, and Johnson & Johnson PRD had the option to extend the research term for up to two additional one-year periods with the same level of research funding. Johnson & Johnson PRD exercised its first option to extend the research term through May 2005, and retains an option to extend the research term for one additional year.

        We granted Johnson & Johnson PRD a worldwide non-exclusive license to our intellectual property relating to Tethering on Cathepsin S and an exclusive license under the collaboration intellectual property for the commercialization of small molecule products arising from the collaboration. Patents and patent applications arising from the collaboration are owned by our company. Johnson & Johnson PRD is required to pay development milestones as well as royalty payments depending on product sales. Royalty rates payable to us may be reduced if Johnson & Johnson PRD is required to license additional intellectual property related to Tethering from one or more third parties in order to commercialize a collaboration product. Royalty obligations under the agreement continue on a country-by-country and product-by-product basis until the later of the date on which no valid patent claim relating to a product exists or 10 years from the date of first sale of the product.

        Our agreement with Johnson & Johnson PRD will continue for so long as a product arising from the collaboration is the subject of an active development project or for so long as there is an obligation to pay royalties under the agreement. Johnson & Johnson PRD may terminate the agreement earlier without cause after the end of the research term and upon six months' written notice, and either party may terminate the agreement earlier for the other party's uncured breach or bankruptcy. All early terminations extinguish Johnson & Johnson PRD's licenses from us. If Johnson & Johnson PRD terminates the agreement early without cause or if we terminate due to Johnson & Johnson PRD's breach or bankruptcy, Johnson & Johnson PRD will grant us certain exclusive licenses and transfer its regulatory filings to us, and we will be obligated to pay modest royalties to Johnson & Johnson PRD in return.

        In February 2003, we entered into a license and collaboration agreement with Merck to discover, develop and commercialize small molecule inhibitors of BACE, or beta secretase, an enzyme that is believed to be important for the progression of Alzheimer's disease. During the period of the research term plus one year, we and Merck agreed to work together exclusively to develop a pharmaceutical compound against the collaboration target, with the exception that Merck may acquire from a third party a compound that satisfies development candidate criteria specified in the agreement.

        The agreement provides for payment by Merck to us of a technology access fee and research funding. The initial research term is three years and both parties agreed to dedicate the resource funding provided in the research plan. Merck has the option to extend the research term for an additional one-year period with the same level of research funding.

        We granted Merck a worldwide, non-exclusive license to our intellectual property relating to Tethering on BACE and an exclusive license to a composition of matter patent and future intellectual property relating to BACE. Merck is required to pay development milestones as well as royalty payments depending on product sales. Royalty rates payable to us may be reduced if Merck is required to license additional intellectual property from one or more third parties in order to commercialize a collaboration product or if a third party markets a version of the collaboration product. Royalty obligations under the agreement continue on a country-by-country and product-by-product basis until the later of the date on which no valid patent claim relating to a product exists or 12 years from the date of first sale of the product. We retain the right to develop and commercialize non-pharmaceutical

53


products containing compounds arising from the collaboration. We would owe Merck a royalty based on sales of any such products.

        Our agreement with Merck will continue for so long as a product arising from the collaboration is the subject of an active development project or for so long as there is an obligation to pay royalties under the agreement. The agreement may be terminated earlier by Merck at any time after the third anniversary of the agreement upon three months' written notice, or may be terminated by either party for the other party's uncured breach or bankruptcy.

        In July 2004, we entered into a license and collaborative research agreement with Merck that allows Merck to discover and develop small molecule drugs against an enzyme target for treating viral infections. During the period from the beginning of the research term until the time that Merck ceases activities against the enzyme target, we agreed not to work with any third party on compounds that inhibit the enzyme target.

        The agreement provides for a payment by Merck to us of an upfront technology access fee and specified annual license fees. The initial research term is three years and may be extended for one year upon mutual agreement of the parties. Merck may end the research term in January 2006 upon 90 days' written notice.

        We assigned to Merck small molecule compounds related to the viral target and our interest in research program patents and to compounds that act on the target through our inhibition mode. Merck owns all intellectual property generated in the course of performing the research except for improvements related to Tethering, which we own. Merck is required to pay pre-commercialization milestones as well as royalty payments based on product sales. Royalty rates payable to us may be reduced if Merck is required to license additional intellectual property from one or more third parties in order to commercialize a collaboration product. Merck may also reduce its royalty payments to us if the product is not covered by a patent or if a third party markets a competitive product. Royalty obligations under the agreement continue on a country-by-country and product-by-product basis until the later of the date on which no valid patent claim relating to a product exists or 12 years from the date of first sale of the product.

        Our agreement with Merck will continue for so long as a product arising from the collaboration is the subject of an active development project or for so long as there is an obligation to pay royalties under the agreement. The agreement may be terminated earlier by Merck on the 18-month anniversary of the agreement upon 90 days' written notice, or may be terminated by either party for the other party's uncured breach or bankruptcy.

        In October 2003, we entered into a licensing agreement with Dainippon Pharmaceutical in which we obtained a worldwide exclusive license, including the right to sublicense, to SNS-595 and related compounds.

        The agreement provides to Dainippon an upfront payment and milestone payments for starting Phase II clinical testing, Phase III clinical testing, and for filing NDAs in the United States, Europe and Japan for cancer treatment. If SNS-595 is approved for a cancer indication in the United States, Europe or Japan, milestone payments become payable to Dainippon. If SNS-595 is approved for a non-cancer indication, additional milestone payments become payable to Dainippon.

        The agreement also provides for royalty payments to Dainippon at rates that are based on total annual net sales. We may reduce our royalty payments to Dainippon if a third party markets a competitive product or we must pay royalties for third party intellectual property rights necessary to

54



commercialize SNS-595. Royalty obligations under the agreement continue on a country-by-country and product-by-product basis until the later of the date on which no valid patent claims relating to a product exist or 10 years from the date of the first sale of the product.

        If we discontinue seeking regulatory approval and/or sale of the product in a region, we are required to return to Dainippon its rights to the product in that region. The agreement may be terminated by either party for the other party's uncured breach or bankruptcy.

Intellectual Property

        We patent the technology, inventions and improvements that we consider important to the development of our business. As of December 15, 2004, we owned or had exclusive rights to 60 issued U.S. and foreign patents and 104 pending U.S. and foreign patent applications. SNS-595 is covered by a U.S. patent covering composition of matter, method of use in oncology and formulations, and counterpart patents and patent applications in 45 foreign jurisdictions. The U.S. patent is due to expire on October 6, 2015, and most of its foreign counterparts are due to expire on June 6, 2015. We intend to seek patent term extension that may be available, including under the Hatch-Waxman Act, which provides up to five years of patent extension.

        Our ability to build and maintain our proprietary position for our technology and drug candidates will depend on our success in obtaining effective claims and enforcing those claims once granted. The patent positions of biopharmaceutical companies like ours are generally uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important legal principles remain unresolved. No consistent policy regarding the breadth of patent claims has emerged to date in the United States. The patent situation outside the United States is even more uncertain. We do not know whether any of our patent applications or those patent applications that we license will result in the issuance of any patents. The patents we own or license and those that may issue in the future, may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, and the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with proprietary protection or competitive advantages.

        We may not be able to develop patentable products or be able to obtain patents from pending patent applications. Even if patents are issued, they may not be sufficient to protect the technology and drug candidates owned by or licensed to us. These current patents and patents that may issue in the future may be challenged, invalidated, infringed or circumvented, and the rights granted in those patents may not provide proprietary protection or competitive advantage to us. Patent applications filed before November 29, 2000 in the United States are maintained in secrecy until patents issue. Later filed U.S. applications and patent applications in most foreign countries generally are not published until at least 18 months after they are filed. Scientific and patent publication often occurs long after the date of the scientific discoveries disclosed in those publications. Accordingly, we cannot be certain that we were the first to invent the subject matter covered by any patent application or that we were the first to file a patent application for any inventions.

        Our commercial success depends on our ability to operate without infringing patents and proprietary rights of third parties. We cannot determine with certainty whether patents or patent applications of other parties may materially affect our ability to conduct our business. The existence of third party patent applications and patents could significantly reduce the coverage of patents owned by or licensed to us and limit our ability to obtain meaningful patent protection. If patents containing competitive or conflicting claims are issued to third parties and these claims are ultimately determined to be valid, we may be enjoined from pursuing research, development or commercialization of products, or be required to obtain licenses to these patents or to develop or obtain alternative technology.

        We may need to commence litigation to enforce any patents issued to us or to determine the scope and validity of third party proprietary rights. Litigation would result in substantial costs, even if the

55



eventual outcome is favorable to us. An adverse outcome in litigation could subject us to significant liabilities to third parties and require us to seek licenses of the disputed rights from third parties or to cease using the technology if such licenses are unavailable.

        We also rely on trade secrets to protect our technology, especially where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect.

        We seek to protect our proprietary information by requiring our employees, consultants, contractors and other advisers to execute nondisclosure and assignment of invention agreements upon commencement of their employment or engagement. Agreements with our employees also prevent them from bringing the proprietary rights of third parties to us. We also require confidentiality or material transfer agreements from third parties that receive our confidential data or materials. There can be no assurance that these agreements will provide meaningful protection, that these agreements will not be breached, that we will have an adequate remedy for any such breach, or that our trade secrets will not otherwise become known or independently developed by a third party.

Government Regulation

        FDA and comparable regulatory agencies in state and local jurisdictions and in foreign countries impose substantial requirements upon the clinical development, manufacture, marketing and distribution of drugs. These agencies and other federal, state and local entities regulate research and development activities and the testing, manufacture, quality control, safety, efficacy, labeling, storage, record keeping, approval, advertising and promotion of our drug candidates and drugs.

        In the United States, FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FFDCA, and implementing regulations. The process required by FDA before our drug candidates may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

        The testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and we cannot be certain that any approvals for our drug candidates will be granted on a timely basis, if at all.

        Preclinical tests include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry, formulation and stability, as well as studies to evaluate toxicity in animals. The results of preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information and analytical data, are submitted as part of an IND application to FDA. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by FDA, unless FDA, within the 30-day time period, raises concerns or questions about the conduct of the clinical trial, including concerns that human research subjects will be exposed to unreasonable health risks. In such a case, the IND sponsor

56



and FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. Our submission of an IND, or those of our collaboration partners, may not result in FDA authorization to commence a clinical trial. A separate submission to an existing IND must also be made for each successive clinical trial conducted during product development, and FDA must grant permission before each clinical trial can begin. Further, an independent institutional review board, or IRB, for each medical center proposing to conduct the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that center and it must monitor the study until completed. FDA, the IRB or the sponsor may suspend a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Clinical testing also must satisfy extensive Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, requirements and regulations for informed consent.

        For purposes of NDA submission and approval, clinical trials are typically conducted in the following three sequential phases, which may overlap:

        In some cases, FDA may condition approval of an NDA for a drug candidate on the sponsor's agreement to conduct additional clinical trials to further assess the drug's safety and effectiveness after NDA approval. Such post-approval trials are typically referred to as Phase IV clinical trials.

        The results of drug candidate development, preclinical testing and clinical trials are submitted to FDA as part of an NDA. The NDA also must contain extensive manufacturing information. Once the submission has been accepted for filing, by law FDA has 180 days to review the application and respond to the applicant. The review process is often significantly extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification. FDA may refer the NDA to an advisory committee for review, evaluation and recommendation as to whether the application should be approved. FDA is not bound by the recommendation of an advisory committee, but it generally follows such recommendations. FDA may deny approval of an NDA if the applicable regulatory criteria are not satisfied, or it may require additional clinical data or an additional pivotal Phase III clinical trial. Even if such data are submitted, FDA may ultimately decide that the NDA does not satisfy the criteria for approval. Data from clinical

57


trials are not always conclusive and FDA may interpret data differently than we or our collaboration partners interpret data. Once issued, FDA may withdraw drug approval if ongoing regulatory requirements are not met or if safety problems occur after the drug reaches the market. In addition, FDA may require testing, including Phase IV clinical trials, and surveillance programs to monitor the effect of approved products that have been commercialized, and FDA has the power to prevent or limit further marketing of a drug based on the results of these post-marketing programs. Drugs may be marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. Further, if there are any modifications to the drug, including changes in indications, other labeling changes, or manufacturing processes or facilities, we may be required to submit and obtain FDA approval of a new NDA or NDA supplement, which may require us to develop additional data or conduct additional preclinical studies and clinical trials.

        FDA's fast track program is intended to facilitate the development and to expedite the review of drugs that are intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening condition for which there is no effective treatment and which demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the condition. Under the fast track program, the sponsor of a new drug candidate may request FDA to designate the drug candidate for a specific indication as a fast track drug concurrent with or after the filing of the IND for the drug candidate. FDA must determine if the drug candidate qualifies for fast track designation within 60 days of receipt of the sponsor's request.

        If fast track designation is obtained, FDA may initiate review of sections of an NDA before the application is complete. This rolling review is available if the applicant provides and FDA approves a schedule for the submission of the remaining information and the applicant pays applicable user fees. However, the time period specified in the Prescription Drug User Fees Act, which governs the time period goals FDA has committed to reviewing an application, does not begin until the complete application is submitted. Additionally, the fast track designation may be withdrawn by FDA if FDA believes that the designation is no longer supported by data emerging in the clinical trial process.

        In some cases, a fast track designated drug candidate may also qualify for one or more of the following programs:

58


        When appropriate, we and our collaboration partners intend to seek fast track designation, accelerated approval or priority review for our drug candidates. We cannot predict whether any of our drug candidates will obtain a fast track or accelerated approval designation, or the ultimate impact, if any, of the fast track or the accelerated approval process on the timing or likelihood of FDA approval of any of our drug candidates.

        Satisfaction of FDA regulations and approval requirements or similar requirements of foreign regulatory agencies typically takes several years and the actual time required may vary substantially based upon the type, complexity and novelty of the product or disease. Typically, if a drug candidate is intended to treat a chronic disease, as is the case with some of the drug candidates we are developing, safety and efficacy data must be gathered over an extended period of time. Government regulation may delay or prevent marketing of drug candidates for a considerable period of time and impose costly procedures upon our activities. FDA or any other regulatory agency may not grant approvals for new indications for our drug candidates on a timely basis, or at all. Even if a drug candidate receives regulatory approval, the approval may be significantly limited to specific disease states, patient populations and dosages. Further, even after regulatory approval is obtained, later discovery of previously unknown problems with a drug may result in restrictions on the drug or even complete withdrawal of the drug from the market. Delays in obtaining, or failures to obtain, regulatory approvals for any of our drug candidates would harm our business. In addition, we cannot predict what adverse governmental regulations may arise from future United States or foreign governmental action.

        Any drugs manufactured or distributed by us or our collaborators pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to continuing regulation by FDA, including recordkeeping requirements and reporting of adverse experiences associated with the drug. Drug manufacturers and their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with ongoing regulatory requirements, including cGMPs, which impose certain procedural and documentation requirements upon us and our third-party manufacturers. Failure to comply with the statutory and regulatory requirements can subject a manufacturer to possible legal or regulatory action, such as warning letters, suspension of manufacturing, seizure of product, injunctive action or possible civil penalties. We cannot be certain that we or our present or future third-party manufacturers or suppliers will be able to comply with the cGMP regulations and other ongoing FDA regulatory requirements. If our present or future third-party manufacturers or suppliers are not able to comply with these requirements, FDA may halt our clinical trials, require us to recall a drug from distribution, or withdraw approval of the NDA for that drug.

        FDA closely regulates the post-approval marketing and promotion of drugs, including standards and regulations for direct-to-consumer advertising, off-label promotion, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and promotional activities involving the Internet. A company can make only those claims relating to safety and efficacy that are approved by FDA. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in adverse publicity, warning letters, corrective advertising and potential civil and criminal penalties. Physicians may prescribe legally available drugs for uses that are not described in the drug's labeling and that differ from those tested by us and approved by FDA. Such off-label uses are common across medical specialties, and and cancer therapy. Physicians may believe that such off-label uses are the best treatment for many patients in varied circumstances. FDA does not regulate the behavior of physicians in their choice of treatments. FDA does, however, impose stringent restrictions on manufacturers' communications regarding off-label use.

59



        In addition to regulations in the United States, we will be subject to a variety of foreign regulations governing clinical trials and commercial sales and distribution of our future products. Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we must obtain approval of a product by the comparable regulatory authorities of foreign countries before we can commence clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries. The approval process varies from country to country, and the time may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval. The requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary greatly from country to country.

        Under European Union regulatory systems, marketing authorizations may be submitted either under a centralized or mutual recognition procedure. The centralized procedure provides for the grant of a single marking authorization that is valid for all European Union member states. The mutual recognition procedure provides for mutual recognition of national approval decisions. Under this procedure, the holder of a national marking authorization may submit an application to the remaining member states. Within 90 days of receiving the applications and assessment report, each member state must decide whether to recognize approval.

        In addition to regulations in Europe and the United States, we will be subject to a variety of foreign regulations governing clinical trials and commercial distribution of our future products.

Manufacturing

        We outsource the manufacture of SNS-595 to third-party contract manufacturers. The active pharmaceutical ingredient of SNS-595 is manufactured by a single-source supplier through a 13-step convergent synthesis in which two intermediates are manufactured in a parallel process and then combined and deprotected in the final two steps. The active pharmaceutical ingredient is then formulated and vials are filled and finished by a different third party manufacturer. The active pharmaceutical ingredient is classified as a toxic substance, which limits the number of suppliers qualified to manufacture it. We have a sufficient supply of both the active pharmaceutical ingredient for SNS-595 and finished product to conduct our current and planned clinical trials of SNS-595 through the fourth quarter of 2005. We expect that additional active pharmaceutical ingredient and finished product will be manufactured, tested and released by the third quarter of 2005.

Competition

        We compete primarily in the segments of the biopharmaceutical markets that address cancer and inflammatory diseases, each of which is highly competitive. We face significant competition from many pharmaceutical, biopharmaceutical and biotechnology companies that are researching and selling products designed to address cancer and inflammatory diseases. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial, manufacturing, marketing and drug development resources than we do. Large pharmaceutical companies in particular have extensive experience in clinical testing and in obtaining regulatory approvals for drugs. These companies also have significantly greater research capabilities than we do. In addition, many universities and private and public research institutes are active in cancer and inflammation research, some of which are in direct competition with us.

        SNS-595 will compete with a number of cytotoxic drugs that are currently marketed or in development that also target proliferating cells but at different points of the cell cycle or with a different mechanism of action. These drugs include irinotecan, doxorubicin, taxanes and other cell-cycle inhibitors. To compete effectively with these agents, SNS-595 will need to demonstrate advantages that lead to improved clinical efficacy compared to these competitors. We believe there are currently over 40 cell-cycle inhibitors undergoing clinical trials.

60


        We are not aware of any marketed Aurora kinase inhibitors to treat cancer. We believe, however, that Vertex and Merck are co-developing an Aurora kinase inhibitor and that Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Pfizer, AstraZeneca, Schering AG and others also may be developing Aurora kinase inhibitors. Other molecules that may compete with our Aurora kinase inhibitor may include other naturally occurring cytotoxics.

        We believe that our Raf kinase inhibitor would compete with BAY 43-9006 developed jointly by Bayer AG and Onyx Pharmaceuticals and several compounds developed by Pfizer.

        We also compete with other companies that may be pursuing drug discovery using other technologies, including fragment-based technologies.

        We believe that our ability to successfully compete will depend on, among other things:

    our ability to develop novel compounds with attractive pharmaceutical properties and to secure and protect intellectual property rights based on our innovations;

    the efficacy, safety and reliability of our drug candidates;

    the speed at which we develop our drug candidates;

    our ability to design and successfully execute appropriate clinical trials;

    our ability to maintain a good relationship with regulatory authorities;

    the timing and scope of regulatory approvals;

    the success of our collaborations;

    our ability to manufacture and sell commercial quantities of future products to the market; and

    acceptance of future products by physicians and other healthcare providers.

Facilities

        As of December 1, 2004, we leased approximately 54,000 square feet of office and laboratory space in South San Francisco, California. Our lease expires in June 2013, subject to our option to extend the lease through June 2018. We believe that our current facilities will be sufficient to meet our needs through 2006.

Employees

        As of December 1, 2004, our workforce consisted of 114 full-time employees, 47 of whom hold Ph.D. or M.D. degrees, or both, and 23 of whom hold other advanced degrees. Of our total workforce, 93 are engaged in research and development and 21 are engaged in business development, finance, legal, human resources, facilities and information technology administration and general management. We have no collective bargaining agreements with our employees, and we have not experienced any work stoppages. We believe that our relations with our employees are good.

Legal Proceedings

        From time to time, we may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of our operations. We are not currently involved in any material legal proceedings.

61



MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        The following table lists our executive officers and directors and their respective ages and positions as of December 1, 2004:

Name
  Age
  Position
James W. Young, Ph.D.   60   Executive Chairman
Daniel N. Swisher, Jr.   41   Chief Executive Officer and Director
James A. Wells, Ph.D.   54   President, Chief Scientific Officer and Director
Eric H. Bjerkholt   45   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Daniel C. Adelman, M.D.   47   Senior Vice President, Drug Discovery and Development
Daryl B. Winter, Ph.D., J.D.   61   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Anthony B. Evnin, Ph.D. (1)(2)   63   Director
Stephen P.A. Fodor, Ph.D. (3)   51   Director
Steven D. Goldby (1)(3)   64   Director
Russell C. Hirsch, M.D., Ph.D. (2)(3)   42   Director
Jonathan S. Leff (1)(2)   36   Director

(1)
Member of the audit committee.

(2)
Member of the compensation committee.

(3)
Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

         James W. Young, Ph.D. has served as our Executive Chairman since December 2003. From May 2000 to November 2003, Dr. Young served as our Chief Executive Officer. From September 1995 to March 2000, Dr. Young served as Vice President for Research, as Senior Vice President, Research and Development, and as Group Vice President at ALZA Corporation, a provider of drug delivery solutions. From September 1992 to August 1995, Dr. Young served as Senior Vice President for Business Development and as President of the Pharmaceuticals Division of Affymax, N.V., a drug discovery and product development company. From September 1987 to August 1992, he served as Senior Vice President for Business Development and as Senior Vice President and General Manager of the Pharmaceuticals Division at Sepracor Inc. Dr. Young holds a B.S. in Chemistry from Fordham University and a Ph.D. in Organic Chemistry from Cornell University.

         Daniel N. Swisher, Jr. has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since December 2003. From December 2001 to December 2003, he served as our Chief Business Officer and Chief Financial Officer. From June 1992 to September 2001, Mr. Swisher served in various management roles, including Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing for ALZA Corporation. Mr. Swisher holds a B.A. in History from Yale University and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

         James A. Wells, Ph.D. is a co-founder of our company and has served as our President and Chief Scientific Officer since April 1998 and as a member of our board of directors since our inception in 1998. Dr. Wells formerly was a staff scientist at Genentech, Inc. He is an Adjunct Professor of Pharmaceutical Chemistry at the University of California, San Francisco. He has published more than 100 peer-reviewed scientific papers and has been named inventor on more than 50 issued or filed patents. He has won a number of research awards including the Pfizer Award in Enzyme Chemistry given by the American Chemical Society in 1990, the DuVignead award given by the American Peptide Society in 1998, the Aviv Award given by the Protein Society in 1998 and the Hans Neurath Award given by the Protein Society in 2003. In 1999, he was elected Member to the U.S. National Academy of

62



Sciences. Dr. Wells holds a B.A. in Biochemistry from the University of California at Berkeley and a Ph.D. in Biochemistry from Washington State University and was a Damon Runyon-Walter Winchell Post-doctoral Fellow in the Biochemistry Department at Stanford University.

         Eric H. Bjerkholt has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since January 2004. From January 2002 to January 2004, Mr. Bjerkholt served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at IntraBiotics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Mr. Bjerkholt was a co-founder of LifeSpring Nutrition, Inc., a privately held nutraceutical company, and from May 1999 to March 2002 served at various times as its Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Financial Officer. From 1990 to 1997, Mr. Bjerkholt was an investment banker at J.P. Morgan & Co. Mr. Bjerkholt is a member of the Board of Directors of Stem Cells, Inc., a biotechnology company. Mr. Bjerkholt holds a Cand. Oecon degree in Economics from the University of Oslo and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

         Daniel C. Adelman, M.D. has served as our Senior Vice President of Drug Discovery and Development since September 2004. From May 2003 to August 2003, he served as our Senior Vice President of Clinical Development. From May 1998 to May 2003, Dr. Adelman served in various roles, including Vice President of Clinical Operations and Biometrics at Pharmacyclics, Inc., a pharmaceutical company. From December 1994 to May 1998, Dr. Adelman served as Clinical Scientist at Genentech, Inc. Dr. Adelman began his career at University of California, San Francisco, School of Medicine, where he was Director of Clinical Allergy/Immunology in the Division of Allergy and Immunology, and Director of the Outpatient Center for Clinical Research. He continues to serve as Adjunct Professor of Medicine at University of California, San Francisco, is a fellow of both the American Academy of Allergy and Immunology and the American College of Physicians and is on the editorial board of Clinical Immunology. Dr. Adelman is board-certified in allergy and immunology and completed a National Institutes of Health/Public Health Service Tumor Immunology Fellowship at University of California, Los Angeles, School of Medicine. He holds a B.A. in Biology from University of California, Berkeley and an M.D. from the University of California, Davis.

         Daryl B. Winter, Ph.D., J.D. has served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since April 2000. From July 1989 to January 1999, Dr. Winter served as patent and licensing counsel at Genentech, Inc. Dr. Winter holds a B.S. in Chemistry from the University of Washington and a Ph.D. in Biochemistry from the State University of New York and was a National Institutes of Health Post-doctoral Fellow. He also holds a J.D. from Northwestern School of Law.

         Anthony B. Evnin, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since 1998. Dr. Evnin has been with Venrock Associates, a venture capital firm, since 1974 and is currently a Managing General Partner. He is currently a member of the Board of Directors of Memory Pharmaceuticals Corp. and Renovis, Inc., each a biopharmaceutical company, as well as being on the board of directors of a number of private companies. He holds an A.B. in Chemistry from Princeton University and a Ph.D. in Chemistry from Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

         Stephen P.A. Fodor, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since 2001. Dr. Fodor is the Scientific Founder of Affymetrix, Inc., a biotechnology company, and is currently its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. He has been a Director of Affymetrix, Inc. since 1993 and its President from September 1994 to August 1999. Dr. Fodor is also the Founder of Perlegen Sciences, Inc., a biotechnology company, and is currently its Chairman. Dr. Fodor holds an M.S. in Biochemistry from Washington State University and an M.A. and a Ph.D. in Chemistry from Princeton University.

         Steven D. Goldby has served as a member of our board of directors since 2001. Since July 1998, Mr. Goldby has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Symyx Technologies, Inc., a biotechnology company. From 1982 to 1997, Mr. Goldby served as Chief Executive Officer of MDL Information Systems, Inc. From 1968 to 1973, Mr. Goldby was President of ALZA Corporation. Mr. Goldby holds a B.S. in Chemistry from the University of North Carolina and a J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center.

63



         Russell C. Hirsch, M.D., Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since 1998. Since February 2001, Dr. Hirsch has served as a Managing Director of Prospect Management Co. II, LLC. Prior to joining Prospect Management Co. II, LLC, he was a member of the Health Care Technology Group at Mayfield Fund. He joined Mayfield Fund in 1992 and served as a Venture Partner from 1993 to 1994 and as a General Partner from 1995 to 2000. Dr. Hirsch holds a B.A. in Chemistry from the University of Chicago and an M.D. and a Ph.D. in Biochemistry from the University of California, San Francisco.

         Jonathan S. Leff has served as a member of our board of directors since 2000. Since January 2000, Mr. Leff has served as a General Partner of Warburg, Pincus & Co., which is the Managing Partner of Warburg Pincus LLC, and as a Managing Director and Member of Warburg Pincus LLC. Mr. Leff served as a Vice President of Warburg Pincus LLC from January 1999 to December 1999 and as an Associate from July 1996 to December 1998. Mr. Leff serves on the board of directors of Intermune, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, Neurogen Corporation, a small molecule drug discovery and development company, Transkaryotic Therapies Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, ZymoGenetics Inc., a biotherapeutic company, and several private companies. Mr. Leff holds a B.A. in Government from Harvard University and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

        Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no family relationships between our directors and executive officers.

Board Composition

        Our amended and restated bylaws permit our board of directors to establish by resolution the authorized number of directors, and eight directors are currently authorized. In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, immediately after this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors have been divided among the three classes as follows:

    the Class I directors will be Drs. Fodor, Hirsch and Young, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2005;

    the Class II directors will be Drs. Evnin and Wells and Mr. Goldby, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2006; and

    the Class III directors will be Messrs. Leff and Swisher , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2007.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

        The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Voting Arrangement

        Pursuant to our Investor Rights Agreement that we entered into with a warrant holder and certain holders of our preferred stock, Credit Suisse First Boston Equity Partners, L.P. and its affiliates has the right to nominate a director to our board of directors and holders of Series C preferred stock are obligated to vote for such nominee. Mr. Goldby was elected to our board of directors pursuant to this agreement.

64



Board Committees

        Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee.

    Audit Committee

        The audit committee is chaired by Mr. Leff, and also includes Dr. Evnin and Mr. Goldby, all of whom will be independent, within the meaning of applicable SEC and Nasdaq rules, upon completion of this offering. The board has designated Mr. Goldby as the audit committee financial expert, as such term is currently defined under the SEC rules implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. We believe that the composition and functioning of our audit committee complies with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Nasdaq National Market and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

        Our audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

    overseeing the accounting and financial reporting processes and audits of our financial statements;

    appointing independent auditors to audit our financial statements;

    overseeing and monitoring (a) the integrity of our financial statements, (b) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters, (c) our independent auditor's qualifications, independence and performance and (d) our internal accounting and financial controls;

    preparing the report that SEC rules require be included in our annual proxy statement;

    providing the board of directors with the results of its monitoring and recommendations; and

    providing to the board of directors additional information and materials as it deems necessary to make the board of directors aware of significant financial matters that require the attention of our board of directors.

    Compensation Committee

        The compensation committee is chaired by Dr. Evnin, and also includes Dr. Hirsch and Mr. Leff, all of whom will be independent, within the meaning of applicable Nasdaq rules, upon completion of this offering. Each member of the compensation committee is an "outside" director as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and a "non-employee" director within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We believe that the composition and functioning of our compensation committee complies with all applicable requirements of the Nasdaq National Market. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

        Our compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

    reviewing and approving for our chief executive officer and other executive officers (a) the annual base salary, (b) the annual incentive bonus, including the specific goals and amount, (c) equity compensation, (d) employment agreements, severance arrangements, and change in control agreements/provisions and (e) any other benefits, compensations, compensation policies or arrangements;

    reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors regarding the compensation policy for such other senior management as directed by our board of directors;

65


    reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding general compensation goals and guidelines for employees and the criteria by which bonuses to employees are determined;

    preparing a report to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

    acting as administrator of our benefit plans, including making amendments to the plans, and changes in the number of shares reserved for issuance thereunder.

    Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

        The nominating and corporate governance committee is chaired by Mr. Goldby, and also includes Drs. Fodor and Hirsch, all of whom will be independent, within the meaning of applicable SEC and Nasdaq rules, upon completion of this offering. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

        Our nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

    reviewing board structure, composition, and practices, and making recommendations on these matters to the board of directors;

    reviewing, soliciting and making recommendations to the board and stockholders with respect to candidates for election to our board of directors; and

    overseeing compliance by employees with our Code of Conduct.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        As noted above, the compensation committee of the board of directors consists of Drs. Evnin and Hirsch and Mr. Leff.

        None of the members of our compensation committee has, at any time, been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Director Compensation

        We do not currently provide cash compensation to members of the board of directors. In January 2003, each of Dr. Fodor and Mr. Goldby were granted an option to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.60 per share in connection with their services as directors. These options vest at a rate of 1/24th per month over a period of two years. Our non-employee directors are reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending board and committee meetings.

66


Executive Compensation

        The following table sets forth the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our Chief Executive Officer and our other three most highly compensated executive officers whose total salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 for services rendered to us during 2003. We refer to these persons as our "named executive officers" elsewhere in this prospectus.


Summary Compensation Table

 
   
   
   
  Long Term
Compensation

   
 
   
  Annual Compensation
   
Name and Principal Position

   
  Securities
Underlying
Options

  All Other
Compensation (1)

  Year
  Salary
  Bonus
Daniel N. Swisher, Jr.
Chief Executive Officer
  2003   $ 271,184   $ 55,000   200,000   $ 768
James A. Wells, Ph.D.
President and Chief Scientific Officer
  2003   $ 265,041   $ 50,000   200,000   $ 768
Daniel C. Adelman, M.D. (2)
Senior Vice President, Drug Discovery and Development
  2003   $ 138,000   $ 25,000   200,000   $ 448
Daryl B. Winter, Ph.D., J.D.
Senior Vice President and General Counsel
  2003   $ 255,536   $ 45,000   50,000   $ 768

(1)
Represents term life insurance premiums.

(2)
Dr. Adelman joined our company in May 2003.

Stock Option Grants in 2003

        The following table sets forth information with respect to stock options granted to our named executive officers during 2003.


2003 Option Grants

 
  Individual Grants
   
   
 
   
  Percent of
Total
Options
Granted to
Employees
in 2003

   
   
  Potential Realizable Value
at Assumed Annual Rates
of Stock Price Appreciation
for Option Term

 
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
Granted

   
   
 
  Exercise
Price Per
Share

  Expiration
Date

 
  5%
  10%
Daniel N. Swisher, Jr.   200,000   13.6 % $ 0.60   4/16/2013        
James A. Wells, Ph.D.   200,000   13.6 % $ 0.60   4/16/2013        
Daniel C. Adelman, M.D.   200,000   13.6 % $ 0.60   6/11/2013        
Daryl B. Winter, Ph.D., J.D.   50,000   3.4 % $ 0.60   4/16/2003        

        In 2003, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 1,474,400 shares of our common stock to our employees, directors and consultants under our 1998 Stock Option Plan and our 2001 Stock Option Plan. These options vest over a four-year period with 25% vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant and the remaining 75% vesting 1/48th per month over the subsequent 36 months, provided that 50,000 of such options granted to Mr. Swisher vest upon our achievement of specified milestones. Each option has a ten-year term, subject to early termination if the optionee's service with us ceases. Upon termination of employment, vesting will typically cease and the employee will typically have three

67



to six months to exercise any vested options. Under certain circumstances in connection with a change in control, the vesting of certain option grants may accelerate and become immediately exercisable. Each stock option was granted with an exercise price equal to the estimated fair value of our common stock on the grant date, as determined by our board of directors. Given the absence of an active market for our common stock, our board of directors determined the estimated fair value of our common stock on the date of grant based on several factors, including progress and milestones achieved in our business and sale of preferred stock. See "Management—Employee Benefit Plans" for more details regarding our stock option plans.

        With respect to the amounts disclosed in the column captioned "Potential Realizable Value at Assumed Annual Rates of Stock Price Appreciation for Option Term," the 5% and 10% assumed annual rates of compounded stock price appreciation are mandated by rules of the SEC, and do not represent our estimate or projection of our stock price performance. The potential realizable values at 5% and 10% appreciation are calculated by:


2003 Stock Option Values

        The following table provides information concerning the number and value of unexercised options held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2003. No options were exercised by our named executive officers in 2003. Amounts presented under the caption "Value of Unexercised In-the-Money Options at December 31, 2003" are based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share minus the exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares subject to the stock option, without taking into account any taxes that may be payable in connection with this transaction. Our 1998 Stock Option Plan and our 2001 Stock Option Plan allow for the early exercise of options granted. All options exercised early are subject to repurchase by us at the original exercise price. The repurchase right lapses over time.

 
  Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options at December 31, 2003
   
   
 
  Value of Unexercised
In-The-Money Options
at December 31, 2003

Name

  Exercisable
  Unexercisable
  Exercisable
  Unexercisable
Daniel N. Swisher, Jr.   800,000          
James A. Wells, Ph.D.   440,000          
Daniel C. Adelman, M.D.   200,000          
Daryl B. Winter, Ph.D., J.D.   190,000          

Employment, Severance and Change of Control Agreements

        We have entered into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers and our Executive Chairman. These employment agreements include severance and change of control arrangements.

        In December 2003, we entered into an employment agreement with Daniel N. Swisher, Jr., our Chief Executive Officer and director. Under the agreement, Mr. Swisher is entitled to receive an initial base salary of $300,000, subject to increase by our board of directors, and may earn incentive bonuses

68


of up to 40% of his base salary based on achievement of objectives mutually agreed upon by Mr. Swisher and our board of directors. Mr. Swisher was granted an option to purchase 300,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.60 per share.

        If Mr. Swisher is terminated without cause for any reason other than disability or there is an "effective termination," he will be entitled to receive as severance, 12 months of accelerated vesting of all his outstanding options, plus continued payment of his base salary for a period of 12 months. However, if Mr. Swisher obtains other full-time employment his continued salary payments will be reduced each month by the amount of such monthly base salary. Mr. Swisher will also be entitled to receive health benefits for up to 12 months following such termination. "Effective termination" includes, among other things, a significant reduction of duties, material reduction of base salary, significant reduction in benefits or relocation of more than 100 miles of the company's offices.

        Upon a change of control, any unvested portion of Mr. Swisher's stock options will be automatically accelerated in full and any right we possess to repurchase any unvested shares of common stock held by Mr. Swisher will lapse in full.

        In April 1998, we entered into an employment agreement with James A. Wells, Ph.D., our President and Chief Scientific Officer. Under the agreement, Dr. Wells was entitled to receive an initial base salary of $190,000, subject to increase by our board of directors, and received a $10,000 signing bonus. In the event Dr. Wells is terminated without cause, he will be entitled to receive 12 months accelerated vesting of his outstanding stock options and warrants.

        In December 2003, we entered into an employment agreement with Eric H. Bjerkholt, our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. We amended the agreement in June 2004. Under the agreement, Mr. Bjerkholt was entitled to receive an initial base salary of $240,000, subject to increase by our board of directors, and may earn incentive bonuses of up to 25% of his base salary based on achievement of corporate and personal objectives. Mr. Bjerkholt was granted two options, one to purchase 250,000 shares of common stock and one to purchase 75,000 shares of common stock, each at an exercise price equal to $0.60 per share. The option to purchase 75,000 shares will fully vest upon the occurrence of a financing event prior to July 5, 2005 in which we raise at least $20.0 million.

        If Mr. Bjerkholt is terminated without cause for any reason other than disability or there is an "effective termination," he will be entitled to receive as severance, accelerated vesting of his option to purchase 250,000 shares of common stock, plus continued payment of his base salary for a period of up to nine months. However, if Mr. Bjerkholt obtains other full-time employment his continued salary payments will be reduced each month by the amount of such monthly base salary. Mr. Bjerkholt will also be entitled to receive health benefits for up to nine months following such termination. In addition, upon a change of control, any unvested portion of Mr. Bjerkholt's option to purchase 250,000 shares of common stock will automatically be accelerated in full and any right we possess to repurchase any unvested shares of common stock held by Mr. Bjerkholt will lapse in full.

        In April 2003, we entered into an employment agreement with Daniel C. Adelman, M.D., our Senior Vice President of Clinical Development. Under the agreement, Dr. Adelman was entitled to receive an initial base salary of $230,000, subject to increase by our board of directors. Dr. Adelman was granted an option to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.60 per share. If Dr. Adelman is terminated without cause for any reason other than disability or there is an "effective termination," he will be entitled to receive as severance, 12 months of accelerated vesting of

69


all his outstanding options, plus continued payment of his base salary for a period of nine months. However, if Dr. Adelman obtains other full-time employment his continued salary payments will be reduced each month by the amount of such monthly base salary. Dr. Adelman will also be entitled to receive health benefits for up to 12 months following such termination. In addition, upon a change in control, any unvested portion of Dr. Adelman's option to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock will be automatically accelerated in full and any right we possess to repurchase any unvested shares of common stock held by Dr. Adelman will lapse in full.

        In April 2000, we entered into an employment agreement with Daryl B. Winter, Ph.D., J.D., our Senior Vice President and General Counsel, which was amended in April 2003. Under the agreement, Dr. Winter was entitled to receive an initial base salary of $251,000, subject to increase by our board of directors, and may earn incentive bonuses based on achievement of objectives. Under prior agreements with us, Dr. Winter was granted an aggregate of 420,000 shares of common stock at an average price per share of $0.39. We have entered into two loans with Dr. Winter. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" for a further description of the terms of these loans.

        If Dr. Winter is terminated without cause for any reason other than disability, he will be entitled to receive as severance, 12 months of accelerated vesting of all his outstanding options, plus continued payment of his base salary for a period of nine months. However, if Dr. Winter obtains other full-time employment his continued salary payments will be reduced each month by the amount of such monthly base salary. Dr. Winter will also be entitled to receive health benefits for up to nine months following such termination. If, following a change in control, Dr. Winter is terminated without cause or there is an "effective termination," any unvested portion of Dr. Winter's stock options will be automatically accelerated and any right we possess to repurchase any unvested shares of common stock held by Dr. Winter will lapse in full. "Effective termination" is defined as, in addition to the events specified above, any acts or omissions of the company, its affiliate(s) or any of their employees, agents or boards of directors that result in Dr. Winter being required to resign under the rules of attorney professional responsibility, failure by the company to comply with the provisions relating to his professional reporting responsibilities, or any other breach by us of any agreement between us and Dr. Winter.

        In addition, if Dr. Winter is still providing services to the acquirer on the one year anniversary of the change of control, any unvested portion of Dr. Winter's stock options will be automatically accelerated and any right we possess to repurchase any unvested shares held by Dr. Winter will lapse in full.

        In December 2003, we entered into an employment agreement with James W. Young, Ph.D., our Executive Chairman. Under the agreement, Dr. Young was entitled to receive an initial base salary of $200,000, subject to increase by our board of directors, and may earn incentive bonuses of up to 40% of his base salary, upon achievement of objectives mutually agreed upon by Dr. Young and our board of directors.

        In May 2000, we loaned $135,000 to Dr. Young pursuant to a full recourse promissory note to finance the purchase of common stock. The note is secured by shares of our common stock held by Dr. Young, and bears an interest rate of 6.6% per annum, compounded semi-annually. The note is not forgiveable, and the principal and accrued interest is due and payable upon the earlier of (i) 180 days after the date of termination of Dr. Young's status as an employee or consultant of our company or (ii) May 1, 2005.

        If Dr. Young is terminated without cause for any reason other than disability or if there is an "effective termination," he will be entitled to receive as severance, continued payment of his base

70



salary and benefits pursuant to our benefit plans for a period of (i) nine months, if he is terminated at some time after the one year anniversary until up to the two year anniversary of the commencement of his employment as Executive Chairman, or (ii) six months, if he is terminated after the two year anniversary of the commencement of his employment as Executive Chairman. In each case, if Dr. Young obtains other full-time employment, his continued salary payments will be reduced each month by the amount of his monthly base salary at such other employment. Regardless of the timing of his termination, Dr. Young shall receive 12 months accelerated vesting of his stock options. Upon a change of any unvested portion of Dr. Young's stock options will be automatically accelerated in full and any right we possess to repurchase any unvested shares of common stock held by Dr. Young will lapse in full.

Employee Benefit Plans

        Our 2005 Equity Incentive Award Plan, which we refer to as the 2005 Plan, is intended to serve as the successor equity incentive program to our 1998 Stock Option Plan and 2001 Stock Option Plan, which we refer to sometimes as the predecessor plans. We expect that our 2005 Plan will be adopted by our board of directors and stockholders prior to the completion of this offering, and that our 2005 Plan will become effective upon completion of this offering. Upon completion of this offering, all shares of stock remaining available for issuance and not subject to outstanding options under the predecessor plans will become part of the available pool of shares under our 2005 Plan, and no further option grants will be made under those predecessor plans. The options granted under the predecessor plans will continue to be governed by their existing terms, unless our compensation committee elects to extend one or more features of our 2005 Plan to those options. The 2005 Plan will terminate on the earlier of (i) 10 years after its adoption by our board of directors or by our stockholders, whichever adoption is earlier, or (ii) when the committee, with the approval of the board of directors, terminates the 2005 Plan.

        Share Reserve.                 shares of common stock have been authorized for issuance under our 2005 Plan. Such share reserve consists of the number of shares we estimate will become available for use under the 2005 Plan because they remained available for issuance under our predecessor plans as of the effectiveness of the 2005 Plan, plus an additional increase of approximately                        shares. The shares of common stock available for issuance under our 2005 Plan will be increased by any options cancelled under our predecessor plans. The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2005 Plan will automatically increase on the first trading day of each year, beginning in 2006, by an amount equal to the least of (i)             % of our outstanding shares of common stock on such date, (ii)              shares or (iii) a lesser amount determined by our board of directors. In addition, no participant in our 2005 Plan may be issued or transferred more than 1,000,000 shares of common stock pursuant to awards under the 2005 Plan per calendar year.

        Equity Awards.     Our 2005 Plan will provide for the following types of awards:

71


        Eligibility.     The individuals eligible to participate in our 2005 Plan include our officers and other employees, our non-employee board members and any consultants we hire.

        Administration.     The 2005 Plan will be administered by the compensation committee. This committee will act as the plan administrator and will determine which eligible individuals are to receive awards under the 2005 Plan, the time or times when such awards are to be made, the number of shares subject to each such award, the status of any granted option as either an incentive stock option or a non-statutory stock option under the federal tax laws, the vesting schedule to be in effect for the award and the maximum term for which any award is to remain outstanding. The committee will also determine the exercise price of options granted, the purchase price for rights to purchase restricted stock and, if applicable, restricted units and the strike price for stock appreciation rights. The committee may also amend the terms of the 2005 Plan and outstanding equity awards. Amendments to the 2005 Plan are subject to stockholder approval to the extent required by law, rule or regulation.

        Plan Features.     Our 2005 Plan will include the following features:

72


        We expect that our Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which we refer to as our ESPP, will be adopted by our board of directors and stockholders prior to the completion of this offering. The ESPP will become effective immediately upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for this offering. The ESPP is designed to allow our eligible employees and the eligible employees of our participating subsidiaries to purchase shares of common stock, at semi-annual intervals, with their accumulated payroll deductions.

        Share Reserve.                 shares of our common stock will initially be reserved for issuance. The number of shares of common stock reserved under our ESPP will automatically increase on the first trading day each year, beginning in 2006, by an amount equal to the least of: (i)             % of our outstanding shares of common stock outstanding on such date, (ii)             shares or (iii) a lesser amount determined by our board of directors. In addition, no participant in our ESPP may be issued or transferred more than            shares of common stock pursuant to awards under the ESPP per calendar year.

        Offering Periods.     The ESPP will have a series of successive overlapping offering periods, with a new offering period beginning on the first business day of                and                each year. Each offering period will have a duration of 12 months, unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee. However, the initial offering period may have a duration in excess of 12 months and will start on the date the underwriting agreement for this offering is signed and will end on the last business day in                 2006.

        Eligible Employees.     Individuals scheduled to work more than 20 hours per week for more than five calendar months per year may join an offering period on the start date of that period. However, employees may participate in only one offering period at a time.

        Payroll Deductions.     A participant may contribute up to 20% of his or her compensation through payroll deductions, and the accumulated deductions will be applied to the purchase of shares on each semi-annual purchase date. The purchase price per share will be equal to 85% of the fair market value per share on the start date of the offering period in which the participant is enrolled or, if lower, 85% of the fair market value per share on the semi-annual purchase date. Semi-annual purchase dates will occur on the last business day of                and                each year. However, a participant may not purchase more than            shares on any purchase date, and not more than                        shares may

73



be purchased in total by all participants on any purchase date. Our compensation committee will have the authority to change these limitations for any subsequent offering period.

        Reset Feature.     If the fair market value per share of our common stock on any purchase date is less than the fair market value per share on the start date of the one-year offering period, then that offering period will automatically terminate, and a new one-year offering period will begin on the next business day. All participants in the terminated offering will be transferred to the new offering period.

        Change in Control.     Should we be acquired by merger or sale of substantially all of our assets or more than 50% of our voting securities, then all outstanding purchase rights may either be assumed by the acquirer and all outstanding purchase rights will be exercised at an early purchase date prior to the effective date of the acquisition. The purchase price in effect for each participant will be equal to 85% of the market value per share on the start date of the offering period in which the participant is enrolled at the time the acquisition occurs or, if lower, 85% of the fair market value per share on the purchase date prior to the acquisition.

        Plan Provisions.     The plan will terminate no later than 10 years after the date of its effectiveness. The board may at any time amend, suspend or discontinue the plan. However, certain amendments may require stockholder approval.

1998 Stock Option Plan and 2001 Stock Option Plan

        In 1998, we adopted the 1998 Stock Option Plan, or 1998 Plan, which authorizes the issuance of up to 10,341,350 shares of our common stock. In 2001, we adopted the 2001 Stock Option Plan, or 2001 Plan, which authorizes the issuance of up to 1,443,650 shares of our common stock. Under both the 1998 Plan and 2001 Plan, our board of directors is authorized to grant incentive stock options or non-statutory stock options to eligible employees, members of our board of directors and consultants, although incentive stock options may be granted only to employees. Under both plans, incentive stock options may be granted at an exercise price of not less than 100% of the fair market value of common stock on the date of grant. Under the 1998 Plan, non-statutory stock options may be granted at a price not less than 85% of the fair market value of the common stock. Under the 2001 Plan, non-statutory stock options may be granted at a price determined by our board of directors. Options generally become exercisable 25% on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and then 1/48th for each month thereafter so that all options are fully vested and exercisable after four years, and expire no later than ten years from the date of grant.

        The options currently outstanding under our 1998 Plan and 2001 Plan will terminate in the event we are acquired by merger or sale of substantially all our assets, unless those options are assumed by the acquiring entity or our repurchase rights with respect to any unvested shares subject to those options are assigned to such entity. However, a number of those options also contain a special acceleration provision pursuant to which the shares subject to those options will immediately vest upon an involuntary termination of the optionee's employment within 12 months following an acquisition in which the repurchase rights with respect to those shares are assigned to the acquiring entity. We do not intend to issue any future stock options under the 1998 Plan or 2001 Plan.

401(k) Plan

        We sponsor a 401(k) Plan that is a defined contribution plan intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All employees who are 18 years of age or older and have been employed by the company for at least 3 months are eligible to participate. Our 401(k) Plan is a discretionary contribution plan, whereby participants may voluntarily make pre-tax contributions to the 401(k) plan of up to 60% of their eligible earnings, up to the maximum statutory limit. Under the 401(k) Plan, each employee is fully vested in his or her deferred salary contributions.

74



Employee contributions are held and invested by the 401(k) Plan's trustee. Each participant's contributions, and the corresponding investment earnings, are generally not taxable until withdrawn. Individual participants may direct the trustee to invest their accounts in authorized investment alternatives.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits our amended and restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;

    acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not eliminate a director's duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law. This provision also does not affect a director's responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws.

        Under our amended and restated bylaws, we are also empowered to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers and to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we are required or permitted to indemnify. We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors, executive officers and others. Under these agreements, we are required to indemnify them against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (if such settlement is approved in advance by us), and in each case, to the extent actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any actual or threatened proceeding, if any of them may be made a party to such proceeding because he or she is or was one of our directors or officers. We are obligated to pay these amounts only if the officer or director acted in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests. With respect to any criminal proceeding, we are obligated to pay these amounts only if the officer or director had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. The indemnification agreements also set forth procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance.

        The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder's investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the

75



foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable.

        There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

76



CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        From January 1, 2002 to the date of this prospectus, we have entered into the following transactions with our executive officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our securities.

Sale of Series C-1 and C-2 Preferred Stock

        On December 18, 2002, we sold 1,250,000 shares of Series C-1 preferred stock to Biogen Idec at a price of $4.80 per share, for gross proceeds of $6.0 million in connection with the collaboration we entered into with Biogen Idec on that same date. On August 30, 2004, we sold 2,916,667 shares of Series C-2 preferred stock to Biogen Idec at a price of $4.80 per share, for gross proceeds of $14.0 million in connection with the collaboration we entered into with Biogen Idec on August 27, 2004. See "Business—Strategic Collaborations."

Investor Rights Agreement

        We and the holders of our preferred stock and a warrant holder have entered into an agreement, pursuant to which these stockholders and the warrant holder will have registration rights with respect to their shares of common stock following this offering. See "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights" for a further description of the terms of this agreement.

Employment Agreements

        We have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers. See "Management Employment Agreements."

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Furthermore, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. For further information, see "Management—Limitations of Liability and Indemnification."

Loans to Officers

        Our officers have the following loans outstanding with us:

Officer

  Date of Loan
  Principal Amount
  Interest Rate
  Largest Outstanding Balance During 2003
  Outstanding Balance as of December 31,
2003

  Outstanding Balance as of Date of this Prospectus
                                 
James W. Young Ph.D   May 17, 2000   $ 135,000 (1)   6.6 % $ 135,000   $ 135,000   $ 135,000
Daryl B. Winter Ph.D, J.D   April 13, 2000   $ 90,000 (2)   6.6 % $ 90,000   $ 90,000    
    April 13, 2000   $ 100,000 (3)   6.6 % $ 100,000   $ 100,000   $ 100,000

(1)
This loan is evidenced by a full recourse promissory note and was used to purchase 450,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to an option grant.

(2)
This loan is evidenced by full recourse promissory note and was used to purchase 300,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to an option grant. This note was forgiven in full in April 2004.

(3)
This loan is evidenced by a full recourse promissory note and was used, in part, to purchase a home. The loan is secured by shares of our common stock and has a five year term expiring in

77


        Under applicable law, we cannot extend the term or otherwise modify these notes.

Voting Agreement

        We have entered into an Investor Rights Agreement with a warrant holder and certain holders of our preferred stock. See "Management—Voting Arrangement."

Biogen Idec

        In December 2002, we issued a promissory note to Biogen Idec for up to $4.0 million in connection with a research collaboration agreement with Biogen Idec. Under the promissory note, we may drawdown up to $4.0 million, from time to time, over a period of ten calendar quarters beginning on April 1, 2003 and ending on June 30, 2005. The principal and accrued interest of each draw will be due five years from the date of advance of each draw and bear interest at 3% above LIBOR to be paid quarterly. As of September 30, 2004, we had drawn $3.2 million and $800,000 remained available for future draws.

78



PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth, as of December 1, 2004, information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock by:


        Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC and generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, and includes options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. Except as indicated by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, we believe the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.

        This table lists applicable percentage ownership based on 40,722,313 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 1, 2004, after giving effect to the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into common stock in connection with this offering, and based on             shares of common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering.

        Shares of common stock subject to stock options and warrants currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 1, 2004 are deemed to be outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of the person holding these options and warrants and the percentage ownership of any group of which the holder is a member, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person.

        Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each of the stockholders in the table below is c/o Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., 341 Oyster Point Boulevard, South San Francisco, California 94080.

 
  Beneficial Ownership
   
   
 
 
  Percentage of Shares
Outstanding

 
 
   
  Shares Subject to Right of Repurchase Within 60 Days of December 1, 2004 (3)
  Options and Warrants Exercisable Within 60 Days
 
Name of Beneficial Owner

  Shares Beneficially Owned (1)(2)
  Before the Offering
  After the Offering (2)
 
5% Stockholders:                      
  Abingworth BioVentures II SICAV   3,311,859       8.1 %    
  Biogen Idec   4,166,667         10.2      
  Entities affiliated with Credit Suisse First Boston (4)   6,458,333       15.9      
  Entities affiliated with Mayfield Associates (5)   4,878,846       12.0      
  Entities affiliated with Venrock Associates (6)   3,993,910       9.8      
  Entities affiliated with Warburg Pincus (7)   6,732,540       16.5      
                       

79


Executive Officers and Directors:                      
  James W. Young, Ph.D. (8)   1,450,000   368,751   400,000   3.5      
  Daniel N. Swisher, Jr.   1,190,000   550,767   1,140,000   2.8      
  James A. Wells, Ph.D.   1,995,000   205,001   620,000   4.8      
  Eric H. Bjerkholt (9)   325,000   325,000   325,000   *      
  Daniel C. Adelman, M.D.   330,000   233,125   330,000   *      
  Daryl B. Winter, Ph.D.   570,000   200,000   270,000   1.4      
  Anthony B. Evnin, Ph.D. (6)   3,993,910       9.8      
  Stephen P.A. Fodor, Ph.D.   100,000   4,167   100,000   *      
  Steven D. Goldby   100,000   2,083   100,000   *      
  Russell C. Hirsch, M.D., Ph.D. (5)         *      
  Jonathan S. Leff (7)   6,732,560       16.5      
  All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons)   16,786,470   1,888,894   3,185,000   38.2      

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

(1)
Includes shares of common stock subject to a right of repurchase within 60 days of December 1, 2004 and shares issuable pursuant to stock options and warrants exercisable within 60 days of December 1, 2004.

(2)
Upon completion of this offering, our existing stockholders will own             shares, representing    %, of our outstanding common stock. Changes in our valuation in connection with this offering will impact the relative ownership of our common stock upon completion of this offering among our existing stockholders. For purposes of this table, we have assumed an initial public offering price of $            per share, but the relative number of shares of common stock owned and the percentage ownership among our existing stockholders will change if our initial public offering price is other than $            per share. See "Conversion of Preferred Stock and Reverse Stock Split."

(3)
Represents shares of common stock subject to a right of repurchase, at the original option exercise price, in the event the holder ceases to provide services to us. The option exercise prices range from $0.30 to $0.60.

(4)
Includes (i) 333,250 shares held by Credit Suisse First Boston EMA Partners Fund 2000, L.P., (ii) 441,750 shares held by Credit Suisse First Boston EMA Private Equity Fund 2000, L.P., (iii) 1,240,646 shares held by Credit Suisse First Boston Equity Partners (Bermuda), L.P., (iv) 4,438,396 shares held by Credit Suisse First Boston Equity Partners, L.P. and (v) 4,291 shares held by Credit Suisse First Boston U.S. Executive Advisors, L.P. An affiliate of Credit Suisse Group, of which Credit Suisse First Boston LLC is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, is either the general partner, managing general partner or investment manager of each of those entities. Credit Suisse Group and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC each disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by such investment partnerships to the extent attributable to partnership interests therein held by persons other than Credit Suisse Group and its affiliates. The address of Credit Suisse First Boston and its affiliates is Eleventh Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10010.

(5)
Includes (i) 243,943 shares held by Mayfield Fund III and (ii) 4,634,903 shares held by Mayfield Fund IX. Mr. Hirsch, one of our directors, served as a Venture Partner from 1993 to 1994 and a

80


(6)
Includes (i) 1,661,038 shares held by Venrock Associates, (ii) 2,265,885 shares held by Venrock Associates II, L.P. and (iii) 66,987 shares held by Venrock Entrepreneur's Fund, L.P. Dr. Evnin, one of our directors, is a General Partner of Venrock Associates. Dr. Evnin disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of Venrock Associates and its affiliates is 30 Rockefeller Plaza, Room 5508, New York, New York 10112.

(7)
Includes (i) 6,635,135 shares held by Warburg, Pincus Equity Partners, L.P., (ii) 53,130 shares held by Warburg, Pincus Netherlands Equity Partners I, C.V., (iii) 35,420 shares held by Warburg, Pincus Netherlands Equity Partners II, C.V., (iv) 8,855 shares held by Warburg, Pincus Netherlands Equity Partners III, C.V. and (v) 20 shares owned by family members. Mr. Leff, one of our directors, is a General Partner of Warburg, Pincus & Co. and a Managing Director and Member of Warburg Pincus LLC. Mr. Leff may be deemed to have an indirect pecuniary interest in an indeterminate portion of the shares held by the Warburg Pincus entities. Mr. Leff disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of Warburg Pincus and its affiliates is 466 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

(8)
Includes 85,000 shares owned by family members, which shares Dr. Young disclaims beneficial ownership, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(9)
A total of 75,000 shares underlying Mr. Bjerkholt's option is subject to accelerated vesting upon the occurrence of a financing event in which we raise at least $20.0 million, if such event is completed by July 5, 2005.

81



DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        The following information describes our common stock and preferred stock, as well as options to purchase our common stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon completion of this offering. This description is only a summary and does not purport to be complete. You should also refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws which have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.

        Upon the completion of this offering, we will be authorized to issue up to 105,000,000 shares of capital stock, $0.0001 par value, divided into two classes designated common stock and preferred stock. Of our authorized shares, 100,000,000 shares will be designated as common stock and 5,000,000 shares will be designated as preferred stock.

Common Stock

        As of September 30, 2004, there were 5,855,975 shares of common stock outstanding that were held of record by 184 stockholders. After giving effect to the sale of common stock in this offering, there will be            shares of common stock outstanding. As of September 30, 2004, there were outstanding options to purchase a total of 7,064,550 shares of our common stock under our 1998 Stock Option Plan and 2001 Stock Option Plan. Upon the closing of this offering,                         shares of our common stock will be outstanding.

        The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares voting are able to elect all of our directors. Subject to preferences that may be granted to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably only those dividends as may be declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefore. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all of our assets remaining after we pay our liabilities and distribute the liquidation preference of any then outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive or other subscription or conversion rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The shares of our common stock to be issued upon the closing of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

        Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control or other corporate action. Upon completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

82



Warrants

        As of September 30, 2004, we had outstanding warrants to purchase the following amounts of shares:

 
  Shares
  Exercise Price
  Expiration
 
Series A Preferred Stock   48,743   $ 1.00   August 2005  
Common Stock   130,000   $ 1.00   April 2008  
Series B Preferred Stock   71,538   $ 2.60   December 2009  
Common Stock   175,000   $ 4.00   May 2010  
Series C Preferred Stock   486,750   $ 4.80   July 2010  
Series C Preferred Stock   3,000   $ 4.80   June 2013 (1)
Series C Preferred Stock   1,435   $ 4.80   June 2014 (2)

(1)
The expiration date of the warrant is the earlier of 36 months after our initial public offering or June 2013.

(2)
The expiration date of the warrant is the earlier of 36 months after our initial public offering or June 2014.

Registration Rights

        After the closing of this offering, the holders of approximately 35,562,661 shares of our common stock, including 737,723 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other securityholders, other than for our initial public offering, these holders are entitled to notice of such registration and are entitled to include their common stock in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. Beginning six months after the closing of this offering, the holders of at least 50% of these securities have the right to require us, on not more than two occasions, to file a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act in order to register the resale of their shares of common stock. We may, in certain circumstances, defer such registrations and the underwriters have the right, subject to certain limitations, to limit the number of shares included in such registrations. Further, these holders may require us to register the resale of all or a portion of their shares on Form S-3, subject to certain conditions and limitations. In addition, these holders have certain "piggyback" registration rights. If we propose to register any of our equity securities under the Securities Act other than pursuant to the registration rights noted above or specified excluded registrations, holders may require us to include all or a portion of their registrable securities in the registration and in any related underwriting. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of registrable securities such holders may include. Additionally, such piggyback registrations are subject to delay or termination of the registration under certain circumstances.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes, with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that all stockholder action must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and

83



not by a consent in writing, and that only our board of directors, chairman of the board, chief executive officer, or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer) or holder of greater than 10% of our common stock may call a special meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require a 66 2 / 3 % stockholder vote for the amendment, repeal or modification of certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws relating to the absence of cumulative voting, the classification of our board of directors, the requirement that stockholder actions be effected at a duly called meeting, and the designated parties entitled to call a special meeting of the stockholders.

        The combination of the classification of our board of directors, the lack of cumulative voting and the 66 2 / 3 % stockholder voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

        These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control or management. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change in control. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

        We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

        In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

84


        In general, Section 203 defines an "interested stockholder" as an entity or person who, together with the person's affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Mellon Investor Services LLC.

Nasdaq National Market Listing

        We plan to apply to have our stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "SNSS."

85



U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

        The following is a general discussion of certain material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock by a beneficial owner thereof that is a "Non-U.S. Holder." A "Non-U.S. Holder" is a person or entity that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a non-resident alien individual, a foreign corporation or a foreign estate or trust. The test for whether an individual is a resident of the U.S. for federal estate tax purposes differs from the test used for federal income tax purposes.

        This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, judicial decisions and administrative regulations and interpretations in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change, including changes with retroactive effect. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances (including, without limitation, Non-U.S. Holders who are "controlled foreign corporations," "passive foreign investment companies," U.S. expatriates, pass-through entities or who hold their common stock through pass-through entities) and does not address any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction. Prospective holders should consult their tax advisors with respect to the federal income and estate tax consequences of holding and disposing of our common stock in light of their particular situations and any consequences to them arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction.

Dividends

        Subject to the discussion below, distributions, if any, made to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits generally will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes and will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To obtain a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to provide us with a properly-executed IRS Form W-8BEN certifying the Non-U.S. Holder's entitlement to benefits under that treaty. Treasury Regulations and the applicable treaty provide rules to determine whether, for purposes of determining the applicability of a tax treaty, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that is an entity should be treated as paid to the entity or to those holding an interest in that entity. To the extent distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce the Non-U.S. Holder's basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

        There will be no withholding tax on dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States if a properly-executed IRS Form W-8ECI, stating that the dividends are so connected, is provided to us. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax, generally in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. Holder were a U.S. citizen or resident alien or a domestic corporation, as the case may be, unless a specific treaty exemption applies. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional "branch profits tax," which is imposed, under certain circumstances, at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable treaty) on the corporate Non-U.S. Holder's effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to certain adjustments. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax pursuant to a tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts currently withheld if you file an appropriate claim for refund with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

        A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless (i) the gain is effectively connected

86



with a trade or business of such holder in the United States or, if a treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Holder in the U.S., (ii) in the case of Non-U.S. Holders who are nonresident alien individuals and hold our common stock as a capital asset, such individuals are present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, or (iii) our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a "United States real property holding corporation" ("USRPHC") for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the period during which you hold our common stock or the five-year period ending on the date on which you dispose of shares of our common stock and, if our common stock is treated as regularly traded on an established securities market (within the meaning of applicable Treasury regulations), you held, directly or indirectly, at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition, more than 5% of our common stock.

        If you are a Non-U.S. Holder described in (i) above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate Non-U.S. Holders described in (i) above may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual Non-U.S. Holder described in (ii) above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States).

        The determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our interests in real property located outside the U.S. and the fair market value of our other business assets. While we believe that we are not a USRPHC, there can be no assurances that we are not a USRPHC. Even if we are not a USRPHC at the present time, since the determination of USRPHC status in the future will be based upon the composition of our assets from time to time, there can be no assurances that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. However, as indicated above, so long as our common stock is treated as "regularly traded" on an established securities market (within the meaning of applicable Treasury regulations), our common stock will not be treated as a U.S. real property interest unless you hold, directly or indirectly, at any time with the five-year period preceding your disposition, more than 5% of our common stock. If any gain on your disposition is taxable because we are a USRPHC and your ownership of our common stock exceeds 5%, you will be taxed on such disposition generally in the manner applicable to U.S. persons and in addition, the purchaser of your common stock may be required to withhold a tax equal to 10% of the amount realized on the sale. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the application of the USRPHC rules discussed above to a disposition by you of our common stock.

Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

        Generally, we must report to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service the amount of dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the holder. Pursuant to tax treaties or certain other agreements, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient's country of residence.

        Backup withholding will generally not apply to payments of dividends made by us or our paying agents to a Non-U.S. Holder if the holder has provided its federal taxpayer identification number, if any, or the required certification that it is not a U.S. person (which is generally provided by furnishing a properly-executed IRS Form W-8BEN), unless the payer otherwise has knowledge or reason to know that the payee is a U.S. person.

        Under current U.S. federal income tax law, information reporting and backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock effected by or through a U.S. office of a broker unless the disposing holder certifies as to its non-U.S. status or otherwise establishes an

87



exemption. Generally, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker. However, unless the Non-U.S. Holder is entitled to an exemption, U.S. information reporting requirements (but not backup withholding) will apply to a payment of disposition proceeds where the transaction is effected outside the United States by or through an office outside the United States of a broker that fails to maintain documentary evidence that the holder is a Non-U.S. Holder and that certain conditions are met and the broker is (i) a U.S. person, (ii) a foreign person which derived 50% or more of its gross income for certain periods from the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, (iii) a "controlled foreign corporation" for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or (iv) a foreign partnership (a) at least 50% of the capital or profits interest in which is owned by U.S. persons, or (b) that is engaged in a U.S. trade or business. Backup withholding may apply to a payment of disposition proceeds if the broker has actual knowledge that the holder is a U.S. person.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided that the required information is furnished to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

Federal Estate Tax

        An individual who at the time of death is not a citizen or resident of the United States and who is treated as the owner of, or has made certain lifetime transfers of, an interest in our common stock will be required to include the value thereof in his gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

88



SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, no public market existed for our common stock. Market sales of shares of our common stock after this offering and from time to time, and the availability of shares for future sale, may reduce the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the perception that these sales could occur, could harm prevailing market prices for our common stock and could impair our future ability to obtain capital, especially through an offering of equity securities.

        Based on 40,722,313 shares outstanding on December 1, 2004, we will have            shares of common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering, assuming no outstanding options or warrants are exercised prior to the closing of this offering. Of those shares, the            shares of common stock sold in the offering will be freely transferable without restriction, unless purchased by persons deemed to be our "affiliates" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Any shares purchased by an affiliate may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an applicable exemption from registration, including an exemption under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. The remaining            shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering are "restricted," which means they were originally sold in offerings that were not registered under the Securities Act. These restricted shares may only be sold through registration under the Securities Act or under an available exemption from registration, such as provided through Rule 144, 144(k) or Rule 701.

        Taking into account the lock-up agreements described below, the number of shares that will be available for sale in the public market under the provisions of Rule 144, 144(k) and 701 will be as follows:

Days After the Effective Date

  Number of Shares Eligible
for Sale in the U.S. Public
Market/Percent of Outstanding Stock

  Comment
Upon effectiveness       Shares sold by us in this offering
At various times after 180 days       Shares eligible for sale under Rules 144, 144(k) and 701

        Additionally, of the 7,093,150 shares issuable upon exercise of options to purchase our common stock outstanding as of December 1, 2004, approximately 2,934,707 shares will be vested and eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 701 180 days after the effective date of this offering.

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated), including an affiliate, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for one year or more, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell a number of restricted shares within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:


        Sales of restricted shares under Rule 144 are also subject to requirements on the manner of sale, notice and the availability of our current public information. Rule 144 also provides that affiliates that sell shares of our common stock that are not restricted shares must nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares, other than the holding period requirement.

89


Rule 144(k)

        Under Rule 144(k), a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed not to have been our affiliate at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell a number of restricted shares under Rule 144(k) without complying with the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, notice requirements or the availability of current public information.

Rule 701

        Under Rule 701, shares of our common stock acquired upon the exercise of currently outstanding options or pursuant to other rights granted under our stock plans may be resold, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, to the extent not subject to lock-up agreements, by:

        As of December 1, 2004, options to purchase a total of 7,093,150 shares of common stock were outstanding, of which approximately 2,934,707 were vested. Of the total number of shares of our common stock issuable under these options, all are subject to contractual lock-up agreements with us or the underwriters.

Form S-8 Registration Statements

        Upon completion of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 1998 Plan, 2001 Plan, 2005 Equity Incentive Plan and ESPP, thus permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act. Such registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing.

Lock-up Agreements

        Each of our executive officers and directors and substantially all of our stockholders entered into lock-up agreements pursuant to which they have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to offer, sell, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Lehman Brothers Inc. and SG Cowen & Co., LLC. The lock-up agreements permit transfers of shares of our common stock subject to certain restrictions, transfers of shares as a gift to trusts or immediate family members or to certain entities or persons affiliated with the stockholder. Lehman Brothers Inc. and SG Cowen & Co., LLC may, in their joint discretion, at any time and without notice, release for sale in the public market all or any portion of the shares subject to the lock-up agreements. All of the shares that are not subject to the underwriters' lock-up agreements are subject to similar contractual lock-up restrictions with us. After the 180-day lock-up period, these shares may be sold, subject to applicable securities laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of allowing the underwriters to comply with NASD Rule 2711(f)(4), if, under certain circumstances, we release earnings results or material news or make certain announcements that we will release earnings results, or a material event relating to us occurs, then the 180-day lock-up period will be extended until 18 days following the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable.

Registration Rights

        After the offering, the holders of approximately            shares of our common stock, including 305,000 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants, will be entitled to registration rights. For more information on these registration rights, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

90



UNDERWRITING

        We are offering shares of our common stock described in this prospectus through the underwriters named below. Lehman Brothers Inc. and SG Cowen & Co., LLC are acting as joint book-running managers for this offering. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the representatives. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each of the underwriters has severally agreed to purchase the following respective number of shares of our common stock:

                   Underwriters

  Number of
Shares

Lehman Brothers Inc.    
SG Cowen & Co., LLC    
Needham & Company, Inc.    
        
        
        
   
  Total    
   

        The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in the offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the underwriters' option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

        We have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase from time to time, in whole or in part, on a pro rata basis up to             additional shares at the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised if the underwriters sell more than            shares in the offering.

Commission and Discount

        The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $            per share. The underwriters and selling group members may allow a discount of $            per share on sales to other broker dealers. After the initial public offering, the underwriters may change the public offering price and concession and discount to broker dealers.

        The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we will pay:

 
  Per Share
  Total
 
  Without
Exercise of Option

  With
Exercise of Option

  Without
Exercise of Option

  With
Exercise of Option

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us   $     $     $     $  
Expenses payable by us   $     $     $     $  

Discretionary Sales

        The representatives have informed us that the underwriters do not expect discretionary sales to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being offered.

91



No Sales of Similar Securities

        We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of Lehman Brothers Inc. and SG Cowen & Co., LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to specified exceptions.

        Our officers, directors and substantially all of our stockholders have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Lehman Brothers Inc. and SG Cowen & Co., LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to specified exceptions.

Indemnification and Contribution

        We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

Nasdaq National Market Quotation

        We plan to apply to have our common stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "SNSS."

Offering Price Determination

        Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. The initial public offering price for the common stock will be determined by negotiation between us and the representatives, and does not reflect the market price for the common stock following the offering. The principal factors considered in determining the initial public offering price will include:

        We cannot be sure that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which the common stock will trade in the public market following this offering or that an active trading market for the common stock will develop and continue after this offering.

92



Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

        In connection with the offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short sales and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

        These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq National Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Electronic Distribution

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the representatives on the same basis as other allocations.

        Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter's or selling group member's website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or

93



selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors.

Stamp Taxes

        If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Relationships

        The underwriters may in the future perform investment banking and advisory services for us from time to time for which they may in the future receive customary fees and expenses. The underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions with or perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business.

94



LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby has been passed upon for Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. by Latham & Watkins LLP, Menlo Park, California. Cooley Godward LLP, Palo Alto, California, is counsel for the underwriters in connection with this offering.


EXPERTS

        Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, have audited our financial statements at December 31, 2002 and 2003 and for the each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, as set forth in their report. We have included our financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP's report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act that registers the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits and schedules, contains additional relevant information about us and our capital stock. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to omit from this prospectus certain information included in the registration statement. For further information about us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed with the registration statement. With respect to the statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any agreement or any other document, in each instance, the statement is qualified in all respects by the complete text of the agreement or document, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. In addition, upon completion of this offering, we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov .

        We intend to provide our stockholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements, with an opinion expressed by an independent accounting firm and to file with the SEC quarterly reports containing unaudited combined financial data for the first three quarters of each year.

95



INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-2

Balance Sheets

 

F-3

Statements of Operations

 

F-4

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit

 

F-5

Statements of Cash Flows

 

F-7

Notes to Financial Statements

 

F-8

F-1



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. as of December 31, 2002 and 2003, and the related statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. at December 31, 2002 and 2003, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/   ERNST & YOUNG LLP                               

San Jose, California
April 27, 2004

F-2



Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Balance Sheets

 
   
   
   
  Pro forma
stockholders'
equity (deficit) at
September 30,
2004

 
 
  December 31,
   
 
 
  September 30,
2004

 
 
  2002
  2003
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)

  (unaudited)

 
Assets                          
Current assets:                          
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 16,318,120   $ 10,477,503   $ 11,862,547        
  Marketable securities     30,836,568     23,365,382     29,593,228        
  Prepaids and other current assets     697,055     936,239     989,582        
   
 
 
       
Total current assets     47,851,743     34,779,124     42,445,357        

Notes receivable from employees

 

 

198,245

 

 

200,646

 

 

85,350

 

 

 

 
Property and equipment, net     5,953,671     4,990,588     4,029,200        
Deposits and other assets     341,991     335,842     300,000        
   
 
 
       
Total assets   $ 54,345,650   $ 40,306,200   $ 46,859,907        
   
 
 
       

Liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Current liabilities:                          
  Accounts payable   $ 491,857   $ 980,661   $ 1,238,182        
  Accrued compensation     1,077,622     1,256,679     1,398,906        
  Other current liabilities     195,850     89,582     208,640        
  Current portion of deferred revenue     1,263,393     3,074,549     6,033,597        
  Current portion of equipment financing and debt facility     2,603,983     2,169,630     1,278,800        
   
 
 
       
Total current liabilities     5,632,705     7,571,101     10,158,125        

Deferred revenue

 

 

2,110,594

 

 

4,098,528

 

 

8,871,259

 

 

 

 
Noncurrent portion of equipment financing and debt facility     2,592,642     3,248,610     4,255,203        
Deferred rent     616,026     942,394     1,140,685        

Commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 36,698,667 shares authorized, issuable in series:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Series A, 8,682,000 shares designated, 8,467,500 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2002 and 2003 and September 30, 2004 (unaudited) (aggregate liquidation preference of $8,467,500 at December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2004); no shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited)     8,445,567     8,445,567     8,445,567   $  
  Series B, 10,600,000 shares designated, 9,690,771 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2002 and 2003 and September 30, 2004 (unaudited) (aggregate liquidation preference of $25,196,005 at December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2004); no shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited)     24,388,838     24,388,838     24,388,838      
  Series C, 13,250,000 shares designated, 12,500,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2002 and 2003 and September 30, 2004 (unaudited) (aggregate liquidation preference of $60,000,000 at December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2004); no shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited)     56,001,692     56,001,692     56,001,692      
  Series C-1, 1,250,000 shares designated, issued, and outstanding at December 31, 2002 and 2003 and September 30, 2004 (unaudited) (aggregate liquidation preference of $6,000,000 at December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2004); no shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited)     5,985,372     5,985,372     5,985,372      
  Series C-2, 2,916,667 shares designated, issued and outstanding at September 30, 2004 (unaudited) (aggregate liquidation preference of none and $14,000,000 at December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2004, respectively); no shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited)             13,991,150      
Stockholders' equity (deficit):                          
  Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 48,916,667 shares authorized; 5,381,517, 5,442,573 and 5,855,975 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2002 and 2003 and September 30, 2004, (unaudited) respectively; 40,680,913 shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited)     538     544     586     4,068  
  Additional paid-in capital     2,636,257     2,722,341     5,954,379     114,763,516  
  Notes receivable from stockholders     (250,386 )   (225,000 )   (135,000 )   (135,000 )
  Deferred stock compensation             (2,742,417 )   (2,742,417 )
  Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)     67,090     12,656     (34,420 )   (34,420 )
  Accumulated deficit     (53,881,285 )   (72,886,443 )   (89,421,112 )   (89,421,112 )
   
 
 
 
 
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)     (51,427,786 )   (70,375,902 )   (86,377,984 ) $ 22,434,635  
   
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit   $ 54,345,650   $ 40,306,200   $ 46,859,907        
   
 
 
       

See accompanying notes.

F-3



Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Statements of Operations

 
  Year ended December 31,
  Nine months ended
September 30,

 
 
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2003
  2004
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

 
Revenue:                                
  Collaboration revenue   $ 407,499   $ 3,202,264   $ 7,699,438   $ 5,882,337   $ 6,294,673  
  Grant and fellowship revenue     700,715     1,474,143     560,646     493,581     135,505  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenue     1,108,214     4,676,407     8,260,084     6,375,918     6,430,178  

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Research and development     14,790,669     18,440,797     21,325,731     15,022,939     17,504,300  
  General and administrative     5,272,647     6,179,094     6,136,518     4,489,549     5,477,888  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total operating expenses     20,063,316     24,619,891     27,462,249     19,512,488     22,982,188  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Loss from operations

 

 

(18,955,102

)

 

(19,943,484

)

 

(19,202,165

)

 

(13,136,570

)

 

(16,552,010

)

Interest income

 

 

3,525,402

 

 

1,359,861

 

 

712,931

 

 

563,557

 

 

316,102

 
Interest expense     (496,921 )   (594,047 )   (520,586 )   (399,905 )   (299,494 )
Other income (expense), net     (104,684 )   (4,590 )   4,662     6,326     733  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss   $ (16,031,305 ) $ (19,182,260 ) $ (19,005,158 ) $ (12,966,592 ) $ (16,534,669 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

Basic and diluted net loss per common share

 

$

(5.06

)

$

(4.41

)

$

(3.80

)

$

(2.63

)

$

(3.03

)
   
 
 
 
 
 

Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share

 

 

3,166,054

 

 

4,351,983

 

 

4,996,859

 

 

4,936,262

 

 

5,453,385

 
   
 
 
 
 
 

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.51

)

 

 

 

$

(0.44

)
               
       
 

Shares used to compute pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,905,131

 

 

 

 

 

37,979,053

 
               
       
 

See accompanying notes.

F-4


Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit

 
  Convertible
Preferred Stock

   
   
   
   
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
(Loss)

  Accumulated
Deficit
During the
Development
Stage

   
 
 
  Common Stock
   
  Notes
Receivable
from
Stockholders

   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital

  Deferred
Stock
Compensation

  Total
Stockholders'
Deficit

 
 
  Shares
  Amount
  Shares
  Amount
 
Balance at December 31, 2000   30,658,271   $ 88,836,097   5,332,429   $ 518   $ 2,434,663   $ (265,807 )     $ 83,668   $ (18,667,720 ) $ (16,414,678 )
  Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options at $0.10 to $0.60 per share for cash, net of repurchases         (25,064 )   13     47,865                     47,878  
  Expense related to fair value of options granted to nonemployees                 63,242                     63,242  
  Components of comprehensive loss:                                                          
    Net loss                                 (16,031,305 )   (16,031,305 )
    Unrealized gain on investments                             219,413         219,413  
                                                     
 
  Comprehensive loss                                                       (15,811,892 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2001   30,658,271   $ 88,836,097   5,307,365   $ 531   $ 2,545,770   $ (265,807 ) $   $ 303,081   $ (34,699,025 ) $ (32,115,450 )
  Issuance of common stock pursuant to stock option exercises at $0.10 to $0.60 per share, net of repurchase         71,458     7     34,639                     34,646  
  Issuance of common stock in exchange for services         2,694         1,562                     1,562  
  Expense related to fair value of options granted to nonemployees                 54,286                     54,286  
  Issuance of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock to investors at $4.80 per share for cash in December 2002, net of issuance costs of $14,628   1,250,000     5,985,372                                
  Repayment of stockholder note in June 2002                     7,081                 7,081  
  Reclassification of interest on notes to interest receivable                     8,340                 8,340  
  Components of comprehensive loss:                                                          
    Net loss                                   (19,182,260 )   (19,182,260 )
    Unrealized loss on investments                             (235,991 )       (235,991 )
                                                     
 
    Comprehensive loss                                                       (19,418,251 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2002   31,908,271     94,821,469   5,381,517     538     2,636,257     (250,386 )       67,090     (53,881,285 )   (51,427,786 )
  Issuance of common stock pursuant to stock options exercises at $0.10 to $0.60 per share, net of repurchases         61,056     6     41,162                     41,168  
  Repayment of stockholder note in June 2003                     25,386                 25,386  
  Expenses related to fair value of options granted to nonemployees                 36,098                     36,098  
  Issuance of warrant to purchase preferred stock in connection with financing arrangement                 8,824                     8,824  
  Components of comprehensive loss:                                                          
    Net loss                                   (19,005,158 )   (19,005,158 )
    Unrealized loss on investments                             (54,434 )       (54,434 )
                                                     
 
    Comprehensive loss                                                     (19,059,592 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2003 (carried forward)   31,908,271   $ 94,821,469   5,442,573   $ 544   $ 2,722,341   $ (225,000 ) $   $ 12,656   $ (72,886,443 ) $ (70,375,902 )

See accompanying notes.

F-5


Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit (continued)

 
  Convertible
Preferred Stock

   
   
   
   
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
(Loss)

  Accumulated
Deficit
During the
Development
Stage

   
 
 
  Common Stock
   
  Notes
Receivable
from
Stockholders

   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital

  Deferred
Stock
Compensation

  Total
Stockholders'
Deficit

 
 
  Shares
  Amount
  Shares
  Amount
 
Balance at December 31, 2003 (brought forward)   31,908,271   $ 94,821,469   5,442,573   $ 544   $ 2,722,341   $ (225,000 ) $   $ 12,656   $ (72,886,443 ) $ (70,375,902 )
  Issuance of common stock pursuant to stock options exercised at $0.10 to $0.60 per share, net of unvested stock options exercised early (unaudited)         413,402     42     205,920                     205,962  
  Deferred stock compensation related to employee stock option grants (unaudited)                 2,982,978         (2,982,978 )            
  Amortization deferred stock compensation                         240,561             240,561  
  Expenses related to fair value of options granted to nonemployees (unaudited)                 39,836                     39,836  
  Issuance of warrant to purchase preferred stock in connection with financing arrangement
(unaudited)
                3,304                     3,304  
  Issuance of Series C-2 convertible preferred stock to investors at $4.80 per share for cash in September 2004, net of issuance costs of $8,850 (unaudited)   2,916,667     13,991,150                                
  Repayment of stockholder note in April 2004 (unaudited)                     90,000                 90,000  
  Components of comprehensive loss:                                                          
    Net loss (unaudited)                                 (16,534,669 )   (16,534,669 )
    Unrealized loss on investments (unaudited)                             (47,076 )       (47,076 )
                                                     
 
    Comprehensive loss (unaudited)                                                       (16,581,745 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at September 30, 2004 (unaudited)   34,824,938   $ 108,812,619   5,855,975   $ 586   $ 5,954,379   $ (135,000 ) $ (2,742,417 ) $ (34,420 ) $ (89,421,112 ) $ (86,377,984 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes.

F-6



Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Statements of Cash Flows

 
  Year ended December 31,
  Nine months ended
September 30,

 
 
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2003
  2004
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

 
Operating activities                                
Net loss   $ (16,031,305 ) $ (19,182,260 ) $ (19,005,158 ) $ (12,966,592 ) $ (16,534,669 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                                
  Depreciation and amortization     2,449,118     2,177,427     2,630,042     1,971,361     1,749,761  
  Stock compensation expense     63,242     55,848     36,098     27,074     280,397  
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                                
    Prepaids and other current assets     63,128     (267,836 )   (230,360 )   (23 )   (50,039 )
    Notes receivable from employees     47,660     71,380     (2,401 )       115,296  
    Deposits and other assets     (291,629 )   16,758     6,149     6,411     35,842  
    Accounts payable     469,826     (699,763 )   488,804     (32,282 )   257,521  
    Accrued compensation     178,573     543,443     179,057     (38,626 )   142,227  
    Other accrued liabilities     (23,881 )   58,762     (60,307 )   (15,951 )   112,168  
    Deferred rent     252,740     377,249     280,407     208,002     198,291  
    Deferred revenue     437,501     2,936,486     3,799,090     4,604,002     7,731,779  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash used in operating activities     (12,385,027 )   (13,912,506 )   (11,878,579 )   (6,236,624 )   (5,961,426 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

Investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Purchases of property and equipment, net     (6,403,471 )   (1,060,223 )   (1,666,959 )   (1,419,956 )   (788,373 )
Purchases of marketable securities     (59,579,831 )   (23,492,855 )   (36,893,824 )   (36,129,569 )   (24,278,478 )
Maturities of marketable securities     59,671,012     39,224,825     44,310,576     34,943,207     18,003,556  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     (6,312,290 )   14,671,747     5,749,793     (2,606,318 )   (7,063,295 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

Financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Proceeds from borrowings under collaboration agreement             1,600,000     1,200,000     1,600,000  
Proceeds from borrowings under note payable, and equipment loans     4,417,358     1,688,293     1,415,385     1,293,613     370,272  
Payments on note payable and equipment loans     (1,693,813 )   (2,128,148 )   (2,793,770 )   (2,200,671 )   (1,854,509 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock and exercise of options, net of repurchases     47,878     41,727     66,554     57,929     302,852  
Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs         5,985,372             13,991,150  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by financing activities     2,771,423     5,587,244     288,169     350,871     14,409,765  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     (15,925,894 )   6,346,485     (5,840,617 )   (8,492,071 )   1,385,044  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     25,897,529     9,971,635     16,318,120     16,318,120     10,477,503  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 9,971,635   $ 16,318,120   $ 10,477,503   $ 7,826,049   $ 11,862,547  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Interest paid   $ 496,923   $ 594,047   $ 520,586   $ 399,905   $ 299,494  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Non-cash activities:                                
Deferred stock-based compensation   $   $   $   $   $ 2,982,978  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Issuance of warrants for financing arrangement   $   $   $ 8,824   $ 8,824   $ 3,304  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Repayment of notes receivable from stockholders   $   $ 7,081   $ 25,386   $ 25,386   $ 90,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes.

F-7



Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of September 30, 2004 and for the nine months ended
September 30, 2003 and 2004 is unaudited)

1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization

        Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated in the state of Delaware on February 10, 1998, and its facilities are located in South San Francisco, California. Sunesis is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on discovering, developing and commercializing small molecule therapeutics for oncology, inflammatory diseases and other unmet medical needs. The Company's primary activities since incorporation have been conducting research and development internally and through corporate collaborators, in-licensing pharmaceutical compounds, performing business and financial planning, and raising capital.

Need to Raise Additional Capital

        The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. The Company has incurred significant net losses and negative cash flows from operations since its inception. At September 30, 2004, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $89,421,112. At September 30, 2004, management believes that currently available cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities together with existing financing agreements will provide sufficient funds to enable the Company to meet its obliations through December 31, 2005. Management plans to continue to finance the Company's operations with a combination of equity issuances, debt arrangements, and revenues from collaborations with pharmaceutical companies, technology licenses, and in the longer term, product sales and royalties. If adequate funds are not available, the Company may be required to delay, reduce the scope of, or eliminate one or more of its development programs or obtain funds through collaborative arrangements with others that may require the Company to relinquish rights to certain of its technologies, product candidates, or products that the Company would otherwise seek to develop or commercialize itself. The Company intends to raise additional funds through the issuance of equity securities, if available on terms acceptable to the Company.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that materially affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Unaudited Interim Results

        The accompanying balance sheet as of September 30, 2004, the statements of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2004 and the statement of convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit) for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments necessary to present fairly the Company's financial position as of September 30, 2004, and results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2004. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes to financial statements related to the nine-month periods are unaudited. The results for the nine months ended

F-8



September 30, 2004 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2004 or for any other interim period or for any other future year.

Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

        The Company has filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the Company to sell shares of its common stock to the public. If the initial public offering is completed under the terms presently anticipated, all of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series C-1, and Series C-2 convertible preferred stock outstanding at the time of the offering will convert into 34,824,938 shares of common stock, assuming a one-for-one conversion ratio. Unaudited pro forma stockholders' equity (deficit), as adjusted for the assumed conversion of the preferred stock, is set forth on the accompanying balance sheets.

Clinical Trials Accounting

        All of the Company's clinical trials are performed by contract research organizations ("CROs") and participating clinical trial sites. Some CROs bill monthly for services performed, and others bill based upon milestones achieved. For the latter, the Company accrues clinical trial expenses based on the services performed each period. Costs of setting up clinical trial sites for participation in the trials are expensed immediately as research and development expenses. Clinical trial site costs related to patient enrollment are accrued as patients are entered into the trial reduced by any initial payment made to the clinical trial site when the first patient is enrolled.

Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities

        The Company considers all highly liquid securities with original maturities of three months or less from the original date of purchase to be cash equivalents, which consist of money market funds and corporate debt securities. Marketable securities consist of securities with original maturities greater than three months, and consist of money market funds, corporate debt securities and U.S. government obligations.

        Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. The Company has classified its entire investment portfolio as available-for-sale. The Company views its available-for-sale portfolio as available for use in current operations. Accordingly, the Company has classified all investments as short-term, even though the stated maturity may be one year or more beyond the current balance sheet date. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported in accumulated other comprehensive income as a separate component of stockholders' deficit. The estimated fair values have been determined by the Company using available market information.

        The amortized cost of securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity. Such amortization is included in interest income. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary on available-for-sale securities, if any, are recorded in other income (expense), net. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific-identification method. Interest and dividends are included in interest income.

F-9


Concentrations of Credit Risk and Financial Instruments

        The Company invests cash that is not currently being used for operational purposes in accordance with its investment policy. The policy allows for the purchase of low risk debt securities issued by U.S. government agencies and very highly rated banks and corporations, subject to certain concentration limits. The maturities of these securities are maintained at no longer than 18 months. The Company believes its established guidelines for investment of its excess cash maintain safety and liquidity through its policies on diversification and investment maturity.

        Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, available-for-sale investment securities, and employee receivables. The carrying amounts of cash equivalents and available-for-sale investment securities approximate fair value due to their short term nature. The carrying amounts of borrowings under the Company's debt facilities approximate fair value based on the current interest rates for similar borrowing arrangements.

        The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of default by the institutions holding the cash, cash equivalents, and available-for-sale securities to the extent of the amounts recorded on the balance sheets.

Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is determined using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, generally three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the term of the lease.

Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company accounts for employee stock options using the intrinsic-value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation ("FIN") No. 44, Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation, an Interpretation of APB No. 25 , a related interpretation and has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation .

        The Company has elected to continue to follow the intrinsic-value method of accounting as prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25. The information regarding net loss as required by SFAS No. 123 has been determined as if the Company had accounted for its employee stock options under the fair value method of that Statement. The resulting effect on net losses to date pursuant to SFAS No. 123 is not likely to be representative of the effects on net loss pursuant to SFAS No. 123 in future years, since future years are likely to include additional grants and the impact of future years' vesting.

        Stock compensation arrangements to non-employees are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 123, as amended, and EITF No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services , using a fair value

F-10



approach. The compensation costs of these arrangements are subject to remeasurement over the vesting terms as earned.

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2004, certain stock options were granted with exercise prices that were below the estimated fair value of the common stock at the date of grant. Deferred stock compensation of $2,982,978 was recorded during the nine months ended September 30, 2004 in accordance with APB Opinion No. 25, and will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the related vesting terms of the options. The Company recorded employee stock compensation expense of $240,561 for the nine months ended September 30, 2004.

        The expected future amortization expense for deferred compensation as of September 30, 2004 is as follows:

 
  (unaudited)
2004 remaining period   $ 186,437
2005     745,744
2006     745,744
2007     745,744
2008     318,748
   
    $ 2,742,417
   

        The following table illustrates the weighted-average assumptions for the minimum value model used in determining the fair value of options granted to employees:

 
  Year ended December 31,
  Nine months ended
September 30,

 
 
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2003
  2004
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

 
Risk-free interest rate   5.0 % 4.6 % 4.0 % 4.3 % 4.1 %
Dividend yield   0 % 0 % 0 % 0 % 0 %
Weighted-average expected life   5 years   5 years   5 years   5 years   5 years  

F-11


        The following table illustrates the effect on net loss per common share had the Company applied the fair value provisions of SFAS No. 123 to employee stock compensation:

 
  Year ended December 31,
  Nine months ended
September 30,

 
 
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2003
  2004
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

 
Net loss, as reported   $ (16,031,305 ) $ (19,182,260 ) $ (19,005,158 ) $ (12,966,592 ) $ (16,534,669 )
Add: employee stock compensation expense based on the intrinsic value method                     240,561  
Deduct: total employee stock-based compensation expense determined under the fair value method for all awards     (70,376 )   (122,482 )   (151,952 )   (106,939 )   (217,487 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Pro forma net loss   $ (16,101,681 ) $ (19,304,742 ) $ (19,157,110 ) $ (13,073,531 ) $ (16,511,595 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

Net loss per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Basic and diluted, as reported   $ (5.06 ) $ (4.41 ) $ (3.80 ) $ (2.63 ) $ (3.03 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Basic and diluted, pro forma   $ (5.09 ) $ (4.44 ) $ (3.83 ) $ (2.65 ) $ (3.03 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

Comprehensive Loss

        The Company displays comprehensive loss and its components as part of the statement of stockholders' deficit. Comprehensive loss is comprised of net loss and unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities.

Revenue Recognition

        In accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, 00-21, Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables , which the Company adopted effective July 1, 2003, revenue arrangements with multiple deliverable items are divided into separate units of accounting if certain criteria are met, including whether the delivered item has stand-alone value to the customer and whether there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered items. The Company allocates the consideration it receives among the separate units of accounting based on their respective fair value, and applies the applicable revenue recognition criteria to each of the separate units. Where an item in a revenue arrangement with multiple deliverables does not constitute a separate unit of accounting and for which delivery has not occurred, the Company defers revenue until the delivery of the item is completed.

        Upfront, non-refundable license fees and other fees received in connection with research and development collaboration are recorded as deferred revenue and recognized ratably over the relevant period specified in the agreements, generally the research term.

F-12



        Research funding related to collaborative research with the Company's collaboration partners is recognized as the related research services are performed. This funding is normally based on a specified amount per full-time equivalent employee per year.

        Revenue from milestone payments, which are substantially at risk at the time the collaboration agreement is entered into and performance-based at the date of the collaboration agreement, is recognized upon completion of the applicable milestone events. Royalty revenue is recognized based on reported product sales by third-party licensees.

        Grant revenues from government agencies and private research foundations are recognized as the related qualified research and development costs are incurred, up to the limit of the prior approval funding amounts.

Research and Development

        All research and development costs, including those funded by third parties, are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs consist of salaries, employee benefits, laboratory supplies, costs associated with clinical trials, including amounts paid to clinical research organizations, other professional services and facility costs.

Income Taxes

        The Company accounts for income taxes under SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes ("SFAS 109"). Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

Long-Lived Assets

        The Company periodically assesses the impairment of long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 144 ("SFAS 144"), Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets . A review for impairment is performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable, such as a significant industry or economic downturn, significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the Company's overall business. If indicators of impairment exist, recoverability is assessed by comparing the estimated undiscounted cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition against its carrying amount. If the aggregate undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, the resulting impairment charge to be recorded is calculated based on the excess of the carrying value of the asset over the fair value of such asset, with fair value determined based on an estimate of discounted future cash flows or other appropriate measure of fair value. For the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, 2003 and the nine months ended September 30, 2004, no impairment charges were recorded.

F-13



Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        On December 16, 2004, the FASB issued an amendment to FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation . The amendment requires all share based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the results of operations based on their fair values. The amendment is effective for the Company as of July 1, 2005. The Company expects to continue to grant stock-based compensation to employees, and the adoption of the new standard may have a material impact on the Company's future results of operations.

2. Net Loss per Share

        Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period less the weighted average unvested common shares subject to repurchase and without consideration of additional potential common shares. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding less the weighted average unvested common shares subject to repurchase and dilutive potential common shares for the period determined using the treasury stock method. For purposes of this calculation, preferred stock, options to purchase stock, and warrants to purchase stock are considered to be potential common shares and are only included in the calculation of diluted net loss per common share when their effect is dilutive.

F-14



        The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share calculations assume the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock using the as-if-converted method as of January 1, 2003 or the date of issuance, if later.

 
  Year ended December 31,
  Nine months ended
September 30,

 
 
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2003
  2004
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

 
Historical                                
Numerator:                                
  Net loss   $ (16,031,305 ) $ (19,182,260 ) $ (19,005,158 ) $ (12,966,592 ) $ (16,534,669 )
Denominator:                                
  Weighted-average common shares outstanding     5,308,406     5,334,558     5,405,756     5,397,223     5,590,248  
  Less: Weighted-average unvested common shares subject to repurchase     (2,142,352 )   (982,575 )   (408,896 )   (460,961 )   (136,863 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Denominator for basic and diluted net loss per share     3,166,054     4,351,983     4,996,860     4,936,262     5,453,385  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted net loss per common share   $ (5.06 ) $ (4.41 ) $ (3.80 ) $ (2.63 ) $ (3.03 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

Pro forma

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net loss               $ (19,005,158 )       $ (16,534,669 )
               
       
 
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share (unaudited)               $ (0.51 )       $ (0.44 )
               
       
 
Denominator for pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share:                                
  Shares used above (unaudited)                 4,996,860           5,453,385  
  Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed weighted-average effect of conversion of preferred stock (unaudited)                 31,908,271           32,525,668  
               
       
 
  Shares used to compute pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share (unaudited)                 36,905,131           37,979,053  
               
       
 

Historically outstanding dilutive securities not included in diluted net loss per share calculation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Preferred stock     30,658,271     31,908,271     31,908,271     31,908,271     34,824,938  
Options to purchase common stock     2,656,984     4,848,784     5,824,567     5,787,934     7,064,550  
Warrants     912,031     912,031     915,031     915,031     916,466  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      34,227,286     37,669,086     38,647,869     38,611,236     42,805,954  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-15


3. Short-Term Investments

        The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities:

 
  Amortized
Cost

  Gross
Unrealized
Gains

  Gross
Unrealized
Losses

  Estimated
Fair Value

 
December 31, 2002                          
Money market funds   $ 16,273,770   $   $   $ 16,273,770  
Corporate debt obligations     24,619,807     56,554     (3,295 )   24,673,066  
U.S. government and related agency issues     6,149,671     13,831         6,163,502  
   
 
 
 
 
Total     47,043,248     70,385     (3,295 )   47,110,338  
Less amounts classified as cash equivalents     (16,273,770 )           (16,273,770 )
   
 
 
 
 
Total marketable securities   $ 30,769,478   $ 70,385   $ (3,295 ) $ 30,836,568  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Amortized
Cost

  Gross
Unrealized
Gains

  Gross
Unrealized
Losses

  Estimated
Fair Value

 
December 31, 2003                          
Money market funds   $ 10,447,156   $   $   $ 10,447,156  
Corporate debt obligations     23,352,726     17,644     (4,988 )   23,365,382  
   
 
 
 
 
Total     33,799,882     17,644     (4,988 )   33,812,538  
Less amounts classified as cash equivalents     (10,447,156 )           (10,447,156 )
   
 
 
 
 
Total marketable securities   $ 23,352,726   $ 17,644   $ (4,988 ) $ 23,365,382  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Amortized
Cost

  Gross
Unrealized
Gains

  Gross
Unrealized
Losses

  Estimated
Fair Value

 
September 30, 2004
(unaudited)
                         
Money market funds   $ 8,867,341   $   $   $ 8,867,341  
U.S government and related agency issues     1,945,428         (135 )   1,945,293  
Corporate debt obligations     19,967,236         (35,238 )   19,931,998  
Commercial paper     10,019,904     1,363         10,021,267  
Certificate of deposit     689,487         (410 )   689,077  
   
 
 
 
 
Total     41,489,396     1,363     (35,783 )   41,454,976  
Less amounts classified as cash equivalents     (11,861,748 )           (11,861,748 )
   
 
 
 
 
Total marketable securities   $ 29,627,648   $ 1,363   $ (35,783 ) $ 29,593,228  
   
 
 
 
 

        Realized gains or losses on the sale of available-for-sale securities for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and the nine months ended September 30, 2004 were not material.

F-16



        At December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2004, the contractual maturities of marketable securities were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2003
  September 30, 2004
 
  Amortized
Cost

  Fair
Value

  Amortized
Cost

  Fair
Value

 
  (unaudited)

  (unaudited)

Due in one year or less   $ 21,195,898   $ 21,208,175   $ 26,390,677   $ 26,364,395
Due in more than one year     2,156,827     2,157,207     3,237,159     3,228,833
   
 
 
 
Total   $ 23,352,725   $ 23,365,382   $ 29,627,836   $ 29,593,228
   
 
 
 

4. License Agreements

The Regents of the University of California

        In December 1998, the Company entered into an exclusive license agreement with The Regents of the University of California (the "Regents") for rights to certain technology to identify small molecule drug leads. The agreement provides the Company with an exclusive license to develop, make, use, and sell products derived from the licensed technology. The agreement provides for the Company to pay the Regents noncreditable, nonrefundable fees of up to $75,000 according to a payment schedule, as well as to issue to the Regents 50,000 shares of common stock, which were issued in December 1998. The Company is obligated to pay royalties upon the commencement of sales of a licensed product and licensed services, and has also agreed to achieve certain due diligence activities by specified dates. If such milestones are not met, the Company may extend the target date up to two times by increments of six months each upon the payment of $5,000 per extension. If the Company does not extend the target date, or does not meet an extended target date, the Regents may amend the exclusive license to be nonexclusive.

Dainippon Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.

        In October 2003, the Company entered into an agreement with Dainippon Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. ("Dainippon") to acquire exclusive worldwide development and marketing rights for Dainippon's anti-cancer compound, referred to as SNS-595.

        Under the terms of this agreement, the Company made a non-refundable payment of $700,000 which was included in research and development expense. The Company may in the future make a series of milestone payments of up to $10 million to Dainippon based on successful development and regulatory approval of SNS-595, as well as royalty payments based on any future total annual product sales. In return, the Company has received an exclusive, worldwide license to develop and market SNS-595.

F-17



5. Collaborative Research Agreements

Chiesi Farmaceutici S.p.A.

        In October 2001, the Company entered into a research collaboration to discover and develop small molecules that inhibit a well-validated protein target involved in immunological diseases with Chiesi Farmaceutici S.p.A ("Chiesi"). Using its proprietary discovery technology, the Company was to generate development candidates and Chiesi was to have an exclusive option to enter into an exclusive license to develop and market resulting products in certain territories.

        Under the terms of the agreement with Chiesi, the Company received an upfront, nonrefundable payment and research funding and was to receive research and development milestones and royalty payments based on future events and sales. The upfront fee was recognized as revenue over the three-year term of the agreement. Costs associated with research and development activities attributable to this agreement approximated the research funding revenue recognized. This agreement was terminated on December 31, 2002, and the Company completed its remaining performance obligations in 2003.

Johnson & Johnson Pharmaceutical Research and Development, L.L.C.

        In May 2002, the Company entered into a research collaboration to discover small molecule inhibitors of Cathepsin S with Johnson & Johnson Pharmaceutical Research & Development, L.L.C ("JJPRD"). The Company will apply its proprietary Tethering technology to discover novel inhibitors of Cathepsin S in this collaboration.

        Under the terms of the agreement, the Company received a non-refundable and non-creditable technology access fee in February 2003, and certain research funding to be paid in advance quarterly. The Company may in the future receive research and development milestones as well as royalty payments from JJPRD based on future product sales. On December 15, 2002, the Company and JJPRD amended their collaboration to increase the number of JJPRD funded full-time equivalents for 2003. In December 2002, JJPRD also made the first milestone payment to the Company for the delivery of a novel lead series of compounds. On December 15, 2003, the Company and JJPRD again amended their collaboration to extend the research funding for one additional year from May 3, 2004 through May 2, 2005. Upfront fees are being recognized as revenue ratably over the remaining research term. Costs associated with research and development activities attributable to this agreement approximate the research funding recognized.

Biogen Idec, Inc.

        In December 2002, the Company entered into research collaboration with Biogen Idec, Inc. ("Biogen Idec") to discover oral therapeutics. The collaboration will apply the Company's Tethering technology to generate small molecule leads to selected TNF family cytokines involved in immune and inflammatory disease.

        During the initial phase of the collaboration, both companies will contribute scientists and discovery resources to the collaboration at their own cost. Under an exclusive worldwide license to compounds resulting from these efforts, Biogen Idec will have the right to develop, manufacture, and commercialize compounds discovered under the collaboration.

F-18



        Under the terms of the agreement, the Company received an upfront, nonrefundable and noncreditable technology access fee which is being recognized as revenue over the 30-month term of the agreement and the one-year option period. In addition, the Company started receiving quarterly maintenance fees commencing April 1, 2004, and the Company may in the future receive research and development milestones and royalty payments based on total annual future product sales. In certain circumstances, such as the cessation of the development of particular compounds, milestone payments received may be credited against future milestone payments with respect to compounds directed to the same target as the discontinued compound. As such, the Company recognizes the milestones received as revenue ratably over the remaining term of the agreement.

        Concurrent with the signing of the agreement, Biogen Idec made a $6,000,000 equity investment and purchased 1,250,000 shares of the Company's Series C-1 preferred stock at a price of $4.80 per share. Biogen Idec has also agreed to loan the Company up to $4,000,000 with a drawdown period of ten calendar quarters beginning on January 1, 2003 and ending on June 30, 2005. The principal and accrued interest of each draw will be due five years from the date of advance of each draw and bear interest at three percent above LIBOR (LIBOR was 1.46% at December 31, 2003 and 2.48% at September 30, 2004) to be paid quarterly. As of December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2004, the Company had drawn $1,600,000 and $3,200,000 respectively with $2,400,000 and $800,000, respectively, available for future draws.

        On August 27, 2004, the Company entered into the second research collaboration with Biogen Idec to discover and develop small molecules targeting kinases, a family of cell signaling enzymes that play a role in the progression of cancer. The Company will apply its proprietary Tethering, fragmented-based drug discovery technology, in an effort to generate novel small molecule leads that inhibit the oncology kinase targets that are covered by this collaboration.

        One of the kinase targets in the collaboration is Raf, and the Company's Raf program was folded into the collaboration. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company received a $7 million upfront nonrefundable and noncreditable technology access fee, which is being recognized as revenue over an initial four-year research term. In the event that Biogen Idec decides to exercise its option to extend the initial four-year research term for one additional year, Biogen Idec will pay to the Company an additional technology access fee specified in the agreement. In addition, the Company will receive quarterly research funding to be paid in advance to support some of its scientific personnel, and the Company may in the future receive pre-commercialization milestone payments of up to $60.5 million and royalty payments based on product sales. The Company retains an option to participate in the co-development and co-promotion of several products that may emerge from this collaboration.

        Concurrent with the signing of the agreement, Biogen Idec made a $14 million equity investment and purchased 2,916,667 shares of the Company's Series C-2 preferred stock at a price of $4.80 per share.

Merck & Co., Inc.

        In February 2003, the Company and Merck & Co., Inc. ("Merck") entered into a four-year research collaboration to discover novel oral therapeutics to BACE, an Alzheimer's disease target. The

F-19



Company will contribute an initial series of small-molecule inhibitors and use of Tethering to discover additional novel series of small molecules. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company received a nonrefundable and noncreditable technology access fee which is being recognized as revenue ratably over the research term of four years. In addition, the Company receives research funding, paid in advance quarterly, and may in the future receive a series of milestone payments based on the successful development and approval of a compound identified through the program. Merck will also make royalty payments based on future sales, and will receive an exclusive, worldwide license to products resulting from the collaboration. Merck and the Company will also have the option to expand the collaboration to additional therapeutic targets.

        On July 22, 2004, the Company and Merck entered into a second multi-year research collaboration to discover novel oral drugs for the treatment of viral infections. The Company will provide Merck with a series of small molecule compounds targeting viral infections. These compounds were derived from Tethering. Merck will be responsible for advancing these compounds into lead optimization, preclinical development, and clinical studies. Merck will pay annual license fees for Sunesis' consulting services and ongoing access to Tethering as a means of identifying additional compounds for the treatment of viral infections.

        Under the terms of the agreement, the Company received an upfront, nonrefundable and noncreditable technology access fee which is being recognized as revenue over an initial three-year research term, annual license fees specified in the agreement and payments based on the achievement of development milestones. In addition, the Company will receive royalty payments based on net sales for products resulting from the collaboration. Merck receives an exclusive worldwide license to any products resulting from the collaboration.

        In connection with the above collaboration agreements, the Company recognized the following revenues, which include the amortization of upfront fees received, research funding, and milestones earned:

 
  Year ended December 31,
  Nine months ended
September 30,

 
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2003
  2004
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

Chiesi   $ 407,499   $ 2,003,340   $ 841,661   $ 841,661   $
J&J PRD         1,166,666     2,350,001     1,779,688     998,802
Biogen Idec         32,258     857,148     642,861     1,991,731
Merck             3,650,628     2,618,127     3,304,140
   
 
 
 
 
    $ 407,499   $ 3,202,264   $ 7,699,438   $ 5,882,337   $ 6,294,673
   
 
 
 
 

F-20


6. Notes Receivable from Officers and Employees

        In July 1999, the Company issued a full recourse note receivable of $150,000 to an employee to finance the purchase of personal assets. The note is secured by shares of the Company's common stock held by the employee and is non-interest bearing with a four-year term. The principal is to be forgiven at the rate of 25% annually upon the anniversary of the employment date. As of December 31, 2003, the Company had forgiven the total amount of the note. The Company has recorded the forgiveness and the tax portion of the imputed interest as a charge to general and administrative expense.

        In April 2000, the Company issued a full recourse note receivable of $100,000 to an employee to finance the purchase of a home. The note is secured by shares of the Company's common stock held by the employee, and bears an interest rate of 6.6% per annum, with a five-year term. Under the terms of the loan, the principal and accrued interest are to be forgiven at the end of the term.

        In July 2001, the Company issued a full recourse note receivable of $85,350 to an employee to finance the purchase of personal assets. The note is secured by a second deed of trust on the employee's residence, and is non-interest bearing with a five-year term. The note is not forgivable, and in the event the employee ceases employment with the Company, the note shall become due immediately.

7. Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment consist of the following:

 
  December 31,
   
 
 
  September 30,
2004

 
 
  2002
  2003
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)

 
Computer equipment and software   $ 1,658,241   $ 1,992,114   $ 2,160,384  
Furniture and office equipment     715,822     551,710     571,579  
Laboratory equipment     5,771,466     6,845,518     7,151,756  
Leasehold improvements     5,169,061     4,881,839     4,930,832  
   
 
 
 
      13,314,590     14,271,181     14,814,551  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization     (7,360,919 )   (9,280,593 )   (10,785,351 )
   
 
 
 
    $ 5,953,671   $ 4,990,588   $ 4,029,200  
   
 
 
 

        Equipment purchased under equipment financing agreements (see Note 8) is included in property and equipment. At December 31, 2002 and 2003 and September 30, 2004, financed equipment had a cost basis of $9,337,590, $8,674,231 and $5,928,016, respectively, with accumulated depreciation of $5,111,728, $5,477,326 and $2,126,764, respectively.

8. Equipment Financing and Debt Facility

        In June 2000, the Company entered into an equipment financing agreement with a financing company, which has been amended from time to time. The credit facility is available through April 2005. The equipment loans are secured by the equipment financed.

F-21



        In conjunction with an amendment to the agreement in May 2003, the Company issued warrants to the financing company to purchase 3,000 shares of the Company's Series C convertible preferred stock at $4.80 per share and in conjunction with another amendment to the agreement in June 2004, the Company issued warrants to the financing company to purchase 1,435 shares of the Company's Series C convertible preferred stock at $4.80 per share.

        The fair values of the warrants issued in May 2003 and June 2004 are $8,824 and $3,304, respectively, as determined using the Black-Scholes options pricing model, and are being accounted for as prepaid interest and expensed on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement (12 months). The warrants shall be exercisable until the earlier of ten years after the date of issuance or three years after the Company completes an initial public offering. Under the terms of the amended agreement, the Company is required meet certain equipment holding ratios in respect of categories of equipment financed by the end of the equipment financing line in April 2005 as specified in the agreement.

        As of December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2004, the Company had drawn $6,464,245 and $6,834,517 respectively to finance equipment purchases and leasehold improvements and had $1,951,347 and $1,681,998 respectively available under the facility. Outstanding borrowings bear interest at rates ranging from 7.4% to 12.49% as of December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2004, and are to be paid over 36 to 48 months.

        As of December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2004, the Company was in compliance with all the covenants in these loan agreements.

        Pursuant to the collaboration agreement with Biogen Idec, the Company had drawn $1,600,000 and $3,200,000 under a facility loan agreement as of December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2004 respectively. Refer to Note 5 with regard to the terms and conditions of the facility.

        Aggregate future minimum payments under all debt arrangements at December 31, 2003 are as follows:

Year ending December 31,        
  2004   $ 2,478,474  
  2005     1,211,443  
  2006     573,926  
  2007     190,905  
  2008     1,617,161  
   
 
Total minimum payments     6,071,909  
Less amount representing interest     (653,669 )
   
 
Present value of minimum payments     5,418,240  
Less current portion     (2,169,630 )
   
 
Long-term portion   $ 3,248,610  
   
 

F-22


9. Commitments and Contingencies

        In May 2000, the Company entered into a twelve-year noncancelable operating lease for its facilities in South San Francisco, California.

        Following is a schedule of the Company's noncancelable lease commitments:

Year ending December 31,      
  2004   $ 2,561,142
  2005     2,637,976
  2006     2,717,115
  2007     2,798,629
  2008     2,882,588
  2009 and thereafter     14,067,624
   
Total   $ 27,665,074
   

        The operating lease agreement provides for increasing monthly rent payments over the lease term. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis. For the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 and the nine months ended September 30, 2004, the Company recorded rent expense, net of sublease rental, of $1,640,573, $2,794,711, $2,812,932 and $2,112,889, respectively. The deferred rent balance of $616,026, $942,394 and $1,140,685 at December 31, 2002 and 2003 and September 30, 2004, respectively, represents the difference between actual rent payments and the straight-line expense.

Contingencies

        From time to time, the Company may become involved in claims and other legal matters arising in the ordinary course of business. As of September 30, 2004, management is not aware of any matters that could have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

10. Stockholders' Deficit

Common Stock

        The Company is authorized to issue 48,916,667 shares of common stock. Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders of the Company.

        Subject to the preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends have been declared to date.

Convertible Preferred Stock

        The Company is authorized to issue 36,698,667 shares of convertible preferred stock ("preferred stock"), of which 8,682,000 have been designated as Series A preferred stock, 10,600,000 have been designated as Series B preferred stock, 13,250,000 have been designated as Series C preferred stock, 1,250,000 have been designated as Series C-1 preferred stock and 2,916,667 shares have been

F-23



designated as Series C-2 preferred stock. The Company initially recorded the Series A, B, C, C-1, and C-2 convertible preferred stock at their fair values on the date of issuance, net of issuance costs. A redemption event will only occur upon the liquidation, winding up, change in control or sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company. As the redemption event is outside of the control of the Company, all shares of convertible preferred stock have been presented outside of permanent equity in accordance with EITF topic D-98, Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities . Further, the Company has also elected not to adjust the carrying values of the preferred stock to the redemption value of such shares, since it is uncertain whether or when a redemption event will occur. Subsequent adjustments to increase the carrying values to the redemption values will be made if it becomes probable that such redemption will occur.

        Preferred stockholders are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends at the rate of 8% of the respective liquidation preference per share (as converted) per annum, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, payable in preference to common stock dividends. As of September 30, 2004, no dividends have been declared or paid by the Company.

        In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the holders of Series A, B, C, C-1, and C-2 preferred stock would be entitled to receive, prior to and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Company to the common stockholders, $1.00, $2.60, $4.80, $4.80, and $4.80 per share, respectively, and all declared but unpaid dividends on the preferred stock. Following the payment of this liquidation preference, any remaining assets or surplus funds would be distributed to the holders of preferred stock and common stock on a pro rata basis until the holders of Series A, B, C, C-1, and C-2 preferred stock have received a total of $3.00, $4.60, $8.49, $8.49, and $8.49 per share, respectively. Any remaining assets would be distributed to the common stockholders.

        Series A, B, C, C-1 and C-2 preferred stock is convertible into common stock at the option of the holder at the then-effective conversion price. The initial conversion price per share of Series A, B, C, C-1 and C-2 preferred stock is $1.00, $2.60, $4.80, $4.80, and $4.80, respectively, and is subject to adjustment as specified in the Certificate of Incorporation. Each series of preferred stock will automatically convert upon the closing of an initial public offering with a price of at least $8.00 share and aggregate cash proceeds in excess of $40 million or upon the note by holders of at least 85% of the then outstanding preferred stock.

        The holders of each share of preferred stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such shares of preferred stock could be converted.

Incentive Stock Plans

        The Company's 1998 Stock Plan (the "1998 Plan") was adopted by the Board of Directors in February 1998 and provides for the issuance of common stock, purchase rights, and granting of options to employees, officers, directors, and consultants of the Company. The Company grants shares of common stock for issuance under the 1998 Plan at no less than the estimated fair value of the underlying stock on the grant date, as determined by the Board of Directors. Options granted and shares underlying stock purchase rights issued under the 1998 Plan vest over periods determined by the

F-24



Board of Directors, generally four years, and expire no more than 10 years after the date of grant. Stock that is purchased prior to vesting is subject to the Company's right of repurchase, which lapses over the vesting period.

        The Board of Directors and stockholders initially authorized 3,085,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the 1998 Plan. From that date through June 2004, the board of directors and stockholders approved increases in the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance pursuant to the 1998 Plan aggregating 7,256,350 shares which is net of 472,650 shares allocated to the 2001 Stock Plan (the "2001 Plan").

        In October 2001, the Company's Board of Directors adopted the 2001 Plan under which shares may be allocated for grant as either incentive stock options or nonstatutory stock option grants directly from available shares authorized and reserved for issuance under the 1998 Plan. The options vest as determined by the Board of Directors and expire no more than 10 years after the date of grant. All 442,650 options granted under the 2001 Plan during 2001 were allocated from the shares reserved under the 1998 Plan. The terms of the 2001 Plan are substantially consistent to the 1998 Plan. In April 2002, the Board of Directors approved 471,000 shares of common stock to be reserved for issuance under the 2001 Plan. In April 2003, the management allocated 30,000 shares to the 2001 plan from shares reserved under the 1998 plan. In June 2003, the Board of Directors approved an additional 500,000 shares of common stock to be reserved for issuance under the 2001 Plan.

        Effective in October 2001, any unvested shares repurchased by the Company after that date at their original issue prices will become available for future grant in both plans. As of December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2004, 233,439 and 110,834 shares, respectively, of common stock purchased upon option exercises are subject to repurchase.

        In accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") 00-23, Issues Related to the Accounting for Stock Compensation Under APB Opinion No. 25, and FIN No. 44, shares purchased after March 2002 under an early exercise of stock options are not deemed to be issued until those shares vest. Since March 2002, the Company has issued an aggregate of 25,400 shares of common stock pursuant to the early exercise of stock options. At December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2004, there were zero and 8,484, respectively, of these shares issued subject to the Company's right to repurchase at the original purchase price of $0.60 per share. The amounts received in exchange for these shares have been recorded as a liability for early exercise of stock options in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and will be transferred into common stock and additional paid-in capital as the shares vest.

F-25



        Activity under the Company's stock option plans is summarized as follows:

 
   
  Options Outstanding
 
  Shares
Available
for Grant

  Number
of Shares

  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

Balance at December 31, 2000   242,153   917,501   $ 0.40
  Options authorized   1,900,000      
  Options granted   (1,828,950 ) 1,828,950   $ 0.60
  Options exercised     (35,770 ) $ 0.60
  Options canceled   53,697   (53,697 ) $ 0.50
   
 
     
Balance at December 31, 2001   366,900   2,656,984   $ 0.54
  Options authorized   2,750,000      
  Options granted   (2,559,300 ) 2,559,300   $ 0.60
  Options exercised     (88,125 ) $ 0.41
  Options canceled   279,375   (279,375 ) $ 0.59
  Shares repurchased   16,667     $ 0.10
   
 
     
Balance at December 31, 2002   853,642   4,848,784   $ 0.57
  Options authorized   1,800,000        
  Options granted   (1,474,400 ) 1,474,400   $ 0.60
  Options exercised     (95,831 ) $ 0.47
  Options canceled   402,786   (402,786 ) $ 0.59
  Shares repurchased   34,855     $ 0.10
   
 
     
Balance at December 31, 2003   1,616,883   5,824,567   $ 0.58
  Options granted (unaudited)   (1,855,100 ) 1,855,100   $ 0.61
  Options authorized (unaudited)   750,000     $
  Options cancelled (unaudited)   201,765   (201,765 ) $ 0.44
  Options exercised (unaudited)     (413,352 ) $ 0.50
   
 
     
Balances at September 30, 2004 (unaudited)   713,548   7,064,550   $ 0.59
   
 
     

F-26


        The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2003:

 
  Options Outstanding and Exercisable
Range of
Exercise Prices

  Number
of Shares

  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

  Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

 
   
   
  (In years)

$0.10   149,000   $ 0.10   4.93
$0.30   187,666   $ 0.30   6.25
$0.60   5,487,901   $ 0.60   8.37
   
         
$0.10-$0.60   5,824,567   $ 0.58   8.21
   
         

        The weighted-average fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, 2003, and the nine months ended September 30, 2004 was $0.13, $0.12, $0.17, and $1.71, respectively.

        The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at September 30, 2004 (unaudited):

 
  Options Outstanding and Exercisable
Range of
Exercise Prices

  Number
of Shares

  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

  Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

 
   
   
  (In years)

$0.10   60,000   $ 0.10   4.51
$0.30   95,333   $ 0.30   5.54
$0.60   6,833,717   $ 0.60   8.15
$0.75   75,500   $ 0.75   9.96
   
         
$0.10-$0.75   7,064,550   $ 0.59   8.10
   
         

        The Company has granted common stock options to non-employees in exchange for services. These options have vesting periods ranging from immediate vesting to 48 months. The Company granted options to non-employees to purchase 32,000, 114,000, 88,750 and 48,500 shares in 2001, 2002 and 2003 and the nine months ended September 30, 2004, respectively. The Black-Scholes option pricing model is used to calculate the fair value of the options as they vest. The Company has recognized $63,242, $54,286, $36,098, and $39,836 of expense for the estimated fair value of these options for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, and the nine months ended September 30, 2004, respectively.

        The Company has also reserved 75,000 shares of its common stock related to a performance stock option for another executive as a part of an employment agreement. Under the terms of the agreement, the shares will vest at the end of the vesting period. In addition, when certain milestones have been fully achieved within the time period specified in the agreement, vesting of the options will accelerate. As of September 30, 2004, no milestones have been achieved.

F-27


Warrants

        The Company has outstanding warrants to purchase preferred and common stock at December 31, 2003 as follows:

 
  Shares
  Exercise
Price

  Expiration
Preferred Series A   48,743   $ 1.00   August 2005
Common Stock   130,000   $ 1.00   April 2008
Preferred Series B   71,538   $ 2.60   December 2009
Common Stock   175,000   $ 4.00   May 2010
Preferred Series C   486,750   $ 4.80   July 2010
Preferred Series C   3,000   $ 4.80   June 2013

        In June 2004, the Company issued warrants to purchase 1,435 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at $4.80 per share that expire in June 2014.

Notes Receivable from Officers

        In June 1999, the Company issued notes receivable to an officer to finance the purchase of shares of the Company's common stock. The principal amount of the notes totaled $32,468, the notes bore interest at 5.3% per annum, were full recourse, were secured by shares of the Company's common stock held by the officer and had maturity dates of June 2003 and June 2005. The officer repaid the outstanding balance on the loan during 2003.

        In April 2000, the Company issued a note receivable to an officer to finance the purchase of shares of the Company's common stock. The principal amount of the note is $90,000 and the note bears interest at 6.6% per annum, is full recourse, is secured by shares of the Company's common stock held by the employee, and has a maturity date of April 2004. In 2004 the Company had forgiven the total outstanding balance of the note. The Company has recorded the forgiveness and the tax portion of the imputed interest as a charge to general and administrative expense.

        In May 2000, the Company issued a note receivable to an officer to finance the purchase of shares of the Company's common stock. The principal amount of the note is $135,000 and the note bears interest at 6.6% per annum, is full recourse, is secured by shares of the Company's common stock held by the employee, and has a maturity date of May 2005. Principal and interest on the note are not forgivable.

F-28



Reserved Shares

        The Company had reserved shares of common stock for future issuances as follows:

 
  December 30,
2003

  September 30,
2004

Common stock issuable under warrants   305,000   305,000
Conversion of preferred stock issuable under warrants   610,031   611,466
Conversion of Series A preferred stock   8,467,500   8,467,500
Conversion of Series B preferred stock   9,690,771   9,690,771
Conversion of Series C preferred stock   12,500,000   12,500,000
Conversion of Series C-1 preferred stock   1,250,000   1,250,000
Conversion of Series C-2 preferred stock     2,916,667
Stock option plans   7,441,450   7,778,098
   
 
    40,264,752   43,519,502
   
 

11. Income Taxes

        As of December 31, 2003, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $63,100,000. The Company also had federal research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1,800,000. The net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in 2018, if not utilized. As of December 31, 2003, the Company had a state net operating loss carryforward of approximately $27,400,000, which expires beginning in 2008.

        Utilization of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, that are applicable if the Company experiences an "ownership change," which may occur, for example, as a result of the Company's initial public offering and other sales of the Company's stock, and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization.

        As of December 31, 2002 and 2003, the Company had deferred tax assets of approximately $21,900,000 and $31,800,000, respectively. Realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon future taxable income, if any, the amount and timing of which are uncertain. Accordingly, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The net valuation allowance increased by approximately $4,600,000, $14,300,000 and $9,900,000 during the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. Deferred tax assets primarily relate to net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.

F-29



        The income tax benefit recognized differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory income tax rate of 34% to pretax loss as follows:

 
  Year ended December 31,
 
 
  2001
  2002
  2003
 
Statutory rate   $ (5,450,644 ) $ (6,521,968 ) $ (6,461,754 )
Current year net operating losses and temporary differences, no tax benefit recognized     5,436,319     6,493,187     6,426,884  
Other permanent differences     14,325     28,781     34,870  
   
 
 
 
    $   $   $  
   
 
 
 

        Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of loss and credit carryforwards and temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets for federal and state income taxes are as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2003
 
Deferred tax assets:              
  Net operating loss carryforwards   $ 17,473,000   $ 23,130,000  
  Deferred revenue     1,350,000     2,542,000  
  Capitalized research     1,354,000     1,682,000  
  Property and equipment         263,000  
  Book/tax difference in depreciation         760,000  
  Accrued liabilities     208,000     151,000  
  Federal and state research credits     1,542,000     3,290,000  
   
 
 
Gross deferred tax assets     21,927,000     31,818,000  
Valuation allowance     (21,927,000 )   (31,818,000 )
   
 
 
Net deferred tax assets   $   $  
   
 
 

12. Guarantees and Indemnifications

        In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, " Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others " ("FIN 45"). FIN 45 requires that upon issuance of a guarantee, the guarantor must recognize a liability for the fair value of the obligations it assumes under that guarantee.

        As permitted under Delaware law and in accordance with the Company's Bylaws, the Company indemnifies its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences, subject to certain limits, while the officer or director is or was serving at the Company's request in such capacity. The Company terminates its indemnification agreements with its officers and directors upon the termination of their employment, but the termination will not affect claims for indemnification relating to events occurring

F-30



prior to the effective date of termination. The maximum amount of potential future indemnification is unlimited; however, the Company's director and officer insurance policy limits the Company's exposure and may enable the Company to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. Accordingly, the Company believes that the fair value of these indemnification agreements is minimal. Therefore, the Company has not recorded any liabilities for these agreements as of December 31, 2003 or September 30, 2004.

13. Subsequent events (unaudited)

        In December 2004 the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Company have approved an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation to be filed with the State of Delaware. Under the terms of the amended articles of incorporation, the authorized common stock will be increased to 110,000,000 shares and the authorized preferred stock will be increased to 38,582,000 shares with 8,682,000 shares designated as Series A, 10,600,000 shares designated as Series B, 13,250,000 shares designated as Series C, 1,250,000 shares designated as Series C-1, 4,800,000 shares designated as Series C-2.

        Under the terms of the amended Certificate of Incorporation, the conversion rights of the preferred stock are amended to include a provision that adjusts the conversion ratio of Series B, C, C-1 and C-2 preferred stock based on the Pre-Money Valuation of the Company immediately prior to an initial public offering ("IPO").

        "Pre-Money Valuation" shall be the product of the IPO price per share multiplied by the number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of IPO stock and assuming the exercise of all outstanding options and warrants and the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into common stock as specified in the Certificate of Incorporation.

        In the event of an IPO with a Pre-Money Valuation greater than or equal to approximately $237 million, each share of Series B, C, C-1 and C-2 preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock. If the Pre-Money Valuation is less than $237 million, the holders of Series C, C-1 and C-2 preferred stock will be entitled to received additional shares of common stock upon conversion. If the Pre-Money Valuation is less than $160.0 million the holders of Series B preferred stock will be entitled to receive additional shares of common stock upon conversion.

        Should additional shares be issued in accordance with the above terms, the Company will record a deemed dividend associated with the issuance to reflect the fair value of the additional shares issued. The deemed dividend will be recorded in the period in which the additional shares are issued and will increase the net loss allocable to common stockholders in the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per common share.

F-31


GRAPHIC



PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


ITEM 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered hereby. All amounts are estimates except the Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee and the NASD filing fee.

 
  Amount to be Paid
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee   $ 10,152
NASD filing fee     9,125
Nasdaq National Market initial listing fee     *
Blue sky qualification fees and expenses     *
Printing and engraving expenses     *
Legal fees and expenses     *
Accounting fees and expenses     *
Transfer agent and registrar fees     *
Miscellaneous     *
Total     *

*
To be filed by amendment


ITEM 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the amended and restated bylaws of the registrant provide that (i) the registrant is required to indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law, (ii) the registrant may, in its discretion, indemnify its other employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, (iii) the registrant is required to advance all expenses incurred by its directors and officers in connection with certain legal proceedings, (iv) the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive, and (v) the registrant is authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors, officers, employees and agents. Article IX of the amended and restated bylaws provides for the indemnification of officers, directors and third parties acting on our behalf if such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in and not opposed to our best interest and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the indemnified party had no reason to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

        Article VI of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the registrant provides for the indemnification of directors to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law.

        The registrant has entered into agreements with its directors and officers that require the registrant to indemnify such persons against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts that any such person becomes legally obligated to pay (including with respect to a derivative action) in connection with any proceeding, whether actual or threatened, to which such person may be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the registrant or any of its affiliates. The indemnification agreements also set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder. At present, no litigation or proceeding is pending that involves a director or officer of the registrant regarding which indemnification is sought, nor is the registrant aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

II-1



        The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification under certain circumstances by the underwriters of the registrant, its directors, and certain of its officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or otherwise.

        The registrant maintains a directors' and officers' insurance and registrant reimbursement policy. The policy insures directors and officers against unindemnified losses arising from certain wrongful acts in their capacities as directors and officers and reimburses the registrant for those losses for which the registrant has lawfully indemnified the directors and officers. The policy contains various exclusions, none of which apply to this offering.

        The Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement between the registrant and certain investors provides for cross-indemnification in connection with registration of the registrant's common stock on behalf of such investors.

        See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17.


ITEM 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        From January 1, 2002 through December 31, 2004, the registrant has issued and sold the following unregistered securities:

        1.     The registrant sold an aggregate of 181,315 shares of its common stock to employees, directors and consultants for cash consideration in the aggregate amount of $            upon the exercise of stock options and stock awards,            shares of which have been repurchased.

        2.     The registrant granted stock options and stock awards to employees, directors and consultants under its 1998 Stock Option Plan and 2001 Stock Option Plan covering an aggregate of            shares of common stock, each with an exercise price of $0.60 per share. Of these, options covering an aggregate of            were cancelled without being exercised.

        3.     In December 2002, the registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 1,250,000 shares of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock at a purchase price per share of $4.80 to a single purchaser, for an aggregate purchase price of $6,000,000.

        4.     In August 2004, the registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 2,916,667 shares of Series C-2 convertible preferred stock at a purchase price per share of $4.80 to a single purchaser, for an aggregate purchase price of $14,000,000.

        5.     In June 2003, the registrant issued a warrant to purchase 3,000 shares of our Series C preferred stock at an exercise price per share of $4.80 to a single investor for an aggregate exercise price of $14,400.

        6.     In June 2004, the registrant issued a warrant to purchase 1,435 shares of our Series C preferred stock at an exercise price per share of $4.80 to a single investor for an aggregate exercise price of $6,888.

        The registrant claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act for the sales and issuances of securities in the transactions described in paragraphs (1) and (2) above under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in that such sales and issuances did not involve a public offering or under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, in that they were offered and sold either pursuant to written compensatory plans or pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation, as provided by Rule 701.

        The registrant claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act for the sale and issuance of securities in the transactions described in paragraphs (3) through (6) by virtue of Section 4(2) and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions not involving any public offering. All of the purchasers of unregistered securities for which the registrant relied on Section 4(2)

II-2



and/or Regulation D represented that they were accredited investors as defined under the Securities Act. The registrant claimed such exemption on the basis that (a) the purchasers in each case represented that they intended to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to the distribution thereof and that they either received adequate information about the registrant or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information and (b) appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates issued in such transactions.


ITEM 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)
Exhibits.


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number

  Description
1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1   Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (Delaware).
3.2*   Amendment No. 1 to Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
3.3   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (Delaware) to be effective prior to the closing of the offering.
3.4   Amended Bylaws of the Registrant as currently in effect.
3.5   Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant to be effective upon the closing of the offering.
4.1   Specimen Common Stock certificate of the Registrant.
5.1*   Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP.
10.1   1998 Stock Option Plan and Form of Stock Option Agreement.
10.2   2001 Stock Option Plan and Form of Stock Option Agreement.
10.3*   2005 Equity Incentive Award Plan and Form of Stock Option Agreement.
10.4*   Employee Stock Purchase Plan and Form of Stock Option Agreement.
10.5   Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers.
10.6   Employment Agreement, dated April 9, 1998, by and between the Registrant and James A. Wells.
10.7   Modified Employment Agreement, dated April 15, 2003, by and between the Registrant and Daryl B. Winter.
10.8   Employment Agreement, dated April 18, 2003, by and between the Registrant and Daniel C. Adelman.
10.9   Employment Agreement, dated December 1, 2003, by and between the Registrant and Eric H. Bjerkholt.
10.10   First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated June 21, 2004, by and between the Registrant and Eric H. Bjerkholt.
10.11   Employment Agreement, dated December 1, 2003, by and between the Registrant and Daniel N. Swisher, Jr.
10.12   Employment Agreement, dated December 1, 2003, by and between the Registrant and James W. Young.
10.13   Promissory Note, dated April 13, 2000, by and between the Registrant and Daryl B. Winter, for principal amount of $90,000.
     

II-3


10.14   Promissory Note, dated April 13, 2000, by and between the Registrant and Daryl B. Winter, for principal amount of $100,000 and Employment Agreement, dated April 5, 2000, by and between the Registrant and Daryl B. Winter, defining the terms of the Promissory Note.
10.15   Promissory Note, dated May 17, 2000, by and between the Registrant and James W. Young, for principal amount of $135,000.
10.16   Promissory Note, dated December 18, 2002, by and between the Registrant and Biogen, Inc., for principal amount of up to $4,000,000.
10.17   Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated August 30, 2004, by and among the Registrant and certain stockholders and warrant holders.
10.18   Warrant, dated April 9, 1998, by and between the Registrant and James A. Wells.
10.19   Warrant, dated December 1, 1999, by and between the Registrant and Three Crowns Capital (Bermuda) Limited.
10.20   Warrant, dated July 7, 2000, by and between the Registrant and Broadview Ltd. Limited and Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated December 2004.
10.21   Warrant, dated June 11, 2003, by and between the Registrant and General Electric Capital Corporation.
10.22   Warrant, dated June 21, 2004, by and between the Registrant and General Electric Capital Corporation and Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated December 16, 2004.
10.23   Lease, dated May 12, 2000, by and between Registrant and ARE-Technology Centers SSF, LLC, for office space located at 341 Oyster Point Boulevard, South San Francisco, California.
10.24   First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated December 20, 2000, by and between the Registrant and ARE-Technology Centers SSF, LLC for office space located at 341 Oyster Point Boulevard, South San Francisco, California.
10.25   Master Security Agreement, dated and amended June 15, 2000, by and between the Registrant and General Electric Capital Corporation, Negative Pledge Agreement, dated May 17, 2002, and Form of Promissory Note.
10.26*†   Collaboration Agreement, dated December 18, 2002, by and between the Registrant and Biogen, Inc. (now Biogen Idec MA Inc.).
10.27*†   Amendment No. 1 to Collaboration Agreement, dated June 17, 2003, between the Registrant and Biogen Idec MA Inc.
10.28*†   Amendment No. 2 to Collaboration Agreement, dated September 17, 2003, between the Registrant and Biogen Idec MA Inc.
10.29*†   Collaboration Agreement, dated August 27, 2004, between the Registrant and Biogen Idec MA Inc.
10.30*†   Collaboration Agreement, dated May 3, 2002, by and between the Registrant and Johnson & Johnson Pharmaceutical Research & Development, LLC.
10.31*†   Amendment to Collaboration Agreement, dated December 15, 2002, between the Registrant and Johnson & Johnson Pharmaceutical Research & Development, LLC.
10.32*†   Notice of Extension and Second Amendment to Collaboration Agreement, dated December 15, 2003, between the Registrant and Johnson & Johnson Pharmaceutical Research & Development, LLC.
10.33*†   License and Collaboration Agreement, dated February 12, 2003, by and between the Registrant and Merck & Co., Inc.
     

II-4


10.34*†   License and Research Collaboration Agreement, dated July 22, 2004, by and between the Registrant and Merck & Co., Inc.
10.35*†   License Agreement, dated October 14, 2003, by and between the Registrant and Dainippon Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.
23.1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (See Exhibit 5.1).
24.1*   Power of Attorney (see page II-6).

*
To be filed by amendment.

Portions of the exhibit to be omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

(b)
Schedules

        All schedules have been omitted because they are inapplicable or the requested information is shown in the financial statements of the Registrant or the notes thereto.


ITEM 17. Undertakings.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification by the registrant for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14 or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

        (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

        (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-5



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in South San Francisco, State of California, on the 23rd day of December, 2004.

    SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
DANIEL N. SWISHER, JR.       
Daniel N. Swisher, Jr.
Chief Executive Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Daniel N. Swisher, Jr., Daryl B. Winter, Ph.D. Eric H. Bjerkholt and each of them acting individually, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement on Form S-1 (including post-effective amendments and any related registration statements thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933 and otherwise), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature
  Title
  Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/   JAMES W. YOUNG, PH.D.       
James W. Young, Ph.D.
  Executive Chairman of the Board   December 23, 2004

/s/  
DANIEL N. SWISHER, JR.       
Daniel N. Swisher, Jr.

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

 

December 23, 2004

/s/  
ERIC H. BJERKHOLT       
Eric H. Bjerkholt

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

December 23, 2004

/s/  
ANTHONY B. EVNIN, PH.D.       
Anthony B. Evnin, Ph.D.

 

Director

 

December 23, 2004
         

II-6



/s/  
STEPHEN P.A. FODOR, PH.D.       
Stephen P.A. Fodor, Ph.D.

 

Director

 

December 23, 2004

/s/  
STEVEN D. GOLDBY       
Steven D. Goldby

 

Director

 

December 23, 2004


Russell C. Hirsch, M.D., Ph.D.

 

Director

 

 

/s/  
JONATHAN S. LEFF       
Jonathan S. Leff

 

Director

 

December 23, 2004

/s/  
JAMES A. WELLS, PH.D.       
James A. Wells, Ph.D.

 

President, Chief Scientific Officer and Director

 

December 23, 2004

II-7



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number

  Description
1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1   Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (Delaware).
3.2*   Amendment No. 1 to Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
3.3   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (Delaware) to be effective prior to the closing of the offering.
3.4   Amended Bylaws of the Registrant as currently in effect.
3.5   Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant to be effective upon the closing of the offering.
4.1   Specimen Common Stock certificate of the Registrant.
5.1*   Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP.
10.1   1998 Stock Option Plan and Form of Stock Option Agreement.
10.2   2001 Stock Option Plan and Form of Stock Option Agreement.
10.3*   2005 Equity Incentive Award Plan and Form of Stock Option Agreement.
10.4*   Employee Stock Purchase Plan and Form of Stock Option Agreement.
10.5   Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers.
10.6   Employment Agreement, dated April 9, 1998, by and between the Registrant and James A. Wells.
10.7   Modified Employment Agreement, dated April 15, 2003, by and between the Registrant and Daryl B. Winter.
10.8   Employment Agreement, dated April 18, 2003, by and between the Registrant and Daniel C. Adelman.
10.9   Employment Agreement, dated December 1, 2003, by and between the Registrant and Eric H. Bjerkholt.
10.10   First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated June 21, 2004, by and between the Registrant and Eric H. Bjerkholt.
10.11   Employment Agreement, dated December 1, 2003, by and between the Registrant and Daniel N. Swisher, Jr.
10.12   Employment Agreement, dated December 1, 2003, by and between the Registrant and James W. Young.
10.13   Promissory Note, dated April 13, 2000, by and between the Registrant and Daryl B. Winter, for principal amount of $90,000.
10.14   Promissory Note, dated April 13, 2000, by and between the Registrant and Daryl B. Winter, for principal amount of $100,000 and Employment Agreement, dated April 5, 2000, by and between the Registrant and Daryl B. Winter, defining the terms of the Promissory Note.
10.15   Promissory Note, dated May 17, 2000, by and between the Registrant and James W. Young, for principal amount of $135,000.
10.16   Promissory Note, dated December 18, 2002, by and between the Registrant and Biogen, Inc., for principal amount of up to $4,000,000.
10.17   Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated August 30, 2004, by and among the Registrant and certain stockholders and warrant holders.
10.18   Warrant, dated April 9, 1998, by and between the Registrant and James A. Wells.
10.19   Warrant, dated December 1, 1999, by and between the Registrant and Three Crowns Capital (Bermuda) Limited.
     

10.20   Warrant, dated July 7, 2000, by and between the Registrant and Broadview Ltd. Limited and Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated December 2004.
10.21   Warrant, dated June 11, 2003, by and between the Registrant and General Electric Capital Corporation.
10.22   Warrant, dated June 21, 2004, by and between the Registrant and General Electric Capital Corporation and Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated December 16, 2004.
10.23   Lease, dated May 12, 2000, by and between Registrant and ARE-Technology Centers SSF, LLC, for office space located at 341 Oyster Point Boulevard, South San Francisco, California.
10.24   First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated December 20, 2000, by and between the Registrant and ARE-Technology Centers SSF, LLC for office space located at 341 Oyster Point Boulevard, South San Francisco, California.
10.25   Master Security Agreement, dated and amended June 15, 2000, by and between the Registrant and General Electric Capital Corporation, Negative Pledge Agreement, dated May 17, 2002, and Form of Promissory Note.
10.26*†   Collaboration Agreement, dated December 18, 2002, by and between the Registrant and Biogen, Inc. (now Biogen Idec MA Inc.).
10.27*†   Amendment No. 1 to Collaboration Agreement, dated June 17, 2003, between the Registrant and Biogen Idec MA Inc.
10.28*†   Amendment No. 2 to Collaboration Agreement, dated September 17, 2003, between the Registrant and Biogen Idec MA Inc.
10.29*†   Collaboration Agreement, dated August 27, 2004, between the Registrant and Biogen Idec MA Inc.
10.30*†   Collaboration Agreement, dated May 3, 2002, by and between the Registrant and Johnson & Johnson Pharmaceutical Research & Development, LLC.
10.31*†   Amendment to Collaboration Agreement, dated December 15, 2002, between the Registrant and Johnson & Johnson Pharmaceutical Research & Development, LLC.
10.32*†   Notice of Extension and Second Amendment to Collaboration Agreement, dated December 15, 2003, between the Registrant and Johnson & Johnson Pharmaceutical Research & Development, LLC.
10.33*†   License and Collaboration Agreement, dated February 12, 2003, by and between the Registrant and Merck & Co., Inc.
10.34*†   License and Research Collaboration Agreement, dated July 22, 2004, by and between the Registrant and Merck & Co., Inc.
10.35*†   License Agreement, dated October 14, 2003, by and between the Registrant and Dainippon Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.
23.1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (See Exhibit 5.1).
24.1*   Power of Attorney (see page II-6).

*
To be filed by amendment.

Portions of the exhibit to be omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.



QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
Corporate Information
RISK FACTORS
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
USE OF PROCEEDS
DIVIDEND POLICY
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
CONVERSION OF PREFERRED STOCK AND REVERSE STOCK SPLIT
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
Summary Compensation Table
2003 Option Grants
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
UNDERWRITING
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Balance Sheets
Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Statements of Operations
Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit
Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Statements of Cash Flows
Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Notes to Financial Statements (Information as of September 30, 2004 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2004 is unaudited)
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
EXHIBIT INDEX
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit 3.1

 

EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INCORPORATED

 

Daniel N. Swisher, Jr. and Daryl B. Winter, hereby certify that:

 

ONE:       The original name of this company was Mosaic Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and the date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was February 10, 1998.

 

TWO:     They are the Chief Executive Officer and the Secretary, respectively, of Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”).

 

THREE: The Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of the Corporation is Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

ARTICLE II

 

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19801.  The name of the registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

A.             Classes of Stock .  The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.”  The total number of shares that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 148,582,000 each with a par value of $0.0001 per share.  110,000,000 shall be Common Stock and 38,582,000 are designated shares of Preferred Stock (“ Preferred Stock ”), which collectively refers to all existing series of Preferred Stock as well as any series of Preferred Stock authorized subsequent to this amendment, of which 8,682,000 shares are designated Series A Preferred Stock (“ Series A Preferred Stock ”) 10,600,000 shares are designated Series B Preferred Stock (“ Series B Preferred Stock ”), 13,250,000 shares are designated Series C Preferred Stock (“ Series C Preferred Stock ”), 1,250,000 shares are designated Series C-1 Preferred Stock (“ Series C-1 Preferred Stock ”) and 4,800,000 shares are designated Series C-2 Preferred Stock (“ Series C-2 Preferred Stock ”).

 



 

B.             Rights, Preferences, Privileges and Restrictions of Common Stock and Preferred Stock .  The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock are as follows:

 

1.              Dividends.   The holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends at the rate of eight percent per annum of their respective liquidation preferences per share, or, if greater (as determined on a per annum basis and on an as converted basis of the Preferred Stock), an amount equal to that paid on any other outstanding shares of this Corporation, payable out of funds legally available therefor.  Such dividends shall be payable when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors, acting in its sole discretion, and the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock,  Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series C-2 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive any dividends on a pari passu basis with the Series A Preferred Stock.  The right to receive dividends shall not be cumulative, and no right shall accrue to holders of any shares by reason of the fact that dividends on such shares are not declared and paid in any prior year.  No dividend shall be paid or declared and set aside in any period with respect to any series of Preferred Stock unless and until a dividend has been paid or declared and set apart for payment in such year with respect to each other series of Preferred Stock, ratably in proportion to the annual dividend rate stated above.  No dividend shall be paid to the holders of Preferred Stock (except dividends payable solely in Common Stock of the Corporation) in any year unless dividends are paid or declared and set apart for payment in such year with respect to all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock in an amount equal to the annual dividend rate stated above.  No dividend shall be paid to the holders of Common Stock (except dividends payable solely in Common Stock of the Corporation) in any year unless dividends are paid or declared and set apart for payment in such year with respect to all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock in an amount equal to the annual dividend rate stated above.  After the payment of dividends at the annual rates set forth above, any additional dividends declared shall be distributed to the holders of Common Stock.

 

2.              Liquidation.

 

a.              Preference .  In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series C-2 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, pari passu with each other, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount of $1.00, $2.60, $4.80, $4.80 and $4.80 per share, respectively (in each case as appropriately increased for combinations and reverse stock splits of the Preferred Stock and appropriately decreased for stock splits of the Preferred Stock), for each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock or Series C-2 Preferred Stock then held by them, plus declared but unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series C-2 Preferred Stock, respectively (the “ Liquidation Preference ”).  If the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series C-2 Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of their Liquidation Preference, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed among the holders of Preferred Stock in proportion to the Liquidation Preference each such Holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

 

2



 

b.              Remaining Assets . Upon the completion of the distribution required by Section 2(a) above, all remaining assets thereafter available for distribution to stockholders shall be divided among the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock (on an as converted basis at their respective conversion rates then in effect) pari passu until the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series C-2 Preferred Stock have received an aggregate of $3.00, $4.60, $8.49, $8.49 and $8.49 per share, respectively (in each case as appropriately increased for combinations and reverse stock splits of the Preferred Stock and appropriately decreased for stock splits of the Preferred Stock), (including amounts paid pursuant to Section 2(a) above); thereafter, if assets remain in the Corporation, the holders of the Common Stock of the Corporation shall receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each.

 

c.            Reorganization or Merger .  A reorganization or merger of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or entity, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, in which transaction the Corporation’s stockholders immediately prior to such transaction own immediately after such transaction less than 50% of the equity securities of the surviving corporation or its parent, shall be deemed to be a liquidation within the meaning of this Section 2, unless holders of at least a majority of the Preferred Stock agree to waive such characterization; provided, that such waiver shall not be effective as to the Series C Preferred Stock unless holders of at least a majority of the Series C Preferred Stock agree to waive such characterization; and provided further, that this Section 2(c) shall not apply to a reorganization or merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Corporation.

 

d.              Non-Cash Consideration .  If any assets of the Corporation distributed to stockholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith.  Any securities shall be valued as follows:

 

(i)  Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability:

 

(A)  If traded on a securities exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, the value shall be deemed to be the volume weighted average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the 30-day trading period ending three days prior to the closing;

 

(B) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the volume weighted average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the thirty-day trading period ending three days prior to the closing; and

 

(C) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Board of Directors and the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

 

(ii)  The valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be reduced by an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in Section 2(d) to reflect the approximate fair market

 

3



 

value thereof, as mutually determined by the Board of Directors and the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

 

e.              Notice of Transaction .  The Corporation shall give each holder of record of Preferred Stock written notice of such impending transaction not later than ten days prior to the stockholders’ meeting called to approve such transaction, or ten days prior to the closing of such transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such transaction.  The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending transaction and the provisions of this Section 2, and the Corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes.  The transaction shall in no event take place sooner than 20 days after the Corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than 20 days after the Corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein; provided, however, that such periods may be shortened upon the written consent of all holders of Preferred Stock that are entitled to such notice rights or similar notice rights and that represent at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock.

 

f.               Effect of Noncompliance .  In the event the requirements of Sections 2(c) and 2(e) are not complied with, the Corporation shall forthwith either cause the closing of the transaction to be postponed until such requirements have been complied with, or cancel such transaction as ultra virés, in which event the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences and privileges existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in Section 2(e) hereof.

 

3.              Redemption .  The Preferred Stock is not redeemable.

 

4.              Conversion .  The holders of Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

 

a.              Right to Convert .  Subject to the provisions of Section 4(c), each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series C-2 Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at an initial conversion ratio as is determined by dividing its applicable Liquidation Preference by the Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion.  The Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series C-2 Preferred Stock shall initially be $1.00, $2.60, $4.80, $4.80 and $4.80 respectively (in each case as appropriately increased for combinations and reverse stock splits of the Preferred Stock and appropriately decreased for stock splits of the Preferred Stock), subject to adjustment as provided below.  The number of shares of Common Stock into which a share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock or Series C-2 Preferred Stock is convertible is hereinafter referred to as the “Conversion Rate” of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock or Series C-2 Preferred Stock, as appropriate.

 

b.              Automatic Conversion .  Each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series C-2

 

4



 

Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate, after giving effect to any adjustments in the Conversion Price as a result of Section 4(d)(ii), immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”) pursuant to which the Corporation issues and sells shares of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation to the public (excluding the over-allotment shares, the “ IPO Stock ”) with a public offering price (as set forth on the front cover of the final prospectus relating to such offering, before giving effect to underwriting discounts and commissions and other expenses (the “ IPO Price Per Share ”)), that (x) implies a Pre-Money Valuation (as defined below) of not less than $150.0 million and (y) results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Corporation of not less than $40,000,000 (net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other expenses) (the “ IPO Proceeds ”) (such a public offering being a “ Qualified IPO ”) or (ii) upon the vote by holders of at least 85% of the then outstanding Preferred Stock, voting as a class.  “ Pre-Money Valuation ” shall be the product of the IPO Price Per Share multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of the IPO Stock, after giving effect to any adjustments in the Conversion Price as a result of Section 4(d)(ii) and assuming the exercise of all outstanding options and warrants and the conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock.

 

c.              Mechanics of Conversion .  Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, he shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for such series of Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued.  The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid.  Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of such series of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date.  If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering such Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive Common Stock upon conversion of such Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.

 

d.              Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock for Certain Dilutive Issuances, Splits and Combinations .  The Conversion Price of Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

 

5



 

(i)             Issuance of Additional Stock (other than IPO Stock for which adjustment is made pursuant to Section 4(d)(ii)) below Purchase Price .  If the Corporation shall issue, after the date upon which any shares of a series of Preferred Stock were first issued (the “ Purchase Date ” with respect to such series), any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for such series in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, the Conversion Price for such series in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall automatically be adjusted as set forth in this Section 4(d)(i), unless otherwise provided in this Section 4(d)(i).

 

(A)           Adjustment Formula .  Whenever the Conversion Price is adjusted pursuant to this Section 4(d)(i), the new Conversion Price shall be determined by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance (including, for the purposes of this calculation only, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock outstanding or underlying unexercised warrants to purchase any Preferred Stock and the options or rights to acquire Common Stock reserved for issuance, or issued, pursuant to any stock plans or arrangements with officers, directors or employees of the Corporation, the “ Outstanding Common ”) plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for such issuance would purchase at such Conversion Price; and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Outstanding Common plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock.  For purposes of the foregoing calculation, the term “ Outstanding Common ” shall include shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E) below, but only to the extent the consideration to be paid upon such exercise, conversion or exchange per share of underlying Common Stock is less than or equal to the per share consideration for the Additional Stock that has given rise to the Conversion Price adjustment being calculated.

 

(B)            Additional Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E), deemed to be issued) by the Corporation, other than:

 

i)               shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a transaction described in Section 4(d)(iii) hereof;

 

ii)              shares of Common Stock (or related options) reserved for issuance to employees, officers, directors, consultants, or other persons performing services for the Corporation (including, but not by way of limitation, distributors and sales representatives) pursuant to any stock offering, plan, or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors;

 

iii)             shares of the Corporation’s capital stock or options or warrants to purchase shares of the Corporation’s capital stock issued to financial institutions in connection with the extension of credit to the Corporation, to lessors in connection with the lease of equipment, commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings or other similar transactions approved by the Board of Directors;

 

6



 

iv)            shares of the Corporation’s capital stock or warrants or options to purchase the Corporation’s capital stock issued in connection with bona fide acquisitions, mergers, technology licenses or purchases, sponsored research, corporate partnering agreements, and other similar transactions approved by the Board of Directors;

 

v)             shares of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants outstanding as of the date of this Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

 

vi)            shares issued in connection with a public offering in which all shares of Preferred Stock are converted into Common Stock (provided that the Conversion Price is subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 4(d)(ii)); or

 

vii)           shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock.

 

(C)            No Fractional Adjustments .  No adjustment of the Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock shall be made in an amount less than one cent per share, provided that any adjustments that are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward.

 

(D)           Determination of Consideration .  In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.  In the case of the issuance of the Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment.

 

(E)            Deemed Issuances of Common Stock .  In the case of the issuance (whether before, on or after the applicable Purchase Date) of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock, securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities, the following provisions shall apply for all purposes of Section 4(d)(i):

 

i)               The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, including without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) of such options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in Section 4(d)(i)(D)), if any, received by the Corporation upon the issuance of such options or rights plus

 

7



 

the minimum exercise price provided in such options or rights (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for the Common Stock covered thereby.

 

ii)              The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of or in exchange (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to convertibility or exchangeability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for any such convertible or exchangeable securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for any such securities and related options or rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by the Corporation (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or the exercise of any related options or rights (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in Section 4(d)(i)(D)).

 

iii)             In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon exercise of such options or rights or upon conversion of or in exchange for such convertible or exchangeable securities, including, but not limited to, a change resulting from the antidilution provisions thereof, the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the exercise of any such options or rights or the conversion or exchange of such securities.

 

iv)            Upon the expiration of any such options or rights, the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange or the expiration of any options or rights related to such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities or options or rights related to such securities, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and convertible or exchangeable securities which remain in effect) actually issued upon the exercise of such options or rights, upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or upon the exercise of the options or rights related to such securities.

 

v)             The number of shares of Common Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to Sections 4(d)(i)(E)(i) and 4(d)(i)(E)(ii) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either Section 4(d)(i)(E)(iii) or 4(d)(i)(E)(iv).

 

(F)            No Increased Conversion Price .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 4(d)(i), except to the limited extent provided for in Sections 4(d)(i)(E)(iii) and 4(d)(i)(E)(iv), no adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4(d)(i)

 

8



 

shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price above the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

 

(ii)            Issuance of IPO Stock below Purchase Price .  If the Corporation shall issue IPO Stock at an IPO Price Per Share less than the Conversion Price for such series in effect on the business day prior to the issuance of such IPO Stock, then (i) the Conversion Price for the Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series C-2 Preferred Stock in effect on the business day prior to the date of such issuance shall automatically be adjusted, effective immediately prior to the conversion of the Preferred Stock into Common Stock, as set forth in Section 4(d)(ii)(A), (ii) the Conversion Price for the Series B Preferred Stock in effect on the business day prior to the date of such issuance shall automatically be adjusted, effective immediately prior to the conversion of the Preferred Stock into Common Stock, as set forth in Section 4(d)(ii)(B) and (iii) the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock in effect on the business day prior to the issuance of the IPO Stock shall not be adjusted in connection with the issuance of the IPO Stock.

 

(A)           Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series C-2 Preferred Stock .

 

i)               Pre-Money Valuation Equal to or Greater than $175.0 Million .  If the IPO Price Per Share of IPO Stock implies a Pre-Money Valuation equal to or greater than $175.0 million, then the Conversion Price of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series C-2 Preferred Stock shall be reduced, immediately prior to the conversion of such series of Preferred Stock into Common Stock, to a price equal to the IPO Price Per Share.

 

ii)              Pre-Money Valuation Less than $175.0 Million .  If the IPO Price Per Share of IPO Stock implies a Pre-Money Valuation less than $175.0 million, then (a) the Conversion Price of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series C-2 Preferred Stock shall first be reduced to a price that would be equal to the IPO Price Per Share if the Pre-Money Valuation were equal to $175.0 million (the “ Series C Adjusted Conversion Price ”) and (b) the Series C Adjusted Conversion Price shall then further be adjusted by multiplying the Series C Adjusted Conversion Price by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Pre-IPO Common Stock Outstanding (as defined below) plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the IPO Proceeds (excluding over-allotment shares and before deducting any underwriting discounts or commissions) would purchase at the Series C Adjusted Conversion Price; and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Pre-IPO Common Stock Outstanding plus the number of shares of IPO Stock.  “ Pre-IPO Common Stock Outstanding ” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the business day immediately preceding the date of issuance of the IPO Stock, assuming the exercise of all outstanding warrants to purchase any Preferred Stock and the exercise of any options or rights to acquire Common Stock reserved for issuance as of the date of filing of this certificate of incorporation pursuant to any stock plans or arrangements with officers, directors or employees of the Corporation and the conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock at the Conversion Price in effect on the business day immediately preceding the date of issuance of the IPO Stock; provided that for the avoidance of doubt all such

 

9



 

amounts of Pre-IPO Common Stock Outstanding shall be calculated without regard to any adjustments made pursuant to this Section 4(d)(ii)(A)(ii)(b) or 4(d)(ii)(B).

 

(B)            Series B Preferred Stock .  If the IPO Price Per Share of IPO Stock is less then the Conversion Price of the Series B Preferred Stock in effect on the business day immediately preceding the date of issuance of IPO Stock, then the Series B Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Series B Conversion Price in effect on the business day immediately preceding the date of issuance of IPO Stock by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Pre-IPO Common Stock Outstanding plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the IPO Proceeds (excluding over-allotment shares before deducting any underwriting discounts or commissions) would purchase at the Series B Conversion Price in effect on the business day immediately preceding the date of issuance of IPO Stock; and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Pre-IPO Common Stock Outstanding plus the number of shares of IPO Stock.

 

(C)            No Fractional Adjustments .  No adjustment of the Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock shall be made in an amount less than one cent per share.

 

(D)           No Increased Conversion Price .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 4(d)(ii), no adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4(d)(ii) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price above the Conversion Price in effect on the business day immediately prior to such adjustment.

 

(iii)           Stock Splits and Dividends .  In the event the Corporation should at any time or from time to time after the Purchase Date fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock without a corresponding split or subdivision of the Preferred Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (hereinafter referred to as “ Common Stock Equivalents ”) without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate of shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Common Stock Equivalents with the number of shares issuable with respect to Common Stock Equivalents determined from time to time in the manner provided for deemed issuances in Section 4(d)(i)(E).

 

(iv)           Reverse Stock Splits .  If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Purchase Date is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock without a corresponding combination of the Preferred Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

 

10



 

e.              Other Distributions .  In the event the Corporation shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in Section 4(d)(ii), then, in each such case for the purpose of this Section 4(e), the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

 

f.               Recapitalizations .  If at any time or from time to time there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in this Section 4 or Section 2) provision shall be made so that the holders of the Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of such Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such recapitalization.  In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of such Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of such Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

 

g.              No Impairment .  The Corporation will not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of Preferred Stock against impairment.

 

h.              No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments .

 

(i)             No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of  Preferred Stock, and the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued shall be rounded to the nearest whole share.  The number of shares issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate conversion.

 

(ii)            Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of such Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth

 

11



 

(A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of the Preferred Stock.

 

i.               Notices of Record Date .  In the event of any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock, at least 20 days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

 

j.               Reservation of Stock Issuable upon Conversion .  The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

k.              Notices .  Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 to be given to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given three days after deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

 

l.               Waiver of Anti-Dilution Provisions .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the operation of, and any adjustment of the Conversion Prices pursuant to, the provisions of subsection 4(d) may be waived with respect to any specific share or shares of  Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock or Series C-2 Preferred Stock, either prospectively or retroactively and either generally or in a particular instance by a writing executed by the registered holder of such share or shares.  Any waiver pursuant to this subsection 4(l) shall bind all future holders of the shares of such series of Preferred Stock for which rights have been waived.  In the event that a waiver of adjustment of Conversion Price under this subsection 4(l) results in different Conversion Prices for shares of a series of  Preferred Stock, the Secretary of this Corporation shall maintain a written ledger identifying the Conversion Price for each share of such series of Preferred Stock.  Such information shall be made available to any shareholder of the Corporation upon request.

 

12



 

5.              Voting Rights .

 

a.              Generally .  The holder of each share of Preferred Stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such Preferred Stock could then be converted, and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and, except as to the election of directors as set forth in Section 5(b), shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Common Stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote.  Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward).

 

b.              Election of Directors .

 

(i)             Common Stock .  The holders of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

 

(ii)            Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock . So long as at least an aggregate of 2,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and recapitalizations), the combined holders of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect four members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors; provided that as long as at least 2,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, at least one of such members shall be elected by the holders of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class.

 

(iii)           Series C Preferred Stock .  The holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall have the right to elect one member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

 

(iv)           Remaining Director Positions.   The remaining members of the Corporation’s board of directors, if any, shall be elected by a vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock voting as a single class on an as converted basis.

 

Subject to Section 141 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, any director who shall have been elected by a specified group of shareholders may be removed during the aforesaid term of office, either with or without cause, by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of such specified group, given at a special meeting of such shareholders duly called or by an action by written consent for that purpose.  Any vacancy in the Board of Directors caused by the removal, resignation or death of any such director who shall have been elected by a specified group of shareholders or the declaration by the Board of Directors that the office of such director is vacant because such director has been declared of unsound mind by a court or convicted of a felony may be filled by, and only by, the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of such specified group given at a special meeting of such shareholders or by an action by written consent.

 

13



 

6.              Protective Provisions .  So long as at least 2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or recapitalizations), the Corporation shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a class:

 

a.              effect a merger or reorganization transaction described in Section 2(c) above;

 

b.              take any action that adversely alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the consent of a majority of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock shall be required for any action that (i) adversely affects the rights, preferences or privileges of that series of Preferred Stock in a manner different from other Preferred Stock or (ii) creates or is likely to create a conflict of interest between any series of Preferred Stock and any other series of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 6(b), a Qualified IPO shall neither create nor be likely to create a conflict of interest between such series of Preferred Stock and any other series of Preferred Stock;

 

c.              increase or decrease (other than by redemption or conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock;

 

d.              authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any other equity security, including any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security, having a preference over, or being on a parity with, the Preferred Stock with respect to voting, dividends, conversion or upon liquidation;

 

e.              redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set funds aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any share or shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment, or through the exercise of any right of first refusal;

 

f.               reclassify or recapitalize the capital stock of the Corporation;

 

g.              voluntarily dissolve or liquidate the Corporation, or voluntarily file a petition in bankruptcy on behalf of the Corporation, or change the size of the Corporation’s board of directors.

 

7.              Status of Converted Stock .  In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the shares so converted shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by the Corporation.  The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in the Corporation’s authorized capital stock.

 

14



 

C.             Common Stock .

 

1.              Dividend Rights .  Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

2.              Liquidation Rights .  Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation shall be distributed as provided in Section 2 of Article IV (B).

 

3.              Redemption .  The Common Stock is not redeemable.

 

4.              Voting Rights .  The holder of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law.

 

ARTICLE V

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

A.             To the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

 

B.             The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

 

C.             Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

15



 

* * * *

 

FOUR:    This Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

FIVE:       This Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the Board of Directors and the stockholders of the Corporation.  The total number of outstanding shares entitled to vote or act by written consent was                     shares of Common Stock and                      shares of Preferred Stock.  A majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote or act by written consent and a majority of the outstanding stock of each class and series entitled to vote or act by written consent as a class or series approved this Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation by written consent in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL and written notice of such was given by the Corporation in accordance with said Section 228.

 

16



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on this          day of               2004.

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

Daniel N. Swisher, Jr.

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

Daryl B. Winter

 

Title:

Secretary

 

17




Exhibit 3.3

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

Daniel N. Swisher, Jr. and Daryl B. Winter, hereby certify that:

 

ONE:       The original name of this company was Mosaic Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and the date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was February 10, 1998.

 

TWO:     They are the Chief Executive Officer and the Secretary, respectively, of Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

THREE: The Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of the corporation is Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

ARTICLE II

 

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19801.  The name of the registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

A.             This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .”  The total number of shares that the Corporation is authorized to issue is one hundred five million (105,000,000) shares, one hundred million (100,000,000) shares of which shall be Common Stock and five million (5,000,000) shares of which shall be Preferred Stock.  The Common Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share and the Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share.

 

B.             The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series.  The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) is hereby authorized, by filing a certificate (a “ Certificate of Designation ”) pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, to fix or alter from time to time the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of

 



 

each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock; and to establish from time to time the number of shares constituting any such series or any of them; and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.  In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

 

ARTICLE V

 

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

 

A.             (1)            The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation shall be vested in the Board of Directors.  The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by one or more resolutions adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

2



 

(2)            Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, following the date on which the Corporation is no longer subject to Section 2115 of the California Corporations Code (the “ Qualifying Record Date ”), the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively.  Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors.  At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the Qualifying Record Date, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years.  At the second annual meeting of stockholders, following the Qualifying Record Date, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years.  At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Qualifying Record Date, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years.  At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article VI(A), each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal.  No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

(3)            Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time (i) with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation, entitled to vote at an election of directors (the “ Voting Stock ”) or (ii) without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3 %) of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of the Voting Stock.

 

(4)            Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders.  Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

 

B.             (1)            Subject to Article IX of the Bylaws, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bylaws of the Corporation may be rescinded, altered, amended or repealed in any respect by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3 %) of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of the Voting Stock.

 

3



 

(2)            The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

 

(3)            No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws, and following the Qualifying Record Date, no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent.

 

(4)            Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption) or (iv) by the holders of the shares entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at the meeting, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix.

 

(5)            Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

A.             To the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

 

B.             The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

 

C.             Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VI, nor the adoption of any provision of the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation inconsistent with this Article VI, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VI in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VI, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the Voting Stock required by law, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any Certificate

 

4



 

of Designation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles V, VI and VII.

 

* * * *

 

FOUR:    This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors.

 

FIVE:       This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law by the Board of Directors and the stockholders of the Corporation.  A majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote or act by written consent and a majority of the outstanding stock of each class entitled to vote or act by written consent as a class approved this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation by written consent in accordance with Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and written notice of such was given by the Corporation in accordance with said Section 228.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on this             day of                        , 2004

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Daniel N. Swisher, Jr.

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Daryl B. Winter, Ph.D.

 

 

Secretary

 

5




Exhibit 3.4

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

MOSAIC PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.*

 


*Effective 6/4/98, the name changed to “Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated”

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I.

CORPORATE OFFICES

 

 

 

 

1.1

Registered Office.

 

1.2

Other Offices.

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II.

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

 

 

 

2.1

Place Of Meetings.

 

2.2

Annual Meeting.

 

2.3

Special Meeting.

 

2.4

Notice Of Stockholders’ Meetings.

 

2.5

Manner Of Giving Notice; Affidavit Of Notice.

 

2.6

Quorum.

 

2.7

Adjourned Meeting; Notice.

 

2.8

Conduct Of Business.

 

2.9

Voting.

 

2.10

Waiver Of Notice.

 

2.11

Stockholder Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting.

 

2.12

Record Date For Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents.

 

2.13

Proxies.

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

 

 

 

 

3.1

Powers.

 

3.2

Number Of Directors.*

 

3.3

Election, Qualification And Term Of Office Of Directors.

 

3.4

Resignation And Vacancies.

 

3.5

Place Of Meetings; Meetings By Telephone.

 

3.6

Regular Meetings.

 

3.7

Special Meetings; Notice.

 

3.8

Quorum.

 

3.9

Waiver Of Notice.

 

3.10

Board Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting.

 

3.11

Fees And Compensation Of Directors.

 

3.12

Approval Of Loans To Officers.

 

3.13

Removal Of Directors.

 

3.14

Chairman Of The Board Of Directors.

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV.

COMMITTEES

 

 

 

 

4.1

Committees Of Directors.

 

4.2

Committee Minutes.

 

4.3

Meetings And Action Of Committees.

 

 

i



 

ARTICLE V.

OFFICERS

 

 

 

 

5.1

Officers.

 

5.2

Appointment Of Officers.

 

5.3

Subordinate Officers.

 

5.4

Removal And Resignation Of Officers.

 

5.5

Vacancies In Offices.

 

5.6

Chief Executive Officer.

 

5.7

President.

 

5.8

Vice Presidents.

 

5.9

Secretary.

 

5.10

Chief Financial Officer.

 

5.11

Representation Of Shares Of Other Corporations.

 

5.12

Authority And Duties Of Officers.

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND OTHER AGENTS

 

 

 

 

6.1

Indemnification Of Directors And Officers.

 

6.2

Indemnification Of Others.

 

6.3

Payment Of Expenses In Advance.

 

6.4

Indemnity Not Exclusive.

 

6.5

Insurance.

 

6.6

Conflicts.

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII.

RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

 

 

 

7.1

Maintenance And Inspection Of Records.

 

7.2

Inspection By Directors.

 

7.3

Annual Statement To Stockholders.

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII.

GENERAL MATTERS

 

 

 

 

8.1

Checks.

 

8.2

Execution Of Corporate Contracts And Instruments.

 

8.3

Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares.

 

8.4

Special Designation On Certificates.

 

8.5

Lost Certificates.

 

8.6

Construction; Definitions.

 

8.7

Dividends.

 

8.8

Fiscal Year.

 

8.9

Seal.

 

8.10

Transfer Of Stock.

 

8.11

Stock Transfer Agreements.

 

8.12

Registered Stockholders.

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX.

AMENDMENTS

 

 

ii



 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

MOSAIC PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

ARTICLE I .

 

CORPORATE OFFICES

 

1.1                                  Registered Office .

 

The registered office of the corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.  The name of the registered agent of the corporation at such location is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

1.2                                  Other Offices .

 

The Board of Directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

 

ARTICLE II .

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

2.1                                  Place Of Meetings .

 

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Board of Directors.  In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the registered office of the corporation.

 

2.2                                  Annual Meeting .

 

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors each year.  At the meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

 

2.3                                  Special Meeting .

 

A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board, the president or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than ten percent of the votes at that meeting.

 

If a special meeting is called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the president or the chairman of the board, the request shall be in writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and

 

1



 

shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, or the secretary of the corporation.  No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice.  The officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of this Article II, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request.  If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after the receipt of the request, the person or persons requesting the meeting may give the notice.  Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

 

2.4                                  Notice Of Stockholders’ Meetings .

 

All notices of meetings with stockholders shall be in writing and shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these Bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.  The notice shall specify the place, date, and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

2.5                                  Manner Of Giving Notice; Affidavit Of No tice

 

Written notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it, appears on the records of the corporation.  An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

2.6                                  Quorum .

 

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation.  If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (a) the chairman of the meeting or (b) the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

 

2.7                                  Adjourned Meeting; Notice .

 

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these Bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new

 

2



 

record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

2.8                                  Conduct Of Business .

 

The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

 

2.9                                  Voting .

 

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.12 of these Bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock and to voting trusts and other voting agreements).

 

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

 

2.10                            Waiver Of Notice .

 

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

2.11                            Stockholder Action By Written Consent Wi thout A Meeting .

 

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

 

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.  If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the General Corporation Law of Delaware if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders,

 

3



 

that written notice and written consent have been given as provided in Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

2.12                            Record Date For Stockholder Notice; Voti ng; Giving Consents .

 

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

 

If the Board of Directors does not so fix a record date:

 

(a)                                   The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

(b)                                  The record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is delivered to the corporation.

 

(c)                                   The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

2.13                            Proxies .

 

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by a written proxy, signed by the stockholder and filed with the secretary of the corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.  A proxy shall be deemed signed if the stockholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholder’s attorney-in-fact.  The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212(e) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

4



 

ARTICLE III .

 

DIRECTORS

 

3.1                                  Powers .

 

Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

3.2                                  Number Of Directors .*

 

Upon the adoption of these bylaws, the number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be not less than two (2) nor more than seven (7).  The exact number of directors shall be two (2).  Thereafter, this number may be changed by a resolution of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders, subject to Section 3.4 of these Bylaws.  No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before such director’s term of office expires.

 

3.3                                  Election, Qualification And Term Of Offi ce Of Directors .

 

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these Bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting.  Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed.  Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

 

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

 

3.4                                  Resignation And Vacancies .

 

Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the attention of the Secretary of the corporation.  When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws:

 

(a)                                   Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

 

5



 

(b)                                  Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

 

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten (10) percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware as far as applicable.

 

3.5                                  Place Of Meetings; Meetings By Telephone .

 

The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

3.6                                  Regular Meetings .

 

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

 

3.7                                  Special Meetings; Notice .

 

Special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the secretary or any two directors.

 

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first class mail or telegram, charges prepaid, addressed to

 

6



 

each director at that director’s address as it is shown on the records of the corporation.  If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting.  If the notice is delivered personally or by telephone or by telegram, it shall be delivered personally or by telephone or to the telegraph company at least forty eight (48) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting.  Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director.  The notice need not specify the purpose or the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

 

3.8                                  Quorum .

 

At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors, present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation.  If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

 

A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

 

3.9                                  Waiver Of Notice .

 

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose, of any regular or special meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

3.10                            Board Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting .

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.  Written consents representing actions taken by the board or committee may be executed by telex, telecopy or other facsimile transmission, and such facsimile shall be valid and binding to the same extent as if it were an original.

 

7



 

3.11                            Fees And Compensation Of Directors .

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.  No such compensation shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

3.12                            Approval Of Loans To Officers .

 

The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation.  The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation.  Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

3.13                            Removal Of Directors .

 

Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or by these Bylaws, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors; provided , however , that if the stockholders of the corporation are entitled to cumulative voting, if less than the entire Board of Directors is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against his removal would be sufficient to elect him if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire Board of Directors.

 

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

 

3.14                            Chairman Of The Board Of Directors .

 

The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a chairman of the Board of Directors who shall not be considered an officer of the corporation.

 

ARTICLE IV .

 

COMMITTEES

 

4.1                                  Committees Of Directors .

 

The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation.  The Board may designate 1 or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting,

 

8



 

whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, or in these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters:  (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by this chapter to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.

 

4.2                                  Committee Minutes .

 

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

 

4.3                                  Meetings And Action Of Committees .

 

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone), Section 3.6 (regular meetings), Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice), Section 3.8 (quorum), Section 3.9 (waiver of notice), and Section 3.10 (action without a meeting) of these Bylaws, with such changes in the context of such provisions as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members; provided , however , that the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee, that special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee.  The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE V .

 

OFFICERS

 

5.1                                  Officers .

 

The officers of the corporation shall be a chief executive officer, a president, a secretary, and a chief financial officer.  The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these Bylaws.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

9



 

5.2                                  Appointment Of Officers .

 

The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 or 5.5 of these Bylaws, shall be appointed by the Board of Directors, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

 

5.3                                  Subordinate Officers .

 

The Board of Directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or the president to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

5.4                                  Removal And Resignation Of Officers .

 

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board of Directors.

 

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the attention of the Secretary of the corporation.  Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.  Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

5.5                                  Vacancies In Offices .

 

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

5.6                                  Chief Executive Officer .

 

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the chairman of the board, if any, the chief executive officer of the corporation shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the corporation.  He or she shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a chairman of the board, at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of chief executive officer of a corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these bylaws.

 

5.7                                  President .

 

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the chairman of the board (if any) or the chief executive officer, the president shall have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and other officers of the corporation.  He or she shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested

 

10



 

in the office of president of a corporation and such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

 

5.8                                  Vice Presidents .

 

In the absence or disability of the chief executive officer and president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their, rank as fixed by the Board of Directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president.  The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board of Directors, these Bylaws, the president or the chairman of the board.

 

5.9                                  Secretary .

 

The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the Board of Directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors, and stockholders.  The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

 

The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

 

The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors required to be given by law or by these Bylaws.  He or she shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws.

 

5.10                            Chief Financial Officer .

 

The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital retained earnings, and shares.  The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.

 

The chief financial officer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.  He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, shall render to the president, the chief executive officer, or the directors, upon request, an account of all his or her transactions as chief financial officer and of the

 

11



 

financial condition pf the corporation, and shall have other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the bylaws.

 

5.11                            Representation Of Shares Of Other Corpor ations .

 

The chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, the chief financial officer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation.  The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by the person having such authority.

 

5.12                            Authority And Duties Of Officers .

 

In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the stockholders.

 

ARTICLE VI .

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES,
AND OTHER AGENTS

 

6.1                                  Indemnification Of Directors And Officer s .

 

The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, indemnify each of its directors and officers against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation.  For purposes of this Section 6.1, a “director” or “officer” of the corporation includes any person (a) who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, (b) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (c) who was a director or officer of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

 

6.2                                  Indemnification Of Others .

 

The corporation shall have the power, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, to indemnify each of its employees and agents (other than directors and officers) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation.  For purposes of this Section 6.2, an “employee” or “agent” of the corporation (other than a director or officer) includes any person (a) who is or was an employee or agent

 

12



 

of the corporation, (b) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (c) who was an employee or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

 

6.3                                  Payment Of Expenses In Advance .

 

Expenses incurred in defending any action or proceeding for which indemnification is required pursuant to Section 6.1 or for which indemnification is permitted pursuant to Section 6.2 following authorization thereof by the Board of Directors shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnified party to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the indemnified party is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Article VI.

 

6.4                                  Indemnity Not Exclusive .

 

The indemnification provided by this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, to the extent that such additional rights to indemnification are authorized in the certificate of incorporation.

 

6.5                                  Insurance .

 

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

6.6                                  Conflicts .

 

No indemnification or advance shall be made under this Article VI, except where such indemnification or advance is mandated by law or the order, judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, in any circumstance where it appears:

 

(a)                                   That it would be inconsistent with a provision of the certificate of incorporation, these Bylaws, a resolution of the stockholders or an agreement in effect at the time of the accrual of the alleged cause of the action asserted in the proceeding in which the expenses were incurred or other amounts were paid, which prohibits or otherwise limits indemnification; or

 

(b)                                  That it would be inconsistent with any condition expressly imposed by a court in approving a settlement.

 

13



 

ARTICLE VII .

 

RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

7.1                                  Maintenance And Inspection Of Records .

 

The corporation shall, either at its principal executive offices or at such place or places as designated by the Board of Directors, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these Bylaws as amended to date, accounting books, and other records.

 

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom.  A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder.  In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder.  The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business.

 

7.2                                  Inspection By Directors .

 

Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director.  The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought.  The Court may summarily order the corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom.  The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

 

7.3                                  Annual Statement To Stockholders .

 

The Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

 

ARTICLE VIII .

 

GENERAL MATTERS

 

8.1                                  Checks .

 

From time to time, the Board of Directors shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

 

14



 

8.2                                  Execution Of Corporate Contracts And Ins truments .

 

The Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.  Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

8.3                                  Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares .

 

The shares of a corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares.  Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation.  Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairman or vice chairman of the Board of Directors, or the president or vice president, and by the chief financial officer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor.  Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated.  Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

8.4                                  Special Designation On Certificates .

 

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided , however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to

 

15



 

represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

8.5                                  Lost Certificates .

 

Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time.  The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate previously issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or the owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

8.6                                  Construction; Definitions .

 

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the Delaware General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of these Bylaws.  Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

 

8.7                                  Dividends .

 

The directors of the corporation, subject to any restrictions contained in (a) the General Corporation Law of Delaware or (b) the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock.  Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock.

 

The directors of the corporation may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.  Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

 

8.8                                  Fiscal Year .

 

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors and may be changed by the Board of Directors.

 

8.9                                  Seal .

 

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which may be altered at pleasure, and may use the same by causing it or a facsimile thereof, to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

16



 

8.10                            Transfer Of Stock .

 

Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

 

8.11                            Stock Transfer Agreements .

 

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

8.12                            Registered Stockholders .

 

The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE IX .

 

AMENDMENTS

 

The Bylaws of the corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided , however , that the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws upon the directors.  The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

 

17



 

CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF BYLAWS

 

OF

 

MOSAIC PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

ADOPTION BY INCORPORATOR

 

The undersigned person appointed in the certificate of incorporation to act as the Incorporator of MOSAIC PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. hereby adopts the foregoing bylaws as the Bylaws of the corporation.

 

Executed this 17th day of February, 1998.

 

 

 

/s/ Mark B. Weeks

 

Mark B. Weeks, Incorporator

 

 

CERTIFICATE BY SECRETARY OF ADOPTION BY INCORPORATOR

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that the undersigned is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of MOSAIC PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., and that the foregoing Bylaws were adopted as the Bylaws of the corporation on February 17, 1998, by the person appointed in the certificate of incorporation to act as the Incorporator of the corporation.

 

Executed this 17th day of February, 1998.

 

 

 

/s/ Mark B. Weeks

 

Mark B. Weeks, Secretary

 

18



 

CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF BYLAWS

 

OF

 

MOSAIC PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

The undersigned, being the duly acting and appointed Secretary of Mosaic Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a California corporation, hereby certifies that the Article III, Section 3.2 of the Bylaws of this corporation was amended by the Board of Directors by unanimous written consent dated April 2, 1998, to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“The number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be not less than five (5) nor more than seven (7).  The exact number of directors shall be five (5).  Thereafter, this number may be changed by a resolution of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders, subject to Section 3.4 of these Bylaws.  No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before such director’s term of office expires.”

 

Dated:              April 2, 1998

 

 

/s/ Mark B. Weeks

 

Mark B. Weeks, Secretary

 

19



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

 

OF

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

The undersigned, being the duly acting and appointed Secretary of Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, a Delaware corporation, hereby certifies that the Article III, Section 3.2 of the Bylaws of this corporation was amended by the Board of Directors at its meeting held April 14, 1999, to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“The number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be not less than five (5) nor more than seven (7).  The exact number of directors shall be six (6).  Thereafter, this number may be changed by a resolution of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders, subject to Section 3.4 of these Bylaws.  No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before such director’s term of office expires.”

 

Dated: April 14, 1999

 

 

/s/ Mark B. Weeks

 

Mark B. Weeks, Secretary

 

20



 

AMENDMENT TO THE BYLAWS

 

OF

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

Section 3.2 of Article III of the Bylaws of Sunesis Pharmaceuticals incorporated, was amended in its entirety by the Board of Directors in an Action by Unanimous Written Consent on November 9, 1999 to read as follows:

 

“The number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be not less than five (5) nor more than seven (7).  The exact number of directors shall be seven (7).  Thereafter, this number may be changed by a resolution of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders, subject to Section 3.4 of these Bylaws.  No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before such director’s term of office expires.”

 

21



 

AMENDMENT TO THE BYLAWS

 

OF

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

Section 3.2 of Article III of the Bylaws of Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, was amended in its entirety by the Board of Directors at a meeting of the Board of Directors on June 20, 2000 to read as follows:

 

“The number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be a range of not less than seven (7) nor more than nine (9).  The exact number of directors within this range shall be eight (8).  Thereafter, either this range or this number may be changed by a resolution of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders, subject to Section 3.4 of these Bylaws.  No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before such director’s term of office expires.”

 

22




Exhibit 3.5

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

 

 

 

 

1.1

REGISTERED OFFICE

 

1.2

OTHER OFFICES

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

 

 

 

2.1

PLACE OF MEETINGS

 

2.2

ANNUAL MEETING

 

2.3

SPECIAL MEETING

 

2.4

ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES; NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

2.5

MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE

 

2.6

QUORUM

 

2.7

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

 

2.8

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

 

2.9

VOTING

 

2.10

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

 

2.11

RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS

 

2.12

PROXIES

 

2.13

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

 

2.14

INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

 

 

 

 

3.1

POWERS

 

3.2

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

 

3.3

ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

 

3.4

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

 

3.5

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

 

3.6

REGULAR MEETINGS

 

3.7

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

 

3.8

QUORUM

 

3.9

BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

 

3.10

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

 

3.11

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

 

 

 

 

4.1

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

 

4.2

COMMITTEE MINUTES

 

4.3

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

 

 

 

 

5.1

OFFICERS

 

5.2

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

 

5.3

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

 

 

i



 

5.4

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

 

5.5

VACANCIES IN OFFICES

 

5.6

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

 

5.7

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI - RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

 

 

 

6.1

MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS

 

6.2

INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII - GENERAL MATTERS

 

 

 

 

7.1

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

 

7.2

STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

 

7.3

SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

 

7.4

LOST CERTIFICATES

 

7.5

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

 

7.6

DIVIDENDS

 

7.7

FISCAL YEAR

 

7.8

SEAL

 

7.9

TRANSFER OF STOCK

 

7.10

STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

 

7.11

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

 

7.12

WAIVER OF NOTICE

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII - NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

 

 

 

 

8.1

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

 

8.2

DEFINITION OF ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

 

8.3

INAPPLICABILITY

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX - INDEMNIFICATION

 

 

 

 

9.1

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

9.2

INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

 

9.3

PREPAYMENT OF EXPENSES

 

9.4

DETERMINATION; CLAIM

 

9.5

NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

 

9.6

INSURANCE

 

9.7

OTHER INDEMNIFICATION

 

9.8

AMENDMENT OR REPEAL

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS

 

 

ii



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS OF SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

 

1.1           REGISTERED OFFICE.

 

The registered office of Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

1.2            OTHER OFFICES.

 

The corporation’s Board of directors (the “ Board ”) may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

 

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

2.1            PLACE OF MEETINGS.

 

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Board.  The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”).  In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal executive office.

 

2.2            ANNUAL MEETING.

 

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year.  The Board shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting.  In the absence of such designation the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on the second Tuesday of May of each year at 10:00 a.m.  However, if such day falls on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time and place on the next succeeding business day.  At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

 

2.3            SPECIAL MEETING.

 

A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, chairperson of the Board, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), but such special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons.

 

No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders.  Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.

 



 

2.4            ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES ; NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS.

 

                (i)             At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.  To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be: (A) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the board of directors, (B) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (C) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder. For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation not less than one hundred twenty (120) calendar days before the one year anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy statement to stockholders in connection with the previous year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided , however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting has been changed by more than thirty (30) days from the date of the prior year’s meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the later of one hundred twenty (120) calendar days in advance of such annual meeting and ten (10) calendar days following the date on which public announcement of the date of the meeting is first made. A stockholder’s notice to the secretary shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (b) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business, (c) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are beneficially owned by the stockholder, (d) any material interest of the stockholder in such business, and (e) any other information that is required to be provided by the stockholder pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ 1934 Act ”), in his capacity as a proponent to a stockholder proposal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholder’s meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act.  Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (i). The chairman of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (i), and, if he should so determine, he shall so declare at the meeting that any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

 

                (ii)            Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (ii) shall be eligible for election as directors. Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors of the corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders by or at the direction of the board of directors or by any stockholder of the corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this paragraph (ii). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the board of directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the secretary of the corporation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (i) of this Section 2.4. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth (a) as to each person, if any, whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of such person, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are beneficially owned by such person, (D) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, and (E) any other information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for elections of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including

 

 

2



 

without limitation such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (b) as to such stockholder giving notice, the information required to be provided pursuant to paragraph (i) of this Section 2.4. At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election as a director shall furnish to the secretary of the corporation that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (ii). The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

These provisions shall not prevent the consideration and approval or disapproval at an annual meeting of reports of officers, directors and committees of the board of directors, but in connection therewith no new business shall be acted upon at any such meeting unless stated, filed and received as herein provided.  Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business brought before a meeting by a stockholder shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with procedures set forth in this Section 2.4.

 

All notices of meetings of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with either Section 2.5 or Section 8.1 of these bylaws not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.  The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

2.5            MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE.

 

Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given:

 

                (i)             if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the corporation’s records; or

 

                (ii)            if electronically transmitted as provided in Section 8.1 of these bylaws.

 

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or of the transfer agent or any other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by mail or by a form of electronic transmission, as applicable, shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

2.6            QUORUM.

 

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders.  If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

 

3



 

2.7            ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE.

 

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place if any thereof, and the means of remote communications if any by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

2.8            CONDUCT OF BUSINESS .

 

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

 

2.9            VOTING .

 

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

 

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

 

2.10          STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof having a preference over the Common Stock as dividend or upon liquidation, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

 

2.11          RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS.

 

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other such action.

 

If the Board does not so fix a record date:

 

                (i)             The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is

 

4



 

given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

                (ii)            The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

2.12          PROXIES.

 

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.  The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

 

2.13          LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE.

 

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting:  (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s principal executive office.  In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation.  If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.  If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.  Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

 

2.14          INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

 

A written proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the person.

 

Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment.  The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3).  If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the

 

5



 

meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

 

Such inspectors shall:

 

                (i)             determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies;

 

                (ii)            receive votes, ballots or consents;

 

                (iii)           hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;

 

                (iv)           count and tabulate all votes or consents;

 

                (v)            determine when the polls shall close;

 

                (vi)           determine the result; and

 

                (vii)          do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.

 

The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical.  If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all.  Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

 

3.1            POWERS.

 

Subject to the provisions of the DGCL and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board.

 

3.2            NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.

 

The authorized number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board, provided the Board shall consist of at least one member.  No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

3.3            ELECTION , QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS.

 

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor

 

6



 

is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.  Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.  The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

 

If so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the corporation shall be divided into three classes.

 

3.4            RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES.

 

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation.  When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.  If the directors are divided into classes, a person so elected by the directors then in office to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

 

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

 

3.5            PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE.

 

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

7



 

3.6            REGULAR MEETINGS.

 

Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

 

3.7            SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE.

 

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

 

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

 

                (i)             delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

 

                (ii)            sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

                (iii)           sent by facsimile; or

 

                (iv)          sent by electronic mail,

 

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.

 

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting.  If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting.  Any oral notice may be communicated to the director.  The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

 

3.8            QUORU M.

 

At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.  If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

 

A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

 

3.9            BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a

 

8



 

meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

3.10          FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

3.11          REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.

 

Any director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause.

 

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

 

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

 

4.1            COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS.

 

The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the authorized number of directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation.  The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation,

 

4.2            COMMITTEE MINUTES.

 

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

 

4.3            MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES.

 

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

 

                (i)             Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

 

9



 

                (ii)            Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

 

                (iii)           Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice);

 

                (iv)           Section 3.8 (quorum);

 

                (v)            Section 7.12 (waiver of notice); and

 

                (vi)           Section 3.9 (action without a meeting)

 

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members.  However :

 

(i)             the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

 

(ii)           special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

 

(iii)          notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee.  The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

 

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

 

5.1            OFFICERS.

 

The officers of the corporation shall be a president and a secretary.  The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a chairperson of the Board, a vice chairperson of the Board, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

5.2            APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS.

 

The Board shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 and 5.5 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

 

5.3            SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.

 

The Board may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require.  Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

10



 

5.4            REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS.

 

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

 

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation.  Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice.  Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

5.5            VACANCIES IN OFFICES.

 

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board or as provided in Section 5.2.

 

5.6            REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.

 

The chairperson of the Board, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation.  The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

5.7            AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS.

 

All officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board or the stockholders and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

 

ARTICLE VI - RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

6.1            MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS.

 

The corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the Board, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, accounting books, and other records.

 

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom.  A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s

 

11



 

interest as a stockholder.  In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent so to act on behalf of the stockholder.  The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal executive office.

 

6.2            INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS.

 

Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director.  The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought.  The Court may summarily order the corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom.  The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

 

ARTICLE VII - GENERAL MATTERS

 

7.1            EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS.

 

The Board, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.  Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

7.2            STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES.

 

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares.  Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation.  Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairperson or vice-chairperson of the Board, or the president or vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor.  Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated.  Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall

 

12



 

declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

7.3            SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES.

 

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

7.4            LOST CERTIFICATES.

 

Except as provided in this Section 7.4, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time.  The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

7.5            CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS.

 

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws.  Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

 

7.6            DIVIDENDS.

 

The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in either (i) the DGCL, or (ii) the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock.  Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock.

 

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

 

7.7            FISCAL YEAR.

 

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

 

13



 

7.8            SEAL.

 

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board.  The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

7.9            TRANSFER OF STOCK.

 

Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

 

7.10          STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS.

 

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

7.11          REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS.

 

The corporation:

 

(i)            shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

 

(ii)           shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

 

(iii)          shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

7.12          WAIVER OF NOTICE.

 

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

14



 

ARTICLE VIII - NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

 

8.1            NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

 

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given.  Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.  Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

 

(i)            the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and

 

(ii)           such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

 

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

(i)            if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

(ii)           if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

(iii)          if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

(iv)          if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

 

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

8.2            DEFINITION OF ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

 

An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

15



 

8.3            INAPPLICABILITY.

 

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

 

ARTICLE IX - INDEMNIFICATION

 

9.1            INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

The corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any director or officer of the corporation who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.  The corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board.

 

9.2            INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

 

The corporation shall have the power to indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any employee or agent of the corporation who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was an employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

 

9.3            PREPAYMENT OF EXPENSES

 

The corporation shall pay the expenses incurred by any officer or director of the corporation, and may pay the expenses incurred by any employee or agent of the corporation, in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however , that the payment of expenses incurred by a person in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article IX or otherwise.

 

9.4            DETERMINATION; CLAIM

 

If a claim for indemnification or payment of expenses under this Article IX is not paid in full within sixty days after a written claim therefor has been received by the corporation the claimant may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim.  In any such action the corporation shall have the burden of proving that the claimant was not entitled to the requested indemnification or payment of expenses under applicable law.

 

16



 

9.5            NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

 

The rights conferred on any person by this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

9.6            INSURANCE

 

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

9.7            OTHER INDEMNIFICATION

 

The corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit enterprise.

 

9.8            AMENDMENT OR REPEAL

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS

 

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote.  However, the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors.  The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

 

17



 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation and that the foregoing bylaws, comprising                               pages, were amended and restated on                         , 20     by the corporation’s board of directors.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his or her hand this          day of                     , 20    .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secretary

 




Exhibit 4.1

 

 

SPI

S U N E S I S

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC .
INCORPORATED UNDER THE  LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

867328 50 2

 

 

 

This Certified that

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Is the record holder of

FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, $0.0001 PAR VALUE, OF

 

--------------------- SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. --------------------

 

Transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed.  This certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar.

        WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

 

        Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECRETARY

 

PRESIDENT

 

 

 

 

 



 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

The Corporation shall furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock of the Corporation or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Such requests shall be made to the Corporation’s Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM

as tenants in common

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT—

..................

Custodian

..........................

TEN ENT

as tenants by the entireties

 

 

(Cust)

 

(Minor)

JT TEN

as joint tenants with right of underUniform Gifts to Minors survivorship and not as tenants in common

 

under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act..................................................................

                                (State)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UNIF TRF MIN ACT—

.................

Custodian (until age .........................)

 

 

 

 

(Cust)

 

 

 

 

 

 

...........................under Uniform Transfers to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Minor)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minors Act

....................................................

 

 

 

 

 

 

(State)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                                     hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

 

 

                                                                                                                                                                                               

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                                                                 __ Shares of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

                                                                                                                                                                                    Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

 

Dated                                                    

X                                                                                             

 

X                                                                                             

THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE NOTICE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

Signature(s) Guaranteed

 

 

By                                                                          

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCK­BROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.



Exhibit 10.1

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS INCORPORATED

 

1998 STOCK PLAN
(amended as of October 4, 2001)

 

1.              Purposes of the Plan .   The purposes of this 1998 Stock Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees and Consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries and to promote the success of the Company’s business.  Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options (as defined under Section 422 of the Code) or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an option and subject to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.  Stock purchase rights may also be granted under the Plan.

 

2.              Definitions .   As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)            Administrator means the Board or any of its Committees appointed pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.

 

(b)            Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(c)            Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(d)            Committee means the Committee appointed by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 4(a) and (b) of the Plan.

 

(e)            Common Stock means the Common Stock of the Company.

 

(f)             Company means Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, a Delaware corporation.

 

(g)            Consultant means any person, including an advisor, who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render services and is compensated for such services, and any director of the Company whether compensated for such services or not.

 

(h)            Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant.  Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of:  (i) sick leave; (ii) military leave; (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Administrator, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than 90 days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to Company policy adopted from time to time; or (iv) in the case of transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective successors.  For purposes of this Plan, a change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or from a Consultant to an Employee will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant.

 



 

(i)             Employee means any person, including officers and directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, with the status of employment determined based upon such minimum number of hours or periods worked as shall be determined by the Administrator in its discretion, subject to any requirements of the Code.  The payment by the Company of a director’s fee to a director shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” of such director by the Company.

 

(j)             Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(k)            Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the fair market value of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i)             If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system including without limitation the National Market of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation (“ Nasdaq ”) System, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported), as quoted on such system or exchange, or the exchange with the greatest volume of trading in Common Stock for the last market trading day prior to the time of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

(ii)            If the Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq System (but not on the National Market thereof) or regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock for the last market trading day prior to the time of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

(iii)           In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

(l)             Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, as designated in the applicable written Option Agreement.

 

(m)           Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, as designated in the applicable written Option Agreement.

 

(n)            Option means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(o)            Option Agreement means a written agreement between an Optionee and the Company reflecting the terms of an Option granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to such Option Agreement, including, but not limited to, a notice of stock option grant and a form of exercise notice.

 

(p)            Optioned Stock means the Common Stock subject to an Option or a Stock Purchase Right.

 

2



 

(q)            Optionee means an Employee or Consultant who receives an Option or a Stock Purchase Right.

 

(r)             Parent means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code, or any successor provision.

 

(s)            Plan means this 1998 Stock Plan.

 

(t)             Reporting Person means an officer, director, or greater than 10% stockholder of the Company within the meaning of Rule 16a-2 under the Exchange Act, who is required to file reports pursuant to Rule 16a-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

(u)            Restricted Stock means shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of a Stock Purchase Right under Section 10 below.

 

(v)            Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement means a written agreement between a holder of a Stock Purchase Right and the Company reflecting the terms of a Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to such agreement.

 

(w)           Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as the same may be amended from time to time, or any successor provision.

 

(x)             Share means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 12 of the Plan.

 

(y)            Stock Exchange means any stock exchange or consolidated stock price reporting system on which prices for the Common Stock are quoted at any given time.

 

(z)             Stock Purchase Right means the right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 10 below.

 

(aa)          Subsidiary means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code, or any successor provision.

 

3.              Stock Subject to the Plan .   Subject to the provisions of Section 12 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be optioned and sold under the Plan is 10,341,350 shares of Common Stock.  The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.  If an Option should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan.  In addition, any Shares of Common Stock which are retained by the Company upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right in order to satisfy the exercise or purchase price for such Option or Stock Purchase Right or any withholding taxes due with respect to such exercise shall be treated as not issued and shall continue to be available under the Plan.  Shares of Restricted Stock or restricted stock issued pursuant to an Option which are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price shall become available for future grant under the Plan.

 

3



 

4.              Administration of the Plan .

 

(a)            Initial Plan Procedure .   Prior to the date, if any, upon which the Company becomes subject to the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board.

 

(b)            Plan Procedure After the Date, if any, Upon Which the Company Becomes Subject to the Exchange Act .

 

(i)             Multiple Administrative Bodies .   If permitted by Rule 16b-3, grants under the Plan may be made by different bodies with respect to directors, non-director officers and Employees or Consultants who are not Reporting Persons.

 

(ii)            Administration With Respect to Reporting Persons .   With respect to grants of Options or Stock Purchase Rights to Employees who are Reporting Persons, such grants shall be made by (A) the Board if the Board may make grants to Reporting Persons under the Plan in compliance with Rule 16b-3, or (B) a Committee designated by the Board to make grants to Reporting Persons under the Plan, which Committee shall be constituted in such a manner as to permit grants under the Plan to comply with Rule 16b-3.  Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board.  From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies, however caused, and remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly make grants to Reporting Persons under the Plan, all to the extent permitted by Rule 16b-3.

 

(iii)           Administration With Respect to Consultants and Other Employees .   With respect to grants of Options or Stock Purchase Rights to Employees or Consultants who are not Reporting Persons, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee designated by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted in such a manner as to satisfy the legal requirements relating to the administration of Incentive Stock Option plans, if any, of applicable corporate and securities laws, of the Code and of any applicable Stock Exchange (the “ Applicable Laws ”).  Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board.  From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies, however caused, and remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws.

 

(c)            Powers of the Administrator .   Subject to the provisions of the Plan and in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, including the approval, if required, of any Stock Exchange, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

 

(i)             to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, in accordance with Section 2(k) of the Plan;

 

4



 

(ii)            to select the Consultants and Employees to whom Options and Stock Purchase Rights or any combination thereof may from time to time be granted hereunder;

 

(iii)           to determine whether and to what extent Options and Stock Purchase Rights or any combination thereof are granted hereunder;

 

(iv)           to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each such award granted hereunder;

 

(v)            to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

 

(vi)           to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any award granted hereunder;

 

(vii)          to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be settled in cash under Section 9(f) instead of Common Stock;

 

(viii)         to reduce the exercise price of any Option to the then current Fair Market Value if the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock covered by such Option shall have declined since the date the Option was granted;

 

(ix)            to determine the terms and restrictions applicable to Stock Purchase Rights and the Restricted Stock purchased by exercising such Stock Purchase Rights;

 

(x)             to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted pursuant to the Plan; and

 

(xi)            in order to fulfill the purposes of the Plan and without amending the Plan, to modify grants of Options or Stock Purchase Rights to participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States in order to recognize differences in local law, tax policies or customs.

 

(d)            Effect of Administrator’s Decision .   All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all holders of Options or Stock Purchase Rights.

 

5.              Eligibility .

 

(a)            Recipients of Grants .   Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be granted to Employees and Consultants.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.  An Employee or Consultant who has been granted an Option or Stock Purchase Right may, if he or she is otherwise eligible, be granted additional Options or Stock Purchase Rights.

 

(b)            Type of Option .   Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.  However, notwithstanding such designations, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares

 

5



 

with respect to which Options designated as Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.  For purposes of this Section 5(b), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to an Incentive Stock Option shall be determined as of the date of the grant of such Option.

 

(c)            The Plan shall not confer upon the holder of any Option or Stock Purchase Right any right with respect to continuation of employment or consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with such holder’s right or the Company’s right to terminate his or her employment or consulting relationship at any time, with or without cause.

 

6.              Term of Plan .   The Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board of Directors or its approval by the stockholders of the Company as described in Section 19 of the Plan.  It shall continue in effect for a term of ten years unless sooner terminated under Section 15 of the Plan.

 

7.              Term of Option .   The term of each Option shall be the term stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement and provided further that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

 

8.              Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

 

(a)            The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Board and set forth in the applicable agreement, but shall be subject to the following:

 

(i)             In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is:

 

(A)           granted to an Employee who, at the time of the grant of such Incentive Stock Option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(B)            granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(ii)            In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option that is:

 

(A)           granted to a person who, at the time of the grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the grant.

 

6



 

(B)            granted to any person, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(b)            The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant) and may consist entirely of (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note (subject to the provisions of Section 153 of the Delaware General Corporation Law), (4) other Shares that (x) in the case of Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender or such other period as may be required to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (5) authorization for the Company to retain from the total number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the exercise price for the total number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised, (6) delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with such other documentation as the Administrator and the broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option and delivery to the Company of the sale or loan proceeds required to pay the exercise price and any applicable income or employment taxes, (7) delivery of an irrevocable subscription agreement for the Shares that irrevocably obligates the option holder to take and pay for the Shares not more than twelve months after the date of delivery of the subscription agreement, (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment, or (9) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted under the Applicable Laws.  In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

 

9.              Exercise of Option .

 

(a)            Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder .   Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and reflected in the Option Agreement, which may include vesting requirements and/or performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee; provided, however, that such Option shall become exercisable at the rate of at least 20% per year over five years from the date the Option is granted. In the event that any of the Shares issued upon exercise of an Option should be subject to a right of repurchase in the Company’s favor, such repurchase right shall lapse at the rate of at least 20% per year over five years from the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the above, in the case of an Option granted to an officer, director or Consultant of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, the Option may become fully exercisable, and a repurchase right, if any, in favor of the Company shall lapse, at any time or during any period established by the Administrator.

 

An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and the Company has received full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised.  Full payment may, as authorized by the Board, consist of any

 

7



 

consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 8(b) of the Plan.  Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, not withstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly upon exercise of the Option.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

 

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares that thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

 

(b)            Termination of Employment or Consulting Relationship .   Subject to Section 9(c) below, in the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant with the Company, such Optionee may, but only within three months (or such other period of time not less than 30 days as is determined by the Administrator, with such determination in the case of an Incentive Stock Option being made at the time of grant of the Option and not exceeding three months) after the date of such termination (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), exercise his or her Option to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination.  To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of such termination, or if the Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.  No termination shall be deemed to occur and this Section 9(b) shall not apply if (i) the Optionee is a Consultant who becomes an Employee, or (ii) the Optionee is an Employee who becomes a Consultant.

 

(c)            Disability of Optionee .

 

(i)             Notwithstanding Section 9(b) above, in the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant as a result of his or her total and permanent disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), such Optionee may, but only within twelve months from the date of such termination (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), exercise the Option to the extent otherwise entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination.  To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of termination, or if the Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

 

(ii)            In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant as a result of a disability which does not fall within the meaning of total and permanent disability (as set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), such Optionee may, but only within six months from the date of such termination (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), exercise the Option to the extent otherwise entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination.  However, to the extent that such Optionee fails to exercise an Option which is an Incentive Stock Option (“ ISO ”) (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) within three months of the date of such

 

8



 

termination, the Option will not qualify for ISO treatment under the Code.  To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of termination, or if the Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within six months from the date of termination, the Option shall terminate.

 

(d)            Death of Optionee .   In the event of the death of an Optionee during the period of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant since the date of grant of the Option, or within 30 days following termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant, the Option may be exercised, at any time within six months following the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), by such Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent of the right to exercise that had accrued at the date of death or, if earlier, the date of termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant.  To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of death or termination, as the case may be, or if the Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

 

(e)            Rule 16b-3 .   Options granted to Reporting Persons shall comply with Rule 16b-3 and shall contain such additional conditions or restrictions as may be required thereunder to qualify for the maximum exemption for Plan transactions.

 

10.            Stock Purchase Rights .

 

(a)            Rights to Purchase .   Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan.  After the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid (which price shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of the offer, or, in the case of a person owning stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of the offer), and the time within which such person must accept such offer, which shall in no event exceed 30 days from the date upon which the Administrator made the determination to grant the Stock Purchase Right.  The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

 

(b)            Repurchase Option .   Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s employment with the Company for any reason (including death or disability).  The purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be the original purchase price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine; provided, however, that with respect to an Optionee who is not an officer, director or Consultant

 

9



 

of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, it shall lapse at a minimum rate of 20% per year.

 

(c)            Other Provisions .   The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.  In addition, the provisions of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements need not be the same with respect to each purchaser.

 

(d)            Rights as a Stockholder .   Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have the rights equivalent to those of a stockholder, and shall be a stockholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

 

11.            Stock Withholding to Satisfy Withholding Tax Obligations .  At the discretion of the Administrator, Optionees may satisfy withholding obligations as provided in this paragraph.  When an Optionee incurs tax liability in connection with an Option or Stock Purchase Right, which tax liability is subject to tax withholding under applicable tax laws, and the Optionee is obligated to pay the Company an amount required to be withheld under applicable tax laws, the Optionee may satisfy the withholding tax obligation by one or some combination of the following methods:  (a) by cash or check payment, or (b) out of the Optionee’s current compensation, (c) if permitted by the Administrator, in its discretion, by surrendering to the Company Shares that (i) in the case of Shares previously acquired from the Company, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (ii) have a fair market value on the date of surrender equal to or less than the Optionee’s marginal tax rate times the ordinary income recognized, or (d) by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option, or the Shares to be issued in connection with the Stock Purchase Right, if any, that number of Shares having a fair market value equal to the amount required to be withheld.  For this purpose, the fair market value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined (the “ Tax Date ”).

 

Any surrender by a Reporting Person of previously owned Shares to satisfy tax withholding obligations arising upon exercise of this Option must comply with the applicable provisions of Rule 16b-3.

 

All elections by an Optionee to have Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations shall be made in writing in a form acceptable to the Administrator and shall be subject to the following restrictions:

 

(a)            the election must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax Date;

 

(b)            once made, the election shall be irrevocable as to the particular Shares of the Option or Stock Purchase Right as to which the election is made; and

 

(c)            all elections shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of the Administrator.

 

10



 

In the event the election to have Shares withheld is made by an Optionee and the Tax Date is deferred under Section 83 of the Code because no election is filed under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Optionee shall receive the full number of Shares with respect to which the Option or Stock Purchase Right is exercised but such Optionee shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back to the Company the proper number of Shares on the Tax Date.

 

12.            Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Certain Other Transactions .

 

(a)            Changes in Capitalization .   Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, and the number of shares of Common Stock that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options or Stock Purchase Rights have yet been granted or that have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.”  Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive.  Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or Stock Purchase Right.

 

(b)            Dissolution or Liquidation .   In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Board shall notify the Optionee at least 15 days prior to such proposed action.  To the extent it has not been previously exercised, the Option or Stock Purchase Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

(c)            Merger or Sale of Assets .   In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or a merger of the Company with or into another corporation where the successor corporation issues its securities to the Company’s stockholders, each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be assumed or an equivalent option or right shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation, unless the successor corporation does not agree to assume the Option or Stock Purchase Right or to substitute an equivalent option or right, in which case such Option or Stock Purchase Right shall terminate upon the consummation of the merger or sale of assets. For purposes of this Section 12(c), an Option or a Stock Purchase Right shall be considered assumed, without limitation, if, at the time of issuance of the stock or other consideration upon such merger or sale of assets, each holder of an Option or a Stock Purchase Right would be entitled to receive upon exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right the same number and kind of shares of stock or the same amount of property, cash or securities as such holder would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of such transaction if the holder had been, immediately

 

11



 

prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by the Option or the Stock Purchase Right at such time (after giving effect to any adjustments in the number of Shares covered by the Option or Stock Purchase Right as provided for in this Section 12).

 

(d)            Certain Distributions .   In the event of any distribution to the Company’s stockholders of securities of any other entity or other assets (other than dividends payable in cash or stock of the Company) without receipt of consideration by the Company, the Administrator may, in its discretion, appropriately adjust the price per share of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right to reflect the effect of such distribution.

 

13.            Non-Transferability of Options and Stock Purchase Rights .   Options and Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised or purchased during the lifetime of the Optionee or Stock Purchase Rights Holder only by the Optionee or Stock Purchase Rights Holder.

 

14.            Time of Granting Options and Stock Purchase Rights .   The date of grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock Purchase Right, or such other date as is determined by the Board; provided, however, that in the case of any Incentive Stock Option, the grant date shall be the later of the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Incentive Stock Option or the date of commencement of the Optionee’s employment relationship with the Company.  Notice of the determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Option or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

15.            Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

 

(a)            Authority to Amend or Terminate .   The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuation shall be made that would impair the rights of any Optionee under any grant theretofore made, without his or her consent.  In addition, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Rule 16b-3 or with Section 422 of the Code (or any other applicable law or regulation, including the requirements of any Stock Exchange), the Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

 

(b)            Effect of Amendment or Termination .   No amendment or termination of the Plan shall adversely affect Options already granted, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Board, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.

 

16.            Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .   Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right unless the exercise of such Option or Stock Purchase Right and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as

 

12



 

amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any Stock Exchange.

 

As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by law.

 

17.            Reservation of Shares .   The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.  The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

18.            Agreements .   Options and Stock Purchase Rights shall be evidenced by written Option Agreements and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements, respectively, in such form(s) as the Administrator shall approve from time to time.

 

19.            Stockholder Approval .   Continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve months before or after the date the Plan is adopted.  Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under applicable state and federal law and the rules of any Stock Exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed.  All Options and Stock Purchase Rights issued under the Plan shall become void in the event such approval is not obtained.

 

20.            Information and Documents to Optionees and Purchasers .   The Company shall provide financial statements at least annually to each Optionee and to each individual who acquired Shares Pursuant to the Plan, during the period such Optionee or purchaser has one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights outstanding, and in the case of an individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such Shares.  The Company shall not be required to provide such information if the issuance of Options or Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan is limited to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.  In addition, at the time of issuance of any securities under the Plan, the Company shall provide to the Optionee or the Purchaser a copy of the Plan and any agreement(s) pursuant to which securities granted under the Plan are issued.

 

13




Exhibit 10.2

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

2001 STOCK PLAN

 

1.              Purposes of the Plan .  The purposes of this Stock Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business.  Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant.

 

2.              Definitions .  As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)            Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

(b)            Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Options are granted under the Plan.

 

(c)            Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(d)            Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)             Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or

 

(ii)            The consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

 

(iii)           The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.

 

(e)            Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(f)             Committee ” means a committee of Directors appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

(g)            Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

 



 

(h)            Company ” means Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(i)             Consultant ” means any person who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render consulting or advisory services to such entity.

 

(j)             Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

(k)            Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

(l)             Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.  A Service Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor.  For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract.  If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then three (3) months following the 90th day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.  Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

 

(m)           Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(n)            Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i)             If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

(ii)            If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination; or

 

(iii)           In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

(o)            Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

2



 

(p)            Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(q)            Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(r)             Option Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant.  The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(s)            Optioned Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to an Option.

 

(t)             Optionee ” means the holder of an outstanding Option granted under the Plan.

 

(u)            Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

(v)            Plan ” means this 2001 Stock Plan.

 

(w)           Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

 

(x)             Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 12 below.

 

(y)            Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

3.              Stock Subject to the Plan .  Subject to the provisions of Section 12 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to option and sold under the Plan is 1,443,650 Shares.  The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

 

If an Option expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated).  However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon exercise of an Option, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan, except that if Shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to an Option are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan.

 

4.              Administration of the Plan .

 

(a)            The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

(b)            Powers of the Administrator .  Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:

 

3



 

(i)             to determine the Fair Market Value;

 

(ii)            to select the Service Providers to whom Options may from time to time be granted hereunder;

 

(iii)           to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such Option granted hereunder;

 

(iv)           to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

 

(v)            to determine the terms and conditions of any Option granted hereunder.  Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or the Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

 

(vi)           to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;

 

(vii)          to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld.  The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined.  All elections by Optionees to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable; and

 

(viii)         to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Options granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(c)            Effect of Administrator’s Decision .  All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Optionees.

 

5.              Eligibility .  Nonstatutory Stock Options may be granted to Service Providers.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

 

6.              Limitations .

 

(a)            Incentive Stock Option Limit .  Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.  However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds

 

4



 

$100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.  For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted.  The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

 

(b)            At-Will Employment .  Neither the Plan nor any Option shall confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.

 

7.              Term of Plan .  Subject to shareholder approval in accordance with Section 18, the Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board.  Unless sooner terminated under Section 14, it shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (i) the effective date of the Plan, or (ii) the date of the most recent Board approval of an increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

 

8.              Term of Option .  The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

 

9.              Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

 

(a)            Exercise Price .  The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:

 

(i)             In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

 

(A)           granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(B)            granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(ii)            In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall be determined by the Administrator.

 

(iii)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction.

 

5



 

(b)            Forms of Consideration .  The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant).  Such consideration may consist of, without limitations, (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note, (4) other Shares, provided Shares acquired from the Company, either directly or indirectly, (x) have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (5) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan, or (6) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.  In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

 

10.            Exercise of Option .

 

(a)            Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder .  Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement.  Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted hereunder shall be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence.  An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised.  Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan.  Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her spouse.  Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

 

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

 

(b)            Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider .  If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, such Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement).  In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Optionee’s termination.  If, on the date of termination,

 

6



 

the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan.  If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

(c)            Disability of Optionee .  If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Optionee’s total and permanent disability, as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement).  In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee’s termination.  If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan.  If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

(d)            Death of Optionee .  If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), by the Optionee’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Optionee’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator.  If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Optionee, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Optionee’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution.  In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee’s termination.  If, at the time of death, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan.  If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

11.            Non-Transferability of Options .  Options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.

 

12.            Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Change in Control .

 

(a)            Changes in Capitalization .  Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number and type of Shares which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option, and the number and type of Shares covered by each outstanding Option, as well as the price per Share covered by each such outstanding Option, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number or type of issued Shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.  The conversion of any convertible

 

7



 

securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.”  Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive.  Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number, type or price of Shares subject to an Option.

 

(b)            Dissolution or Liquidation .  In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction.  The Administrator in its discretion may provide for an Optionee to have the right to exercise his or her Option until fifteen (15) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Optioned Stock covered thereby, including Shares as to which the Option would not otherwise be exercisable.  In addition, the Administrator may provide that any Company repurchase option applicable to any Shares purchased upon exercise of an Option shall lapse as to all such Shares, provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner contemplated.  To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Option will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

(c)            Merger or Change in Control .  In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or a Change in Control, each outstanding Option shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation.  If the successor corporation in a merger or Change in Control refuses to assume or substitute for the Option, then each outstanding Option shall terminate upon the consummation of the merger or Change in Control.  For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Option confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

 

13.            Time of Granting Options .  The date of grant of an Option shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option, or such later date as is determined by the Administrator.  Notice of the determination shall be given to each Service Provider to whom an Option is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

8



 

14.            Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

 

(a)            Amendment and Termination .  The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

 

(b)            Shareholder Approval .  The Board shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

(c)            Effect of Amendment or Termination .  No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.  Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

15.            Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

 

(a)            Legal Compliance .  Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

(b)            Investment Representations .  As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Administrator may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

16.            Inability to Obtain Authority .  The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

17.            Reservation of Shares .  The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

18.            Shareholder Approval .  The Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted.  Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws.

 

9


 


 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

2001 STOCK PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2001 Stock Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement.

 

I.              NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Name:

 

Address:

 

 

The undersigned Optionee has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant

 

Vesting Commencement Date

 

Exercise Price per Share

 

Total Number of Shares Granted

 

Total Exercise Price

 

Type of Option                                                                     Incentive Stock Option

 

                                                                Nonstatutory Stock Option

 

 

Term/Expiration Date

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting

                schedule:

 

 

 



 

 

1/48 of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest each month after the Vesting Commencement Date, and thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to Optionee continuing to be a Service Provider on such dates.

 

 

Termination Period:

 

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. Upon Optionee’s death or Disability, this option may be exercised for one (1) year after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. In no event may Optionee exercise this Option after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above.

 

 

II.            AGREEMENT

 

1. Grant of Option. The Plan Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant (the “Optionee”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 14(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

 

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“IS0”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”).

 

2.  Exercise of Option.

 

(a)           Right to Exercise.   This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

 

(b)           Method of Exercise.    This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A   (the “Exercise Notice”) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.

 

 



 

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise complies with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

3.             Optionee’s Representations.   In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, the Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

 

4.             Lock-Up Period.   Optionee hereby agrees that Optionee shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Optionee (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act.

 

Optionee agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Optionee shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred eighty (180) day period. Optionee agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section.

 

5.             Method of Payment.   Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

 

 



 

 

(a)           cash or check;

 

(b)           consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

 

(c)           surrender of other Shares which, (i) in the case of Shares acquired from the Company, either directly or indirectly, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender, and (ii) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares.

 

6.             Restrictions on Exercise.   This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

 

7.             Non-Transferability of Option.   This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

 

8.             Term of Option.   This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

 

 

9.             Tax Obligations.

 

(a)           Withholding Taxes.  Optionee agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

 

(b)           Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares.   If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (1) the date two years after the Date of Grant, or (2) the date one year after the date of exercise, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee.

 

10.           Entire Agreement: Governing Law.   The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings

 

 



 

and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

 

 

                11.           No Guarantee of Continued Service.   OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER).  OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE BESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

 

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

 

OPTIONEE

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residence Address

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

2001 STOCK PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

341 Oyster Point Boulevard

South San Francisco, CA 94080

Attention: [                ]

 

 

1.             Exercise of Option .  Effective as of today,                       , the undersigned (“Optionee”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase.                        shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2001 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                        (the “Option Agreement”).

 

2.             Delivery of Payment.    Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

 

3.             Renresentations of Optionee. Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

4.             Rights as Shareholder.    Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Shares shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement.  No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

 

5.             Company’s Right of First Refusal.   Before any Shares held by Optionee or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “Right of First Refusal”).

 

 



 

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal.   At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to anyone or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

 

(c) Purchase Price.   The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section shall be the Offered Price.  If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

 

(d) Payment.   Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer.   If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 120 days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers.   Anything to the contrary contained in this Section notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Optionee’s lifetime or on the Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to the Optionee’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section.

 

 



 

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal.   The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

6.             Tax Consultation.   Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

 

7.             Restrictive Legends and Ston- Transfer Orders.

 

(a) Legends.   Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRAICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER.  SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

(b) Stop Transfer Notices.   Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

(c) Refusal to Transfer.   The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

 



 

8.             Successors and Assigns.   The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

9.             Interpretation.   Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

 

10.           Governing Law: Severability.   This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Option Agreement will continue in full force and effect.

 

11.           Entire Agreement.   The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

 

Submitted by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accepted by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPTIONEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

341 Oyster Point Boulevard

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

South San Francisco, CA 94080

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date Received

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

2001 STOCK PLAN

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE:

 

CO:MPANY:                         SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

SECURITY:                           COMMON STOCK

 

AMOUNT:

 

DATE:

 

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:

 

(a) Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

(b) Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

 

 



 

 

(c) Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to the Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

 

(d) Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

 

 

Signature of Optionee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 



 

ATTACHMENT A

 

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the undersigned (“Purchaser”) and Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated (the “Company”) dated                   ,                 (the “Agreement” ), Purchaser hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                                  (                 ) shares of the Common Stock of the Company, standing in Purchaser’s name on the books of the Company and represented by Certificate No.                 , and hereby irrevocably appoints to transfer said stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises. THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND THE ATTACHMENTS THERETO.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Optionee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spouse of Optionee (if applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Instruction: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its Repurchase Option set forth in the Agreement without requiring additional signatures on the part of Purchaser.

 

 



 

ATTACHMENT B

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND STATEMENT OF DECISION REGARDING SECTION 83(b) ELECTION

 

The undersigned (which term includes the undersigned’s spouse), a purchaser of shares of Common Stock of Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) by exercise of an option (the “Option”) granted pursuant to the Company’s 2001 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby states as follows:

 

1.             The undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan relating to the offering of such shares. The undersigned has carefully reviewed the Plan and the option agreement pursuant to which the Option was granted.

 

2.             The undersigned either [check and complete as applicable]

 

 

(a)                  has consulted, and has been fully advised by, the undersigned’s own tax advisor,                               ,  whose business address is                                              , regarding the federal, state and local tax consequences of purchasing shares under the Plan, and particularly regarding the advisability of making elections pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ CODE ”) and pursuant to the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law; or

 

(b)                  has knowingly chosen not to consult such a tax advisor.

 

3.             The undersigned hereby states that the undersigned has decided [check as applicable]

 

(a)                      to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, and is submitting to the Company, together with the undersigned’s executed Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, an executed form entitled “Election Under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;”

 

 

(b)                      to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, and is submitting to the Company, together with the undersigned’s executed Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, an executed form entitled “Election Under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 for purposes of the Alternative Minimum Tax”; or

 

(c)                       not to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

 

 



 

4.             Neither the Company nor any subsidiary or representative of the Company has made any warranty or representation to the undersigned with respect to the tax: consequences of the undersigned’s purchase of shares under the Plan or of the making or failure to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law.

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Optionee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spouse of Optionee (if applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 



Exhibit 10.5

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of                         , 200     by and between Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                                  (the “ Indemnitee ”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Company and Indemnitee recognize the increasing difficulty in obtaining liability insurance for directors, officers and key employees, the significant increases in the cost of such insurance and the general reductions in the coverage of such insurance.  The Company and Indemnitee further recognize the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, subjecting directors, officers and key employees to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the availability and coverage of liability insurance has been severely limited.  Indemnitee does not regard the current protection available as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee and agents of the Company may not be willing to continue to serve as agents of the Company without additional protection.  The Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, and to indemnify its directors, officers and key employees so as to provide them with the maximum protection permitted by law.

 

AGREEMENT

 

In consideration of the mutual promises made in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and Indemnitee hereby agree as follows:

 

1.              Indemnification .

 

(a)            Third Party Proceedings .   The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company, by reason of any action or inaction on the part of Indemnitee while an officer or director or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (if such settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee

 



 

reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

(b)            Proceedings By or in the Right of the Company .   The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or proceeding by or in the right of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company, by reason of any action or inaction on the part of Indemnitee while an officer or director or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement (if such settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), in each case to the extent actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudicated by court order or judgment to be liable to the Company in the performance of Indemnitee’s duty to the Company and its stockholders unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or proceeding is or was pending shall determine upon application that, in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper.

 

(c)            Mandatory Payment of Expenses .   To the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 1(a) or Section 1(b) or the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection therewith.

 

2.              No Employment Rights .   Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to create in Indemnitee any right to continued employment.

 

3.              Expenses; Indemnification Procedure .

 

(a)            Advancement of Expenses .   The Company shall advance all expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section l(a) or Section 1(b) hereof (including amounts actually paid in settlement of any such action, suit or proceeding).  Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized hereby.

 

(b)            Notice/Cooperation by Indemnitee .   Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to his or her right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification

 

2



 

will or could be sought under this Agreement.  Notice to the Company shall be directed to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and shall be given in accordance with the provisions of Section 12(d) below.  In addition, Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation as it may reasonably require and as shall be within Indemnitee’s power.

 

(c)            Procedure .   Any indemnification and advances provided for in Section 1 and this Section 3 shall be made no later than twenty (20) days after receipt of the written request of Indemnitee.  If a claim under this Agreement, under any statute, or under any provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws providing for indemnification, is not paid in full by the Company within twenty (20) days after a written request for payment thereof has first been received by the Company, Indemnitee may, but need not, at any time thereafter bring an action against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, subject to Section 11 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid for the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) of bringing such action.  It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in connection with any action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition) that Indemnitee has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Company and Indemnitee shall be entitled to receive interim payments of expenses pursuant to Section 3(a) unless and until such defense may be finally adjudicated by court order or judgment from which no further right of appeal exists.  It is the parties’ intention that if the Company contests Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, the question of Indemnitee’s right to indemnification shall be for the court to decide, and neither the failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors, any committee or subgroup of the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct required by applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors, any committee or subgroup of the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

(d)            Notice to Insurers .   If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.  The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

(e)            Selection of Counsel .   In the event the Company shall be obligated under Section 3(a) hereof to pay the expenses of any proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such proceeding, with counsel approved by Indemnitee, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election so to do.  After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same proceeding, provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any such proceeding at

 

3



 

Indemnitee’s expense; and (ii) if (A) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense or (C) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such proceeding, then the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Company.

 

4.              Additional Indemnification Rights; Nonexclusivity .

 

(a)            Scope .   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, notwithstanding that such indemnification is not specifically authorized by the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s Bylaws or by statute.  In the event of any change, after the date of this Agreement, in any applicable law, statute, or rule which expands the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors or an officer, such changes shall be deemed to be within the purview of Indemnitee’s rights and the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.  In the event of any change in any applicable law, statute or rule which narrows the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors or an officer, such changes, to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute or rule to be applied to this Agreement shall have no effect on this Agreement or the parties’ rights and obligations hereunder.

 

(b)            Nonexclusivity .   The indemnification provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, its Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested members of the Company’s Board of Directors, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.  The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity even though he or she may have ceased to serve in any such capacity at the time of any action, suit or other covered proceeding.

 

5.              Partial Indemnification .   If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the expenses, judgments, fines or penalties actually or reasonably incurred in the investigation, defense, appeal or settlement of any civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such expenses, judgments, fines or penalties to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

6.              Mutual Acknowledgment .   Both the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances, Federal law or public policy may override applicable state law and prohibit the Company from indemnifying its directors and officers under this Agreement or otherwise.  For example, the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) has taken the position that indemnification is not permissible for liabilities arising under certain federal securities laws, and federal legislation prohibits indemnification for certain ERISA violations. Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Company has undertaken or may be required in the future to undertake with the SEC to submit

 

4



 

the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Company’s right under public policy to indemnify Indemnitee.

 

7.              Officer and Director Liability Insurance .   The Company shall, from time to time, make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the officers and directors of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts, or to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. Among other considerations, the Company will weigh the costs of obtaining such insurance coverage against the protection afforded by such coverage.  In all policies of director and officer liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors, if Indemnitee is a director; or of the Company’s officers, if Indemnitee is not a director of the Company but is an officer; or of the Company’s key employees, if Indemnitee is not an officer or director but is a key employee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain such insurance if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available, if the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, if the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit, or if Indemnitee is covered by similar insurance maintained by a parent or subsidiary of the Company.

 

8.              Severability .   Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law.  The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable as provided in this Section 8.  If this Agreement or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Agreement that shall not have been invalidated, and the balance of this Agreement not so invalidated shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

9.              Exceptions .   Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:

 

(a)            Claims Initiated by Indemnitee .   To indemnify or advance expenses to Indemnitee with respect to proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except with respect to proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, but such indemnification or advancement of expenses may be provided by the Company in specific cases if the Board of Directors finds it to be appropriate;

 

(b)            Lack of Good Faith .   To indemnify Indemnitee for any expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to any proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee in such proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous;

 

5



 

(c)            Insured Claims .  To indemnify Indemnitee for expenses or liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) to the extent such expenses or liabilities have been paid directly to Indemnitee by an insurance carrier under a policy of officers’ and directors’ liability insurance maintained by the Company; or

 

(d)            Claims under Section 16(b) .   To indemnify Indemnitee for expenses or the payment of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor statute.

 

10.            Construction of Certain Phrases .

 

(a)            For purposes of this Agreement, references to the “ Company ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

(b)            For purposes of this Agreement, references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

 

11.            Attorneys’ Fees .   In the event that any action is instituted by Indemnitee under this Agreement to enforce or interpret any of the terms hereof, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all court costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Indemnitee with respect to such action, unless as a part of such action, the court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee as a basis for such action were not made in good faith or were frivolous.  In the event of an action instituted by or in the name of the Company under this Agreement or to enforce or interpret any of the terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all court costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by Indemnitee in defense of such action (including with respect to Indemnitee’s counterclaims and cross-claims made in such action), unless as a part of such action the court determines that each of Indemnitee’s material defenses to such action were made in bad faith or were frivolous.

 

6



 

12.            Miscellaneous .

 

(a)            Governing Law .   This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflict of law.

 

(b)            Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights .   This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them.  No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement.  The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

 

(c)            Construction .   This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any;  accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

 

(d)            Notices .   Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

(e)            Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

(f)             Successors and Assigns .   This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, and inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, legal representatives and assigns.

 

(g)            Subrogation .  In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company to effectively bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

7



 

The parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year set forth on the first page of this Agreement.

 

 

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8




Exhibit 10.6

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement is entered into as of April 9, 1998 (the “Effective Date”), by and between MOSAIC PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and JAMES A. WELLS (the “Employee”).

 

1.             At-Will Employment .  Employee has left his prior employment and is not otherwise employed as an employee or consultant. The Employee’s employment with the Company is for an unspecified duration and constitutes “at-will” employment. The Employee acknowledges that the employment relationship may be terminated at any time, with or without good cause or for any or no cause, at the option either of the Company or the Employee, with or without notice. Employee will devote his full business time and attention to his employment with the Company.

 

2.             Salary .  For all services to be rendered by the Employee to the Company, the Company agrees to pay the Employee an annual salary of $190,000 in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies.

 

3.             Benefits .  During the Employee’s employment with the Company, the Employee shall be entitled to participate in employee benefit plans or programs of the Company (“Benefit Plans”), if any, to the extent that the Employee’s position, tenure, salary, age, health and other qualifications make the Employee eligible to participate, subject to the rules and regulations applicable thereto.

 

4.             Signing Bonus .  The Company will pay a $10,000 signing bonus promptly following the execution of this Agreement.

 

5.             Termination of Employment

 

(a)           Voluntary Resignation/Termination For Cause .  If the Employee voluntarily resigns or is terminated by the Company for Cause (as defined below), then:

 

(i)            no salary will be paid for the periods following the date of termination;

 

(ii)           no benefits will be paid or provided for the periods following the date of termination; and

 

(iii)          the number of shares exercisable under the Employee’s outstanding options and warrants, if any, and the Company’s right to repurchase the Employee’s outstanding Common Stock shall be measured as of the date of termination.

 

(b)           Termination Without Cause or Involuntarily Terminated . If the Employee is (i) terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below) or (ii) Involuntarily Terminated (as defined below) on or before April 9, 1999, then:

 

1



 

(i)            the Employee’s annual salary will continue to be paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies until the earlier of (A) twelve months following the date of termination, or (B) Employee’s acceptance of other full-time employment;

 

(ii)           the Employee will continue to receive benefits pursuant to the Company’s Benefit Plans, provided that such Benefit Plans permit continuation post-termination by payment of COBRA premiums, at the Company’s expense until the earlier of (A) twelve months following the date of termination, or (B) Employee’s acceptance of other full-time employment;

 

(iii)          (A) if termination pursuant to this Section 5(b) is on or before April 1, 1999, the number of shares exercisable under the Employee’s outstanding options and warrants, and the Company’s right to repurchase the Employee’s outstanding Common Stock shall be measured as if the termination occurred twenty-four (24) months from the actual date of termination, and (B) if termination pursuant to this Section 5(b) occurs at any time after April 1, 1999, and only if such termination is “without Cause” (the parties agreeing that Involuntary Termination does not apply after April 1, 1999), the number of shares exercisable under the Employees outstanding options and warrants, and the Company’s right to repurchase the Employee’s outstanding Common Stock shall be measured as if the termination occurred twelve (12) months from the actual date of termination.

 

(c)           As used in this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean:

 

(i)            the Employee’s failure to substantially perform the duties associated with the Employee’s position;

 

(ii)           the Employee’s personally engaging in conduct that the Employee reasonably should know or that the Employee intends to be seriously injurious to the Company, its affiliates or employees;

 

(iii)          a material and willful violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company;

 

(iv)          the Employee’s being convicted of a felony under the laws of the United States or any State, or the misappropriation of material property belonging to, the Company or its affiliates; or

 

(v)           the Employee knowingly and intentionally breaching in any material respect the terms of the Employee’s Proprietary Information Agreement.

 

(d)           As used in this Agreement, “Involuntary Terminated” shall mean:

 

(i)            without the Employee’s consent, a substantial reduction of the Employee’s responsibilities regarding the Company’s research programs. The parties acknowledge that Employee is currently solely responsible for the Company’s research programs and that the Company intends to do significant additional hiring in this area. Accordingly, the parties agree that any reduction shall be compared against this proposed hiring plan.

 

2



 

6.             Arbitration.   Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in Palo Alto, California, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect by an arbitrator selected by both parties within 20 days after either party has notified the other in writing that it desires a dispute between them to be settled by arbitration. In the event the parties cannot agree on such arbitrator within such 20-day period, each party shall select an arbitrator and inform the other party in writing of such arbitrator’s name and address within 5 days after the end of such 20-day period and the two arbitrators so selected shall select a third arbitrator within 15 days thereafter; provided, however, that in the event of a failure by either party to select an arbitrator and notify the other party of such selection within the time period provided above, the arbitrator selected by the other party shall be the sole arbitrator of the dispute. Each party shall pay its own expenses associated with such arbitration, including the expense of any arbitrator selected by such party and the Company will pay the expenses of the jointly selected arbitrator. The decision of the arbitrator or a majority of the panel of arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties and judgment in accordance with that decision may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereover. Punitive damages shall not be awarded.

 

7.             Notices .  For purposes of this Agreement, notices and other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or sent by United States certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the address set forth on the signature pages to this Agreement.

 

8.             Applicable Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal substantive laws of the State of California without reference to choice or conflicts of law.

 

9.             Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, none of which need contain the signature of more than one party hereto, and each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall constitute a single agreement.

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

“COMPANY”

“EMPLOYEE”

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

James A. Wells

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

Address:

341 Columbus Avenue

 

 

Burlingame, CA 94010

 

4




Exhibit 10.7

 

Modified Employment Agreement

 

April 15, 2003

 

Daryl Winter

 

Dear Daryl:

 

In connection with the desire of Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated (the “Company”) to realign certain reporting and staffing relationships within the Company, and in recognition that changes in your reporting relationships might trigger certain rights under your employment agreement entered into with the Company on or about March 23, 2000, we have discussed appropriate modifications to your employment agreement and have agreed on the following modified agreement:

 

1.                                        Position .

 

a.                                        You will continue to be employed as Senior Vice President & General Counsel of the Company, working out of the Company’s offices in South San Francisco, California. Instead of reporting directly to Chief Executive Officer Jim Young, you will report directly to Chief Operating Officer Dan Swisher, effective as of the date first written above. As General Counsel, you will continue to have overall responsibility for the Company’s corporate legal functions, including but not limited to, serving as Secretary of the Company’s Board of Directors and Corporate Secretary. The Company agrees that the change in reporting does not imply any change in your authority or in your independence, and that you will continue to select and supervise outside and in-house counsel representing the Company, as you have done since your hire.

 

b.                                       You agree to the best of your ability and experience that you will at all times loyally and conscientiously perform all of the duties and obligations required of and from you pursuant to the express and implicit terms hereof. During the term of your employment, you further agree that you will devote all of your business time and attention to the business of the Company, the Company will be entitled to all of the benefits and profits arising from or incident to all such work services and advice, you will not render commercial or professional services of any nature to any person or organization, whether or not for compensation, without the prior written consent of the Company’s Board of Directors, and you will not directly or indirectly engage or participate in any business that is competitive in any manner with the business of the Company. Nothing in this letter agreement will prevent you from accepting speaking or presentation engagements in exchange for honoraria or from serving on boards of charitable organizations or otherwise participating in civic, charitable or fraternal organizations, or from owning no more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding equity securities of a corporation whose stock is listed on a national stock exchange. It is contemplated that you may serve on

 



 

boards of directors of other, non-competitive companies, and the Sunesis Board of Directors will not unreasonably withhold its consent from such participation. Such participation shall not exceed the greater of six (6) days per year or such number of days as is required for you to serve on the board of directors of one such company.

 

c.                                        In the event that any of the following events occur, your reporting responsibility will change so that you report directly to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer:

 

(i)                                      Any of the following individuals cease holding their present positions, as listed in this subparagraph: Jim Young, Chief Executive Officer; Dan Swisher, Chief Operating Officer.

 

(ii)                                   The Company reasonably anticipates entering into any form of agreement, including but not limited to a binding or non-binding letter of intent, to engage in a transaction that will, if completed, result in a Change of Control as defined below.

 

(iii)                                You notify the CEO that you have concluded that reporting to any position other than the CEO is undermining your authority as General Counsel and the CEO believes it to be in the best interests of the Company that you report directly to the CEO.

 

2.                                        Compensation .

 

a.                                        Base Salary . You will be paid an annual salary that combines salary and the guaranteed bonus set forth in your original employment agreement, of not less than $251,000 (“base salary”) payable in two equal payments per month pursuant to the Company’s regular payroll policy (or in the same manner as other officers of the Company). Your base salary will be reviewed annually for adjustment based on cost of living and merit, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, but will not be reduced.

 

b.                                       Bonus . You will be eligible to earn incentive bonuses based on achievement of objectives and in accordance with the Company’s executive bonus programs.

 

5.                                       Stock options.

 

a.                                        Initial Option Grant . In connection with the commencement of your employment the Company granted you an option to purchase 300,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“Shares”). You and the Company agree that the grant and any previous exercise of options by you are governed by the option agreement, option grant, any purchase agreement and other documentation relating to such grant, exercise and/or purchase, and that all such documents remain in full force and effect according to their terms.

 

b.                                       Subsequent Option Grants . You have received an additional stock option grant of 120,000 shares, and such grant will continue to governed by its documentation. You will be eligible to participate in any stock option or other incentive programs available to officers or employees of the Company.

 

2



 

6.                                        Benefits .

 

a.                                        Insurance Benefits . The Company will provide you with standard medical and dental insurance benefits. In addition, the Company currently indemnifies all officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, and you will be requested to enter into the Company’s standard form of Indemnification Agreement giving you such protection. Pursuant to the Indemnification Agreement, the Company will agree to advance any expenses for which indemnification is available to the extent allowed by applicable law.

 

b.                                       Vacation . You will be entitled to three weeks paid vacation per year, pro-rated for the remainder of this calendar year.

 

c.                                        Housing Expense . The Company has provided you a loan in the amount of $100,000 that is governed by its own documentation. You and the Company agree that the terms of the loan documentation continue in full force and effect.

 

d.                                       Professional Requirements . The Company will pay the costs of your State Bar dues, your required Continuing Legal Education courses and those professional education programs reasonably necessary for the performance of you duties as the Company’s chief legal officer. Your participation in such programs will be considered work time and the travel expenses associated with attendance at such conferences will be paid according to the Company’s expense reimbursement policies.

 

e.                                        Reimbursement of Legal Expenses . The Company will reimburse you the reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses you incur in obtaining legal advice and in the negotiating and drafting of this Modified Agreement, in an amount not to exceed three thousand dollars ($3,000.)

 

7.                                        Confidential Information And Invention Assignment Agreement .  You acknowledge that you have previously executed and delivered to an officer of the company, the company’s confidential information and invention assignment agreement, (the “confidentiality agreement”),and that the confidentiality agreement remains in full force and effect.

 

8.                                        Confidentiality of Terms . You agree to follow the company’s strict policy that employees must not disclose, either directly or indirectly, any information, including any of the terms of this agreement, regarding salary, bonuses, or stock purchase or option allocations to any person, including other employees of the company; provided, however, that you may discuss such terms with members of your immediate family and any legal, tax or accounting specialists who provide you with individual legal, tax or accounting advice, and you may discuss it with other employees of the company on a need to know basis if required to carry out your duties as the company’s chief legal officer or at the request of the board of directors or any superior officer of the company.

 

9.                                        At-Will Employment . Your employment with the Company will be on an “at-will” basis, meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time for any reason or no reason, without further obligation or liability. In addition, if you are terminated by the Company without “cause,” as defined below, then:

 

3



 

(i)                                      your annual base salary will continue to be paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies until the earlier of (A) twelve (12) months following the date of termination (nine (9) months following the date of termination if termination is more than six (6) months following the date first written above), or (B) your acceptance of other full-time employment at an equal or greater base salary. If you obtain full time employment at an annualized base salary less than the annualized base salary you were entitled to at the Company, then the Company will pay you the difference in monthly base salary on a monthly basis until the end of the Company’s severance pay obligation. You shall have no obligation to obtain other employment during the severance payment period;

 

(ii)                                   you will continue to receive benefits pursuant to the Company’s Benefit Plans, provided that such Benefit Plans permit continuation post-termination by payment of State or Federal COBRA premiums, at the Company’s expense until the earlier of (A) twelve (12)months following the date of termination (nine (9) months following the date of termination if termination is more than six (6) months following the date first written above), or (B) you are no longer eligible for State or Federal COBRA;

 

(iii)                                the number of shares exercisable under your outstanding options shall be measured as if the termination occurred twelve (12) months after the actual date of termination; and

 

(iv)                               you shall be entitled to the benefits described in subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) above if you terminate employment on or before the expiration of 12 months from your start date, or within the first six (6) months after the date first written above, because of Effective Termination. Effective Termination shall mean: (A) without your express written consent, a significant reduction of your duties, position or responsibilities; or (B) without your express written consent, a substantial reduction of the facilities and perquisites (including office space and location); or (C) a material reduction by the Company of your base salary; or (D) a reduction by the Company in the kind or level of your benefits to which you are entitled with the result that your overall benefits package is significantly reduced; or (E) without your express written consent, the relocation of you to a facility or location more than one-hundred (100) miles from the Company’s current facility; or (F) if you are required by the rules of professional responsibility of your profession to resign as the Company’s attorney because of acts or omissions of the Company, its affiliate(s) or any of their employees, agents or Boards of Directors; or (G) failure by the Company to comply with paragraph 1(c) of this Modified Agreement or any of its subparts; or (H) any other material breach by the Company of this Modified Agreement or any other written agreement between the Company and you.

 

(v)                                  if, upon a change of control (as defined below) of the Company or at anytime within twelve (12) months following such change of control, you are terminated by the Company without cause or are Effectively Terminated, then upon such termination, vesting of the unvested portion of any stock option held by you or the Company’s right to repurchase stock under your stock purchase agreement(s) shall automatically be accelerated (or in the case of the right of repurchase, shall lapse) so that such options or shares, as applicable, shall become completely vested. In addition, if you are still providing services to the Company on the one-year anniversary following the change of control, the unvested portion of any stock option held by you or the Company’s right to repurchase stock under your stock purchase agreement(s) shall

 

4



 

automatically be accelerated (or in the case of the right of repurchase, shall lapse) so that such options shall become completely vested. For the purposes of this Section 9(v), “Change of Control” shall mean a merger or reorganization of the Company with or into any other corporation or corporations, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the corporation, or a sale of securities of the Company, in which transaction the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to such transaction own immediately after such transaction less than 50% of the equity securities of the surviving corporation or its parent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined by the Company’s independent public accountants that such accelerated vesting would preclude accounting for the change of control as a pooling of interests for financial accounting purposes, and it is a condition to the closing of the change of control that the transaction be accounted for as a pooling of interests, then the accelerated vesting shall not occur pursuant to this section (v) but shall be accelerated at the earliest time which will not preclude accounting as a pooling of interests.

 

10.                                  Definition of “Cause.”

 

“Cause” to terminate your employment is defined as follows:

 

(A)                               your deliberate refusal to substantially perform the duties associated with your position;

 

(B)                                 your personally engaging in conduct that you intend to be seriously injurious to the Company, its affiliates or employees;

 

(C)                                 your knowing violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company

 

(D)                                your being convicted of a felony under the laws of the United States or any State, or the misappropriation of material property belong to, the Company or its affiliates; or

 

(E)                                  your knowingly and intentionally breaching in any material respect the terms of your Proprietary Information Agreement.

 

11.                                  Definition of “Disability.”

 

“Disability” means a mental or physical impairment, which in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, prevents you from performing the responsibilities and duties of your position to their satisfaction for a period of forty-five (45) consecutive days or ninety (90) days during any twelve-month period.

 

Your stock option agreements and/or stock purchase agreements will reflect the vesting acceleration and change of control provisions recited in this Agreement, but if they do not so state, then the teens of this agreement will prevail.

 

To indicate your acceptance of this modified agreement, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to me. This letter, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, your stock option agreements and grants, stock purchase agreement, and loan

 

5



 

agreement, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by the Company and by you.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

 

 

DARYL WINTER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

6




Exhibit 10.8

 

April 18, 2003

BY FEDERAL EXPRESS

 

Daniel C. Adelman, M.D.

 

Dear Dan:

 

On behalf of Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”), I am delighted to offer you the position of Senior Vice President of Clinical Development.  Speaking for myself, as well as the other members of the Company’s Management and Board of Directors, we look forward to working with you and to your future success with the Company.

 

The terms of your new position with the Company are as set forth below:

 

1.                                       Position.

 

a.                                        You will become Senior Vice President of Clinical Development of the Company, working in the Company’s facility in South San Francisco and initially reporting to the CEO.

 

You agree to the best of your ability and experience that you will at all times loyally and conscientiously perform all of the duties and obligations required of and from you pursuant to the express and implicit terms hereof.  During the term of your employment, you further agree that you will devote all of your business time and attention to the business of the Company, the Company will be entitled to all of the benefits and profits arising from or incident to all such work services and advice, you will not render commercial or professional services of any nature to any person or organization, whether or not for compensation, without the prior consent of the Company’s Board of Directors, and you will not directly or indirectly engage or participate in any business that is competitive in any manner with the business of the Company.  Nothing in this letter agreement will prevent you from accepting speaking or presentation engagements in exchange for honoraria or from serving on boards of charitable organizations or otherwise participating in civic, charitable or fraternal organizations or from owning no more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding equity securities of a corporation whose stock is listed on a national stock exchange.  Further, you are encouraged to continue your clinical medical practice at a rate of up to one (1) day every two (2) weeks.

 

1



 

2.                                        Start Date .   Subject to fulfillment of any conditions imposed by this letter agreement, you will begin full time employment with the Company not later than May 27, 2003.

 

3.                                        Compensation .

 

a.                                        Base Salary .  You will be paid a monthly salary of $19,166.66 which is equivalent to $230,000 on an annualized basis.  Your salary will be payable in two equal payments per month pursuant to the Company’s regular payroll policy.  Your base salary will be reviewed annually for adjustment based on cost of living and merit, at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

4.                                        Stock Options .

 

In connection with the commencement of your employment, the Company will recommend to the Board of Directors of Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. that you be granted an option pursuant to the 1998 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) to purchase 200,000 Shares of Common Stock (the “Options”).  The stock vests over a four-year period.  The first 25% of the stock vests after one year, and the rest of the shares vest in monthly increments thereafter.  The Options may be exercised prior to vesting by paying to the Company the exercise price for the Shares being purchased, and (ii) entering into a standard form of restricted stock purchase agreement with the Company.

 

5.                                        Benefits .

 

a.                                        Insurance Benefits .  Once you begin full time employment with the Company, you will be eligible to participate in our employee benefits program, which includes medical, dental, life, vision and long term disability.  You will be eligible to participate in the 401(k) retirement program the first of the month following three full months of employment.  In addition, the Company currently indemnifies all officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, and you will be requested to enter into the Company’s standard form of Indemnification Agreement giving you such protection.  Pursuant to the Indemnification Agreement, the Company will agree to advance any expenses for which indemnification is available to the extent allowed by applicable law.

 

b.                                       Vacation .  You will be entitled to three weeks paid vacation per year, which accrues on a semi-monthly basis.

 

6.                                        Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement .  Your acceptance of this offer and commencement of employment with the Company is contingent upon the execution of the Company’s Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, a copy of which is enclosed for your review and execution prior to your start date.

 

2



 

7.                                        Confidentiality of Terms .  You agree to follow the Company’s strict policy that employees must not disclose, either directly or indirectly, any information, including any of the terms of this agreement, regarding salary or stock purchase or option allocations to any person, including other employees of the Company; provided, however, that you may discuss such terms with the members of your immediate family and any legal, tax or accounting specialists who provide you with individual legal, tax or accounting advice, and you may discuss it with other employees of the Company on a need to know basis if required to carry out your duties as the Company’s Senior Vice President of Clinical Development.

 

8.                                        Employment Eligibility .  In accordance with Federal Law, all new employees are required to present evidence of their eligibility to be employed in the United States.  Accordingly, we request that you provide us with originals of the appropriate documents for this purpose.  A list of the documents deemed acceptable is included on the reverse of the I-9 Form, which is included in this letter.  Please bring the completed I-9 form and appropriate documents with you to your new-hire orientation.

 

9.                                        At-Will Employment .  Your relationship with the Company will be at-will, as defined under applicable law, meaning that either the Company or you may terminate the Relationship at any time for any reason or no reason, without further obligation or liability.

 

a.                                        In addition, if you are terminated by the Company without “cause,” as defined below (other than by reason of Disability), then:

 

(i)                                      your annual base salary will continue to be paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies until the earlier of (A) twelve (12) months following the date of termination (nine (9) months if the date of termination is more than twelve (12) months following your Start Date), or (B) your acceptance of other full-time employment at an equal or greater base salary.  If you obtain full time employment at an annualized base salary less than the annualized base salary you were entitled to at the Company, then the Company will pay you the difference in monthly base salary on a monthly basis until the end of the Company’s severance obligation.  You shall have no obligation to obtain other employment during the severance payment period;

 

(ii)                                   you will continue to receive benefits pursuant to the Company’s Benefit Plans, provided that such Benefit Plans permit continuation post-termination by payment of State or Federal COBRA premiums, at the Company’s expense until the earlier of (A) twelve (12) months following the date of termination, or (B) you are no longer eligible for State or Federal COBRA;

 

(iii)                                the number of Shares vested shall be measured as if the termination occurred twelve (12) months after the actual date of termination; and

 

(iv)                               Upon a change of control (as defined below) of the Company, you shall be entitled to the benefits described in subparagraphs (i), (ii), and (iii) above if you

 

3



 

terminate employment because of Effective Termination.  “Effective Termination” shall mean:  (A) without your express written consent, a significant reduction of your duties, position or responsibilities; or (B) without your express written consent, a material reduction by the Company of your base salary; or (C) a reduction by the Company in the kind or level of your benefits to which you are entitled with the result that your overall benefits package is significantly reduced; or (D) without your express written consent, the relocation of you to a facility or location more than one hundred (100) miles from the Company’s current facility.  In addition, vesting of the unvested portion of the Options or the Company’s right to repurchase stock under the stock purchase agreement entered into upon exercise of the Options shall automatically be accelerated (or in the case of the right of repurchase, shall lapse) so that such Options (or shares, as applicable) shall become completely vested.  For the purposes of this Section 9(a)(iv), “Change of Control” shall mean a merger or reorganization of the Company with or into any other corporation or corporations, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the corporation, or a sale of securities of the Company, in which transaction the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to such transaction own immediately after such transaction less than 50% of the equity securities of the surviving corporation or its parent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined by the Company’s independent public accountants that such accelerated vesting would preclude accounting for the change of control as a pooling of interests for financial accounting purposes, and it is a condition to the closing of the change of control that the transaction be accounted for as a pooling of interests, then the accelerated vesting shall not occur pursuant to this section (iv) but shall be accelerated at the earliest time which will not preclude accounting as a pooling of interests.

 

(v)                                  Your stock option agreement and/or stock purchase agreement will reflect the vesting acceleration and change of control provisions recited in this Agreement.

 

b.                                       Definition of “Cause.”

 

“Cause” to terminate your employment is defined as follows:

 

(A)                               your deliberate refusal to substantially perform the duties associated with your position;

(B)                                 your personally engaging in conduct that you intend to be seriously injurious to the Company, its affiliates or employees;

(C)                                 your knowing violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company;

(D)                                your being convicted of a felony under the laws of the United States or any State, or the misappropriation of material property belonging to the Company or its affiliates; or

(E)                                  your knowingly and intentionally breaching in any material respect the terms of your Proprietary Information Agreement.

 

4



 

c.                Definition of “Disability.”

 

“Disability” means a mental or physical impairment, which in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, prevents you from performing the responsibilities and duties of your position to their satisfaction for a period of forty-five (45) consecutive days or ninety (90) days during any twelve-month period.

 

We are all delighted to be able to extend you this offer and look forward to working with you.  To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to me, no later than Friday, April 25, 2003 , along with a signed and dated copy of the Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement.  This letter, along with the Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral.  This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by the Company and by you.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

James W. Young, Ph.D.

Chief Executive Officer

Fax:                            650-266-3503

Tel:         650-266-3710

 

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

 

 

Name

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

Date

 

 

 

Enc.

 

5




Exhibit 10.9

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

December 1, 2003

 

Eric Bjerkholt

 

Dear Eric:

 

On behalf of Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Incorporated (the “Company”), I am pleased to offer you the position of Chief Financial Officer.  Speaking for myself, as well as the other members of the Company’s Executive Committee, we look forward to working with you and to your future success as Sunesis’ CFO.

 

The terms of your new position with the Company are as set forth below:

 

1.                                        Position.

 

a.                                        You will become Chief Financial Officer of the Company, working out of the Company’s offices in South San Francisco, California.

 

b.                                       You agree to the best of your ability and experience that you will at all times loyally and conscientiously perform all of the duties and obligations required of and from you pursuant to the express and implicit terms hereof.  During the term of your employment, you further agree that you will devote all of your business time and attention to the business of the Company, the Company will be entitled to all of the benefits and profits arising from or incident to all such work services and advice, you will not render commercial or professional services of any nature to any person or organization, whether or not for compensation without the prior written consent of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, and you will not directly or indirectly engage or participate in any business that is competitive in any manner with the business of the Company.  Not withstanding the foregoing, it is understood that you may continue to provide some very limited consultation to your previous employer, Itrabiotics, during the first quarter of 2004.  Such consultation must not detract from your Sunesis employment and must be agreed to by the Company’s CEO. Nothing in this letter agreement will prevent you from accepting speaking or presentation engagements in exchange for honoraria or from serving on boards of charitable organizations or otherwise participating in civic, charitable or fraternal organizations,

 

1



 

or from owning no more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding equity securities of a corporation whose stock is listed on a national stock exchange.  It is contemplated that you may serve on board of directors of other, non-competitive companies.  Such participation shall not exceed the greater of six (6) days per year or such number of days as is required for you to serve on the board of directors of one such company.

 

2.                                        Start Date .  Subject to fulfillment of any conditions imposed by this letter agreement, you will commence this new position with the Company on or before January 5, 2004 (the “Start Date”).

 

3.                                        Compensation.

 

a.                                        Base Salary .  You will be paid a monthly salary of $20,000, which is equivalent to $240,000 on an annualized basis.  Your salary will be payable in two equal payments per month pursuant to the Company’s regular payroll policy (or in the same manner as other officers of the Company).  Your base salary will be reviewed annually for adjustment based on cost of living and merit, at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

b.                                       Bonus .  In addition to your base salary, you will be eligible to earn incentive bonuses of up to thirty percent (30%) of your base salary, based on achievement of objectives mutually agreed upon by you and the Chief Executive Officer.

 

4.                                        Stock Options.

 

a.                                        First Option.   In connection with the commencement of your employment, the Company will grant you an option (the “First Option”) to purchase 250,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“Shares”) with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of the grant (currently $0.60 per share).  The shares subject to the Option will vest over four (4) years as follows:  62,500 shares will vest one (1) year following your Start Date and the remaining 177,500 shares will vest monthly over the final three (3) years.  The First Option may be exercised prior to vesting by you (i) paying to the Company the exercise price for the Shares being purchased, and (ii) entering into a standard form of restricted stock purchase agreement with the Company.

 

b.                                       Second Option .  In addition to the First Option the Company will grant you a Second Option (the “Second Option”) of 75,000 additional Shares also with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of the grant (currently $0.60 per share).  The Shares subject to the Second Option shall vest according to the following schedule:

 

(i)                                      All 75,000 Shares will vest in the event the Company closes an equity financing transaction within twelve (12) months after the Start Date with net cash proceeds to the Company within such period of at least $20 million, at a valuation and with other terms and conditions that are satisfactory to the Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Chairman.  It is understood that such a financing may include an initial public offering that meets such requirements within such 12-month time period.

 

2



 

(ii)                                   In the event that no satisfactory equity financing transaction is completed within the twelve (12) months described in (i) then the all shares of the Second Option will vest on the fifth anniversary of the Start Date.

 

(iii)                                If the event described in paragraph (i) above is not fully achieved within the time period specified, then the Shares covered under the Second Option will not vest except as provided in paragraph (ii); provided that the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, permit some or all of such Shares to vest to the extent the Board determines that circumstances so warrant.

 

5.                                        Benefits.

 

a.                                        Insurance Benefits .  The Company will provide you with standard medical and dental insurance benefits.  In addition, the Company currently indemnifies all officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, and you will be requested to enter into the Company’s standard form of Indemnification Agreement giving you such protection.  Pursuant to the Indemnification Agreement, the Company will agree to advance any expenses for which indemnification is available to the extent allowed by applicable law.

 

b.                                       Vacation .  You will be entitled to three (3) weeks paid vacation per year, pro-rated for the remainder of this calendar year.

 

6.                                        Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement.   Your acceptance of this offer and commencement of employment with the Company is contingent upon the execution and delivery to an officer of the Company, of the Company’s Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, a copy of which is enclosed for your review and execution (the “Confidentiality Agreement”), prior to or on your Start Date.

 

7.                                        Confidentiality of Terms.   You agree to follow the Company’s strict policy that employees must not disclose, either directly or indirectly, any information, including any of the terms of this agreement, regarding salary, bonuses, or stock purchase or option allocations to any person, including other employees of the Company; provided, however, that you may discuss such terms with members of your immediate family and any legal, tax or accounting specialists who provide you with individual legal, tax or accounting advice, and you may discuss it with other employees of the Company on a need to know basis if required to carry out your duties as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer.

 

8.                                        At-Will Employment.  Your employment with the Company will be on an “at will” basis, meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time for any reason or no reason on thirty (30) days notice, without further obligation or liability.

 

a.                                        In addition, if you are terminated by the Company without “cause”, as defined below (other than by reason of Disability), then:

 

3



 

(i)                                      your annual base salary will continue to be paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies until the earlier of (A) nine (9) months following the date of termination or (B) your acceptance of other full-time employment at an equal or greater base salary.  If you obtain full time employment at an annualized base salary less than the annualized base salary you were entitled to at the Company, then the Company will pay you the difference in monthly base salary on a monthly basis until the end of the Company’s severance pay obligation.  You shall have no obligation to obtain other employment during the severance payment period;

 

(ii)                                   you will continue to receive benefits pursuant to the Company’s Benefit Plans, provided that such Benefit Plans permit continuation post-termination by payment of State or Federal COBRA premiums, at the Company’s expense until the earlier of (A) nine (9) months following the date of termination, or (B) you are no longer eligible for State of Federal COBRA;

 

(iii)                                the number of Shares vested under the First Option shall be measured as if the termination occurred nine (9) months after the actual date of termination; and

 

(iv)                               you shall be entitled to the benefits described in subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) above if you terminate employment of Effective Termination.  “Effective Termination” shall mean:  (A)  without your express written consent, a significant reduction of your duties, position or responsibilities; or (B) without your express written consent, a substantial reduction of the facilities and perquisites (including office space and location); or (C) a material reduction by the Company of your base salary; or (D) a reduction by the Company in the kind or level of your benefits to which you are entitled with the result that your overall benefits package is significantly reduced; or (E) without your express written consent, the relocation of you to a facility or location more than one hundred (100) miles from the Company’s current facility.

 

(v)                                  Upon change of control (as defined below) of the Company, vesting of the unvested portion of the First Option or the Company’s right to repurchase stock under the stock purchase agreement entered into upon exercise of the First Option shall automatically be accelerated (or in the case of the right of repurchase, shall lapse) so that such First Option (or shares, as applicable) shall become completely vested.  For the purposes of this Section 8(v), “Change of Control” shall mean a merger or reorganization of the Company with or into any other corporation or corporations, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the corporation, or a sale of securities of the Company, in which transaction the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to such transaction own immediately after such transaction less than 50% of the equity securities of the surviving corporation or its parent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined by the Company’s independent public accountants that such accelerated vesting would preclude accounting for the change of control as a pooling of interests for financial accounting purposes, and it is a condition to the closing of the change of control that the transaction be accounted for as a pooling of interests, then the accelerated vesting shall not occur pursuant to this section (v) but shall be accelerated at the earliest time which will not preclude accounting as a pooling of interests.

 

4



 

(vi)                               Your stock option agreement and/or stock purchase agreement will reflect the vesting acceleration and change of control provisions recited in this Agreement.

 

b.                                       Definition of “Cause.”

 

“Cause” to terminate your employment is defined as follows:

 

(A)                               your deliberate refusal to substantially perform the duties associated with your position;

 

(B)                                 your personally engaging in conduct that you intend to be seriously injurious to the Company, its affiliates or employees;

 

(C)                                 your knowing violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company;

 

(D)                                your being convicted of a felony under the laws of the United States or any State, or the misappropriation of material property belonging to the Company or its affiliates; or

 

(E)                                  your knowingly and intentionally breaching in any material respect the terms of your Proprietary Information Agreement.

 

c.                                        Definition of “Disability.”

 

“Disability” means a mental or physical impairment, which in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, prevents you from performing the responsibilities and duties of your position to their satisfaction for a period of forty-five (45) consecutive days or ninety (90) days during any twelve-month period.

 

We are all delighted to be able to extend you this offer and look forward to working with you.  To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to me, along with a signed and dated copy of the Confidentiality Agreement.  This letter, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral.  This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by the Company and by you.

 

Very truly yours,

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

5



 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

 

 

Enclosure:

Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement

 

6




Exhibit 10.10

 

First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated December 1, 2003

 

The provisions set forth in Sections 4(b)(i)(ii) are hereby amended to read:

 

(i)                                      All 75,000 Shares will vest in the event the Company closes an equity financing transaction within eighteen (18) months after the Start Date with net cash proceeds to the Company within such period of at least $20 million, at a valuation and with other terms and conditions that are satisfactory to the Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Chairman.  It is understood that such a financing may include an initial public offering that meets such requirements within such l8-month period.

 

(ii)                                   In the event that no satisfactory equity financing transaction is completed within the eighteen (18) months described in (i) then all the shares of the Second Option will vest on the fifth anniversary of the Start Date.

 

All other provisions of the Employment Agreement dated December 1, 2003 remain as
originally stated.

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

ACCEPTED:

 

 

By:

/s/  Daniel N. Swisher, Jr.

 

/s/  Eric H. Bjerkholt

 

 

Daniel N. Swisher, Jr.

Eric H. Bjerkholt

 

 

 

Date:

June 18, 2004

 

Date:

June 21, 2004

 

 




Exhibit 10.11

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

December 1, 2003

 

Mr. Daniel Swisher, Jr.

 

Dear Dan:

 

On behalf of Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Incorporated (the “Company”), I am pleased to offer you the position of Chief Executive Officer (CEO).  Speaking for myself, as well as the other members of the Company’s Board of Directors, we look forward to working with you and to your future success as Sunesis’ CEO.

 

The terms of your new position with the Company are as set forth below:

 

1.                                        Position.

 

a.                                        You will become Chief Executive Officer of the Company, working out of the Company’s offices in South San Francisco, California.  In addition, commencing with the first meeting of the Board of Directors following your Promotion Date, you will be appointed to the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

b.                                       You agree to the best of your ability and experience that you will at all times loyally and conscientiously perform all of the duties and obligations required of and from you pursuant to the express and implicit terms hereof.  During the term of your employment, you further agree that you will devote all of your business time and attention to the business of the Company, the Company will be entitled to all of the benefits and profits arising from or incident to all such work services and advice, you will not render commercial or professional services of any nature to any person or organization, whether or not for compensation without the prior written consent of the Company’s Board of Directors, and you will not directly or indirectly engage or participate in any business that is competitive in any manner with the business of the Company.  Nothing in this letter agreement will prevent you from accepting speaking or presentation engagements in exchange for honoraria or from serving on board of charitable organizations or otherwise participating in civic, charitable or fraternal organizations, or from owning no more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding equity securities of a corporation

 

1



 

whose stock is listed on a national stock exchange.  It is contemplated that you may serve on board of directors of other, non-competitive companies, and the Sunesis Board of Directors will not unreasonably withhold its consent from such participation.  Such participation shall not exceed the greater of six (6) days per year or such number of days as is required for you to serve on the board of directors of one such company.

 

2.                                        Promotion Date .  Subject to fulfillment of any conditions imposed by this letter agreement, you will commence this new position with the Company on December 1, 2003 (the “Promotion Date”).

 

3.                                        Compensation.

 

a.                                        Base Salary .  You will be paid a monthly salary of $25,000 which is equivalent to $300,000 on an annualized basis.  Your salary will be payable in two equal payments per month pursuant to the Company’s regular payroll policy (or in the same manner as other officers of the Company).  Your base salary will be reviewed annually for adjustment based on cost of living and merit, at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

b.                                       Bonus .  In addition to your base salary, you will be eligible to earn incentive bonuses of up to forty percent (40%) of your base salary, based on achievement of objectives mutually agreed upon by you and the Board of Directors.

 

4.                                        Stock Options.

 

In connection with the commencement of your promotion to CEO, the Company will grant you an option to purchase 300,000 additional shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“Shares”) with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of the grant (currently $0.60 per share).  The shares subject to the Option will vest over four (4) years as follows:  One forty-eighth 1/48 of the total number of shares subject to this option shall become vested at the end of each month following the vesting commencement date, which shall be December 1, 2003. The Option may be exercised prior to vesting by you (i) paying to the Company the exercise price for the Shares being purchased, and (ii) entering into a standard form of restricted stock purchase agreement with the Company.

 

5.                                        Benefits.

 

a.                                        Insurance Benefits .  The Company will provide you with standard medical and dental insurance benefits.  In addition, the Company currently indemnifies all officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, and you will be requested to enter into the Company’s standard form of Indemnification Agreement giving you such protection.  Pursuant to the Indemnification Agreement, the Company will agree to advance any expenses for which indemnification is available to the extent allowed by applicable law.

 

b.                                       Vacation .  You will be entitled to three (3) weeks paid vacation per year, pro-rated for the remainder of this calendar year.

 

2



 

6.                                        Confidentiality of Terms.   You agree to follow the Company’s strict policy that employees must not disclose, either directly or indirectly, any information, including any of the terms of this agreement, regarding salary, bonuses, or stock purchase or option allocations to any person, including other employees of the Company; provided, however, that you may discuss such terms with members of your immediate family and any legal, tax or accounting specialists who provide you with individual legal, tax or accounting advice, and you may discuss it with other employees of the Company on a need to know basis if required to carry out your duties as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

8.                                        At-Will Employment.  Your employment with the Company will be on an “at will” basis, meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time for any reason or no reason on thirty (30) days notice, without further obligation or liability.

 

a.                                        In addition, if you are terminated by the Company without “cause”, as defined below (other than by reason of Disability), then:

 

(i)                                      your annual base salary will continue to be paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies until the earlier of (A) twelve (12) months following the date of termination or (B) your acceptance of other full-time employment at an equal or greater base salary.  If you obtain full time employment at an annualized base salary less than the annualized base salary you were entitled to at the Company, then the Company will pay you the difference in monthly base salary on a monthly basis until the end of the Company’s severance pay obligation.  You shall have no obligation to obtain other employment during the severance payment period;

 

(ii)                                   you will continue to receive benefits pursuant to the Company’s Benefit Plans, provided that such Benefit Plans permit continuation post-termination by payment of State or Federal COBRA premiums, at the Company’s expense until the earlier of (A) twelve (12) months following the date of termination, or (B) you are no longer eligible for State of Federal COBRA;

 

(iii)                                the number of Shares vested under the Option shall be measured as if the termination occurred twelve (12) months after the actual date of termination; and

 

(iv)                               you shall be entitled to the benefits described in subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) above if you terminate employment of Effective Termination.  “Effective Termination” shall mean:  (A)  without your express written consent, a significant reduction of your duties, position or responsibilities; or (B) without your express written consent, a substantial reduction of the facilities and perquisites (including office space and location); or (C) a material reduction by the Company of your base salary; or (D) a reduction by the Company in the kind or level of your benefits to which you are entitled with the result that your overall benefits package is significantly reduced; or (E) without your express written consent, the relocation of you to a facility or location more than one hundred (100) miles from the Company’s current facility.

 

3



 

(v)                                  Upon change of control (as defined below) of the Company, vesting of the unvested portion of the Option or the Company’s right to repurchase stock under the stock purchase agreement entered into upon exercise of the Option shall automatically be accelerated (or in the case of the right of repurchase, shall lapse) so that such Option (or shares, as applicable) shall become completely vested.  For the purposes of this Section 8(v), “Change of Control” shall mean a merger or reorganization of the Company with or into any other corporation or corporations, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the corporation, or a sale of securities of the Company, in which transaction the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to such transaction own immediately after such transaction less than 50% of the equity securities of the surviving corporation or its parent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined by the Company’s independent public accountants that such accelerated vesting would preclude accounting for the change of control as a pooling of interests for financial accounting purposes, and it is a condition to the closing of the change of control that the transaction be accounted for as a pooling of interests, then the accelerated vesting shall not occur pursuant to this section (v) but shall be accelerated at the earliest time which will not preclude accounting as a pooling of interests.

 

(vi)                               Your stock option agreement and/or stock purchase agreement will reflect the vesting acceleration and change of control provisions recited in this Agreement.

 

b.                                       Definition of “Cause.”

 

“Cause” to terminate your employment is defined as follows:

 

(A)                               your deliberate refusal to substantially perform the duties associated with your position;

 

(B)                                 your personally engaging in conduct that you intend to be seriously injurious to the Company, its affiliates or employees;

 

(C)                                 your knowing violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company;

 

(D)                                your being convicted of a felony under the laws of the United States or any State, or the misappropriation of material property belonging to the Company or its affiliates; or

 

(E)                                  your knowingly and intentionally breaching in any material respect the terms of your Proprietary Information Agreement.

 

c.                                        Definition of “Disability.”

 

“Disability” means a mental or physical impairment, which in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, prevents you from performing the responsibilities and

 

4



 

duties of your position to their satisfaction for a period of forty-five (45) consecutive days or ninety (90) days during any twelve-month period.

 

We are all delighted to be able to extend you this offer and look forward to working with you.  To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to me, along with a signed and dated copy of the Confidentiality Agreement.  This letter, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral.  This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by the Company and by you.

 

Very truly yours,

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

 

5




Exhibit 10.12

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

December 1, 2003

 

Dr. James Young

 

Dear Jim:

 

On behalf of Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Incorporated (the “Company”), I am pleased to offer you the new position of Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors.  Speaking for myself, as well as the other members of the Company’s Board of Directors, we look forward to working with you and to your future success as Sunesis’ Executive Chairman.

 

The terms of your new position with the Company are as set forth below:

 

1.                                        Position.

 

a.                                        Upon your written resignation as the Company’s CEO, you will become Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company as of the Effective Date first written above, working out of the Company’s offices in South San Francisco, California.  You will as your title suggests remain a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

b.                                       You agree to the best of your ability and experience that you will at all times loyally and conscientiously perform all of the duties and obligations required of and from you pursuant to the express and implicit terms hereof.  During the term of your employment, you further agree that you will devote 60% of your business time and attention to the business of the Company, the Company will be entitled to all of the benefits and profits arising from or incident to all such work services and advice, you will not render commercial or professional services of any nature to any person or organization, whether or not for compensation without the prior consent of the Company’s Board of Directors, and you will not directly or indirectly engage or participate in any business that is competitive in any manner with the business of the Company.  Nothing in this letter agreement will prevent you from accepting speaking or presentation engagements in exchange for honoraria or from serving on board of charitable organizations or otherwise participating in civic, charitable or fraternal organizations, or from owning no more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding equity securities of a corporation whose stock is listed on a national stock exchange.  It is contemplated that you may serve as an advisor to certain life science venture organizations and/or on the board of directors of other, non-competitive companies, and the Sunesis Board of Directors will not unreasonably withhold its consent from such activities.  During the first year following the Effective Date, such participation shall not exceed the greater of fifty (50) days per year (approximately one day per week) or such number

 

1



 

of days as is required for you to serve on the board of directors of four (4) such companies.  After the first year following the Effective Date, your participation on other boards shall be limited only by approval of the Sunesis Board of Directors.

 

2.                                        Effective Date .                    Subject to fulfillment of any conditions imposed by this letter agreement, you will commence this new position with the Company on or before December 1, 2003 (the “Effective Date”).

 

3.                                        Compensation.

 

a.                                        Base Salary .   You will be paid a monthly salary of $16,667 which is equivalent to $200,000 on an annualized basis.  Your salary will be payable in two equal payments per month pursuant to the Company’s regular payroll policy (or in the same manner as other officers of the Company).  Your base salary will be reviewed annually for adjustment based on cost of living and merit, at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

b.                                       Bonus .   In addition to your base salary, you will be eligible to earn incentive bonuses of up to forty percent (40%) of your base salary, based on achievement of objectives mutually agreed upon by you and the Board of Directors.

 

4.                                        Stock Options.

 

As of the Effective Date, you have been granted 1,400,000 Stock Options of which 843,750 have vested and 556,250 are unvested.  All unvested Stock Options will continue to vest according to the vesting schedule in your Stock Option Agreements as may be modified by the Board of Directors consistent with your previous Employment Agreement dated April 9, 2000.  You will also be eligible for additional stock option grants from time to time at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

5.                                        Benefits.

 

a.                                        Insurance Benefits .   The Company will provide you with standard medical and dental insurance benefits.  In addition, the Company currently indemnifies all officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, and you will be requested to enter into the Company’s standard form of Indemnification Agreement giving you such protection.  Pursuant to the Indemnification Agreement, the Company will agree to advance any expenses for which indemnification is available to the extent allowed by applicable law.

 

b.                                       Vacation .         You will be entitled to three (3) weeks paid vacation per year.

 

6.                                        Confidentiality of Terms .    You agree to follow the Company’s strict policy that employees must not disclose, either directly or indirectly, any information, including any of the terms of this agreement, regarding salary, bonuses, or stock purchase or option allocations to any person, including other employees of the Company; provided, however, that you may discuss such terms with members of your immediate family and any legal, tax or accounting

 

2



 

specialists who provide you with individual legal, tax or accounting advice, and you may discuss it with other employees of the Company on a need to know basis if required to carry out your duties as the Company’s Executive Chairman.

 

7.                                        At-Will Employment .    Your employment with the Company will be on an “at will” basis, meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time for any reason or no reason on thirty (30) days notice, without further obligation or liability.

 

a.                                        In addition, if you are terminated by the Company without “cause”, as defined below (other than by reason of Disability), then:

 

(I)                                     your annual base salary will continue to be paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies during the Severance Payment Period as follows:

 

(i)  if you are terminated within the first year from the Effective Date, then the Severance Payment Period will be twelve (12) months and you will continue to be paid until the earlier of (A) twelve (12) months following the date of termination or (B) your acceptance of other full-time employment at an equal or greater base salary.  If you obtain full time employment at an annualized base salary less than the annualized base salary you were entitled to at the Company, then the Company will pay you the difference in monthly base salary on a monthly basis until the end of the Company’s severance pay obligation.  You shall have no obligation to obtain other employment during the severance payment period;

 

(ii)  if you are terminated after the first year measured from the Effective Date but prior to the end of the second year from the Effective Date, then the Severance Payment Period will be nine (9) months and then you will continue to be paid until the earlier of (A) nine (9) months following the date of termination or (B) your acceptance of other full-time employment at an equal or greater base salary.  If you obtain full time employment at an annualized base salary less than the annualized base salary you were entitled to at the Company, then the Company will pay you the difference in monthly base salary on a monthly basis until the end of the Company’s severance pay obligation.  You shall have no obligation to obtain other employment during the severance payment period;

 

(iii)  If you are terminated after the end of the second year measured from the Effective Date, then the Severance Payment Period shall be six (6) months and you will continue to be paid until the earlier of (A) six (6) months following the date of termination or (B) your acceptance of other full-time employment at an equal or greater base salary.  If you obtain full time employment at an annualized base salary less than the annualized base salary you were entitled to at the Company, then the Company will pay you the difference in monthly base salary on a monthly basis until the end of the Company’s severance pay obligation.  You shall have no obligation to obtain other employment during the severance payment period;

 

(II)                                 you will continue to receive benefits pursuant to the Company’s Benefit Plans, provided that such Benefit Plans permit continuation post-termination by payment of State or Federal COBRA premiums, at the Company’s expense until the earlier of (A) the end of the relevant Severance Payment Period, or (B) you are no longer eligible for State of Federal COBRA;

 

3



 

(III)                             the number of Stock Options vested for all Stock Options granted to you shall be measured as if the termination occurred twelve months after the actual date of termination; and

 

(IV)                             you shall be entitled to the benefits described in subparagraphs (I), (II) and (III) above if you terminate employment because of Effective Termination.  “Effective Termination” shall mean:  (A)  without your express written consent, a significant reduction of your duties, position or responsibilities; or (B) without your express written consent, a substantial reduction of the facilities and perquisites (which shall not include office space and location); or (C) a material reduction by the Company of your base salary; or (D) a reduction by the Company in the kind or level of your benefits to which you are entitled with the result that your overall benefits package is significantly reduced; or (E) without your express written consent, the relocation of you to a facility or location more than one hundred (100) miles from the Company’s current facility.

 

(V)                                 Upon change of control (as defined below) of the Company, vesting of the unvested portion of your Stock Options or the Company’s right to repurchase stock under the stock purchase agreement entered into upon exercise of your Stock Options shall automatically be accelerated (or in the case of the right of repurchase, shall lapse) so that such Stock Options (or shares, as applicable) shall become completely vested.  For the purposes of this Section 7(v), “Change of Control” shall mean a merger or reorganization of the Company with or into any other corporation or corporations, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the corporation, or a sale of securities of the Company, in which transaction the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to such transaction own immediately after such transaction less than 50% of the equity securities of the surviving corporation or its parent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined by the Company’s independent public accountants that such accelerated vesting would preclude accounting for the change of control as a pooling of interests for financial accounting purposes, and it is a condition to the closing of the change of control that the transaction be accounted for as a pooling of interests, then the accelerated vesting shall not occur pursuant to this section (v) but shall be accelerated at the earliest time which will not preclude accounting as a pooling of interests

 

(VI)                             Your stock option agreements and/or stock purchase agreements will reflect the vesting acceleration and change of control provisions recited in this Agreement.

 

b.                                       Definition of “Cause.”

 

“Cause” to terminate your employment is defined as follows:

 

(A)                               your deliberate refusal to substantially perform the duties associated with your position;

 

(B)                                 your personally engaging in conduct that you intend to be seriously injurious to the Company, its affiliates or employees;

 

4



 

(C)                                 your knowing violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company;

 

(D)                                your being convicted of a felony under the laws of the United States or any State, or the misappropriation of material property belonging to the Company or its affiliates; or

 

(E)                                  your knowingly and intentionally breaching in any material respect the terms of your Proprietary Information Agreement.

 

c.                                        Definition of “Disability.”

 

“Disability” means a mental or physical impairment, which in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, prevents you from performing the responsibilities and duties of your position to their satisfaction for a period of forty-five (45) consecutive days or ninety (90) days during any twelve-month period.

 

We are all delighted to be able to extend you this offer and look forward to working with you.  To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to me, along with a signed and dated copy of the Confidentiality Agreement.  This letter, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral.  This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by the Company and by you.

 

Very truly yours,

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

 

5




Exhibit 10.13

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$90,000

April 13, 2000

 

For value received, the undersigned promises to pay Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), at its principal office the principal sum of $90,000 with interest from the date hereof at a rate of 6.60% per annum, compounded semiannually, on the unpaid balance of such principal sum.  Such principal and interest shall be due and payable 180 days following the termination of the undersigned.

 

Principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the Unites States of America.  AMOUNTS DUE UNDER THIS NOTE MAY BE PAID AT ANY TIME WITHOUT PREMIUM OR PENALTY.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Note may be forgiven in whole in part as expressly set forth in Section 5(a) of that certain Employment Agreement between the Company and the undersigned.

 

Should suit be commenced to collect any sums due under this Note, such sum as the Court may deem reasonable shall be added hereto as attorney’s fees.  The makers an endorsers have severally waived presentment for payment, protest, notice of protest and notice of nonpayment of this Note.

 

This Note, which is full recourse, is secured by a pledge of certain shares of Common Stock of the Company and is subject to the terms of a Pledge and Security Agreement between the undersigned and the Company of even date herewith.

 

 

 

     /s/ Daryl Winter

 

 

Daryl Winter

 

1



 

Employment Agreement

 

 

 

 

April 5, 2000

 

 

 

Daryl Winter

3530 Crestmoor Drive

San Bruno, CA 94066

 

Dear Daryl:

On behalf of Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated (the “ Company ”), I am pleased to offer you the position of Senior Vice President & General Counsel of the Company.  Speaking for myself, as well as the other members of the Company’s Board of Directors, we are all very impressed with your credentials and we look forward to your future success in this position.

The terms of your new position with the Company are as set forth below:

1.             Position .

a.             You will become Senior Vice President & General Counsel of the Company, working out of the Company’s offices in Redwood City, California.  You will initially report to Jim Wells, and upon his/her hire, to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.  As General Counsel, you will have overall responsibility for the Company’s corporate legal functions, including but not limited to, serving as secretary of the Company’s Board of Directors and Corporate Secretary.

b.             You agree to the best of your ability and experience that you will at all times loyally and conscientiously perform all of the duties and obligations required of and from you pursuant to the express and implicit terms hereof.  During the term of your employment, you further agree that you will devote all of your business time and attention to the business of the Company, the Company will be entitled to all of the benefits and profits arising from or incident to all such work services and advice, you will not render commercial or professional services of any nature to any person or organization, whether or not for compensation, without the prior written consent of the Company’s Board of Directors, and you will not directly or indirectly engage or participate in any business that is competitive in any manner with the business of the  Company.  Nothing in this letter agreement will prevent you from accepting speaking or presentation engagements in exchange for honoraria or from serving on boards of charitable organizations or otherwise participating in civic, charitable or fraternal organizations, or from owning no more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding equity securities of a corporation whose stock is listed on a national stock exchange.  It is contemplated that you may serve on boards of directors of other, non-competitive companies, and the Sunesis Board of Directors will not unreasonably withhold its consent from such participation.  Such participation shall not

1



exceed the greater of six (6) days per year or such number of days as is required for you to serve on the board of directors of one such company.  It is also contemplated that you will spend no more than six (6) days during the first six months of your employment, which will not interfere with your duties contemplated by this Agreement, winding up certain matters with and for your immediately previous employer.  Such activity will not be considered a violation of this Agreement.

2.             Start Date .  Subject to fulfillment of any conditions imposed by this letter agreement, you will commence this new position with the Company on or before April 1, 2000 (the “Start Date”).

3.             Proof of Right to Work .  For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States.  Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

4.             Compensation .

a.             Base Salary .  You will be paid a monthly salary of $16,666.66 which is equivalent to $200,000 on an annualized basis.  Your salary will be payable in two equal payments per month pursuant to the Company’s regular payroll policy (or in the same manner as other officers of the Company).  Your base salary will be reviewed annually for adjustment based on cost of living and merit, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, but will not be reduced.

b.             Bonus .  You will receive an annual guaranteed bonus of not less than $25,000, which will be reviewed along with your base salary.  This bonus will be paid to you 1/24 each pay period so long as you are employed by Sunesis.  You will also be eligible to earn incentive bonuses in future years, based on achievement of objectives.

5.             Stock Options .

a.             Initial Option Grant .  In connection with the commencement of your employment, the Company will recommend that the Board of Directors grant you an option to purchase 300,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“Shares”) with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of the grant (currently $0.30 per share) (the “Option”).  The shares subject to the Option will vest over four (4) years as follows: 75,000 Shares will vest one (1) year following your Start Date and the remaining 225,000 Shares will vest monthly over the final three (3) years.  The Option may be exercised prior to vesting by you entering into (i) a promissory note with the Company bearing the lowest rate of interest to avoid imputed income to you and (ii) a standard form of restricted stock purchase agreement with the Company.  If you do exercise the option prior to vesting with a promissory note, the loan will be forgiven upon the earlier of the termination of your services to the Company (so long as termination occurs after April 1, 2001, as more fully described below) or the expiration of four (4) years following the making of the loan.  In the event forgiveness of the loan is triggered by the cessation of your services to the Company, the Company will forgive 25% of the loan and accrued interest if your employment has reached its first anniversary, plus 1/36 of the remaining principal and accrued

2



interest at the expiration of each month following the first anniversary of your employment; provided, however, that repayment of the loan, to the extent unforgiven, will be due 180 days following your cessation of performing services for the Company.  In the event your employment terminates due to your termination by the Company without “cause” as defined in this Agreement or due to your resignation under paragraph 9(iv) of this Agreement, then the loan will be forgiven; and in the event your employment terminates due to death or Disability (as defined below), one-half of the unforgiven amount will be forgiven.  Vesting of the Option will depend on your continued service to the Company.  The Option will be an incentive stock option to the maximum extent allowed by the tax code and will be subject to the terms of the Company’s 1998 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company.

b.             Subsequent Option Grants .  You will be eligible to participate in any stock option or other incentive programs available to officers or employees of the Company.

6.             Benefits .

a.             Insurance Benefits .  The Company will provide you with standard medical and dental insurance benefits.  In addition, the Company currently indemnifies all officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, and you will be requested to enter into the Company’s standard form of Indemnification Agreement giving you such protection.  Pursuant to the Indemnification Agreement, the Company will agree to advance any expenses for which indemnification is available to the extent allowed by applicable law.

b.             Vacation .  You will be entitled to three weeks paid vacation per year, pro­rated for the remainder of this calendar year.

c.             Housing Expense .  The Company will provide you with a loan (full recourse and secured by your stock, or other mutually acceptable structure) in the amount of $100,000.  The loan will be forgiven upon the earlier of the termination of the services you provide to the Company (to the extent provided below) or the expiration of five (5) years following the making of the loan.  In the event forgiveness of the loan is triggered by the cessation of your provision of services to the Company, the Company will forgive 20% of the loan and accrued interest if your employment has reached its first anniversary, plus 1/48 of the remaining principal and accrued interest at the expiration of each month following the first anniversary of your employment; and repayment of the loan, to the extent unforgiven, will be due not later than 180 days after you are no longer performing services for the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event (i) the fair market value of the vested shares of common stock subject to the Option equal or exceed $5,000,000 for any period of thirty (30) consecutive calendar days following a public offering of the Company’s shares, and (ii) you may legally dispose of the shares under applicable securities laws throughout such 30-day period, then the entire amount of the loan (including any previously forgiven amount) will thereupon become due on the date one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of such 30-day period.  You may draw the loan proceeds, subject to documentation, at any time after the first 15 days of your employment.  In the event your employment terminates due to your termination by the Company without “cause” as defined in this Agreement or due to your resignation under paragraph 9(iv) of this Agreement, then the loan will be forgiven; and in the event your employment terminates due to death or Disability (as defined below, one-half of the unforgiven amount will be forgiven.

3



d.             Professional Requirements .  The Company will pay the costs of your State Bar dues, your required Continuing Legal Education courses and those professional education programs reasonably necessary for the performance of you duties as the Company’s chief legal officer.  Your participation in such programs will be considered work time and the travel expenses associated with attendance at such conferences will be paid according to the Company’s expense reimbursement policies.

e.             Reimbursement of Legal Expenses .  The Company will reimburse you the reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses you incur in obtaining legal advice and in the negotiating and drafting of this Agreement, in an amount not to exceed three thousand dollars ($3,000.)

7.             Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement .  Your acceptance of this offer and commencement of employment with the Company is contingent upon the execution, and delivery to an officer of the Company, of the Company’s Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, a copy of which is enclosed for your review and execution (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”), prior to or on your Start Date.

8.             Confidentiality of Terms .  You agree to follow the Company’s strict policy that employees must not disclose, either directly or indirectly, any information, including any of the terms of this agreement, regarding salary, bonuses, or stock purchase or option allocations to any person, including other employees of the Company; provided, however, that you may discuss such terms with members of your immediate family and any legal, tax or accounting specialists who provide you with individual legal, tax or accounting advice, and you may discuss it with other employees of the Company on a need to know basis if required to carry out your duties as the Company’s chief legal officer.

9.             At-Will Employment .  Your employment with the Company will be on an “at will” basis, meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time for any reason or no reason, without further obligation or liability.  In addition, if you are terminated by the Company without “cause,” as defined below, then:

(i)            your annual base salary will continue to be paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies until the earlier of (A) twelve (12) months following the date of termination (nine (9) months following the date of termination if termination is more than six (6) months following the Chief Executive Officer’s start date), or (B) your acceptance of other full-time employment at an equal or greater base salary.  If you obtain full time employment at an annualized base salary less than the annualized base salary you were entitled to at the Company, then the Company will pay you the difference in monthly base salary on a monthly basis until the end of the Company’s severance pay obligation.  You shall have no obligation to obtain other employment during the severance payment period;

(ii)           you will continue to receive benefits pursuant to the Company’s Benefit Plans, provided that such Benefit Plans permit continuation post-termination by payment of State or Federal COBRA premiums, at the Company’s expense until the earlier of (A) twelve (12) months following the date of termination (nine (9) months following the date of termination if

4



termination is more than six (6) months following the Chief Executive Officer’s start date), or (B) you are no longer eligible for State or Federal COBRA;

(iii)          the number of shares exercisable under your outstanding options shall be measured as if the termination occurred twelve (12) months after the actual date of termination; and

(iv)          you shall be entitled to the benefits described in subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) above if you terminate employment on or before the expiration of 12 months from your start date, or within the first six (6) months after the Chief Executive Officer’s start date, because of Effective Termination.  Effective Termination shall mean: (A) without your express written consent, a significant reduction of your duties, position or responsibilities; or (B) without your express written consent, a substantial reduction of the facilities and perquisites (including office space and location); or (C) a material reduction by the Company of your, base salary; or (D) a reduction by the Company in the kind or level of your benefits to which you are entitled with the result that your overall benefits package is significantly reduced; (E) without your express written consent, the relocation of you to a facility or location more than one-hundred (100) miles from the Company’s current facility or (F) if you are required by the rules of professional responsibility of your profession to resign as the Company’s attorney because of acts or omissions of the Company, its affiliate(s) or any of their employees, agents or Boards of Directors.

(v)           if, upon a change of control (as defined below) of the Company or at any time within twelve (12) months following such change of control, you are terminated by the Company without cause or are Effectively Terminated, then upon such termination, vesting of the unvested portion of any stock option held by you or the Company’s right to repurchase stock under your stock purchase agreements) shall automatically be accelerated (or in the case of the right of repurchase, shall lapse) so that such options or shares, as applicable, shall become completely vested.  In addition, if you are still providing services to the Company on the one-year anniversary following the change of control, the unvested portion of any stock option held by you or the Company’s right to repurchase stock under your stock purchase agreements) shall automatically be accelerated (or in the case of the right of repurchase, shall lapse) so that such options shall become completely vested.  For the purposes of this Section 9(v), “Change of Control” shall mean a merger or reorganization of the Company with or into any other corporation or corporations, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the corporation, or a sale of securities of the Company, in which transaction the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to such transaction own immediately after such transaction less than 50% of the equity securities of the surviving corporation or its parent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined by the Company’s independent public accountants that such accelerated vesting would preclude accounting for the change of control as a pooling of interests for financial accounting purposes, and it is a condition to the closing of the change of control that the transaction be accounted for as a pooling of interests, then the accelerated vesting shall not occur pursuant to this section (v) but shall be accelerated at the earliest time which will not preclude accounting as a pooling of interests.

5



10.           Definition of “Cause.”

“Cause” to terminate your employment is defined as follows:

(A)          your deliberate refusal to substantially perform the duties associated with your position;

(B)           your personally engaging in conduct that you intend to be seriously injurious to the Company, its affiliates or employees;

(C)           your knowing violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company

(D)          your being convicted of a felony under the laws of the United States or any State, or the misappropriation of material property belong to, the Company or its affiliates; or

(E)           your knowingly and intentionally breaching in any material respect the terms of your Proprietary Information Agreement.

11.           Definition of “Disability.”

“Disability” means a mental or physical impairment, which in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, prevents you from performing the responsibilities and duties of your position to their satisfaction for a period of forty-five (45) consecutive days or ninety (90) days during any twelve-month period.

Your stock option agreement and/or stock purchase agreement will reflect the vesting acceleration and change of control provisions recited in this Agreement.

6



We are all delighted to be able to extend you this offer and look forward to working with you.  To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to me, along with a signed and dated copy of the Confidentiality Agreement.  This letter, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral.  This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by the Company and by you.

Very truly yours,

 

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS INCORPORATED

 

 

By:                                                                                                         

Title:                                                                                                      

 

 

 

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

DARYL WINTER

 

                                                                                                               

Signature

 

                                                                                                               

Date

 

Enclosure:             Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement

7



Date: December 19, 2001

RE: Employment Agreement for Daryl Winter dated April 5, 2000

 

 

 

Jim Young

 

This letter provides an explanation of the intent of the parties with respect to the above referenced Agreement regarding the matter of forgivable loans, specifically the Housing Expense loan described under section 6(c) of the Agreement.  The intent of this loan was to provide a $100,000.00 for a home loan that would be forgiven if my tenure as an employee reached the fifth anniversary from the Hire date.  Additionally, it was understood that if my employment was terminated during the first five years from the Hire date then the loan would be forgiven in proportion to my tenure or more specifically 20% would be forgiven if my employment was terminated after the first year and an additional 1/48 per month of the remaining principle if my employment was terminated each successive month thereafter.

To make sure the Agreement captures this intent I propose to amend the relevant portion of the Agreement to read as follows;

“The loan will be forgiven upon the earlier of a) five (5) years following making of the loan or b) termination of the services you provide the company at-the rate of 20% of the loan amount and accrued interest if your employment has reached its first anniversary, plus 1/48 of the remaining principal and accrued interest at the expiration of each month following the first anniversary of your employment.  Repayment of the loan, to the extent it is unforgiven, will be due no later than 180 days after you are no longer performing services for the Company.”

By our signatures below we agree this was the intent of the agreement and that this language makes it clear that the loan is not forgiven at all until 5 years after the loan was made or that if I am terminated during the first 5 years only the pro rata portion set forth above is forgiven.  The attached amendment (Amendment A) to the subject Employment Agreement incorporates the above proposed language change and certain other changes agreed to.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jim Young (CEO)

 

Daryl Winter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

Date

8



Amendment A

 

This amendment of the Employment Agreement dated April 5, 2001 between Sunesis Pharmaceuticals and Daryl Winter is hereby entered into this 20 th day of December 2001.

Regarding section 4.  Compensation of the Agreement, it is agreed that the Base Salary and Bonus, specifically the annual guaranteed bonus, are to be combined so that the new Base Salary defined by the agreement is the sum of both the Bonus and the Base Salary ($225,000.00) as of the date of the Agreement, April 5, 2000.  All annual increases to the Base Salary after April 5, 2000, based on cost of living and merit and approved by the Board of Directors, is to be based on the new combined Base Salary.

Regarding section 6(c) Housing Expense of the Agreement, it is agreed that the second ant third sentences of that section are to be deleted and substituted with the following sentence:

“The loan will 1e forgiven upon the earlier of a) five (5) years following making of the loan or b)   termination of the services you provide the company at the rate of 20% of the loan amount and accrued interest if your employment has reached its first anniversary, plus 1/48 of the remaining principal and accrued interest at the expiration of each month following the first anniversary of your employment.  Repayment of the loan, to the extent it is unforgiven, will be due no later than 180 days after you are no longer performing services for the Company.”

9


 



Exhibit 10.14

 

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$100,000

April 13, 2000

 

For value received, the undersigned promises to pay Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), at its principal office the principal sum of $100,000 with interest from the date hereof at a rate of 6.60% per annum, compounded semiannually, on the unpaid balance of such principal sum. Such principal and interest shall be due and payable 180 days following the termination of the undersigned, but if the fair market value of the vested shares of common stock subject to the certain Option between the Company and the undersigned equal or exceed $5,000,000 for any period of 30 consecutive calendar days following a public offering of the Company’s shares, and the undersigned can legally dispose of the shares under applicable securities laws throughout such 30-day period, then the entire amount of the loan will thereupon become due on the date 180 days after the end of such 30-day period.

 

Principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the Unites States of America. AMOUNTS DUE UNDER THIS NOTE MAY BE PAID AT ANY TIME WITHOUT PREMIUM OR PENALTY.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Note may be forgiven in whole in part as expressly set forth in Section 6(c) of that certain Employment Agreement between the Company and the undersigned.

 

Should suit be commenced to collect any sums due under this Note, such sum as the Court may deem reasonable shall be added hereto as attorney’s fees. The makers an endorsers have severally waived presentment for payment, protest, notice of protest and notice of nonpayment of this Note.

 

This Note, which is full recourse, is secured by a pledge of certain shares of Common Stock of the Company and is subject to the terms of a Pledge and Security Agreement between the undersigned and the Company of even date herewith.

 

 

 

/s/ Daryl Winter

 

 

Daryl Winter

 




Exhibit 10.15

 

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$135,000

5/17/2000

 

For value received, the undersigned promises to pay Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), at its principal office the principal sum of $135,000.00 with interest from the date hereof at a rate of 6.60% per annum, compounded semiannually, on the unpaid balance of such principal sum.  Such principal and interest shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of termination of your Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant of the Company, or (ii) May 1, 2005.

 

If the undersigned’s employment relationship with the Company is terminated prior to payment in foil of this Note, this Note shall be immediately due and payable.

 

Principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the Unites States of America. AMOUNTS DUE UNDER THIS NOTE MAY BE PAID AT ANY TIME WITHOUT PREMIUM OR PENALTY.

 

Should suit be commenced to collect any sums due under this Note, such sum as the Court may deem reasonable shall be added hereto as attorneys fees. The makers an endorsers have severally waived presentment for payment, protest, notice of protest and notice of nonpayment of this Note.

 

This Note, which is full recourse, is secured by a pledge of certain shares of Common Stock of the Company and is subject to the terms of a Pledge and Security Agreement between the undersigned and the Company of even date herewith.

 

 

 

/s/ James Young

 

 

Dr. James Young

 




Exhibit 10.16

 

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Up to $4,000,000

December 18, 2002

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), hereby promises to pay to BIOGEN, INC., a Massachusetts corporation (the “Lender”), the aggregate principal sum of up to Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000) which shall be advanced by the Lender from time to time (each such advance a “Loan”) in accordance with Section 1 below.

 

1.             Advancement of Loans

 

In each of the ten (10) calendar quarters during the period beginning on January 1, 2003 and ending on June 30, 2005, Borrower shall have the right to request a Loan from the Lender of up to $400,000. Borrower may only make one such request in each calendar quarter. Borrower’s right to borrow $400,000 per calendar quarter is cumulative, and to the extent that Borrower makes no such request in any quarter or requests a Loan in an amount less than $400,000 in any quarter, the difference between the $400,000 quarterly borrowing limit and the amount actually borrowed in any such quarter will be carried over into subsequent quarters and Borrower shall have the right to borrow such amounts in any subsequent quarter. Upon any such request by Borrower, Lender shall within five (5) business days thereof advance such Loan to Borrower in lawful money of the United States of America, at the principal place of business of the Borrower or at such other place as the Borrower may designate from time to time in writing to the Lender. Borrower authorizes Lender to list on Schedule A hereto all Loans made by Lender hereunder, which notations shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive; provided, however, that the failure to make a notation or the inaccuracy of the notation shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrower under this Note. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Borrower’s right to request any Loan hereunder shall cease immediately upon receipt of notice from Lender of any material breach by Borrower under that certain Research and Collaboration Agreement, dated December [  ], 2002 by and between the Lender and the Borrower (the “Collaboration Agreement”).

 

2.             Payments

 

(a)           Payments at Maturity of each Loan . The outstanding accrued and unpaid interest and principal balance of each Loan shall be due and payable in full on the date that is five (5) years from the date of advance of each such Loan (each a “Loan Maturity Date”). If a Loan Maturity Date shall fall on a Saturday or Sunday or a date

 



 

that is not otherwise a day on which banking institutions are generally open for business in Massachusetts, such Loan Maturity Date shall be the next succeeding day on which banking institutions are generally open for business in Massachusetts. This Note may be prepaid at any time without the prior written consent of the Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amounts prepaid by Borrower shall not be again available for future advances.

 

(b)                               Method of Payment.   The Borrower shall pay the outstanding accrued and unpaid interest and principal balance of each Loan on the respective Loan Maturity Date in lawful money of the United States of America, at the principal place of business of the Lender or at such other place as the Lender may designate from time to time in writing to the Borrower.

 

3.             Interest

 

Interest shall accrue on the then outstanding principal balance of this Note at an interest rate per annum equal to three percent (3%) above LIBOR (as defined below). This interest rate shall be set for each Loan as of the date of advance of each such Loan, but shall be recalculated with respect to each outstanding Loan each January 1st prior to the Loan Maturity Date. All accrued interest then outstanding shall be payable in arrears on the first day of each quarter commencing on April 1, 2003, until the outstanding principal balance is paid in full, and if at any time the principal balance of this Note shall be prepaid in whole or in part, or shall otherwise be paid in full, then all accrued interest shall be payable at the time of such principal payment. “LIBOR” means the per annum rate for deposits in United States dollars for one month appearing on the Bloomberg British Bankers’ Association Official BBP LIBOR Fixings Page (as defined below) as of 11:00 a.m. London, England, time, rounded, if necessary, upward to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent (0.01 %). “Official BBA LIBOR Fixings Page” means the display designated as page 1 of the “Official BBA LIBOR Fixings” on the Bloomberg Financial Markets Commodities News Service (or such other page as may replace the Official BBA LIBOR Fixings Page on that service, or a comparable service as agreed to by Lender and Borrower, for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks).

 

4.             Subordination

 

This Note shall be subordinated to (i) all secured debt and liabilities of the Borrower existing as of the date hereof or incurred hereafter and (ii) all liabilities of the Borrower to institutional or commercial lenders and equipment lessors existing as of the date hereof or incurred hereafter (including, without limitation any lease obligations).

 

2



 

5.             Events of Default

 

Upon the occurrence of anyone or more of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”), the Lender at its option may declare all amounts due hereunder, including, without limitation, the entire unpaid principal balance of such Note and any accrued, unpaid interest thereon, to be immediately due and payable without notice or protest (both of which are hereby waived):

 

(a)                                The failure to make any payment of principal or interest due pursuant to the terms of such Note on or before the due date, which failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days;

 

(b)                               The failure to promptly, punctually, and faithfully perform or discharge any liability or obligation of the Borrower to the Lender, which failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice to the Borrower by the Lender;

 

(c)                                The material breach of any representation or warranty now or hereafter made by the Borrower to the Lender in any document, instrument, agreement, or paper;

 

(d)                               (i) The commencement by the Borrower of a voluntary case under 11 U.S.C. Section 101 et. seq. (the “Bankruptcy Code”) or any foreign, federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or (ii) the consent by the Borrower to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary bankruptcy or similar case, or to the conversion of an involuntary case to a voluntary case, under any such law, or (iii) the consent by the Borrower to the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, trustee or other custodian for all or a substantial part of its properties, or (iv) the making by the Borrower of any assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (v) the admission by the Borrower in writing of its inability to pay its debts as such debts become due, or (vi) the death, discontinuance of business, dissolution, winding up, liquidation or cessation of existence by the Borrower;

 

(e)                                (i) The entry by a court of a decree or order for relief with respect to the Borrower in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable foreign, federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, which decree or order is not stayed or dismissed within 60 days of the entry thereof, or (ii) the entry by a court of a decree or order for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, trustee, custodian or other person having similar powers over the Borrower or over all or a substantial part of its properties;

 

(f)                                  A judgment, decree, writ, warrant of attachment or similar process in an amount equal to or exceeding $20,000,000 is entered against the Borrower or any of its assets, if such judgment, decree, writ, warrant of attachment or similar process is not adequately covered by insurance or has not been

 

3



 

vacated, discharged, appealed from (with execution or similar process continuously stayed) within thirty (30) days of such judgment’s entry; or

 

(g)                                A breach by Borrower under the Collaboration Agreement, which breach shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after notice to the Borrower by the Lender.

 

Upon the occurrence and continuance of any Event of Default hereunder, (i) the Lender may declare the principal balance of this Note to be immediately due and payable, provided however , in the case of an Event of Default described in paragraphs (d) or (e) above, all amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder, including, without limitation, the principal balance and all accrued interest on this Note, shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without notice, action or election by the Lender, and (ii) the Lender may enforce any other rights granted pursuant to this Note, any other document, or by applicable law. All of the rights of the Lender hereunder shall be cumulative and not exclusive, and each of which may be exercised singly, repetitively, in any combination, and in any order. The Lender’s rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised without resort or regard to any other source of satisfaction of any liabilities owing by the Borrower to the Lender. No inconsistency between the default provisions of this Note and any other agreement shall be deemed to create any additional notice, cure or grace period or derogate from the express terms of such provisions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of an Event of Default under paragraph (g) or an Event of Default under paragraph (c) involving the Collaboration Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to any future advances under this Note, but any outstanding principal and interest shall not automatically become due and payable.

 

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Borrower agrees to pay on demand all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred or paid by the holder(s) hereof in collecting or enforcing such Note.

 

6.             Collaboration Agreement.

 

Lender’s obligation to advance any Loan pursuant to this Note shall be subject to any terms set forth in the Collaboration Agreement.

 

7.              Notices.

 

All notices, requests and other communications hereunder shall be in writing, shall be addressed to the receiving party’s address set forth below or to such other address as a party may designate by notice hereunder, and shall be either (i) delivered by hand, (ii) made by facsimile or email transmission, (iii) sent by private courier service, or (iv) sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. The addresses and other contact information for the parties are as follows:

 

If to BORROWER:

If to LENDER:

Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Biogen, Inc

341 Oyster Point Blvd.

14 Cambridge Center

South San Francisco, CA 94080

Cambridge, MA 02142

 

4



 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Tel: (650) 266-3715

Tel: (617) 679-2818

Fax: (650) 266-3506

Fax: (617) 6979-3112

 

All notices, requests and other communications hereunder shall be deemed to have been received either (i) if by hand, at the time of the delivery thereof to the receiving party, (ii) if made by telecopy or facsimile transmission, at the time that receipt thereof has been acknowledged by electronic confirmation or otherwise, (iii) if sent by private courier, on the third (3rd) business day following the day such notice is delivered to the courier service, or (iv) if sent by registered or certified mail, on the fifth (5th) business day following the day such mailing is made.

 

8.             Miscellaneous

 

(a)                                If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Note, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

 

(b)                               The Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind in connection with this Note. No failure on the part of the Lender in exercising any right or remedy hereunder, and no single, partial or delayed exercise by the Lender of any right or remedy shall preclude the full and timely exercise by the Lender at any time of any right or remedy of the Lender hereunder without notice. No course of dealing or other conduct, no oral agreement or representation made by the Lender or usage of trade shall operate as a waiver of any right or remedy of the Lender. This Note contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes every course of dealing, other conduct, oral agreement or representation previously made by the Lender. In the event that any court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that any provision, or portion thereof, contained in this Note shall be unenforceable in any respect, then such provision shall be deemed limited to the extent that such court deems it enforceable, and the remaining provisions of this Note shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect.

 

(c)           None of the terms or provisions of this Note may be excluded, modified, or amended except by a written instrument duly executed on behalf of both the Borrower and the Lender expressly referring hereto and setting forth the provision so excluded, modified or amended.  No waiver or forbearance of any of the rights and remedies of the Lender hereunder shall be effective unless made specifically in a writing signed by the Lender, and any such waiver or forbearance shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

 

(d)                               This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the application of principles of conflicts of law. The Borrower submits to the jurisdiction of the courts of the

 

5



 

State of Delaware and of the United States District Courts situated therein for all purposes with respect to this note.

 

(e)                                The Borrower hereby expressly, knowingly and voluntarily waives all rights to trial by jury in any action or proceeding arising out of, in connection with, or related to this note, including, without limitation, in connection with any defense, affirmative defense, counterclaim or the like asserted against the Lender.

 

(f)            Section and subsection headings are inserted for convenience of reference only and do not form a part of this Note.

 

(g)           Neither this Note nor any obligation hereunder may be assigned by Borrower without the written consent of Lender.

 

(h)           The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that: (i) each party and its counsel reviewed and negotiated the terms and provisions of this Note and have contributed to its revision; (ii) the rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Note; and (iii) the terms and provisions of this Note shall be construed fairly as to all parties hereto and not in a favor of or against any party, regardless of which party was generally responsible for the preparation of this Note.

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Note to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James W. Young

 

 

Name: James W. Young

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

BIOGEN, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

7



 

SCHEDULE A

 

Quarter Ending

 

Available to Borrow

 

Amount of Loan

 

March 31, 2003

 

$

400,000

 

 

 

June 30, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

TRA 1739167v2

 

8




Exhibit 10.17

 

EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of August 30, 2004 by and among Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Alexandria Real Estate Equities, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Alexandria ”), the holder or holders of that certain warrant, dated May 10, 1998, to purchase 175,000 shares (the “ Warrant Stock ”) of the Company’s Common Stock, and the holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”), Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”), Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Preferred Stock ”) and Series C-1 Preferred Stock (“ Series C-1 Preferred Stock ”) listed on Exhibit A attached hereto (collectively with Alexandria, the “ Prior Investors ”) and the purchaser of the Company’s Series C-2 Preferred Stock, Biogen Idec MA, a Massachusetts corporation (the “ Additional Investor ”).  The Prior Investors and the Additional Investor are collectively referred to hereinafter as the “ Investors ” and each individually as an “ Investor .”

 

RECITALS

 

A.            T he Prior Investors hold shares of the Company’s Warrant Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and/or Series C-2 Preferred Stock (“ Shares ”) and possess registration and other rights pursuant to the Seventh Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated December 18, 2002 (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

 

B.            T he Company and the Prior Investors desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement to provide the holders of the Warrant Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and/or Series C-1 Preferred Stock with the rights pursuant to this Agreement in lieu of the rights granted under the Prior Agreement;

 

C.            T he Company proposes to sell and issue up to two million nine hundred sixteen thousand six hundred and sixty-seven (2,916,667) shares of its Series C-2 Preferred Stock (the “ Series C-2 Preferred Stock ”) pursuant to the Series C-2 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith by and between the Company and the Additional Investor (the “ Purchase Agreement ”);

 

D.            A s a condition of entering into the Purchase Agreement, the Additional Investor has requested that the Company extend to it registration rights, information rights and other rights as set forth below.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Prior Investors hereby agree that the Prior Agreement shall be superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and the parties hereto agree as follows:

 



 

1.             Certain Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

 

1.1           “ Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

 

1.2           “ CSFBEP ” shall mean Credit Suisse First Boston Equity Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

 

1.3           “ Holder ” shall mean the Investors holding Registrable Securities or securities convertible into Registrable Securities and any person holding such securities to whom the rights under this Agreement have been transferred in accordance with Section 3.9 hereof.

 

1.4           “ Initiating Holders ” shall mean any Holder or Holders who in the aggregate hold at least 50% of the Registrable Securities, or 30% of the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock.

 

1.5           “ Preferred Stock ” shall mean shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series C-2 Preferred Stock.

 

1.6           “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock (the “ Conversion Stock ”) (ii) any Common Stock of the Company issued or issuable with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the Conversion Stock or other securities convertible into or exercisable for the Preferred Stock upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, or similar event, (iii) the Warrant Stock and any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable with respect to, in exchange for or in replacement of, the Warrant Stock or other securities convertible into or excisable for the Warrant Stock upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or similar event; (iv) any Common Stock issued or issuable to any of the Investors with respect to the securities held by such Investors by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or otherwise and any Common Stock or shares of voting common stock issuable upon conversion, exercise or exchange thereof and (v) for the purposes of Section 3.2 only, all shares of Common Stock originally issued to James Wells and Jonathan Ellman; provided however, that shares of Common Stock or other securities shall only be treated as Registrable Securities of a Holder for the purposes of this Agreement (A) if and so long as they have not been sold by such Holder to or through a broker or dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or a public securities transaction, or (B) prior to the date such securities have been sold or are all available for immediate sale in the opinion of counsel to the Company in a transaction exempt from the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act so that all transfer restrictions and legends with respect thereto are removed upon the consummation of such sale.

 

1.7           The terms “ register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

 

2



 

1.8           “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses, except as otherwise stated below, incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, fees and disbursement of one counsel to the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses, the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding Selling Expenses).

 

1.9           “ Restricted Securities ” shall mean the securities of the Company required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.2 hereof.

 

1.10         “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

1.11         “ Selling Expenses ” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the securities registered by the Holders.

 

2.             Transferability .

 

2.1           Restrictions on Transferability .  The Shares and the Registrable Securities shall not be sold, assigned, transferred or pledged except upon the conditions specified in this Section 2, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.  The Investors shall cause any proposed purchaser, assignee, transferee, or pledgee of the Shares or the Registrable Securities held by the Investors to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Section 2.

 

2.2           Restrictive Legend .  Each certificate representing (i) the Shares, (ii) the Registrable Securities and (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the Shares or the Registrable Securities upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 2.3 below) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.  SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION UNLESS THE TRANSFER IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR SIMILAR RULE OR UNLESS THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO IT STATING THAT SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.

 

3



 

The Investors and Holders consent to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Shares or the Registrable Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 2.

 

2.3           Notice of Proposed Transfers .  The holder of each certificate representing Restricted Securities by acceptance thereof agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2.3.  Prior to any proposed sale, assignment, transfer or pledge of any Restricted Securities (other than (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or (ii) in transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Restricted Securities by the Investors to any of their shareholders, partners, or retired partners, or to the estate of any of their shareholders, partners or retired partners, (iii) a transfer to an affiliated fund, partnership or company, which is not a competitor of the Company, subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, or (iv) transfers in compliance with Rule 144, so long as the Company is furnished with satisfactory evidence of compliance with such rule), unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transfer, the holder thereof shall give written notice to the Company of such holder’s intention to effect such transfer, sale, assignment or pledge.  Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed transfer, sale, assignment or pledge in sufficient detail, and shall be accompanied, at such holder’s expense by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, or (ii) a “no action” letter from the Commission to the effect that the transfer of such securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon the holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the holder to the Company.  Each certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall bear, except if such transfer is made pursuant to Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Section 2.2 above, except that such certificate shall not bear such restrictive legend if in the opinion of counsel for such holder and in the reasonable opinion of the Company such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provision of the Securities Act.

 

2.4           Removal of Restrictions on Transfer of Securities .  Any legend referred to in Section 2.2 hereof stamped on a certificate evidencing (i) the Shares, (ii) the Registrable Securities or (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the Shares or the Registrable Securities upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such security shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such security if such security is registered under the Securities Act, or if such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel (which may be counsel for the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a public sale or transfer of such security may be made without registration under the Securities Act or (iii) such holder provides the Company with reasonable assurances, which may, at the reasonable option of the Company, include an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, that such security can be sold pursuant to Section (k) of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

4



 

3.             Registration Rights .

 

3.1           Requested Registration .

 

(a)           Requested Registration .  Subject to the provisions of this Section 3.1(a), if at any time (x) holders of more than 50% of the shares of Registrable Securities request that the Company (A) file a registration statement for at least 30% of the shares of Registrable Securities or (B) effect a registration in which the anticipated aggregate proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, would exceed $10,000,000; or (y) holders of 30% or more of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock request (but not before six months after the effective date of the Company’s first registered public offering of its stock pursuant to a firm commitment underwritten offering) that the Company (A) file a registration statement for at least 30% of the Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock or (B) effect a registration in which the anticipated aggregate proceeds of which, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, would exceed $10,000,000, the Company will:

 

(i)            within ten days of the receipt by the Company of such notice, give written notice of the proposed registration, qualification or compliance to all other Holders; and

 

(ii)           as soon as practicable and in any event within 60 days, use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration, qualification or compliance (including, without limitation, appropriate qualification under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws and appropriate compliance with applicable regulations issued under the Securities Act and any other governmental requirements or regulations) as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request received by the Company within 20 days after the date of such written notice from the Company;

 

provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 3.1:

 

(1)           Prior to the earlier of June 30, 2006, or the date six months following the effective date of the Company’s first registered public offering of its stock, pursuant to a firm commitment underwritten offering;
 
(2)           In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;
 
(3)           During the period starting with the date 60 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimated date of filing of, and ending on the date 180 days immediately following the effective date of, any registration statement pertaining to securities of the Company (other than a registration of securities in a Rule 145 transaction or with respect to an employee benefit plan, in which case there shall be no such limitation on the Company’s obligation, or with respect to the Company’s first registered public offering of its stock in which

 

5



 

case the period shall end on the date six months following the effective date of the registration statement), provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;
 
(4)           After the Company has effected two such registrations pursuant to Section 3.1(a)(x) or two such registrations pursuant to Section 3.1(a)(y), respectively, it being understood that (x) two or more registration statements filed in response to one request shall be deemed the exercise of one request only and (y) a request shall not have been deemed to be made unless a registration statement is filed and declared effective by the Commission for at least 30 days or until all Registrable Securities proposed to be distributed thereunder are so distributed.
 
(5)           If the Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors it would be seriously detrimental to the Company or its stockholders for a registration statement to be filed in the near future, then the Company’s obligation to use commercially reasonable efforts to register, qualify or comply under this Section 3.1 shall be deferred for a period not to exceed 120 days from the date of the written request from the Initiating Holders; provided, however, that the Company shall not exercise such right more than once in any 12 month period; or
 
(6)           If such Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made under the provisions of Section 3.3 hereof.
 

Subject to the foregoing clauses (1) through (6), the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Initiating Holders.

 

(b)           Underwriting .  In the event that a registration pursuant to Section 3.1 is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as part of the notice given pursuant to Section 3.1(a)(i).  In such event, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to Section 3.1 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in the underwriting arrangements required by this Section 3.1, and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent requested shall be limited to the extent provided herein.

 

The Company shall (together with all Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter of recognized national standing selected for such underwriting by the Company and reasonably acceptable to a majority of the Holders that initiated such registration pursuant to Section 3.1(a)(x) or 3.1(a)(y), as the case may be. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.1, if the managing underwriter (or underwriters) determines that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated among all Holders thereof in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of

 

6



 

Registrable Securities requested by such Holders to be included in such registration statement or in such other manner as shall be agreed to by the Company and Holders of at least 66 2/3% of the Registrable Securities proposed to be included in such registration.  No Registrable Securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such registration.  To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares.  In no event shall the number of Registrable Securities underwritten in an offering be limited unless and until all shares held by persons other than the Holders of Registrable Securities are completely excluded from such offering.

 

If any Holder of Registrable Securities disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, the managing underwriter and the Initiating Holders.  The Registrable Securities and/or other securities so withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from registration, and such Registrable Securities shall not be transferred in a public distribution prior to 180 days after the effective date of such registration, or such other shorter period of time as the underwriters may require.  The Company may impose stop transfer instructions with its transfer agent in order to enforce the foregoing covenant.

 

3.2           Company Registration .

 

(a)           Notice of Registration .  If at any time or from time to time the Company shall determine to register any of its securities, either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders, other than (i) a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, (ii) a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction (iii) a registration pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof, or (iv) the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, the Company will:

 

(i)            promptly give to each Holder written notice thereof, and

 

(ii)           include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request or requests, made within 20 days after the date of such written notice from the Company, by any Holder.

 

(b)           Underwriting .  If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 3.2(a)(i).  In such event the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.

 

All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter selected for such underwriting by the Company.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.2, if the managing underwriter determines that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in such registration by the Holders shall be reduced,

 

7



 

but in no event shall the number of shares of Registrable Securities of the selling Holders included in the registration be reduced below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount of securities included in such registration.  The Company shall so advise all Holders distributing their securities through such underwriting of such limitation and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration, and underwriting, shall be allocated among all Holders in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities requested by such Holders to be included in the registration statement.  To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares.

 

If any Holder or Holders disapprove of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder or Holders may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the managing underwriter.  Any Registrable Securities and/or securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration, and shall not be transferred in a public distribution prior to 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement relating thereto, or such other shorter period of time as the underwriters may require.

 

(c)           Priority in Registration .  Notwithstanding anything in paragraphs (a) or (b) above to the contrary, if the managing underwriter of any underwritten offering covered by paragraphs (a) or (b) shall inform the Company in writing of its belief that the number or type of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration would materially and adversely affect such offering, then the Company shall include in such registration, to the extent of the number and type that the Company is so advised can be sold in (or during the time of) such offering, first, all securities proposed by the Company to be sold for its own account, second, Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration pro rata among the holders of the Preferred Stock and the Warrant Stock (other than shares of Common Stock originally issued to James A. Wells and Jonathan A. Ellman) and third, shares of Common Stock originally issued to James A. Wells and Jonathan A. Ellman requested to be included in such registration pro rata among such individuals on the basis of the percentage of the aggregate securities requested to be so included.

 

(d)           Right to Terminate Registration .  The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 3.2 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration.  The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 3.4 hereof.

 

3.3           Registration on Form S-3 .

 

(a)           If any Holder or Holders holding at least 5% of the Registrable Securities requests that the Company file a registration statement on Form S-3, or any similar short form registration statement, for a public offering of Registrable Securities, the reasonably anticipated aggregate proceeds to the seller, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, would exceed $2,000,000 and the Company is a registrant entitled to use Form S-3 to register the Registrable Securities for such an offering, the Company shall (i) promptly give to each Holder written notice of such Registration, (ii) include in such registration, and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request or requests made

 

8



 

within 20 days after the date of such written notice from the Company and (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registrable Securities to be registered on such form for the offering and to cause such Registrable Securities to be qualified in such jurisdictions as the Holder or Holders may reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to effect more than one such registration in any 12 month period.  The provisions of Section 3.1(b) shall be applicable to each registration initiated under this Section 3.3.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to take any action pursuant to this Section 3.3:  (i) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act; (ii) if the Company, within ten days of the date of the request of the initiating Holders, gives notice of its bona fide intention to effect the filing of a registration statement with the Commission within 60 days of the date of such request (other than with respect to a registration statement relating to a Rule 145 transaction, or an offering solely to employees); (iii) during the period starting with the date 60 days prior to the Company’s estimated date of filing of, and ending on the date six months immediately following, the effective date of any registration statement pertaining to securities of the Company (other than a registration of securities in a Rule 145 transaction or with respect to an employee benefit plan), provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (iv) if the Company shall furnish to such Holder a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors it would be seriously detrimental to the Company or its stockholders for registration statements to be filed in the near future, then the Company’s obligation to use its best efforts to file a registration statement shall be deferred for a period not to exceed 120 days from the date of the request to file such registration by such Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall not exercise such right more than once in any 12 month period; or (v) if the Company has, within the 12 month period preceding the date of such request, already effected a registration pursuant to this Section 3.

 

3.4           Expenses of Registration .  All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with registrations pursuant to Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3, exclusive of any Selling Expenses, shall be borne by the Company.  All Selling Expenses relating to securities registered on behalf of the Holders shall be borne by the holders of securities included in such registration pro rata with the Company and among each other on the basis of the number of shares so registered; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 3.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to a demand registration pursuant to Section 3.1, provided further, however, that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a materially adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company that did not exist at the time of their request, and have withdrawn the request promptly following disclosure of such materially adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 3.1, if applicable.

 

9



 

3.5           Registration Procedures .  In the case of each registration, qualification or compliance effected by the Company pursuant to this Section 3, the Company will keep each Holder advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration, qualification and compliance and as to the completion thereof.  At its expense the Company will:

 

(a)           Prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement with respect to such securities and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective for at least 30 days or until the distribution described in the Registration Statement has been completed.

 

(b)           Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement.

 

(c)           Furnish to the Holders participating in such registration and to the underwriters of the securities being registered such reasonable number of copies of the registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus and such other documents as such underwriters may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public offering of such securities.

 

(d)           Furnish, at the request of a majority in interest of Holders participating in the registration, on the date such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters or if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the Holders requesting registration addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a letter dated such date, from the independent accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the Holders requesting registration, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.

 

(e)           Use commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdiction as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therein or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

 

(f)            In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering.  Each holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such agreement.

 

10



 

(g)           Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

 

(h)           Cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities of the Company are listed, or on such other nationally recognized securities exchange as agreed to by the Company and the Holders.

 

(i)            Take such other action as may be reasonably required to effect a registration and distribution, including causing its officers to participate in “road shows” and other information meetings organized by the underwriter of the Company.

 

3.6           Indemnification .

 

(a)           To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify each Holder, each of its officers, directors, partners, and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Section 3, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls any underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), including any of the foregoing incurred in settlement of any litigation, commenced or threatened, arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document, or any amendment or supplement thereto, incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, or any violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act applicable to the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors, partners, and each person controlling such Holder, each such underwriter and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission, made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by an instrument duly executed by such Holder, controlling person or underwriter and stated to be specifically for use therein, or the failure of such Holder to deliver a prospectus that was delivered to the Holder prior to a sale or sales by such Holder.

 

(b)           To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, indemnify the Company, each of its directors, officers, and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration

 

11



 

statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, and each other Holder, each of its officers, directors, partners and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), including any of the foregoing incurred in settlement of any litigation, commenced or threatened, arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document, or any amendment or supplement thereto, incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, and will reimburse the Company, such Holders, such directors, officers, persons, underwriters or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the liability of each Holder under this subsection (b) shall be limited to the proportion of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense that is equal to the proportion that the public offering price of the shares sold by such Holder under such registration statement bears to the total public offering price of all securities sold thereunder, but not to exceed the proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement unless such liability resulted from willful misconduct by such Holder.  A Holder will not be required to enter into any agreement or undertaking in connection with any registration under this Section 3 providing for any indemnification or contribution on the part of such Holder greater than the Holder’s obligations under this Section 3.6(b).  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering (“ Underwriting Agreement ”) are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the Underwriting Agreement shall control.

 

(c)           Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 3.6 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not unreasonably be withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such Indemnified Party’s expense, and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 3 unless the failure to give such notice is materially prejudicial to an Indemnifying Party’s ability to defend such action and provided further, that the Indemnifying Party shall not assume the defense for matters as to which there is a conflict of interest or separate and different defenses but shall bear the expense of such defense nevertheless.  No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any

 

12



 

judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

 

(d)           If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section 3.6 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an Indemnified Party under such paragraphs in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities or actions in respect thereof referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Party shall in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions in such proportion as appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the underwriters and the Holder of such Registrable Securities, on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions as well as any other relevant equitable considerations, including the failure to give any notice under paragraph (c).  The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, on the one hand, or the underwriters or the Holders of such Registrable Securities, on the other, and to the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  The Company and each of the Holders agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this paragraph were determined by pro rata allocation (even if all of the Holders of such Registrable Securities were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which did not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this paragraph.  The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this paragraph, shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, no Holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the lesser of (i) the proportion that the public offering price of shares sold by such Holder under such registration statement bears to the total public offering price of all securities sold thereunder, but not to exceed the proceeds received by such Holder for the sale of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement; except in the case of willful misconduct by such Holder and (ii) the amount of any damages that they would have otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission.  No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentations (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who is not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

(e)           If the Underwriting Agreement conflicts with the foregoing, the terms of the Underwriting Agreement shall prevail.

 

(f)            The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 3.6 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 3, and otherwise.

 

3.7           Information by Holder .  The Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities included in any registration shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder or Holders, the Registrable Securities held by them and the distribution proposed by such

 

13



 

Holder or Holders as the Company may request in writing and as shall be required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Section 3.

 

3.8           Rule 144 Reporting .  With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may at any time permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration, after such time as a public market exists for the Common Stock of the Company, the Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to:

 

(a)           Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after 90 days after the effective date that the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), so long as the Company remains subject to the periodic reporting requirements under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

(b)           File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements);

 

(c)           Register its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective.

 

(d)           So long as a Purchaser owns any Restricted Securities to furnish to the Purchaser forthwith upon request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 (at any time after 90 days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents of the Company and other information in the possession of or reasonably obtainable by the Company as a Purchaser may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Purchaser to sell any such securities without registration.

 

3.9           Transfer of Registration Right .  The rights to cause the Company to register securities granted Holders under Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 may be assigned to (A) a transferee or assignee in connection with any transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities by a Holder of not less than 1,000,000 shares (subject to anti-dilution adjustment) of Registrable Securities (or, in the case of CSFBEP and its affiliates, of not less than 1,000,000 shares of Registrable Securities unless CSFBEP (and affiliates) is transferring all of its remaining shares of Registrable Securities), or (B) to any transferee or assignee (i) who is a constituent partner, shareholder or affiliate of a Holder or the estate of such constituent partner, constituent shareholder or affiliate, or (ii) with respect to the Warrant Stock, which is an affiliate, or which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc., provided that such transfer may otherwise be effected in accordance with applicable securities laws and provided that the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished

 

14


 

with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and provided, further, that such assignment shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted (including any restrictions as to volume) under the Securities Act.  For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferor or assignor, or transferee or assignee, the holdings of affiliates of transferors or assignors, or transferees and assignees of a partnership who are partners or retired partners of such partnership, or of a corporation who are shareholders of such corporation (including spouses and ancestors, lineal descendants and siblings of such partners or shareholders or spouses who acquire Registrable Securities by gift, will or intestate succession) shall be aggregated together and with the partnership or corporation.

 

3.10         Market Standoff Agreement .  In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, each Holder agrees not to sell, offer to sell, contract to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of, transfer or hedge its ownership risks of any securities of the Company (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company and/or managing underwriters, as the case may be, for 180 days from the effective date of such registration provided that all officers and directors of the Company enter into similar agreements.  Each Holder agrees that the Company may impose stop transfer instructions in order to enforce the foregoing covenant.  Each Holder agrees to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the managing underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial underwritten public offering.

 

3.11         Termination of Registration Right .  The rights to notification and inclusion in Registration Statements granted under this Section 3 shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the fifth anniversary of the consummation of the first firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act or (ii) as to a given Holder, when such Holder (and its affiliates) can sell all of such Holder’s (and its affiliates) Registrable Securities in a 90 day period pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.  The rights to request a registration on Form S-3 under Section 3.3 shall terminate as to a given Holder, when such Holder can sell all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in a 90 day period pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

3.12         Limitations on Subsequent Registration Right .  From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include such securities in any registration filed under Section 3.1 hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of his securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that is included or (b) to make a demand registration that could result in such registration statement being declared effective prior to the earlier of either of the dates set forth in Section 3.1(a) or within 180 days of the effective date of any registration affected pursuant to Section 3.1(a).

 

15



 

 

4.             Investors’ Right of First Refusal .

 

4.1           Right of First Refusal upon Issuances of Securities by the Company .

 

(a)           The Company hereby grants, on the terms set forth in this Section 4.1, to each Investor who (with affiliates) holds at least 600,000 Shares of Conversion Stock (subject to anti-dilution adjustment) the right of first refusal to purchase all or any part of such Investor’s pro rata share of the New Securities (as defined in Section 4.1(b)) that the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue. The Investors may purchase said New Securities on the same terms and at the same price at which the Company proposes to sell the New Securities. The pro rata share of each Investor, for purposes of this right of first refusal, is the ratio of the total number of shares of outstanding Common Stock held by such Investor, including any shares of Common Stock into which shares of Preferred Stock held by such Investor are convertible, to the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of the New Securities (including any shares of Common Stock into which outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are convertible and assuming full conversion and exercise of all then outstanding convertible or exercisable securities).

 

(b)           “ New Securities ” shall mean any capital stock of the Company, whether now authorized or not, and any rights, options or warrants to purchase said capital stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible into said capital stock; provided, however, that New Securities does not include (i) the Shares, (ii) the Conversion Stock, (iii) securities offered pursuant to a bona fide, firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, (iv) securities issued pursuant to the acquisition of or by the Company by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization which have been approved by the Board of Directors, (v) all shares of Common Stock or other securities issued or issuable to officers, directors, employees, scientific advisors or consultants of the Company pursuant to any plan or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, (vi) securities issued, upon the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, pursuant to agreements to license technology and/or provide sponsored research that have been approved by the Board of Directors, (vii) securities issued to lending, leasing or similar institutions pursuant to arrangements approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and (viii) the issuance of securities pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities.

 

(c)           In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give to the Investors written notice (the “ Notice ”) of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, the price, the terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same, and a statement as to the number of days from the date of such Notice within which the Investors must respond to such Notice. The Investors shall have 20 days from the date of the Notice to purchase any or all of their pro rata portion of the New Securities for the price and upon the terms specified in the Notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased and forwarding payment for such New Securities to the Company if immediate payment is required by such terms, or in any event no later than 30 days after the date of the Notice.

 

(d)           In the event the Investors fail to exercise in full the right of first refusal within said twenty (20) day period, the Company shall have 60 days thereafter to sell or enter into an agreement (pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby shall be

 

16



 

closed, if at all, within 30 days from date of said agreement) to sell the New Securities as to which the Investors’ rights were not exercised at a price and upon general terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Notice. In the event the Company has not sold the New Securities within said 60 day period (or sold and issued New Securities in accordance with the foregoing within 30 days from the date of said agreement), the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities without first offering such securities to the Investors in the manner provided above.

 

(e)           The right of first refusal granted under this Section 4.1 shall expire upon:

 

(i)            The closing of the Company’s first bona fide firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act; or

 

(ii)           For each Investor, the date on which such Investor (with its affiliates) no longer holds a minimum of 600,000 shares of Conversion Stock.

 

5.             Affirmative Covenants of the Company and the Investors . The Company hereby covenants and agrees as follows:

 

5.1           Financial Information . The Company will provide to the Investors, other than CSFBEP, who hold at least 400,000 shares of Conversion Stock and to CSFBEP so long as CSFBEP, or affiliates of CSFBEP (in combination with CSFBEP), holds at least (a) 25% of its initial investment in the Series C Preferred Stock, or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof or (b) 400,000 shares of Conversion Stock, the reports set forth below subject to Section 5.3.

 

(a)           As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, and in any event within 120 days thereafter, consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated statements of income and consolidated statements of changes in financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such year, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year (or, at the election of the Company, setting forth in comparative form the budgeted figures for the fiscal year then reported), all in reasonable detail and audited by independent public accountants of national standing selected by the Company provided the Company’s Board of Directors has selected such accountants by the end of such fiscal year.

 

(b)           As soon as practicable after the end of each quarter, and in any event within 30 days thereafter, consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of such quarter, and consolidated statements of income and consolidated statements of changes in financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such quarter prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the year to date, in reasonable detail.

 

17



 

(c)           As soon as practicable prior to the end of each fiscal year, and in any event no later than 30 days prior thereto, a fiscal year business plan and operating budget (including a description of intended uses of funds) for the Company and its subsidiaries, if any.

 

(d)           At such Holder’s expense, the right to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 5.1(a) to provide access to any information that it reasonably considers to be trade secret or similar confidential information.

 

5.2           Additional Information Rights of CSFBEP and others . In addition to the items required by Section 5.1 above, so long as CSFBEP holds at least 25% of its initial investment in the Series C Preferred Stock, or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof, the Company will provide to CSFBEP, International Biotechnology Trust plc (“ IBT ”), and Lombard Odier & Cie (“ Lombard ”), the following:

 

(a)           All information made available to the Company’s shareholders as soon as practicable after it is made available to the Company’s shareholders;

 

(b)           As soon as practicable after their creation, the management reports mutually agreed to by the Company and CSFBEP used by the Company to monitor the progress of the business of the Company;

 

(c)           As soon as practicable after receiving a written request from CSFBEP, any information reasonably requested by CSFBEP, provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 5.2(c) to provide access to any information that it reasonably considers to be trade secret or similar confidential information; and

 

(d)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, so long as CSFBEP holds any shares of Common Stock of the Company, the Company shall provide to CSFBEP all information provided to other non-affiliated shareholders of the Company holding the same, or lesser, number of shares of Common Stock as CSFBEP (computed at the time of distribution of such information).

 

Each of IBT and Lombard shall receive such information only so long as it continues to hold (including holdings of its affiliates) 100% of its initial investment in Series C Preferred Stock.

 

5.3           Assignment of Rights to Financial Information . The rights granted pursuant to Section 5.1 and 5.2 may not be assigned or otherwise conveyed by any Investor or by any subsequent transferee of any such rights without the prior written consent of the Company unless such transfer is made by a Holder (including CSFBEP) to a transferee who (with affiliates) holds or will immediately following such transfer hold greater than 400,000 shares of Conversion Stock or in the case of CSFBEP (and its affiliates), if it is selling its entire position in the Company.

 

18



 

5.4           Termination of Covenants . The covenants set forth in Sections 5.1, 5.2 and 5.3 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act or earlier as to a particular Investor on the date such Investor (with affiliates) no longer holds a minimum of 400,000 shares of Conversion Stock.

 

6.             Voting Agreement:  CSFBEP Director Management Rights .

 

(a)           Election of Series C Preferred Director . So long as CSFBEP and other entities with which it is under common control, directly or indirectly (collectively “ CSFBEP Affiliates ”) own at least 25% of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock (or Common Stock issued pursuant to conversion of such Series C Preferred Stock) purchased by CSFBEP (and its affiliates) pursuant to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated July 5, 2000 (the “ Series C Purchase Agreement ”), by and among the Company and the Purchasers, as such term is defined therein, the Investors agree that in all elections for the position of the Series C Preferred Director (the “ Series C Director ”) they will vote (or sign actions by written consent of the shareholders with respect to) all shares of Series C Preferred Stock of the Company held by them to elect one nominee chosen by CSFBEP. If the CSFBEP Affiliates own less than 25% of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock purchased by CSFBEP (and its affiliates) pursuant to the Series C Purchase Agreement, CSFBEP shall have the rights described in Section 6(c).

 

(b)           Relationship of Series C Director to CSFBEP . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6(a), the consent of the Company shall be required, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, to nominate the nominee chosen by CSFBEP to fill the position of Series C Director, provided that, if the nominee is a managing director of Credit Suisse First Boston Advisory Partners, LLC, (“ CSFB ”) or its affiliates, no such consent shall be required. If the Series C Director is not a managing director at CSFBEP or its affiliates, CSFBEP shall have the rights described in Section 6(c).

 

(c)           Management Rights . CSFBEP shall have the right:

 

(i)            to appoint a non-voting representative (the “ Observer ”) to attend meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company, to change the nonvoting representative so appointed at any time and, upon the resignation of such representative for any reason, to reappoint such a representative. In addition, the Company shall provide CSFBEP with a copy of any materials to be distributed or discussed at such meetings at the same time as provided to members of the Board;

 

(ii)           to make proposals, recommendations and suggestions to the Company’s officers and directors relating to the business and affairs of the Company;

 

(iii)          to discuss the Company’s business and affairs with the Company’s officers, directors and independent accountants; and

 

(iv)          to have access to such other information relating to the affairs of the Company as CSFBEP may reasonably request, including, but not limited to, the

 

19



 

Company’s books, records and properties, provided that, access to highly confidential proprietary information and facilities need not be provided.

 

(d)           CSFBEP agrees, and any representative of CSFBEP will agree, to hold in confidence and trust and not use or disclose any confidential information provided to or learned by it in connection with its rights under this Agreement.

 

7.             Other Agreement: CSFBEP Director . To the extent the Series C Director is not an employee or affiliate of CSFB, the Series C Director will be entitled to benefits on the same terms as those received by other outside directors. In addition, the Series C Director (whether or not an affiliate or employee of CSFBEP or its affiliates) will be reimbursed for all reasonable and customary expenses associated with attending the meetings of the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company agrees to review and, if necessary, seek to modify such compensatory and other benefits, including adequate coverage under director and officer insurance policies, to ensure that they reflect current market terms.

 

8.             Miscellaneous .

 

8.1           Waivers and Amendments . With the written consent of the Company and the record holders of more than seventy percent (70%) of the Registrable Securities, including at least three Investors that are not affiliated with each other, any term of this Agreement may be amended and the obligations of the Company and the rights of the other parties to this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, either retroactively or prospectively and either for a specified period of time or indefinitely), and with the same consent the Company, when authorized by resolution of its Board of Directors, may enter into a supplementary agreement for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that no such waiver or supplemental agreement shall reduce the aforesaid percentage of the Registrable Securities, the holders of which are required to consent to any waiver or supplemental agreement without the consent of the record holders of all of the Registrable Securities; provided further that the written consent of the holders of a majority of any Series whose rights are disproportionately, adversely affected must be obtained for such amendment to be effective; and provided further, that the consent of CSFBEP shall be required to affect any of its rights granted pursuant to Section 6 or Section 7 hereof. Upon the effectuation of each such waiver, consent, agreement, amendment or modification the Company shall promptly give written notice thereof to the record holders of the Registrable Securities who have not previously consented thereto in writing. Neither this Agreement nor any provisions hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by a signed statement in writing.

 

8.2           Governing Law .  This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles of conflicts of law or choice of law.

 

8.3           Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.  Nothing in this Agreement, express or

 

20



 

implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

8.4           Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof.

 

8.5           Specific Performance . The parties hereto intend that each of the parties have the right to seek damages or specific performance in the event that any other party hereto fails to perform such party’s obligations hereunder. Therefore, if any party shall institute any action or proceeding to enforce the provisions hereof, any party against whom such action or proceeding is brought hereby waives any claim or defense therein that the plaintiff party has an adequate remedy at law.

 

8.6           Notices, etc . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, by confirmed fax, or otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger, addressed (a) if to an Investor, at such Investor’s address set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto or at such other address as such Investor shall have furnished to the Company in writing, or (b) if to any other holder of any Conversion Stock, at such address as such holder shall have furnished the Company in writing, or, until any such holder so furnishes an address to the Company, then to and at the address of the last holder of such Conversion Stock who has so furnished an address to the Company, or (c) if to the Company, one copy should be sent to such address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investors.  Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given when delivered if delivered personally, or, if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid.

 

8.7           Titles and Subtitles . The titles of the paragraphs and subparagraphs of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

 

8.8           Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and signatures and may be delivered by facsimile, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

8.9           Severability .  If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith.  In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (a) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (b) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (c) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

( Signature Pages Follow )

 

21



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Eighth Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement has been executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

 

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS

 

INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Daniel N. Swisher, Jr.

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement

 



 

INVESTORS:

 

 

Biogen Idec MA, a Massachusetts corporation

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Title:

 



 

INVESTORS:

 

 

Abingworth Bioventures II SICAV

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Title:

 



 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Suisse First Boston Equity Partners, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Suisse First Boston Equity Partners

 

(Bermuda), L.P.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Suisse First Boston U.S. Executive

 

Advisors, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Suisse First Boston Finders &

 

Screeners, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

EMA Partners Fund 2000, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 



 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

Mayfield Associates Fund III

 

 

 

By:

Mayfield VIII Management, L.L.C.,
its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Mayfield IX

 

 

 

By:

Mayfield IX Management, L.L.C.,
its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 



 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

Venrock Associates

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: Anthony B. Evnin

 

Title: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

Venrock Associates II, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: Anthony B. Evnin

 

Title: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

Venrock Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Venrock Management LLC
its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: Anthony B. Evnin

 

Title: Member

 

 



 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

Warburg, Pincus Equity Partners, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Warburg, Pincus & Co.,
its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Jonathan Leff

 

Title:

Partner

 

 

 

 

 

Warburg, Pincus Netherlands Equity Partners I, C.V.

 

 

 

By:

Warburg, Pincus & Co.,
its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Jonathan Leff

 

Title:

Partner

 

 

 

 

 

Warburg, Pincus Netherlands Equity Partners II, C.V.

 

 

 

By:

Warburg, Pincus & Co.,
its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Jonathan Leff

 

Title:

Partner

 

 

 

 

 

Warburg, Pincus Netherlands Equity Partners III, C.V.

 

 

 

By:

Warburg, Pincus & Co.,
its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Jonathan Leff

 

Title:

Partner

 

 



 

Exhibit A

 

Schedule of Investors

 

A-1


 



Exhibit 10.18

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

Common Warrant No. l

Number of Shares: 100,000

Date of Issuance: April 9, 1998

(subject to adjustment)

 

MOSAIC PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

Common Stock Purchase Warrant

 

Mosaic Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “ Company ”), for value received, hereby certifies that James A. Wells, or his registered assigns (the “ Registered Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the terms set forth below, to purchase from the Company, at anytime after the date hereof and on or before the Expiration Date (as defined in Section 5 below), up to 100,000 shares (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant including Section l below) of Common Stock of the Company, at a purchase price of $1.00 per share.  The shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and the purchase price per share, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant, are sometimes hereinafter referred to as the “ Warrant Stock ” and the “ Purchase Price ” respectively.

 

1.                                        Warrant Vesting Schedule .  This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

 

(a)                                   Twelve-forty eighths (12/48) of the Warrant Stock shall become exercisable on April 9, 1999 and an additional 1/48 of the Shares shall become exercisable on the first day of each full month thereafter until all Shares have been released; provided in each case that the Registered Holder’s employment or services with the Company has not terminated prior to the date any such Warrant Stock become exercisable.  Any of the Warrant Stock which have not yet become exercisable are referred to herein as “Unvested Shares.”

 

(b)                                  Upon a Change of Control (as defined below) of the Company, should the Registered Holder be terminated by the Company without Cause (see definition of Cause below) or should the Registered Holder be Involuntarily Terminated (as defined below) at any time within twelve months following such Change of Control, then 100% of the Unvested Shares shall become exercisable.  In any event, 100% of the Unvested Shares shall become exercisable at the end of twelve months following such Change of Control provided Registered Holder’s employment or services has not been terminated.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined by the Company’s independent public accountants that such accelerated exercisability would preclude accounting for the Change of Control as a pooling of interests for financial accounting purposes, and it is a condition to the closing of the Change of Control that

 



 

the transaction be accounted for as a pooling of interests, then the Warrant Stock shall not become exercisable on the accelerated basis pursuant to this paragraph.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything set forth above, should the Registered Holder be terminated by the Company without Cause (see definition of Cause below) or should the Registered Holder be Involuntarily Terminated (as defined below) at anytime on or before April 1, 1999, then 50,000 of the Unvested Shares shall become exercisable.  For purposes of this Section 1(c), “Involuntary Terminated” shall mean, without the Registered Holder’s consent, a substantial reduction of the Registered Holder’s responsibilities regarding the Company’s research programs.  The parties acknowledge that Employee is currently solely responsible for the Company’s research programs and that the Company intends to do significant additional hiring in this area.  Accordingly, the parties agree that any reduction shall be compared against this proposed hiring plan.  Should the Registered Holder be terminated by the Company without Cause (see definition of Cause below) at any time after April 1, 1999, then 25,000 of the Unvested Shares shall become exercisable.

 

(d)                                  “Change of Control” shall mean a merger or reorganization of the Company with or into any other corporation or corporations or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the corporation, in which transaction the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to such transaction own immediately after such transaction less than 50% of the equity securities of the surviving corporation or its parent.

 

(e)                                   “Involuntary Termination” shall mean:

 

(i)                                      without the Registered Holder’s express written consent, a significant reduction of the Registered Holder’s duties, position or responsibilities, or the removal of the Registered Holder from such position, duties and responsibilities;

 

(ii)                                   without he Registered Holder’s express written consent, a substantial reduction of the facilities and perquisites (including office space and location) available to the Registered Holder ;

 

(iii)                                a material reduction by the Company of the Registered Holder’s base salary;

 

(iv)                               a reduction by the Company in the kind or level of employee benefits to which the Registered Holder is entitled with the result that the Registered Holder’s overall benefits package is significantly reduced; or

 

(v)                                  without the Registered Holder’s express written consent, the relocation of the Registered Holder to a facility or a location more than seventy (70) miles from the Registered Holder’s current residence.

 

(f)                                     “Cause” shall mean:

 

(i)                                      the Registered Holder’s failure to substantially perform the duties associated with the Registered Holder’s position;

 

2



 

(ii)                                   the Registered Holder’s personally engaging in conduct that the Registered Holder reasonably should know or that the Registered Holder intends to be seriously injurious to the Company or its affiliates;

 

(iii)                                a material and willful violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company;

 

(iv)                               the Registered Holder’s being convicted of a felony under the laws of the United States or any State, or the misappropriation of material property belonging to the Company or its affiliates; or

 

(v)                                  the Registered Holder knowingly and intentionally breaching in any material respect the terms of the Registered Holder’s Proprietary Information Agreement.

 

2.                                        Exercise .

 

(a)                                   Manner of Exercise .  This Warrant may be exercised by the Registered Holder, in whole or in part, by surrendering this Warrant, with the purchase form appended hereto as Exhibit A duly executed by such Registered Holder or by such Registered Holder’s duly authorized attorney, at the principal office of the Company, or at such other office or agency as the Company may designate, accompanied by payment in full of the Purchase Price payable in respect of the number of shares of Warrant Stock purchased upon such exercise.  The Purchase Price may be paid by cash, check, wire transfer or by the surrender of promissory notes or other instruments representing indebtedness of the Company to the Registered Holder.

 

(b)                                  Effective Time of Exercise Each exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on the day on which this Warrant shall have been surrendered to the Company as provided in Section 1(a) above.  At such time, the person or persons in whose name or names any certificates for Warrant Stock shall be issuable upon such exercise as provided in Section l(d) below shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of the Warrant Stock represented by such certificates.

 

(c)                                   Net Issue Exercise .

 

(i)                                      In lieu of exercising this Warrant in the manner provided above in Section 2(a), concurrent with or following the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act (the Company’s “ Initial Public Offering ”), the Registered Holder may elect to receive shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with notice of such election in which event the Company shall issue to holder a number of shares of Common Stock computed using the following formula:

 

X

=

Y (A - B)

 

 

A

 

Where                                                             X = The number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Registered Holder.

 

3



 

Y = The number of shares of Common Stock purchasable under this Warrant (at the date of such calculation).

 

A =The fair market value of one share of Common Stock (at the date of such calculation).

 

B = The Purchase Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation).

 

(ii)                                   For purposes of this Section 2(c), the fair market value of one share of Common Stock on the date of calculation shall mean:

 

(A)                               if the exercise is in connection with an initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock, and if the Company’s registration statement relating to such public offering has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, then the fair market value per share of Common Stock shall be the initial “Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus with respect to the offering; or

 

(B)                                 if this Warrant is exercised after, and not in connection with, the Company’s Initial Public Offering, and if the Company’s Common Stock is traded on a securities exchange or The Nasdaq Stock Market or actively traded over-the-counter:

 

(1)                                   if the Company’s Common Stock is traded on a securities exchange or The Nasdaq Stock Market, the fair market value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices over a thirty (30) day period ending three days before date of calculation; or

 

(2)                                   if the Company’s Common Stock is actively traded over-the-counter, the fair market value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sales price (whichever is applicable) over the thirty (30) day period ending three days before the date of calculation.

 

(d)                                  Delivery to Registered Holder .  As soon as practicable after the exercise of this Warrant in whole or in part, and in any event within ten (10) days thereafter, the Company at its expense will cause to be issued in the name of, and delivered to, the Registered Holder, or as such Registered Holder (upon payment by such Registered Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct:

 

(i)                                      a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Warrant Stock to which such Registered Holder shall be entitled, and

 

(ii)                                   in case such exercise is in part only, a new warrant or warrants (dated the date hereof) of like tenor, calling in the aggregate on the face or faces thereof for the number of shares of Warrant Stock equal (without giving effect to any adjustment therein) to the number of such shares called for on the face of this Warrant minus the number of such shares purchased by the Registered Holder upon such exercise as provided in Section 2(a) above.

 

4



 

3.                                        Adjustments .

 

(a)                                   Stock Splits and Dividends .  If outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock shall be subdivided into a greater number of shares or a dividend in Common Stock shall be paid in respect of Common Stock, the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision or at the record date, of such dividend shall simultaneously with the effectiveness of such subdivision or immediately after the record date of such dividend be proportionately reduced.  If outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, simultaneously with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.  When any adjustment is required to be made in the Purchase Price, the number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be changed to the number determined by dividing (i) an amount equal to the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment, by (ii) the Purchase Price in effect immediately after such adjustment.

 

(b)                                  Reclassification, Etc.   In case of any reclassification or change of the outstanding securities of the Company or of any reorganization of the Company (or any other corporation the stock or securities of which are at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) or any similar corporate reorganization on or after the date hereof, then and in each such case the holder of this Warrant, upon the exercise hereof at any time after the consummation of such reclassification, change, reorganization, merger or conveyance, shall be entitled to receive, in lieu of the stock or other securities and property receivable upon the exercise hereof prior to such consummation, the stock or other securities or property to which such holder would have been entitled upon such consummation if such holder had exercised this Warrant immediately prior thereto, all subject to further adjustment as provided in Section 3(a); and in each such case, the terms of this Section 3 shall be applicable to the shares of stock or other securities properly receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant after such consummation.

 

(c)                                   Adjustment Certificate .   When any adjustment is required to be made in the Warrant Stock or the Purchase Price pursuant to this Section 3, the Company shall promptly mail to the Registered Holder a certificate setting forth (i) a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment, (ii) the Purchase Price after such adjustment and (iii) the kind and amount of stock or other securities or property into which this Warrant shall be exercisable after such adjustment.

 

4.                                        Transfers .

 

(a)                                   Unregistered Security .  This Warrant is not transferable.  Each holder of this Warrant acknowledges that this Warrant and the Warrant Stock have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and agrees not to sell, pledge, distribute, offer for sale, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Warrant Stock issued upon its exercise in the absence of (i) an effective registration statement under the Act as to this Warrant or such Warrant Stock and registration or qualification of this Warrant or such Warrant Stock under any applicable U.S. federal or state securities law then in effect or (ii) an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to the Company, that such registration and qualification are not required.

 

5



 

Each certificate or other instrument for Warrant Stock issued upon the exercise of this Warrant shall bear a legend substantially to the foregoing effect.

 

(b)                                  Warrant Register .   The Company will maintain a register containing the name and address of the Registered Holder of this Warrant.  The Registered Holder may change his address as shown on the warrant register by written notice to the Company, requesting such change.

 

5.                                        No Impairment .  The Company will not, by amendment of its charter or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, sale of assets or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will (subject to Section 12 below) at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the holder of this Warrant against impairment.

 

6.                                        Termination .   This Warrant (and the right to purchase securities upon exercise hereof) shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of the following (the “ Expiration Date ”):  (a) April      , 2008, (b) the sale, conveyance, disposal, or encumbrance of all or substantially all of the Company’s property or business or the Company’s merger into or consolidation with any other corporation (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary corporation) or any other transaction or series of related transactions in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the Company is disposed of, provided that this Section 6 shall not apply to a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, (c) five (5) years after the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering, or (d) ninety (90) days after Registered Holder’s employment or services with the Company has been terminated.

 

7.                                        Reservation of Stock .   The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for the issuance and delivery upon the exercise of this Warrant, such shares of Warrant Stock and other stock; securities and property, as from time to time shall be issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant.

 

8.                                        Exchange of Warrants .   Upon the surrender by the Registered Holder of any Warrant or Warrants, properly endorsed, to the Company at the principal office of the Company, the Company will, subject to the provisions of Section 3 hereof, issue and deliver to or upon the order of such Registered Holder, at the Company’s expense, a new Warrant or Warrants of like tenor, in the name of such Registered Holder or as such Registered Holder (upon payment by such Registered Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, calling in the aggregate on the face or faces thereof for the number of shares of Common Stock called for on the face or faces of the Warrant or Warrants so surrendered.

 

9.                                        Replacement of Warrants .  Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) upon delivery of an indemnity agreement (with surety if reasonably required) in an amount reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or (in the case of mutilation) upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company will issue, in lieu thereof, a new Warrant of like tenor.

 

6



 

10.                                  Notices .  Any notice required or permitted by this Warrant shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon receipt, when delivered personally or by courier, overnight delivery service or confirmed facsimile, or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the regular mail as certified or registered mail (airmail if sent internationally) with postage prepaid, addressed (a) if to the Registered Holder, to the address of the Registered Holder most recently furnished in writing to the Company and (b) if to the Company, to the address set forth below or subsequently modified by written notice to the Registered Holder.

 

11.                                  No Rights as Stockholder .  Until the exercise of this Warrant, the Registered Holder of this Warrant shall not have or exercise any rights by virtue hereof as a stockholder of the Company.

 

12.                                  No Fractional Warrant Stock .  No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued in connection with any exercise hereunder.  In lieu of any fractional shares which would otherwise be issuable, the Company shall pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock on the date of exercise, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

13.                                  Amendment or Waiver .   Any term of this Warrant may be amended or waived only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the amendment or waiver is sought.

 

14.                                  Headings .  The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

 

15.                                  Governing Law .  This Warrant shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 

16.                                  No Guarantee of Continued Service .  REGISTERED HOLDER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF, IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING SERVICES.  REGISTERED HOLDER FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED SERVICES FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH REGISTERED HOLDER’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE REGISTERED HOLDER’S RELATIONSHIP AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

17.                                  Market Standoff Agreement .   In connection with the Company’s Initial Public Offering, the Registered Holder agrees not to sell, offer to sell, contract to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of, transfer or hedge its ownership risks of any securities of the Company (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company and/or managing underwriters, as the case may be, for one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of such registration.  The Registered Holder agrees that the Company may impose stop transfer instructions in order to

 

7



 

enforce the foregoing covenant.  The Registered Holder agrees to execute any agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the managing underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial underwritten public offering.

 

 

 

MOSAIC PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By

James A. Wells

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fax Number:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ James A. Wells

 

 

James A. Wells

 

8



 

EXHIBIT A

 

PURCHASE FORM

 

To:

Mosaic Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Dated:

 

The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions set forth in the attached Warrant No. 1, hereby irrevocably elects to purchase         shares of the Common Stock covered by such Warrant and herewith makes payment of $       , representing the full purchase price for such shares at the price per share provided for in such Warrant.

 

The undersigned further acknowledges that it has reviewed the market standoff provisions set forth in Section 18 of the Warrant and agrees to be bound by such provisions.

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Name (print):

 

 

 

 

 

Title (if applic.):

 

 

 

 

 

Company (if applic.):

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.19

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.  SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION UNLESS THE TRANSFER IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR SIMILAR RULE OR UNLESS THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO IT STATING THAT SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.

 

No. WC-2

STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

 

To Purchase Shares of Series B Preferred Stock of

 

Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated

 

THIS CERTIFIES that, for value received, Three Crowns Capital (Bermuda) Limited (“Holder”), is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, at any time on or after the date hereof and on or prior to December 1, 2009 (the “Termination Date”), but not thereafter, to subscribe for and purchase, from Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, a Delaware Corporation (the “Company”), 71,538 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the “Shares”) at an exercise price of $2.60 per share (the “Exercise Price”), subject to adjustment as set forth below.

 

1.              Title to Warrant .  Prior to the expiration hereof and subject to compliance with applicable laws and the other provisions of this warrant, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part, at the office or agency of the Company, referred to in Section 2 hereof, by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Warrant together with the Assignment Form annexed hereto properly endorsed.

 

2.              Exercise of Warrant .  The purchase rights represented by this Warrant are exercisable by the registered holder hereof, in whole or in part, at any time before the close of business on the Termination Date by the surrender of this Warrant and the Notice of Exercise form annexed hereto duly executed at the principal office of the Company at the address set forth in Section 15(c) hereof (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the registered holder hereof at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Company), and upon payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares thereby purchased (by cash or by check or bank draft payable to the order of the Company or by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the holder hereof, if any, at the time of exercise in an amount equal to the purchase price of the Shares thereby purchased); whereupon the holder of this Warrant shall be entitled to receive a certificate for the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock so purchased.

 

3.              Right to Convert Warrant .  The registered holder hereof shall have the right to convert this Warrant, by the surrender of this Warrant and the Notice of Conversion form

 

 



 

annexed hereto duly executed at the principal office of the Company (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the registered holder hereof at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Company), in whole but not in part, at any time before the close of business on the Termination Date, into the Shares as provided for in this Section 3.  Upon exercise of this conversion right, the holder hereof shall be entitled to receive that number of Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing [(A - B)(X)] by (A), where:

 

(A)  = the Fair Market Value (as defined below) of one (1) Share on the date of conversion of this Warrant.

 

(B)  = the Exercise Price for one (1) Share under this Warrant.

 

(X)  = the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant.

 

If the above calculation results in a zero or a negative number, then no Shares shall be issued or issuable upon conversion of this Warrant.

 

“Fair Market Value” of a Share shall mean:

 

(a)            if the conversion right is being exercised upon the occurrence of a transaction specified in paragraph 10(a) hereof, the value of the consideration (determined as set forth in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended) to be received pursuant to such transaction by the holder of one (1) Share issuable upon exercise of this Warrant;

 

(b)            if the conversion right is being exercised upon the occurrence of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial public offering price per share (before deducting underwriting commissions and discounts and offering expenses) multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of one (1) Share issuable upon exercise of this Warrant;

 

(c)            if the conversion right is being exercised after, and not in connection with the Company’s initial public offering, and:

 

(i)             if traded on a securities exchange, the fair market value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days before the day the current fair market value of the securities is being determined; or

 

(ii)            if actively traded over-the-counter, the fair market value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever are applicable) over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days before the day the current fair market value of the securities is being determined; and

 

2



 

(d)            in all other cases, the fair value as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

Upon conversion of this Warrant, the registered holder hereof shall be entitled to receive a certificate for the number of Shares determined as aforesaid.

 

4.              Issuance of Stock; No Fractional Shares or Scrip .  Certificates for the stock purchased hereunder or issuable upon conversion hereof shall be delivered to the holder hereof promptly after the date on which this Warrant shall have been exercised or converted as aforesaid.  The Company covenants that all Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of rights represented by this Warrant will, upon exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant and of payment of the exercise price as provided herein, be fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges in respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with such issue).  The Company agrees that, if at the time of the surrender of this Warrant and exercise of the rights represented hereby, the holder hereof shall be entitled to exercise such rights, the Shares so issued shall be and be deemed to be issued to such holder as the record owner of such Shares as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant shall have been exercised or converted as aforesaid.  No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise or conversion of this Warrant.  With respect to any fraction of a Share called for upon the exercise or conversion of this Warrant, an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the then current price at which each Share may be purchased hereunder shall be paid in cash to the holder of this Warrant.

 

5.              Charges, Taxes and Expenses .  Issuance of certificates for the Shares upon the exercise or conversion of this Warrant shall be made without charge to the holder hereof for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such certificate, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company, and such certificates shall be issued in the name of the holder of this Warrant or in such name or names as may be directed by the holder of this Warrant; provided , however , that in the event certificates for Shares are to be issued in a name other than the name of the holder of this Warrant, this Warrant when surrendered for exercise or conversion shall be accompanied by the Assignment Form attached hereto duly executed by the holder hereof; and provided further , that upon any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of any certificates for the Shares, the Company may require, as a condition thereto, the payment of a sure sufficient to reimburse it for any transfer tax incidental thereto.

 

6.              No Rights as Shareholders .  This Warrant does not entitle the holder hereof to any voting rights or other rights as a shareholder of the Company prior to the exercise or conversion thereof.

 

7.              Exchange and Registry of Warrant .  This Warrant is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof by the registered holder at the above-mentioned office or agency of the Company, for a new Warrant of like tenor and dated as of such exchange.

 

The Company shall maintain at the above-mentioned office or agency a registry showing the name and address of the registered holder of this Warrant.  This Warrant may be surrendered for exchange, transfer or exercise, in accordance with its terms, at such office or agency of the

 

3



 

Company, and the Company shall be entitled to rely in all respects, prior to written notice to the contrary, upon such registry.

 

8.              Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant .  Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it, and upon reimbursement to the Company of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant of like tenor and dated as of such cancellation, in lieu of this Warrant.

 

9.              Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc .  If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall be a Saturday or a Sunday or shall be a legal holiday, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day not a legal holiday.

 

10.            Anti-Dilution Provision .

 

(a)            Merger, Sale of Assets, etc. .  In case of (1) the Company’s consolidation or merger with or into another corporation in which the Company is not the surviving entity, or a merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but the shares of the Company’s capital stock outstanding immediately prior to the merger are converted, by virtue of the merger, into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise, or (2) the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, then, as part of such reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, sale or transfer, lawful provision shall be made so that there shall thereafter be deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant or any portion thereof (in lieu of or in addition to the number of Shares theretofore deliverable, as appropriate), and without payment of any additional consideration, the number of shares of stock or other securities or property to which the holder of the number of Shares which would otherwise have been deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant or any portion thereof at the time of such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale or transfer would have been entitled to receive in such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale or transfer.  This Section 10(a) shall apply to successive reorganization, reclassifications, recapitalizations, consolidations, mergers, sales and transfers and to the stock or securities of any other corporation that are at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant.  If the per-share consideration payable to the registered holder hereof for Shares in connection with any transaction described in this Section 10(a) is in a form other than cash or marketable securities, then the value of such consideration shall be determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

(b)            Reclassification, etc. .  If the Company at any time shall, by subdivision, combination or reclassification of securities or otherwise, change any of the securities for which purchase rights under this Warrant exist into the same or a different number of securities of any class or classes, this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable to acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as the result of such change with respect to the securities that were subject to the purchase rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision, combination, reclassification or other change.  If the Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant are subdivided or combined into a greater or smaller number of the

 

4



 

Shares, the purchase price under this Warrant shall be proportionately reduced in case of subdivision of shares or proportionately increased in the case of combination of shares, in both cases by the ratio which the total number of the Shares to be outstanding immediately after such event bears to the total number of the Shares outstanding immediately prior to such event.

 

(c)            Cash Distributions .  No adjustment on account of cash dividends on the Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant will be made to the purchase price under this Warrant.

 

(d)            Authorized Shares .  The Company covenants that, during the period the Warrant is outstanding, it will reserve from its authorized and unissued Preferred Stock a sufficient number of shares to provide for the issuance of the Shares upon the exercise of any purchase rights under this Warrant.  The Company further covenants that its issuance of this Warrant shall constitute full authority to its officers who are charged with the duty of executing stock certificates to execute and issue the necessary certificates for the Shares upon the exercise of the purchase rights under this Warrant.

 

(e)            Conversion Price Adjustments .  The rate at which the Shares are convertible into shares of Common Stock of the Company is subject to adjustment as set forth in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended.  Any adjustment to the conversion rate of the Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant effected prior to any exercise or conversion of this Warrant shall apply to any Shares thereafter issued pursuant to the terms hereof; provided, however, no such adjustment shall be made if an adjustment for such event has been or will be made pursuant to the terms of this warrant.

 

11.            Registration Rights .  The Shares shall have the registration rights set forth in the Restated Investors Rights Agreement among the Company and certain investors dated as of November 19, 1999, as amended (the “Investors Rights Agreement”), and, effective as of the date of issuance of such Shares, the term “Shares” as defined in the Investors Rights Agreement shall include the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the term “Registrable Securities” as defined in the Investors Rights Agreement shall include the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares.

 

12.            Restrictions on Transferability of Securities .

 

(a)            Restrictions on Transferability .  This Warrant, the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares (collectively the “Securities”) shall not be sold, assigned, transferred or pledged except upon the conditions specified in this Section 12, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).  Each holder of any of the Securities will cause any proposed purchaser, assignee, transferee, or pledgee of the Securities held by such holder to agree to take and hold such Securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Section 12.

 

(b)            Restrictive Legend .  Each certificate representing the Securities and any other securities issued in respect of the Securities upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the

 

5



 

provisions of Section 12(c) below) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in the following form (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.  SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION UNLESS THE TRANSFER IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR SIMILAR RULE OR UNLESS THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO IT STATING THAT SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.

 

Each holder of Securities and each subsequent transferee (hereinafter collectively referred to as a “Holder”) consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 12.

 

(c)            Notice of Proposed Transfers .  Each Holder of a certificate representing the Securities, by acceptance thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 12(c).  Prior to any proposed sale, assignment, transfer or pledge of any Securities (other than (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, (ii) in transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Securities by a Holder to any of its partners, or retired partners, or to the estate of any of its partners or retired partners, (iii) a transfer to an affiliated fund, partnership or company, which is not a competitor of the Company, subject to compliance with applicable securities laws or (iv) transfers in compliance with Rule 144, so long as the Company is furnished with satisfactory evidence of compliance with such Rule), unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transfer, the Holder thereof shall give written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such transfer, sale, assignment or pledge.  Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed transfer, sale, assignment or pledge in sufficient detail, and shall be accompanied, at such holder’s expense, by either (i) an opinion of counsel (who shall, and whose opinion shall be, addressed to the Company and reasonably satisfactory to the Company) to the effect that the proposed transfer of the Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act or (ii) a “no action” letter from the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) to the effect that the transfer of such securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon the Holder of such Securities shall be entitled to transfer such Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by such Holder to the Company.  Each certificate evidencing the Securities transferred as above provided shall bear, except if such transfer is made pursuant to Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Section 12(b) above, except that such certificate shall not bear such restrictive legend if in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provision of the Securities Act.

 

(d)            Removal of Restrictions on Transfer of Securities .  Any legend referred to in Section 12(b) hereof stamped on a certificate evidencing the Securities and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to the Securities shall be removed, and the

 

6



 

Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the Holder of the Securities if the Securities are registered under the Securities Act, or if such Holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel (which may be counsel for the Company) reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that a public sale or transfer of such security may be made without registration under the Securities Act or such Holder provides the Company with reasonable assurances, which may, at the option of the Company, include an opinion of counsel (which may be counsel for the Company) reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such security can be sold pursuant to paragraph (k) of Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act.

 

13.            Investment Representations of Holder .  With respect to the acquisition of any of the Securities, Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

(a)            Experience .  Holder has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and has the capacity to protect its own interests.  Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

(b)            Investment .  Holder is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof.  Holder understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of Holder’s representations as expressed herein.

 

(c)            Rule 144 .  Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act, or unless an exemption from such registration is available.  Holder is aware of the provisions of Rules 144 and 144A promulgated under the Securities Act that permit limited resale of securities purchased in a private placement subject to satisfaction of certain conditions.

 

(d)            No Public Market .  Holder understands that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Securities.

 

(e)            Access to Data .  Holder has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management and financial affairs with the Company’s management and has also had an opportunity to ask questions of the Company’s officers, which questions were answered to its satisfaction.

 

14.            Notices .

 

(a)            Notice of Public Offering .  If at any time prior to the exercise or conversion of this Warrant in full the Company shall determine to effect a registered public offering of its securities, then the Company will give the holder of this Warrant at least 30 days prior written notice of the proposed effective date of the transaction.

 

7



 

(b)            Notice of Record Date .  If at any time prior to the exercise or conversion of this Warrant in full the Company takes a record of the holders of the Company’s stock for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Company will give to the holder of this Warrant, at least 30 days prior to the date specified therein, written notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

 

15.            Miscellaneous .

 

(a)            Issue Date .  The provisions of this Warrant shall be construed and shall be given effect in all respect as if it had been issued and delivered by the Company on the date hereof.  This Warrant shall be binding upon any successors or assigns of the Company.  This Warrant shall constitute a contract under the laws of the State of California and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of said state.

 

(b)            Waivers and Amendments .  With the written consent of the Company and Holder, the obligations of the Company and the rights of Holder may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, either retroactively or prospectively and either for a specified period of time or indefinitely), and with the same consent the Company and Holder may enter into a supplementary agreement for the purpose of adding to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Warrant.

 

(c)            Notices .  All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Warrant shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, delivery by nationally recognized courier or upon deposit with the United States Post Office (by first class mail, postage prepaid) addressed as follows:  (i) if to the Company, to Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, 3696 Haven Ave., Suite C, Redwood City, 94063, Attention:  James A. Wells, and (ii) if to Holder, to Three Crowns Capital (Bermuda) Limited, Mercury House, 101 Front Street, Hamilton HM12, Bermuda, Attention: Peter Svennilson.

 

(d)            Survival .  The provisions of Section 12 hereof shall survive the exercise or conversion of this Warrant and shall remain in effect until such time as Holder no longer holds Securities.

 

8



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by its officers thereunto duly authorized.

 

Dated: December 1, 1999

 

 

 

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS

 

INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daryl B. Winter

 

 

 

By:  Daryl B. Winter

 

 

 

Title:  Senior Vice President and General Counsel

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:

 

THREE CROWNS CAPITAL (BERMUDA)

LIMITED

 

By:

/s/

 

Title: Director

 

9



 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

 

To:           Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated

 

 

(1)            The undersigned hereby elects to purchase              shares of Series B Preferred Stock of Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

(2)            Please issue a certificate of certificates representing said shares of Series B Preferred Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

 

 

 

(Name)

 

 

 

 

(Address)

 

(3)            The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares of Series B Preferred Stock are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares.

 

 

 

 

 

(Date)

 

(Signature)

 



 

NOTICE OF CONVERSION

 

 

To:           Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated

 

 

(1)            The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached Warrant into such number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock of Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated as is determined pursuant to Section 3 of such Warrant, which conversion shall be effected pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant.

 

(2)            Please issue a certificate of certificates representing said shares of Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Series B Preferred Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

 

 

 

(Name)

 

 

 

 

(Address)

 

 

(3)            The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares of Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Preferred Stock are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares.

 

 

 

 

 

(Date)

 

(Signature)

 



 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

(To assign the foregoing warrant, execute
this form and supply required information.

Do not use this form to purchase shares.)

 

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the foregoing Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby assigned to

 

 

 

(Please Print)

 

whose address is

 

(Please Print)

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holder’s Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holder’s Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature Guaranteed:

 

 

 

NOTE:  The signature to this Assignment Form must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Warrant, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever, and must be guaranteed by a bank or trust company.  Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Warrant.

 




Exhibit 10.20

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.  SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION UNLESS THE TRANSFER IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR SIMILAR RULE OR UNLESS THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO IT STATING THAT SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.

 

No. 1

STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

 

To Purchase Shares of Series C Preferred Stock of

 

Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated

 

THIS CERTIFIES that, for value received, Broadview Ltd Limited (“Holder”), is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, at any time on or after the date hereof and on or prior to July 5, 2000 (the “Termination Date”), but not thereafter, to subscribe for and purchase, from Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, a Delaware Corporation (the “Company”), 486,750 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (the “Shares”) at an exercise price of $4.80 per share (the “Exercise Price”), subject to adjustment as set forth below.

 

1.                                        Title to Warrant .  Prior to the expiration hereof and subject to compliance with applicable laws and the other provisions of this warrant, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part, at the office or agency of the Company, referred to in Section 2 hereof, by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Warrant together with the Assignment Form annexed hereto properly endorsed.

 

2.                                        Exercise of Warrant .  The purchase rights represented by this Warrant are exercisable by the registered holder hereof, in whole or in part, at any time before the close of business on the Termination Date by the surrender of this Warrant and the Notice of Exercise form annexed hereto duly executed at the principal office of the Company at the address set forth in Section 15(c) hereof (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the registered holder hereof at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Company), and upon payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares thereby purchased (by cash or by check or bank draft payable to the order of the Company or by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the holder hereof, if any, at the time of exercise in an amount equal to the purchase price of the Shares thereby purchased); whereupon the holder of this Warrant shall be entitled to receive a certificate for the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock so purchased.

 

3.                                        Right to Convert Warrant .  The registered holder hereof shall have the right to convert this Warrant, by the surrender of this Warrant and the Notice of Conversion form annexed hereto duly executed at the principal office of the Company (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the registered holder hereof at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Company), in whole but not in part, at

 



 

any time before the close of business on the Termination Date, into the Shares as provided for in this Section 3.  Upon exercise of this conversion right, the holder hereof shall be entitled to receive that number of Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing [(A - B)(X)] by (A), where:

 

(A) =

the Fair Market Value (as defined below) of one (1) Share on the date of conversion of this Warrant.

 

 

(B) =

the Exercise Price for one (1) Share under this Warrant.

 

 

(X) =

the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant.

 

If the above calculation results in a zero or a negative number, then no Shares shall be issued or issuable upon conversion of this Warrant.

 

“Fair Market Value” of a Share shall mean:

 

(a)                                   if the conversion right is being exercised upon the occurrence of a transaction specified in paragraph 10(a) hereof, the value of the consideration (determined as set forth in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended) to be received pursuant to such transaction by the holder of one (1) Share issuable upon exercise of this Warrant;

 

(b)                                  if the conversion right is being exercised upon the occurrence of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial public offering price per share (before deducting underwriting commissions and discounts and offering expenses) multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of one (1) Share issuable upon exercise of this Warrant;

 

(c)                                   if the conversion right is being exercised after, and not in connection with the Company’s initial public offering, and:

 

(i)                                      if traded on a securities exchange, the fair market value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days before the day the current fair market value of the securities is being determined; or

 

(ii)                                   if actively traded over-the-counter, the fair market value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever are applicable) over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days before the day the current fair market value of the securities is being determined; and

 

(d)                                  in all other cases, the fair value as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

2



 

Upon conversion of this Warrant, the registered holder hereof shall be entitled to receive a certificate for the number of Shares determined as aforesaid.

 

4.                                        Issuance of Stock; No Fractional Shares or Scrip .  Certificates for the stock purchased hereunder or issuable upon conversion hereof shall be delivered to the holder hereof promptly after the date on which this Warrant shall have been exercised or converted as aforesaid.  The Company covenants that all Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of rights represented by this Warrant will, upon exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant and of payment of the exercise price as provided herein, be fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges in respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with such issue).  The Company agrees that, if at the time of the surrender of this Warrant and exercise of the rights represented hereby, the holder hereof shall be entitled to exercise such rights, the Shares so issued shall be and be deemed to be issued to such holder as the record owner of such Shares as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant shall have been exercised or converted as aforesaid.  No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise or conversion of this Warrant.  With respect to any fraction of a Share called for upon the exercise or conversion of this Warrant, an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the then current price at which each Share may be purchased hereunder shall be paid in cash to the holder of this Warrant.

 

5.                                        Charges, Taxes and Expenses .  Issuance of certificates for the Shares upon the exercise or conversion of this Warrant shall be made without charge to the holder hereof for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such certificate, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company, and such certificates shall be issued in the name of the holder of this Warrant or in such name or names as may be directed by the holder of this Warrant; provided , however , that in the event certificates for Shares are to be issued in a name other than the name of the holder of this Warrant, this Warrant when surrendered for exercise or conversion shall be accompanied by the Assignment Form attached hereto duly executed by the holder hereof; and provided further , that upon any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of any certificates for the Shares, the Company may require, as a condition thereto, the payment of a sure sufficient to reimburse it for any transfer tax incidental thereto.

 

6.                                        No Rights as Shareholders .  This Warrant does not entitle the holder hereof to any voting rights or other rights as a shareholder of the Company prior to the exercise or conversion thereof.

 

7.                                        Exchange and Registry of Warrant .  This Warrant is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof by the registered holder at the above-mentioned office or agency of the Company, for a new Warrant of like tenor and dated as of such exchange.

 

The Company shall maintain at the above-mentioned office or agency a registry showing the name and address of the registered holder of this Warrant.  This Warrant may be surrendered for exchange, transfer or exercise, in accordance with its terms, at such office or agency of the Company, and the Company shall be entitled to rely in all respects, prior to written notice to the contrary, upon such registry.

 

3



 

8.                                        Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant .  Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it, and upon reimbursement to the Company of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant of like tenor and dated as of such cancellation, in lieu of this Warrant.

 

9.                                        Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc .  If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall be a Saturday or a Sunday or shall be a legal holiday, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day not a legal holiday.

 

10.                                  Anti-Dilution Provision .

 

(a)                                   Merger, Sale of Assets, etc. .  In case of (1) the Company’s consolidation or merger with or into another corporation in which the Company is not the surviving entity, or a merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but the shares of the Company’s capital stock outstanding immediately prior to the merger are converted, by virtue of the merger, into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise, or (2) the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, then, as part of such reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, sale or transfer, lawful provision shall be made so that there shall thereafter be deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant or any portion thereof (in lieu of or in addition to the number of Shares theretofore deliverable, as appropriate), and without payment of any additional consideration, the number of shares of stock or other securities or property to which the holder of the number of Shares which would otherwise have been deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant or any portion thereof at the time of such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale or transfer would have been entitled to receive in such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale or transfer.  This Section 10(a) shall apply to successive reorganization, reclassifications, recapitalizations, consolidations, mergers, sales and transfers and to the stock or securities of any other corporation that are at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant.  If the per-share consideration payable to the registered holder hereof for Shares in connection with any transaction described in this Section 10(a) is in a form other than cash or marketable securities, then the value of such consideration shall be determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

(b)                                  Reclassification, etc.   If the Company at any time shall, by subdivision, combination or reclassification of securities or otherwise, change any of the securities for which purchase rights under this Warrant exist into the same or a different number of securities of any class or classes, this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable to acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as the result of such change with respect to the securities that were subject to the purchase rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision, combination, reclassification or other change.  If the Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant are subdivided or combined into a greater or smaller number of the Shares, the purchase price under this Warrant shall be proportionately reduced in case of subdivision of shares or proportionately increased in the case of combination of shares, in both

 

4



 

cases by the ratio which the total number of the Shares to be outstanding immediately after such event bears to the total number of the Shares outstanding immediately prior to such event.

 

(c)                                   Cash Distributions .  No adjustment on account of cash dividends on the Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant will be made to the purchase price under this Warrant.

 

(d)                                  Authorized Shares .  The Company covenants that, during the period the Warrant is outstanding, it will reserve from its authorized and unissued Preferred Stock a sufficient number of shares to provide for the issuance of the Shares upon the exercise of any purchase rights under this Warrant.  The Company further covenants that its issuance of this Warrant shall constitute full authority to its officers who are charged with the duty of executing stock certificates to execute and issue the necessary certificates for the Shares upon the exercise of the purchase rights under this Warrant.

 

(e)                                   Conversion Price Adjustments .  The rate at which the Shares are convertible into shares of Common Stock of the Company is subject to adjustment as set forth in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended.  Any adjustment to the conversion rate of the Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant effected prior to any exercise or conversion of this Warrant shall apply to any Shares thereafter issued pursuant to the terms hereof; provided , however , no such adjustment shall be made if an adjustment for such event has been or will be made pursuant to the terms of this warrant.

 

11.                                  Registration Rights .  The Shares shall have the registration rights set forth in the Sixth Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement among the Company and certain investors dated as of July 5, 2000, as amended (the “Investors Rights Agreement”), and, effective as of the date of issuance of such Shares, the tern “Shares” as defined in the Investors Rights Agreement shall include the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the term “Registrable Securities” as defined in the Investors Rights Agreement shall include the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares.

 

12.                                  Restrictions on Transferability of Securities .

 

(a)                                   Restrictions on Transferability .  This Warrant, the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares (collectively the “Securities”) shall not be sold, assigned, transferred or pledged except upon the conditions specified in this Section 12, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).  Each holder of any of the Securities will cause any proposed purchaser, assignee, transferee, or pledgee of the Securities held by such holder to agree to take and hold such Securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Section 12.

 

(b)                                  Restrictive Legend .  Each certificate representing the Securities and any other securities issued in respect of the Securities upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 12(c) below) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in the following form (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

 

5



 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.  SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION UNLESS THE TRANSFER IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR SIMILAR RULE OR UNLESS THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO IT STATING THAT SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.

 

Each holder of Securities and each subsequent transferee (hereinafter collectively referred to as a “Holder”) consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 12.

 

(c)                                   Notice of Proposed Transfers .  Each Holder of a certificate representing the Securities, by acceptance thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 12(c).  Prior to any proposed sale, assignment, transfer or pledge of any Securities (other than (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, (ii) in transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Securities by a Holder to any of its partners, or retired partners, or to the estate of any of its partners or retired partners, (iii) a transfer to an affiliated fund, partnership or company, which is not a competitor of the Company, subject to compliance with applicable securities laws or (iv) transfers in compliance with Rule 144, so long as the Company is furnished with satisfactory evidence of compliance with such Rule), unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transfer, the Holder thereof shall Give written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such transfer, sale, assignment or pledge.  Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed transfer, sale, assignment or pledge in sufficient detail, and shall be accompanied, at such holder’s expense, by either (i) an opinion of counsel (who shall, and whose opinion shall be, addressed to the Company and reasonably satisfactory to the Company) to the, effect that the proposed transfer of the Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act or (ii) a “no action” letter from the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) to the effect that the transfer of such securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon the Holder of such Securities shall be entitled to transfer such Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by such Holder to the Company.  Each certificate evidencing the Securities transferred as above provided shall bear, except if such transfer is made pursuant to Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Section 12(b) above, except that such certificate shall not bear such restrictive legend if in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provision of the Securities Act.

 

(d)                                  Removal of Restrictions on Transfer of Securities .  Any legend referred to in Section 12(b) hereof stamped on a certificate evidencing the Securities and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to the Securities shall be removed, and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the Holder of the Securities if the Securities are registered under the Securities Act, or if such Holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel (which may be counsel for the Company) reasonably satisfactory to the

 

6



 

Company to the effect that a public sale or transfer of such security may be made without registration under the Securities Act or such Holder provides the Company with reasonable assurances, which may, at the option of the Company, include an opinion of counsel (which may be counsel for the Company) reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such security can be sold pursuant to paragraph (k) of Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act.

 

13.                                  Investment Representations of Holder .  With respect to the acquisition of any of the Securities, Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

(a)                                   Experience .  Holder has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and has the capacity to protect its own interests.  Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

(b)                                  Investment .  Holder is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof.  Holder understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of Holder’s representations as expressed herein.

 

(c)                                   Rule 144 .  Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act, or unless an exemption from such registration is available.  Holder is aware of the provisions of Rules 144 and 144A promulgated under the Securities Act that permit limited resale of securities purchased in a private placement subject to satisfaction of certain conditions.

 

(d)                                  No Public Market .  Holder understands that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Securities.

 

(e)                                   Access to Data .  Holder has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management and financial affairs with the Company’s management and has also had an opportunity to ask questions of the Company’s officers, which questions were answered to its satisfaction.

 

14.                                  Notices .

 

(a)                                   Notice of Public Offering .  If at any time prior to the exercise or conversion of this Warrant in full the Company shall determine to effect a registered public offering of its securities, then the Company will give the holder of this Warrant at least 30 days prior written notice of the proposed effective date of the transaction.

 

(b)                                  Notice of Record Date .  If at any time prior to the exercise or conversion of this Warrant in full the Company takes a record of the holders of the Company’s stock for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other

 

7



 

distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Company will give to the holder of this Warrant, at least 30 days prior to the date specified therein, written notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

 

15.                                  Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                   Issue Date .  The provisions of this Warrant shall be construed and shall be given effect in all respect as if it had been issued and delivered by the Company on the date hereof.  This Warrant shall be binding upon any successors or assigns of the Company.  This Warrant shall constitute a contract under the laws of the State of California and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of said state.

 

(b)                                  Waivers and Amendments .  With the written consent of the Company and Holder, the obligations of the Company and the rights of Holder may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, either retroactively or prospectively and either for a specified period of time of indefinitely), and with the same consent the Company and Holder may enter into a supplementary agreement for the purpose of adding to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Warrant.

 

(c)                                   Notices .  All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Warrant shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, delivery by nationally recognized courier or upon deposit with the United States Post Office (by first class mail, postage prepaid) addressed as follows:  (i) if to the Company, to Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, 3696 Haven Ave., Suite C, Redwood City, 094063, Attention:  Daryl B. Winter, amd (ii) if to Holder, to Broadview Ltd Limited, Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda, Attention: Peter Svennilson.

 

(d)                                  Survival .  The provisions of Section 12 hereof shall survive the exercise or conversion of this Warrant and shall remain in effect until such time as Holder no longer holds Securities.

 

8



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by its officers thereunto duly authorized.

 

Dated:  July 7, 2000

 

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS

 

INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Daryl Winter

 

Senior Vice President

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:

 

 

 

Broadview Ltd Limited

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Peter Svennilson

 

Managing Director

 

 

9

 



 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT GRANTED TO

BROADVIEW LTD. LIMITED

This amendment is to the STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT granted to Broadview Ltd. Limited on July 7, 2000 to purchase from Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 486,750 shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

The first paragraph of the agreement is deleted in its entirety and is replaced with the following:

THIS CERTIFIES that, for value received, PSV Limited, formerly Three Crowns Capital (Bermuda) Limited which in turned was formerly Broadview Ltd. Limited (the “Holder”), is entitled upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, at any time on or after the date hereof and on or prior to July 7, 2010, but not thereafter, to subscribe for and purchase, from Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, a Delaware Corporation (the “Company”), 486,750 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (the “Shares”) at an exercise price of $4.80 per share (the “Exercise Price”), subject to adjustment as set forth below.

PSV Limited:

By:

 

 

Peter A. S. Pearman

 

Director

Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

By:

 

 

Daryl B. Winter

 

General Counsel

 



 



Exhibit 10.21

 

NEITHER THIS WARRANT NOR THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.  NO SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER SAID ACT OR WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE ACT OR RECEIPT OF A NO-ACTION LETTER FROM THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE 3,000 SHARES OF SERIES C-1 PREFERRED STOCK

 

June 11, 2003

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, General Electric Capital Corporation (“Holder”) is entitled to subscribe for and purchase Three Thousand (3,000) shares of the fully paid and nonassessable Series C-1 Preferred Stock (the “Shares” or the “Preferred Stock”) of Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), at the Warrant Price (as hereinafter defined), subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.  As used herein, the term “Series C-1 Preferred Stock” shall mean the Company’s presently authorized Series C-1 Preferred Stock and any stock into which such Series C-1 Preferred Stock may hereafter be converted or exchanged.

 

1.                                        Warrant Price .  The Warrant Price shall initially be Four and 80/100 dollars ($4.80) per share, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 7 below.

 

2.                                        Conditions to Exercise .  The purchase right represented by this Warrant may to exercised at any time, or from time to time, in whole or in part during the term commencing on the date hereof and ending at 5:00 P.M. Pacific time 36 months after the Company’s initial public offering or on the tenth anniversary of the date of this Warrant, whichever is earlier.

 

3.                                        Method of Exercise; Payment; Issuance of Shares; Issuance of New Warrant .

 

(a)                                   Cash Exercise .  Subject to Section 2 hereof, the purchase right represented by this Warrant may be exercised by the Holder hereof, in whole or in part, by the surrender of this Warrant (with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in the form attached hereto) at the principal office of the Company (as set forth in Section 18 below) and by payment to the Company, by check, of an amount equal to the then applicable Warrant Price per share multiplied by the number of shares then being purchased.  In the event of any exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, certificates for the shares of stock so purchased shall be in the name of, and delivered to, the Holder hereof, or as such Holder may direct (subject to the terms of transfer contained herein and upon payment by such Holder hereof of any applicable transfer taxes).  Such delivery shall be made within 30 days after exercise of the Warrant and at the Company’s expense and, unless this Warrant has been fully exercised or expired, a new Warrant having terms and conditions substantially identical to this Warrant and representing the portion

 



 

of the Shares, if any, with respect to which this Warrant shall not have been exercised, shall also be issued to the Holder hereof within 30 days after exercise of the Warrant.

 

(b)                                  Net Issue Exercise .  Holder may also elect to receive shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or of any portion thereof remaining unexercised) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with notice of such election, in which event the Company shall issue to Holder the number of shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock computed using the following formula:

 

X = Y (A-B)

 

A

 

Where X = the number of shares of Preferred Stock to be issued to Holder.

Y = the number of shares of Preferred Stock purchasable under this Warrant (at the date of such calculation).

A = the Fair Market Value of one share of the Company’s Preferred Stock (at the date of such calculation).

B = Warrant Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation).

 

(c)                                   Fair Market Value .  For purposes of this Section 3, Fair Market Value of one share of the Company’s Preferred Stock shall mean:

 

(i)                                      In the event of an exercise in connection with an Initial Public Offering, the per share Fair Market Value for the Preferred Stock shall be the Offering Price at which the underwriters initially sell Common Stock to the public multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is then convertible; or

 

(ii)                                   The average of the closing bid and asked prices of Common Stock quoted in the Over-The-Counter Market Summary, the last reported sale price quoted on the Nasdaq National Market (“NNM”) or on any exchange on which the Common Stock is listed, whichever is applicable, as published in the Western Edition of the Wall Street Journal for the ten (10) trading days prior to the date of determination of Fair Market Value, multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is then convertible; or

 

(iii)                                In the event of an exercise in connection with a merger, acquisition or other consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity, the per share Fair Market Value for the Preferred Stock shall be the value to be received per share of Preferred Stock by all holders of the Preferred Stock in such transaction as determined by the Board of Directors; or

 

(iv)                               In any other instance, the per share Fair Market Value for the Preferred Stock shall be as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

In the event of 3(c)(iii) or 3(c)(iv), above, the Company’s Board of Directors shall prepare a certificate, to be signed by an authorized officer of the Company, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for and method of determination of the per share Fair

 

2



 

Market Value of the Preferred Stock.  The Board will also certify to the Holder that this per share Fair Market Value will be applicable to all holders of the Company’s Preferred Stock.  Such certification must be made to Holder at least thirty (30) business days prior to the proposed effective date of the merger, consolidation, sale, or other triggering event as defined in 3(c)(iii) or 3(c)(iv).

 

(d)                                  Automatic Exercise .  To the extent this Warrant is not previously exercised, it shall be automatically exercised in accordance with Sections 3(b) and 3(c) hereof (even if not surrendered) immediately before its expiration, involuntary termination or cancellation.

 

4.                                        Representations and Warranties of Holder and the Company

 

(a)                                   Representations and Warranties by Holder .  The Holder represents and warrants to the Company with respect to this purchase as follows:

 

(i)                                      The Holder has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities of companies similar to the Company so that the Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and has the capacity to protect its interests.

 

(ii)                                   Except for transfers to a Holder affiliate, the Holder is acquiring the Warrant and the Shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant (collectively the “Securities”) for investment for its own account and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof.  The Holder understands that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent as expressed herein.

 

(iii)                                The Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

 

(iv)                               The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

(v)                                  The Holder has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management and financial affairs with its management and an opportunity to review the Company’s facilities.  The Holder understands that such discussions, as well as the written information issued by the Company, were intended to describe the aspects of the Company’s business and prospects which the Company believes to be material but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description.

 

(b)                                  Company hereby represents and warrants to Holder that, [except as set forth in the schedule attached to this Warrant as Exhibit A (the “ Disclosure Schedule ”)], the statements in the following paragraphs of this Section 4(b) are true and correct (a) as of the date hereof and (b) except where any such representation and warranty relates specifically to an earlier date, as of the date of any exercise of this Warrant.

 

3



 

(i)                                      Corporate Organization and Authority .  Company (a) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing in its jurisdiction of incorporation, (b) has the corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted; and (c) is qualified as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions where such qualification is required.

 

(ii)                                   Corporate Power .  Company has all requisite legal and corporate power and authority to execute issue and deliver the Warrant, to issue the Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant, and to carry out and perform its obligations under the Warrant and any related agreements.

 

(iii)                                Authorization; Enforceability .  All corporate action on the part of Company, its officers, directors and shareholders necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of its obligations under this Warrant and for the authorization, issuance and delivery of the Warrant and the Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant has been taken and this Warrant constitutes the legally binding and valid obligation of Company enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(iv)                               Valid Issuance of Warrant and Preferred Stock .  The Warrant has been validly issued and is free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer set forth herein and under applicable state and federal securities laws.  The Preferred Stock issuable upon conversion of this Warrant, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Warrant for the consideration expressed herein, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and will be free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer under this Warrant and under applicable state and federal securities laws.  Subject to applicable restrictions on transfer, the issuance and delivery of the Warrant and the Preferred Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant are not subject to any preemptive or other similar rights or any liens or encumbrances except as specifically set forth in Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or this Warrant.  The offer, sale and issuance of the Warrant and Preferred Stock, as contemplated by this Warrant, are exempt from the prospectus and registration requirements of applicable United States federal and state security laws, and neither Company nor any authorized agent acting on its behalf has or will take any action hereafter that would cause the loss of such exemption.

 

(v)                                  No Conflict with Other Instruments .  The execution, delivery, and performance of this Warrant will not result in any violation of, be in conflict with, or constitute a default under, with or without the passage of time or the giving of notice (a) any provision of Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or by-laws; (b) any provision of any judgment, decree, or order to which Company is a party or by which it is bound or an event which results in the creation of any material lien, charge or encumbrance upon any material assets of Company; (c) any contract, obligation, or commitment to which Company is a party or by which it is bound; or (d) any statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to Company.

 

(vi)                               Capitalization .  As of recent date, the authorized capital stock of Company consists of 46,000,000 shares of [Common Stock], .0001 par value, of which 5,696,806 were issued and outstanding, [and 33,782,000 shares of Preferred Stock, .0001 par value, of which 32,515,302 were issued and outstanding].  The outstanding shares have been

 

4



 

duly authorized and validly issued (including, without limitation, issued in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws), are fully paid and nonassessable [and have been issued in compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and the registration and qualification requirements of all applicable state securities laws, or in compliance with applicable exemptions therefrom].  Company has reserved 36,426,586 shares of Common Stock for issuance upon conversion of the Preferred Stock.  Except as set forth in Section 4(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no outstanding warrants, options, conversion privileges, preemptive rights or other rights or agreements to purchase or otherwise acquire or issue any equity securities or Convertible Securities of Company, nor has the issuance of any of the aforesaid rights to acquire securities of Company been authorized.

 

(vii)                            Governmental Consents .  No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority on the part of Company is required in connection with the offer, sale or issuance of the Warrant (and the Preferred Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares), or the consummation of any other transaction contemplated hereby, except for the following: (a) the filing of a notice on Form D under the Act and b) the compliance with other applicable state securities laws, which compliance will have occurred within the appropriate time periods therefore.  The offer, sale and issuance of the Warrant and the shares of Preferred Stock in conformity with the terms of this Warrant are exempt from the registration requirements of the Act and any applicable state laws.

 

5.                                        Legends .

 

(a)                                   Each certificate representing the Securities shall be endorsed with the following legend:

 

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED UNLESS COVERED BY AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SAID ACT, A “NO ACTION” LETTER FROM THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WITH RESPECT TO SUCH TRANSFER, A TRANSFER MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, OR (IF REASONABLY REQUIRED BY THE COMPANY) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY SUCH TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

 

The Company need not enter into its stock records a transfer of Securities unless the conditions specified in the foregoing legend are satisfied.  The Company may also instruct its transfer agent not to allow the transfer of any of the Shares unless the conditions specified in the foregoing legend are satisfied.

 

(b)                                  Removal of Legend and Transfer Restrictions .  The legend relating to the Act endorsed on a certificate pursuant to paragraph 5(a) of this Warrant shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the Holder of the Securities if (i) the Securities are registered under the Act and a prospectus meeting the requirements of

 

5



 

Section 10 of the Act is available or (ii) the Holder provides to the Company an opinion of counsel for the Holder reasonably satisfactory to the Company, a no-action letter or interpretive opinion of the staff of the SEC reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that public sale, transfer or assignment of the Securities may be made without registration and without compliance with any restriction such as Rule 144.

 

6.                                        Condition of Transfer or Exercise of Warrant .  It shall be a condition to any transfer or exercise of this Warrant that at the time of such transfer or exercise, the Holder shall provide the Company with a representation in writing that the Holder or transferee is acquiring this Warrant and the shares of Preferred Stock to be issued upon exercise for investment purposes only and not with a view to any sale or distribution or will provide the Company with a statement of pertinent facts covering any proposed distribution, As a further condition to any transfer of this Warrant or any or all of the shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, other than a transfer registered under the Act, the Company may request a legal opinion, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company arid its counsel, reciting the pertinent circumstances surrounding the proposed transfer and stating that such transfer is exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act.  The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder.  Each certificate evidencing the shares issued upon exercise of the Warrant or upon any transfer of the shares (other than a transfer registered under the Act or any subsequent transfer of shares so registered) shall, at the Company’s option, if the Shares are not freely saleable under Rule 144(k) under the Act, contain a legend in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel, restricting the transfer of the shares to sales or other dispositions exempt from the requirements of the Act.  As further condition to each transfer, at the request of the Company, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company and the transferee shall receive and accept a Warrant, of like tenor and date, executed by the Company.

 

7.                                        Adjustment for Certain Events .  The number and kind of securities purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Warrant Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events, as follows:

 

(a)                                   Reclassification or Merger .  In case of any reclassification or change of securities of the class issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination), or in case of any merger of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a merger with another corporation in which the Company is the acquiring and the surviving corporation and which does not result in any reclassification or change of outstanding securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant), or in case of any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Company, or such successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, shall duly execute and deliver to the Holder a new Warrant (in form and substance satisfactory to the Holder of this Warrant), or the Company shall make appropriate provision without the issuance of a new Warrant, so that the Holder shall have the right to receive, at a total purchase price not to exceed that payable upon the exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant, and in lieu of the shares of Preferred Stock theretofore issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities, money and property receivable upon such reclassification, change, merger or sale by a Holder of

 

6



 

the number of shares of Preferred Stock then purchasable under this Warrant, or in the case of such a merger or sale in which the consideration paid consists all or in part of assets other than securities of the successor or purchasing corporation, at the option of the Holder, the securities of the successor or purchasing corporation having a value at the time of the transaction equivalent to the value of the Preferred Stock purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant at the time of the transaction.  Any new Warrant shall provide for adjustments that shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section 7.  The provisions of this subparagraph (a) shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, changes, mergers and transfers.

 

(b)                                  Subdivision or Combination of Shares .  If the Company at any time while this Warrant remains outstanding and unexpired shall subdivide or combine its outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased and the number of Shares issuable hereunder shall be proportionately increased in the case of a subdivision and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares issuable hereunder shall be proportionately decreased in the case of a combination.

 

(c)                                   Stock Dividends and Other Distributions .  If the Company at any time while this Warrant is outstanding and unexpired shall (i) pay a dividend with respect to Preferred Stock payable in Preferred Stock, then the Warrant Price shall be adjusted, from and after the date of determination of shareholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution, to that price determined by multiplying the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such date of determination by a fraction (A) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such dividend or distribution, and (B) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution; or (ii) make any other distribution with respect to Preferred Stock (except any distribution specifically provided for in Sections 7(a) and 7(b)), then, in each such case, provision shall be made by the Company such that the Holder of this Warrant shall receive upon exercise of this Warrant a proportionate share of any such dividend or distribution as though it were the Holder of the Preferred Stock (or Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof) as of the record date fixed for the determination of the shareholders of the Company entitled to receive such dividend or distribution.

 

8.                                        Notice of Adjustments .  Whenever any Warrant Price or the kind or number of securities issuable under this Warrant shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 7 hereof, the Company shall prepare a certificate signed by an officer of the Company setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the Warrant Price and number or kind of shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall cause copies of such certificate to be mailed (by certified or registered mail, return receipt required, postage prepaid) within thirty (30) days of such adjustment to the Holder of this Warrant as set forth in Section 18 hereof.

 

9.                                        Transferability of Warrant .  This Warrant is transferable on the books of the Company at its principal office by the registered Holder hereof upon surrender of this Warrant properly endorsed, subject to compliance with Section 6 and applicable federal and state securities laws.  The Company shall issue and deliver to the transferee a new Warrant

 

7



 

representing the Warrant so transferred.  Upon any partial transfer, the Company will issue and deliver to Holder a new Warrant with respect to the Warrant not so transferred.  Holder shall not have any right to transfer any portion of this Warrant to any direct competitor of the Company.

 

10.                                  Registration Rights .  The Company grants registration rights to the Holder of this Warrant for any Common Stock of the Company obtained upon conversion of the Preferred Stock in parity to the registration rights granted to other holders of the Preferred Stock and agrees that the Holder of this Warrant shall be added as a party to that certain                         dated as of                           of the Company (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), and that the Shares shall be made “Registrable Securities” under the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

11.                                  No Fractional Shares .  No fractional share of Preferred Stock will be issued in connection with any exercise hereunder, but in lieu of such fractional share the Company shall make a cash payment therefor upon the basis of the Warrant Price then in effect.

 

12.                                  Charges, Taxes and Expenses .  Issuance of certificates for shares of Preferred Stock upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be made without charge to the Holder for any United States or state of the United States documentary stamp tax or other incidental expense with respect to the issuance of such certificate, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company, and such certificates shall be issued in the name of the Holder.

 

13.                                  No Shareholder Rights Until Exercise .  This Warrant does not entitle the Holder hereof to any voting rights or other rights as a shareholder of the Company prior to the exercise hereof.

 

14.                                  Registry of Warrant .  The Company shall maintain a registry showing the name and address of the registered Holder of this Warrant.  This Warrant may be surrendered for exchange or exercise, in accordance with its terms, at such office or agency of the Company, and the Company and Holder shall be entitled to rely in all respects, prior to written notice to the contrary, upon such registry.

 

15.                                  Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant .  Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and, in the case of loss, theft, or destruction, of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it, and, if mutilated, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company will execute and deliver a new Warrant, having terms and conditions substantially identical to this Warrant, in lieu hereof.

 

16.                                  Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                   Issue Date .  The provisions of this Warrant shall be construed and shall be given effect in all respect as if it had been issued and delivered by the Company on the date hereof.

 

(b)                                  Successors .  This Warrant shall be binding upon any successors or assigns of the Company.

 

8



 

(c)                                   Governing Law .  This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut.

 

(d)                                  Headings .  The headings used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant.

 

(e)                                   Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays .  If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall be a Saturday or a Sunday or shall be a legal holiday in the State of Connecticut, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day not a legal holiday.

 

(f)                                     Waiver of Jury Trial .  Each of the parties hereto hereby waives to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any litigation directly or indirectly arising out of, under or in connection with this Warrant or the Preferred Shares.

 

(g)                                  Attorney’s Fees .  In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorney’s fees.

 

17.                                  No Impairment .  The Company will not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder hereof against impairment.

 

18.                                  Addresses .  Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by overnight courier, registered or certified mail, return receipt required, and postage prepaid, or otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger, addressed as set forth below, or at such other address as the Company or the Holder hereof shall have furnished to the other party.

 

If to the Company:                                              Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated
341 Oyster Point Blvd.
South San Francisco, CA 94080
Attn:  Mr. Daniel N. Swisher, Jr.

 

If to the Holder:                                                             General Electric Capital Corporation
401 Merritt 7, Suite 23
Norwalk, CT 06851-1177
Attn:  Credit Manager-Life Science and
                                        Technology Finance

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated has caused this Warrant to be executed by its officers thereunto duly authorized.

 

9



 

Dated as of                         ,      

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

10



 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO:

 

1.                                        The undersigned Warrantholder (“Holder”) elects to acquire shares of the Series                        Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”) of                                               , (the “Company”), pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Warrant dated                                         ,              (the “Warrant”).

 

2.                                        The Holder exercises its rights under the Warrant as set forth below:

 

o                                     The Holder elects to purchase                       shares of Preferred Stock as provided in Section 3(a) and tenders herewith a check in the amount of  $                        as payment of the purchase price.

 

o                                     The Holder elects to convert the purchase rights into shares of Preferred Stock as provided in Section 3(b) of the Warrant.

 

3.                                        The Holder surrenders the Warrant with this Notice of Exercise.

 

The Holder represents that it is acquiring the aforesaid shares of Preferred Stock for investment and not with a view to or for resale in connection with distribution and that the Holder has no present intention of distributing or reselling the shares.

 

Please issue a certificate representing the shares of the Preferred Stock in the name of the Holder or in such other name as is specified below:

 

Name:
Address:

 

Taxpayer I.D.:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Holder)

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.22

 

NEITHER THIS WARRANT NOR THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.  NO SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER SAID ACT OR WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE ACT OR RECEIPT OF A NO-ACTION LETTER FROM THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE 1,435 SHARES OF SERIES C-1 PREFERRED STOCK

 

June 21, 2004

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, General Electric Capital Corporation (“Holder”) is entitled to subscribe for and purchase One Thousand Four Hundred Thirty Five (1,435) shares of the fully paid and nonassessable Series C-1 Preferred Stock (the “Shares” or the “Preferred Stock”) of Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), at the Warrant Price (as hereinafter defined), subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.  As used herein, the term “Series C-1 Preferred Stock” shall mean the Company’s presently authorized Series C-1 Preferred Stock and any stock into which such Series C-1 Preferred Stock may hereafter be converted or exchanged.

 

1.                                        Warrant Price .  The Warrant Price shall initially be Four and 80/100 dollars ($4.80) per share, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 7 below.

 

2.                                        Conditions to Exercise .  The purchase right represented by this Warrant may be exercised at any time, or from time to time, in whole or in part during the term commencing on the date hereof and ending at 5:00 P.M. Pacific time 36 months after the Company’s initial public offering or on the tenth anniversary of the date of this Warrant, whichever is earlier.

 

3.                                        Method of Exercise; Payment; Issuance of Shares; Issuance of New Warrant .

 

(a)                                   Cash Exercise .  Subject to Section 2 hereof, the purchase right represented by this Warrant may be exercised by the Holder hereof, in whole or in part, by the surrender of this Warrant (with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in the form attached hereto) at the principal office of the Company (as set forth in Section 18 below) and by payment to the Company, by check, of an amount equal to the then applicable Warrant Price per share multiplied by the number of shares then being purchased.  In the event of any exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, certificates for the shares of stock so purchased shall be in the name of, and delivered to, the Holder hereof, or as such Holder may direct (subject to the terms of transfer contained herein and upon payment by such Holder hereof of any applicable transfer taxes).  Such delivery shall be made within 30 days after exercise of the Warrant and at the Company’s expense and, unless this Warrant has been fully exercised or expired, a new Warrant having terms and conditions substantially identical to this Warrant and representing the portion of the Shares, if any, with respect to which this Warrant shall not have been exercised, shall also be issued to the Holder hereof within 30 days after exercise of the Warrant.

 



 

(b)                                  Net Issue Exercise .  Holder may also elect to receive shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or of any portion thereof remaining unexercised) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with notice of such election, in which event the Company shall issue to Holder the number of shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock computed using the following formula:

 

X

=

Y (A-B)

 

 

A

 

Where X = the number of shares of Preferred Stock to be issued to Holder.

 

Y = the number of shares of Preferred Stock purchasable under this Warrant (at the date of such calculation).

 

A = the Fair Market Value of one share of the Company’s Preferred Stock (at the date of such calculation).

 

B = Warrant Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation).

 

(c)                                   Fair Market Value .  For purposes of this Section 3, Fair Market Value of one share of the Company’s Preferred Stock shall mean:

 

(i)                                      In the event of an exercise in connection with an Initial Public Offering, the per share Fair Market Value for the Preferred Stock shall be the Offering Price at which the underwriters initially sell Common Stock to the public multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is then convertible; or

 

(ii)                                   The average of the closing bid and asked prices of Common Stock quoted in the Over-The-Counter Market Summary, the last reported sale price quoted on the Nasdaq National Market (“NNM”) or on any exchange on which the Common Stock is listed, whichever is applicable, as published in the Western Edition of the Wall Street Journal for the ten (10) trading days prior to the date of determination of Fair Market Value, multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is then convertible; or

 

(iii)                                In the event of an exercise in connection with a merger, acquisition or other consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity, the per share Fair Market Value for the Preferred Stock shall be the value to be received per share of Preferred Stock by all holders of the Preferred Stock in such transaction as determined by the Board of Directors; or

 

(iv)                               In any other instance, the per share Fair Market Value for the Preferred Stock shall be as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

In the event of 3(c)(iii) or 3(c)(iv), above, the Company’s Board of Directors shall prepare a certificate, to be signed by an authorized officer of the Company, setting forth in reasonable

 

2



 

detail the basis for and method of determination of the per share Fair Market Value of the Preferred Stock.  The Board will also certify to the Holder that this per share Fair Market Value will be applicable to all holders of the Company’s Preferred Stock.  Such certification must be made to Holder at least thirty (30) business days prior to the proposed effective date of the merger, consolidation, sale, or other triggering event as defined in 3(c)(iii) or 3(c)(iv).

 

(d)                                  Automatic Exercise .  To the extent this Warrant is not previously exercised, it shall be automatically exercised in accordance with Sections 3(b) and 3(c) hereof (even if not surrendered) immediately before its expiration, involuntary termination or cancellation.

 

4.                                        Representations and Warranties of Holder and the Company .

 

(a)                                   Representations and Warranties by Holder .  The Holder represents and warrants to the Company with respect to this purchase as follows:

 

(i)                                      The Holder has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities of companies similar to the Company so that the Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and has the capacity to protect its interests.

 

(ii)                                   Except for transfers to a Holder affiliate, the Holder is acquiring the Warrant and the Shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant (collectively the “Securities”) for investment for its own account and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof.  The Holder understands that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent as expressed herein.

 

(iii)                                The Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

 

(iv)                               The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

(v)                                  The Holder has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management and financial affairs with its management and an opportunity to review the Company’s facilities.  The Holder understands that such discussions, as well as the written information issued by the Company, were intended to describe the aspects of the Company’s business and prospects which the Company believes to be material but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description.

 

(b)                                  Company hereby represents and warrants to Holder that, [except as set forth in the schedule attached to this Warrant as Exhibit A (the “Disclosure Schedule”)], the statements in the following paragraphs of this Section 4(b) are true and correct (a) as of the date

 

3



 

hereof and (b) except where any such representation and warranty relates specifically to an earlier date, as of the date of any exercise of this Warrant.

 

(i)                                      Corporate Organization and Authority .  Company (a) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing in its jurisdiction of incorporation, (b) has the corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted; and (c) is qualified as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions where such qualification is required.

 

(ii)                                   Corporate Power .  Company has all requisite legal and corporate power and authority to execute, issue and deliver the Warrant, to issue the Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant, and to carry out and perform its obligations under the Warrant and any related agreements.

 

(iii)                                Authorization; Enforceability .  All corporate action on the part of Company, its officers, directors and shareholders necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of its obligations under this Warrant and for the authorization, issuance and delivery of the Warrant and the Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant has been taken and this Warrant constitutes the legally binding and valid obligation of Company enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(iv)                               Valid Issuance of Warrant and Preferred Stock .  The Warrant has been validly issued and is free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer set forth herein and under applicable state and federal securities laws.  The Preferred Stock issuable upon conversion of this Warrant, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Warrant for the consideration expressed herein, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and will be free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer under this Warrant and under applicable state and federal securities laws.  Subject to applicable restrictions on transfer, the issuance and delivery of the Warrant and the Preferred Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant are not subject to any preemptive or other similar rights or any liens or encumbrances except as specifically set forth in Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or this Warrant.  The offer, sale and issuance of the Warrant and Preferred Stock, as contemplated by this Warrant, are exempt from the prospectus and registration requirements of applicable United States federal and state security laws, and neither Company nor any authorized agent acting on its behalf has or will take any action hereafter that would cause the loss of such exemption.

 

(v)                                  No Conflict with Other Instruments .  The execution, delivery, and performance of this Warrant will not result in any violation of, be in conflict with, or constitute a default under, with or without the passage of time or the giving of notice (a) any provision of Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or by-laws; (b) any provision of any judgment, decree, or order to which Company is a party or by which it is bound or an event which results in the creation of any material lien, charge or encumbrance upon any material assets of Company; (c) any contract, obligation, or commitment to which Company is a party or by which it is bound; or (d) any statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to Company.

 

4



 

(vi)                               Capitalization .  As of recent date, the authorized capital stock of Company consists of 46,000,000 shares of [Common Stock] 0.0001 par value, of which 5,568,051 were issued and outstanding, [and 33,782,000 shares of Preferred Stock, 0.0001 par value, of which 31,908,271 were issued and outstanding].  The outstanding shares have been duly authorized and validly issued (including, without limitation, issued in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws), are fully paid and nonassessable [and have been issued in compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and the registration and qualification requirements of all applicable state securities laws, or in compliance with applicable exemptions therefrom].  Company has reserved 40,139,278 shares of Common Stock for issuance upon conversion of the Preferred Stock.  Except as set forth in Section 4(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no outstanding warrants, options, conversion privileges, preemptive rights or other rights or agreements to purchase or otherwise acquire or issue any equity securities or Convertible Securities of Company, nor has the issuance of any of the aforesaid rights to acquire securities of Company been authorized.

 

(vii)                            Governmental Consents .  No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority on the part of Company is required in connection with the offer, sale or issuance of the Warrant (and the Preferred Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares), or the consummation of any other transaction contemplated hereby, except for the following:  (a) the filing of a notice on Form D under the Act and (b) the compliance with other applicable state securities laws, which compliance will have occurred within the appropriate time periods therefore.  The offer, sale and issuance of the Warrant and the shares of Preferred Stock in conformity with the terms of this Warrant are exempt from the registration requirements of the Act and any applicable state laws.

 

5.                                        Legends .

 

(a)                                   Each certificate representing the Securities shall be endorsed with the following legend:

 

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED UNLESS COVERED BY AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SAID ACT, A “NO ACTION” LETTER FROM THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WITH RESPECT TO SUCH TRANSFER, A TRANSFER MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, OR (IF REASONABLY REQUIRED BY THE COMPANY) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY SUCH TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

 

The Company need not enter into its stock records a transfer of Securities unless the conditions specified in the foregoing legend are satisfied.  The Company may also instruct its transfer agent

 

5



 

not to allow the transfer of any of the Shares unless the conditions specified in the foregoing legend are satisfied.

 

(b)                                  Removal of Legend and Transfer Restrictions .  The legend relating to the Act endorsed on a certificate pursuant to paragraph 5(a) of this Warrant shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the Holder of the Securities if (i) the Securities are registered under the Act and a prospectus meeting the requirements of Section 10 of the Act is available or (ii) the Holder provides to the Company an opinion of counsel for the Holder reasonably satisfactory to the Company, a no-action letter or interpretive opinion of the staff of the SEC reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that public sale, transfer or assignment of the Securities may be made without registration and without compliance with any restriction such as Rule 144.

 

6.                                        Condition of Transfer or Exercise of Warrant .  It shall be a condition to any transfer or exercise of this Warrant that at the time of such transfer or exercise, the Holder shall provide the Company with a representation in writing that the Holder or transferee is acquiring this Warrant and the shares of Preferred Stock to be issued upon exercise for investment purposes only and not with a view to any sale or distribution, or will provide the Company with a statement of pertinent facts covering any proposed distribution.  As a further condition to any transfer of this Warrant or any or all of the shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, other than a transfer registered under the Act, the Company may request a legal opinion, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel, reciting the pertinent circumstances surrounding the proposed transfer and stating that such transfer is exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act.  The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder.  Each certificate evidencing the shares issued upon exercise of the Warrant or upon any transfer of the shares (other than a transfer registered under the Act or any subsequent transfer of shares so registered) shall, at the Company’s option, if the Shares are not freely saleable under Rule 144(k) under the Act, contain a legend in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel, restricting the transfer of the shares to sales or other dispositions exempt from the requirements of the Act.  As further condition to each transfer, at the request of the Company, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company and the transferee shall receive and accept a Warrant, of like tenor and date, executed by the Company.

 

7.                                        Adjustment for Certain Events .  The number and kind of securities purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Warrant Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events, as follows:

 

(a)                                   Reclassification or Merger .  In case of any reclassification or change of securities of the class issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination), or in case of any merger of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a merger with another corporation in which the Company is the acquiring and the surviving corporation and which does not result in any reclassification or change of outstanding securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant), or in case of any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Company, or such successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, shall duly execute and deliver to the Holder a new Warrant (in form and substance

 

6



 

satisfactory to the Holder of this Warrant), or the Company shall make appropriate provision without the issuance of a new Warrant, so that the Holder shall have the right to receive, at a total purchase price not to exceed that payable upon the exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant, and in lieu of the shares of Preferred Stock theretofore issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities, money and property receivable upon such reclassification, change, merger or sale by a Holder of the number of shares of Preferred Stock then purchasable under this Warrant, or in the case of such a merger or sale in which the consideration paid consists all or in part of assets other than securities of the successor or purchasing corporation, at the option of the Holder, the securities of the successor or purchasing corporation having a value at the time of the transaction equivalent to the value of the Preferred Stock purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant at the time of the transaction.  Any new Warrant shall provide for adjustments that shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section 7.  The provisions of this subparagraph (a) shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, changes, mergers and transfers.

 

(b)                                  Subdivision or Combination of Shares .  If the Company at any time while this Warrant remains outstanding and unexpired shall subdivide or combine its outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased and the number of Shares issuable hereunder shall be proportionately increased in the case of a subdivision and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares issuable hereunder shall be proportionately decreased in the case of a combination.

 

(c)                                   Stock Dividends and Other Distributions .  If the Company at any time while this Warrant is outstanding and unexpired shall (i) pay a dividend with respect to Preferred Stock payable in Preferred Stock, then the Warrant Price shall be adjusted, from and after the date of determination of shareholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution, to that price determined by multiplying the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such date of determination by a fraction (A) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such dividend or distribution, and (B) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution; or (ii) make any other distribution with respect to Preferred Stock (except any distribution specifically provided for in Sections 7(a) and 7(b)), then, in each such case, provision shall be made by the Company such that the Holder of this Warrant shall receive upon exercise of this Warrant a proportionate share of any such dividend or distribution as though it were the Holder of the Preferred Stock (or Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof) as of the record date fixed for the determination of the shareholders of the Company entitled to receive such dividend or distribution.

 

8.                                        Notice of Adjustments .  Whenever any Warrant Price or the kind or number of securities issuable under this Warrant shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 7 hereof, the Company shall prepare a certificate signed by an officer of the Company setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the Warrant Price and number or kind of shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall cause copies of such certificate to be mailed (by certified or registered mail, return receipt required, postage prepaid) within thirty (30) days of such adjustment to the Holder of this Warrant as set forth in Section 18 hereof.

 

7



 

9.                                        Transferability of Warrant .  This Warrant is transferable on the books of the Company at its principal office by the registered Holder hereof upon surrender of this Warrant properly endorsed, subject to compliance with Section 6 and applicable federal and state securities laws.  The Company shall issue and deliver to the transferee a new Warrant representing the Warrant so transferred.  Upon any partial transfer, the Company will issue and deliver to Holder a new Warrant with respect to the Warrant not so transferred.  Holder shall not have any right to transfer any portion of this Warrant to any direct competitor of the Company.

 

10.                                  Registration Rights .  The Company grants registration rights to the Holder of this Warrant for any Common Stock of the Company obtained upon conversion of the Preferred Stock in parity to the registration rights granted to other holders of the Preferred Stock and agrees that the Holder of this Warrant shall be added as a party to that certain                                   dated as of                               of the Company (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), and that the Shares shall be made “Registrable Securities” under the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

11.                                  No Fractional Shares .  No fractional share of Preferred Stock will be issued in connection with any exercise hereunder, but in lieu of such fractional share the Company shall make a cash payment therefor upon the basis of the Warrant Price then in effect.

 

12.                                  Charges, Taxes and Expenses .  Issuance of certificates for shares of Preferred Stock upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be made without charge to the Holder for any United States or state of the United States documentary stamp tax or other incidental expense with respect to the issuance of such certificate, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company, and such certificates shall be issued in the name of the Holder.

 

13.                                  No Shareholder Rights Until Exercise .  This Warrant does not entitle the Holder hereof to any voting rights or other rights as a shareholder of the Company prior to the exercise hereof.

 

14.                                  Registry of Warrant .  The Company shall maintain a registry showing the name and address of the registered Holder of this Warrant.  This Warrant may be surrendered for exchange or exercise, in accordance with its terms, at such office or agency of the Company, and the Company and Holder shall be entitled to rely in all respects, prior to written notice to the contrary, upon such registry.

 

15.                                  Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant .  Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and, in the case of loss, theft, or destruction, of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it, and, if mutilated, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company will execute and deliver a new Warrant, having terms and conditions substantially identical to this Warrant, in lieu hereof.

 

16.                                  Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                   Issue Date .  The provisions of this Warrant shall be construed and shall be given effect in all respect as if it had been issued and delivered by the Company on the date hereof.

 

8



 

(b)                                  Successors .  This Warrant shall be binding upon any successors or assigns of the Company.

 

(c)                                   Governing Law .  This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut.

 

(d)                                  Headings .  The headings used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant.

 

(e)                                   Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays .  If the last of appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall be a Saturday or a Sunday or shall be a legal holiday in the State of Connecticut, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day not a legal holiday.

 

(f)                                     Waiver of Jury Trial .  Each of the parties hereto hereby waives to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any litigation directly or indirectly arising out of, under or in connection with this Warrant or the Preferred Shares.

 

(g)                                  Attorney’s Fees .  In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorney’s fees.

 

17.                                  No Impairment .  The Company will not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder hereof against impairment.

 

18.                                  Addresses .  Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by overnight courier, registered or certified mail, return receipt required, and postage prepaid, or otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger, addressed as set forth below, or at such other address as the Company or the Holder hereof shall have furnished to the other party.

 

If to the Company:

Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated

 

341 Oyster Point Blvd.

 

South San Francisco, CA 94080

 

Attn: Mr. Daniel N. Swisher, Jr.

 

 

If to the Holder:

General Electric Capital Corporation

 

83 Wooster Heights Road

 

Danbury, CT 06810

 

Attn:  Credit Manager-Life Science Finance

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated has caused this Warrant to be executed by its officers thereunto duly authorized.

 

Dated as of June 27, 2004.

By:

/s/

 

 

Name: Eric Bjerkholt

 

Title: SVP & CFO

 

10



 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO:

 

1.                                        The undersigned Warrantholder (“Holder”) elects to acquire shares of the Series            Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”) of                                (the “Company”), pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Warrant dated                     , 200    (the “Warrant”).

 

2.                                        The Holder exercises its rights under the Warrant as set forth below:

 

o                                     The Holder elects to purchase                            shares of Preferred Stock as provided in Section 3(a) and tenders herewith a check in the amount of $                  as payment of the purchase price.

 

o                                     The Holder elects to convert the purchase rights into shares of Preferred Stock as provided in Section 3(b) of the Warrant

 

3.                                        The Holder surrenders the Warrant with this Notice of Exercise.

 

The Holder represents that it is acquiring the aforesaid shares of Preferred Stock for investment and not with a view to or for resale in connection with distribution and that the Holder has no present intention of distributing or reselling the shares.

 

Please issue a certificate representing the shares of the Preferred Stock in the name of the Holder or in such other name as is specified below:

 

Name:

 

Address:

 

Taxpayer I.D.:

 

 

 

 

 

(Holder)

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 



 

AMENDMENT No. 3

 

THIS AMENDMENT No. 3 is made as of the 18 th day of June, 2004, between General Electric Capital Corporation (“Secured Party”) and Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated (“Debtor”) in connection with that certain Master Security Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2000 as amended by Amendment dated June 15, 2000, and Amendment No. 2 dated as of June 6, 2003 (“Agreement”).  The terms of this Amendment No. 3 are hereby incorporated into the Agreement as though fully set forth therein.  Section references below refer to the section numbers of the Agreement.  The Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

7.  DEFAULT AND REMEDIES .

 

Subsection (a)(xv) is hereby added to and made a part of the Agreement and reads as follows:

 

(xv)  Debtor’s prepayment of the Biogen principal during the term of this Agreement without Secured Party’s prior written consent.”

 

TERMS USED, BUT NOT OTHERWISE DEFINED HEREIN SHALL HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN THE AGREEMENT.  EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY AMENDED HEREBY, THE AGREEMENT SHALL REMAIN IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT.  IF THERE IS ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THE PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT AND THIS AMENDMENT NO. 3, THEN THIS AMENDMENT NO. 3 SHALL CONTROL.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 3 simultaneously with the Agreement by signature of their respective authorized representative set forth below.

 

General Electric Capital Corporation

Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Name: Eric Bjerkholt

 

 

Title:

 

 

Title: SVP & CFO

 



 

Equipment Concentration Rider

 

Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated (“Customer”), on or before May 31, 2005, shall cause the composition and mix of Equipment financed after June 8, 2004 under the Master Security Agreement dated as of June 15, 2000, as amended from time to time, between Customer and General Electric Capital Corporation to conform to and meet the following concentration requirements (hereinafter “Concentration Requirements”) for each class of Equipment (hereinafter “Equipment Class”) as identified and set forth below.  Customer herein represents and warrants that it shall maintain each such Equipment Class and its respective Concentration Requirement from and after such above referenced date and continuing thereafter to the end of the term:

 

Equipment Class

 

Concentration Requirement

 

 

 

 

 

Laboratory & scientific equipment:

 

Minimum of 43%

 

 

 

 

 

Lab and office furniture, office equipment, & similar:

 

Maximum of 3%

 

 

 

 

 

Computers & similar:

 

Maximum of 17%

 

 

 

 

 

Soft costs (leaseholds, software, tax & similar):

 

Maximum of 37%

 

 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

 

 

 

 

By: Eric Bjerkholt

 

 

 

Title: SVP & CFO

 

 

 

Date: 6-18-04

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.23

 

LEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT is made this twelfth day of May, 2000, between ARE-TECHNOLOGY CENTER SSF, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

Address:                                                To be determined on Oyster Point Boulevard, South San Francisco, California

 

Premises:                                         The entire building containing approximately 53,980 rentable square feet, as determined pursuant to Section 5 below, as shown on Exhibit A.

 

Project:                                                     The real property on which the Building is located, together with all improvements thereon and appurtenances thereto as described on Exhibit B.

 

Building:                                             The specific building to be constructed in the Project in which the Premises are located, as shown on Exhibit B.

 

Base Rent :

$128,472.40 per month

Rentable Area of Premises: 53,980 sq. ft.

Rentable Area of Building :

53,980 sq. ft.

Building’s Share of Project:    50%

 

 

 

Rentable Area of Project :

107,960 sq. ft.

 

 

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses of Building :

100%

 

 

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses of Project:

50%

 

Security Deposit : $300,000

Target Commencement Date: September 4, 2001

 

Rent Adjustment Percentage: 3%

 

Base Term:                                                                                 144 months from the first day of the first full month of the Term (as defined in Section 2) hereof

 

Permitted Use:                                                                research and development laboratory (including biotechnology and drug discovery and development), related office and other related uses consistent with the character of the Project

 

Address for Rent Payment:

Landlord’s Notice Address:

135 N. Los Robles Avenue, Suite 250

250 135 N. Los Robles Avenue, Suite 250

Pasadena, CA 91101

Pasadena, CA 91101

Attention: Accounts Receivable

Attention: General Counsel

 

 

Tenant’s Notice Address

Tenant’s Notice Address

After the Commencement Date:

Prior to Commencement Date:

the Premises

3696 Haven Avenue, Suite C

South San Francisco, CA 94080

Redwood City, CA 94063

Attention: General Counsel

Attention: General Counsel

 

The following Exhibits and Addenda are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference:

 

ý EXHIBIT A -PREMISES DESCRIPTION

ý EXHIBIT B -DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

ý EXHIBIT C -WORK LETTER

ý EXHIBIT D -COMMENCEMENT DATE

 

1



 

ý EXHIBIT E -RULES AND REGULATIONS

ý EXHIBIT F -TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY

ý EXHIBIT G -ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

ý EXHIBIT H -NONDISTURBANCE AGREEMENT

 

1. Lease of Premises . Upon and subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases the Premises from Landlord.  The portions of the project which are for the non-exclusive use of tenants of the Project are collectively referred to herein as the “Common Areas.”   Landlord reserves the right to modify Common Areas, provided that such modifications do not materially adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use.

 

2. Delivery; Acceptance of Premises; Commencement Date . Subject to the provisions of the Work Letter, immediately after the pouring of the concrete floor for the second deck of the Building (the “ Pour Date ”), Landlord shall permit Tenant and Tenant’s agents to enter the Premises for the purpose of performing Tenant’s Work. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver the Premises to Tenant on or before the Target Commencement Date, with Landlord’s Work Substantially Completed (“ Delivery ” or “ Deliver ”). If Landlord fails to timely Deliver the Premises, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, and this Lease shall not be void or voidable except as provided herein. If the Pour Date does not occur by August 20, 2001, as such date may be extended by reason of Force Majeure Delays or Tenant Delays, this Lease shall be voidable by Tenant by written notice to Landlord delivered within 5 business days after the Pour Date (as extended) and, and if so voided by Tenant: (a) so long as Tenant is not in default hereunder, the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant (if the same has been paid to Landlord), and (b) neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further rights, duties or obligations under this Lease, except with respect to provisions which expressly survive termination of this Lease. If Tenant does not elect to void this Lease within such 5 business day period, such right to void this Lease shall be waived and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. As used herein, the terms “Landlord’s Work,” “Tenants’ Work,” “Force Majeure Delays,” “Tenant Delays” and “Substantially Completed” shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Work Letter.

 

The “Commencement Date” shall be the earliest of: (i) the date that is 165 days after the Pour Date, (ii) the date Tenant’s Work is substantially completed, and (iii) the date Tenant conducts any business in the Premises or any part thereof. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver a written acknowledgment of the Commencement Date and the expiration date of the Term when such are established in the form attached to this Lease as Exhibit D ; provided , however Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment shall not affect Landlord’s rights hereunder. The “Term” of this Lease shall be the Base Term and any Extension Terms which Tenant may elect pursuant to Section 39 hereof.

 

Landlord shall request its architect and contractor to design, permit and perform Landlord’s Work in compliance with all laws, rules, regulations, codes and ordinances applicable to the such work. Except as set forth in the Work Letter, if applicable: (i) Tenant shall accept the Premises in their condition as of the Commencement Date, subject to all applicable laws, ordinances, regulations, covenants and restrictions; (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation for any defects in the Premises; and (iii) Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant accepts the Premises and that the Premises were in good condition at the time possession was taken. Tenant’s right to enter the Premises before the Commencement Date and any occupancy of the Premises by Tenant before the Commencement Date shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease (except for the requirement to pay Base Rent and Operating Expenses).

 

Tenant agrees and acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of any or all of the Premises or the

 

2



 

Project, and/or the suitability of the Premises or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Premises or the Project are suitable for the Permitted Use. This Lease constitutes the complete agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior representations, Inducements, promises, agreements, understandings and negotiations which are not contained herein.. Landlord in executing this Lease does so in reliance upon Tenant’s representations, warranties, acknowledgments and agreements contained herein.

 

3. Rent .

 

(a)                                   Base Rent . The first month’s Base Rent, as adjusted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, and the Security Deposit shall be due and payable within three (3) days after the Pour Date. Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance, without demand, abatement, deduction or set-off, monthly installments of Base Rent on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term hereof, in lawful money of the United States of America, at the office of Landlord for payment of Rent set forth above, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. Payments of Base Rent for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. The obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent and other sums to Landlord and the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are independent obligations. Tenant shall have no right at any time to abate, reduce, or set-off any Rent (as defined in Section 5) due hereunder except for any abatement as may be expressly provided in this Lease.

 

(b)                                  Additional Rent.   In addition to Base Rent, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as additional rent (“ Additional Rent ”): (i) Tenant’s Share of “Operating Expenses” (as defined in Section 5), and (ii) any and all other amounts Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under the provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, any and all other sums that may become due by reason of any default of Tenant or failure to comply with the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, after any applicable notice and cure period.

 

4. Base Rent Adjustments.

 

(a) Adjustment for Tenant Improvements . For each of the following incremental levels of the TI Allowance (as defined in the Work Letter) disbursed to Tenant, Base Rent shall increase by the amount (per rentable square foot per month) set forth for such increment of TI Allowance on the schedule set forth below:

 

TI Allowance Incremental

 

Increase in Base Rent

 

(per rentable square foot)

 

(per rentable square foot per month)

 

$0.00-$25.00

 

$

0.00

 

$25.01-$50.00

 

$

0.2917

 

$50.01-$75.00

 

$

0.3125

 

$75.01-$100.00

 

$

0.3334

 

$100.01-$125.00

 

$

0.3542

 

 

(b) Annual Adjustments . Base Rent, as increased pursuant to Section 4(a),.shall be increased on each anniversary of the first day of the first full month during the Term of this Lease by multiplying the Base Rent payable immediately before such adjustment by the Rent Adjustment Percentage and adding the resulting amount to the Base Rent payable immediately before such

 

3



 

adjustment. Base Rent, as so adjusted, shall thereafter be due as provided herein. Base Rent adjustments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.

 

5. Operating Expense Payments . Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written estimate of Operating Expenses for each calendar year during the Term (the “Annual Estimate”), which may be revised by Landlord from time to time during such calendar year. During each month of the Term, on the same date that Base Rent is due, Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount equal to 1/12 of Tenant’s Share of the Annual Estimate. Payments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.

 

The term “ Operating Expenses ” means all costs and expenses of any kind or description whatsoever incurred or accrued each calendar year by Landlord with respect to the Building (including the Building’s Share of all costs and expenses of any kind or description incurred or accrued by Landlord with respect to the Project which are not specific to the Building or any other building located in the Project) (including, without duplication, Taxes (as defined in Section 9), reasonable reserves consistent with good business practice for future repairs and replacements, capital repairs and improvements but only to the extent amortized over the lesser of 12 years and the useful life of such capital items (including, without limitation, capital costs to maintain the structural integrity of the foundations, the load bearing walls and other load bearing elements of the Project) and administrative rent in the amount of $3,200 per month (which amount shall be increased on each anniversary of the first day of the first full month during the Term of this Lease by multiplying the administrative rent payable immediately before such adjustment by 2.5% and adding the resulting amount to the administrative rent payable immediately before such adjustment), excluding only:

 

(a) the original construction costs of the Project and renovation prior to the Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work and costs of correcting defects in such original construction or renovation;

 

(b) capital expenditures for expansion of the Project;

 

(c) interest, principal payments of Mortgage (as defined in Section 27) debts of Landlord, financing costs and amortization of funds borrowed by Landlord, whether secured or unsecured and all payments of base rent (but not taxes or operating expenses) under any ground lease or other underlying lease of all or any portion of the Project;

 

(d) depreciation of the Project (except for capital improvements performed after the Commencement Date, the cost of which are includable in Operating Expenses);

 

(e) advertising, legal and space planning expenses and leasing commissions and other costs and expenses incurred in procuring and leasing space to tenants for the Project, including any leasing office maintained in the Project, free rent and construction allowances for tenants;

 

(f) legal and other expenses incurred in the negotiation or enforcement of leases;

 

(g) completing, fixturing, improving, renovating, painting, redecorating or other work, which Landlord pays for or performs for specific tenants within their premises, and costs of correcting defects in such work;

 

(h) costs of utilities outside normal business hours sold to tenants of the Project;

 

(i) costs to be reimbursed by other tenants of the Project or Taxes to be paid directly by Tenant or other tenants of the Project, whether or not actually paid;

 

4



 

j) salaries, wages, benefits and other compensation paid to officers and employees of Landlord who are not assigned in whole or in part to the operation, management, maintenance or repair of the Project;

 

(k) general organizational, administrative and overhead costs relating to maintaining Landlord’s existence, either as a corporation, partnership, or other entity, including general corporate, legal and accounting expenses;

 

(l) costs (including attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, judgments and payments in lieu thereof) incurred in connection with disputes with tenants, other occupants, or prospective tenants, and costs and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with employees, consultants, management agents, leasing agents, purchasers or mortgagees of the Building;

 

(m) costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Project or any Legal Requirement (as defined in Section 7);

 

(n) tax penalties, fines or interest incurred as a result of Landlord’s negligence, inability or unwillingness to make payment and/or to file any tax or informational returns when due, or from Landlord’s failure to make any payment required to be made by Landlord hereunder before delinquency;

 

(o) overhead and profit increment paid to the Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in or to the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

 

(p) costs arising from Landlord’s charitable or political contributions or fine art maintained at the Project;

 

(q) costs in connection with services (including electricity), items or other benefits of a type which are not standard for the Project and which are not available to Tenant without specific charges therefor, but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Project, whether or not such other tenant or occupant is specifically charged therefore by Landlord;

 

(r) costs incurred in the sale or refinancing of the Project;

 

(s) net income taxes of Landlord or the owner of any interest in the Project, franchise, capital stock, gift, estate or inheritance taxes or any federal, state or local documentary taxes imposed against the Project or any portion thereof or interest therein;

 

(t) any expenses otherwise includable within Operating Expenses to the extent actually reimbursed by persons other than tenants of the Project under leases for space in the Project;

 

(u) costs of utilities furnished to other tenants of the Project of the type separately metered to the Premises;

 

(v) costs incurred in connection with the investigation, removal, environmental clean up, response action, or remediation on, in or under or about the Project, to the extent that Tenant is able to prove that such costs arise solely from (1) contamination from Hazardous Materials which migrated in, on or under the Premises from outside of the Premises on or after the date hereof (“ Off-site Contamination ”) and which contamination is not the result of any actions and/or omissions of Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors or invitees, or (2) conditions existing in, on or under the Project on or before the date hereof (“ Pre-existing Contamination ”) including those disclosed by the following: Phase I Environmental Site Assessment, dated October 21, 1999,

 

5



 

prepared by Aquifer Sciences, Inc.; Phase II Environmental Site Assessment, dated October 21, 1999, prepared by Aquifer Sciences, Inc.; and Remedial Action Plan dated December 15 1999 and corresponding response letters both dated December 17, 1999, from San Mateo County Department of Health Services and the Regional Water Quality Control Board (collectively, the “ Baseline Reports ”); and

 

(w) insurance deductibles and other costs of casualty to the extent Tenant’s Share thereof exceeds (I) with respect to earthquake insurance, $200,000, and (II) with respect to all other insurance, $25,000.

 

Within 90 days after the end of each calendar year (or such longer period as may be reasonably required), Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement (an “ Annual Statement ”) showing in reasonable detail: (a) the total and Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year, and (b) the total of Tenant’s payments in respect of Operating Expenses for such year. If Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year exceeds Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such year, the excess shall be due and payable by Tenant as Rent within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement to Tenant. If Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such year exceed Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement, except that after expiration, or earlier termination of the Term, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord.

 

The Annual Statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant unless Tenant, within 30 days after Tenant’s receipt thereof, shall contest any item therein by giving written notice to Landlord, specifying each item contested and the reason therefor. If, during such 30 day period, Tenant reasonably and in good faith questions or contests the correctness of Landlord’s statement of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Landlord will provide Tenant with access to Landlord’s books and records relating to the operation of the Project and such information as Landlord reasonably determines to be responsive to Tenant’s questions. If after Tenant’s review of such information, Landlord and Tenant cannot agree upon the amount of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, then Tenant shall have the right to have an independent public accounting firm selected by Tenant from among the 5 largest in the United States, working pursuant to a fee arrangement other than a contingent fee (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) and approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), audit and/or review Landlord’s books and records relating to the operation of the Project and such other information relating to the operation of the Project for the year in question (the “Independent Review”). The results of any such Independent Review shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant’s pro rata share of the Operating Expenses actually paid by Tenant for the calendar year in question exceeded Tenant’s obligations for such calendar year, Landlord shall at Landlord’s option either (i) credit the excess amount to the next succeeding installments of estimated Operating Expenses or (ii) pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such statement, except that after expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant’s payments of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such calendar year were less than Tenant’s obligation for the calendar year, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to the Landlord within 30 days after delivery of such statement. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant has overpaid Tenant’s pro rata share of Operating Expenses by more than 5% then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for all costs incurred by Tenant for the Independent Review. Operating Expenses for the calendar years in which Tenant’s obligation to share therein begins and ends shall be prorated.

 

Tenant’s Share ” shall be the percentage set forth on the first page of this Lease as Tenant’s Share as reasonably adjusted by Landlord following a measurement of the rentable square footage of the Building to be done by Landlord within 90 days of the Commencement Date, or as soon as reasonably possible thereafter, and shall be subject to further adjustment for changes

 

6



 

in the physical size of the Premises or the Project occurring thereafter. Landlord’s architect shall certify to Landlord the rentable square feet of the Premises, measured from the outside of exterior walls, but including areas below the “dripline” in the exterior entrances and exits and including all areas within the Building such as, but not limited to, utility rooms and shafts for mechanical equipment. Landlord’s architect’s certification of the rentable square feet of the Premises shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant. Landlord may equitably increase Tenant’s Share for any item of expense or cost reimbursable by Tenant that relates to a repair, replacement, or service that benefits only the Premises or only a portion of the Project that includes the Premises or that varies with occupancy or use. Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder are collectively referred to herein as “ Rent .”

 

6. Security Deposit . The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. Upon each occurrence of a Default (as defined in Section 20), Landlord may use all or part of the Security Deposit to pay delinquent payments due under this Lease, and the cost of any damage, injury, expense or liability caused by such Default, without prejudice to any other remedy provided herein or provided by law. Upon any such use of all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand the amount that will restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Upon bankruptcy or other debtor-creditor proceedings against Tenant, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be applied first to the payment of Rent and other charges due Landlord for periods prior to the filing of such proceedings. Landlord’s obligation respecting the Security Deposit is that of a debtor, not a trustee; no interest shall accrue thereon. The Security Deposit shall be the property of Landlord, but shall be paid to Tenant when Tenant’s obligations under this Lease have been completely fulfilled. Landlord shall be released from any obligation with respect to the Security Deposit upon transfer of this Lease and the Premises to a person or entity assuming Landlord’s obligations under this Section 6. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any law, now or hereafter in force, which provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of Rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent or invitee of Tenant. After application of the Security Deposit in accordance with this Lease, the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof, shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within 90 days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

7. Use . The Premises shall be used solely for the Permitted Use set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions, in compliance with all laws, orders, judgments, ordinances, regulations, codes, directives, permits, licenses, governmentally mandated Transportation Demand Management programs, covenants and restrictions now or hereafter applicable to the Premises, and the use and occupancy thereof (collectively, “ Legal Requirements ”). Tenant shall, upon 5 days’ written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises which is declared by any Governmental Authority (as defined in Section 9) having jurisdiction to be a violation of any Legal Requirement. Tenant will not use or permit the Premises to be used for any purpose or in any manner that would void Tenant’s or Landlord’s insurance, increase the insurance risk, or cause the disallowance of any sprinkler or other credits. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly upon demand for any additional premium charged for any such insurance policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section or otherwise caused by Tenant’s use and/or occupancy of the Premises. Tenant will use the Premises in a careful, safe and proper manner and will not commit waste, overload the floor or structure of the Premises, subject the Premises to use that would damage the Premises or obstruct or interfere with the rights of Landlord or other tenants or occupants of the Project, including conducting or giving notice of any auction, liquidation, or going out of business sale on the Premises, or using or allowing the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose. Tenant shall cause any equipment or machinery to be installed in the Premises so as to

 

7



 

reasonably prevent sounds or vibrations from the Premises from extending into Common Areas, or other space in the Project. Tenant shall not place any machinery or equipment weighing 1000 pounds or more in or upon the Premises or transport or move such items through the Common Areas of the Project or in the Project elevators without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Except as may be provided under the Work Letter, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, use the Premises in any manner which will require ventilation, air exchange, heating, gas, steam, electricity or water beyond the existing capacity of the Project as proportionately allocated to the Premises based upon Tenant’s Share as usually furnished for the Permitted Use.

 

In the event that during the term of the Lease (after construction of the Tenant Improvements pursuant to Exhibit C) Tenant desires, at its sole cost and expense, to install and maintain on the roof of the Building supplemental HVAC, Tenant shall make a request to Landlord in writing to install and maintain such supplemental HVAC. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that such request shall be treated like a request for an Alteration (as defined as Section 12) and shall be subject to the provisions of Section 12 and any requirements imposed by Landlord relating to the roof warranty.

 

Tenant, at its sole cost, shall be required to implement and comply with any Transportation Demand Management (“ TDM ”) programs applicable to the Project. Tenant acknowledges that implementation of and compliance with TDM programs will require, among other things, employee showers, clothing lockers, and other physical improvements, alterations or modifications to the interior and/or the exterior of the Premises or the Project. Tenant further acknowledges that the TI Allowance shall be used to pay for implementation of and compliance with the TDM Program. Tenant’s implementation of and compliance with TDM programs shall be subject to the satisfaction of Landlord and any applicable governmental authorities.

 

Tenant, at its sole expense, shall make any alterations or modifications to the interior or the exterior of the Premises or the Project that are required by Legal Requirements (including, without limitation, compliance of the Premises with the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq. (together with regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, “ADA”)) related to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, except as provided in Section 30(a) with respect to Pre-existing Contamination and Off- site Contamination which contamination is not the result of any actions and/or omissions of Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors or invitees, Tenant shall be responsible for any and all demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages or judgments, and all reasonable expenses incurred in investigating or resisting the same (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements and costs of suit) (collectively, “ Claims ”) arising out of or in connection with Legal Requirements, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, hold and save Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims arising out of or in connection with any failure of the Premises to comply with any Legal Requirement.

 

8. Holding Over . If, with Landlord’s express written consent, Tenant retains possession of the Premises after the termination of the Term, (i) unless otherwise agreed in such written consent, such possession shall be subject to immediate termination by Landlord at any time, (ii) all of the other terms and provisions of this Lease (including, without limitation, the adjustment of Base Rent pursuant to Section 4 hereof) shall remain in full force and effect (excluding any expansion or renewal option or other similar right or option) during such holdover period, (iii) Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent in the amount payable upon the date of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or such other amount as Landlord may indicate, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, in such written consent, and (iv) all other payments shall continue under the terms of this Lease. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without the express written consent of Landlord, (A) Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance upon the terms of this Lease except that the monthly rental shall be equal to 200% of the Rent in effect during the last 30 days of the Term, and (B) Tenant shall be

 

8



 

responsible for all damages suffered by Landlord resulting from or occasioned by Tenant’s holding over, including consequential damages. No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without consent of Landlord, shall operate to extend this Lease except as otherwise expressly provided, and this Section 8 shall not be construed as consent for Tenant to retain possession of the Premises. Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease shall not result in a renewal or reinstatement of this Lease.

 

9. Taxes . Landlord shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, all taxes, levies, assessments and governmental charges of any kind (collectively referred to as “ Taxes ”) imposed by any federal, state, regional, municipal, local or other governmental authority or agency, including, without limitation, quasi-public agencies (collectively, “ Governmental Authority ”) during the Term, including, without limitation, all Taxes: (i) imposed on or measured by or based, in whole or in part, on rent payable to Landlord under this Lease and/or from the rental by Landlord of the Project or any portion thereof, or (ii) based on the square footage, assessed value or other measure or evaluation of any kind of the Premises or the Project, or (iii) assessed or imposed by or on the operation or maintenance of any portion of the Premises or the Project, including parking, or (iv) assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from statutes or regulations, or interpretations thereof, promulgated by, any Governmental Authority, or (v) imposed as a license or other fee on Landlord’s business of leasing space in the Project. Landlord may contest, and if requested by Tenant shall consider contesting, by appropriate legal proceedings the amount, validity, or application of any Taxes or liens securing Taxes. Notwithstanding Landlord’s agreement to consider contesting Taxes or liens securing Taxes at the request of Tenant, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall have the right to decide in its sole and absolute discretion whether to contest Taxes or liens securing Taxes. Taxes shall not include any net income taxes imposed on Landlord unless such net income taxes are in substitution for any Taxes payable hereunder. If any such Tax is levied or assessed directly against Tenant, then Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay the same at such times and in such manner as the taxing authority shall require. Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, any and all Taxes levied or assessed against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises, whether levied or assessed against Landlord or Tenant. If any Taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property, or if the assessed valuation of the Project is increased by a value attributable to improvements in or alterations to the Premises, whether owned by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, higher than the base valuation on which Landlord from time-to-time allocates Taxes to all tenants in the Project, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such Taxes. Landlord’s determination of any excess assessed valuation shall be binding and conclusive, absent manifest error. The amount of any such payment by Landlord shall constitute Additional Rent due from Tenant to Landlord immediately upon demand.

 

10. Parking . Tenant shall have the right to park in common with other tenants of the Project pro rata in accordance with the rentable area of the Premises and the rentable areas of the Project occupied by such other tenants in those areas designated for non-reserved parking, subject in each case to Landlord’s rules and regulations. Landlord may allocate parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants in the Project pro rata as described above if Landlord determines that such parking facilities are becoming crowded. Landlord shall not be responsible for enforcing Tenant’s parking rights against any third parties, including other tenants of the Project.

 

11. Utilities, Services . The Premises are separately metered for water, electricity, telephone, sewer, and other utilities. Tenant shall pay directly to the Utility provider, prior to delinquency, all costs for water, electricity, telephone, sewer, gas and other utilities together with refuse and trash collection and janitorial services (collectively, “Utilities”). Tenant shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, its share of all charges for jointly metered Utilities based upon consumption, as reasonably

 

9



 

determined by Landlord. No interruption or failure of Utilities, from any cause whatsoever other than Landlord’s willful misconduct, shall result in eviction or constructive eviction of Tenant termination of this Lease or the abatement of Rent.

 

12. Alterations and Tenant’s Property . Any alterations, additions, or improvements made to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant, including additional locks or bolts of any kind or nature upon any doors or windows in the Premises, but excluding installation, removal or realignment of furniture systems (other than removal of furniture systems owned or paid for by Landlord) not involving any modifications to the structure or connections (other then by ordinary plugs or jacks) to Building Systems (as defined in Section 13) (“ Alterations ”) shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld except if such Alteration affects the structure or Building Systems in which case Landlord’s consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Tenant may construct nonstructural Alterations in the Premises without Landlord’s prior approval if the aggregate cost of all such work in any 12 month period does not exceed $50,000 (a “ Notice-Only Alteration ”), provided Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of such intended Notice-Only Alteration, and such notice shall be accompanied by plans, specifications, work contracts and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the Notice-Only Alteration as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, which notice and accompanying materials shall be delivered to Landlord not less than 15 business days in advance of any proposed construction. If Landlord approves any Alterations, Landlord may impose such conditions on Tenant in connection with the commencement, performance and completion of such Alterations as Landlord may deem appropriate in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Any request for approval shall be in writing, delivered not less than 15 business days in advance of any proposed construction, and accompanied by plans, specifications, bid proposals, work contracts and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the alterations as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, including the identities and mailing addresses of all persons performing work or supplying materials. Landlord’s right to review plans and specifications and to monitor construction shall be solely for its own benefit, and Landlord shall have no duty to ensure that such plans and specifications or construction comply with applicable Legal Requirements. Tenant shall cause, at its sole cost and expense, all Alterations to comply with insurance requirements and with Legal Requirements and shall implement at its sole cost and expense any alteration or modification required by Legal Requirements as a result of any Alterations. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, on demand an amount equal to 7.5% of all charges incurred by Tenant or its contractors or agents in connection with any Alteration to cover Landlord’s overhead and expenses for plan review, coordination, scheduling and supervision; provided, however, that such amount shall not exceed $20,000 per Alteration. Before Tenant begins any Alteration, Landlord may post on and about the Premises notices of non-responsibility pursuant to applicable law. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for, and indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from, any expense incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors, delays caused by such work, or inadequate cleanup.

 

Tenant shall furnish security or make other arrangements satisfactory to Landlord to assure payment for the completion of all Alterations work free and clear of liens, and shall provide certificates of insurance for workers’ compensation and other coverage in amounts and from an insurance company reasonably satisfactory to Landlord protecting Landlord against liability for personal injury or property damage during construction. Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) sworn statements setting forth the names of all contractors and subcontractors who did the work and final lien waivers from all such contractors and subcontractors; and (ii) ‘‘as built” plans for any such Alteration.

 

Other than (i) the items, if any, listed on Exhibit F attached hereto, (ii) any items agreed by Landlord in writing to be included on Exhibit F in the future, and (iii) any trade fixtures, machinery, equipment and other personal property not paid for out of the TI Fund (as defined in the Work Letter) which may be removed without material damage to the Premises, which damage shall be

 

10



 

repaired (including capping or terminating utility hook-ups behind walls) by Tenant during the Term (collectively, “ Tenant’s Property ”), all property of any kind paid for with the TI Fund, all Alterations, real property fixtures, built-in machinery and equipment, built-in casework and cabinets and other similar additions and improvements built into the Premises so as to become an integral part of the Premises such as fume hoods which penetrate the roof or plenum area, built-in cold rooms, built-in warm rooms, walk-in cold rooms, walk-in warm rooms, deionized water systems, glass washing equipment, autoclaves, chillers, built-in plumbing, electrical and mechanical equipment and systems, and any power generator and transfer switch (collectively, “ Installations ”) shall be and shall remain the property of Landlord during the Term and following the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, shall not be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease; provided, however, that Landlord shall, at the time its approval of such Installation is requested or at the time it receives notice of a Notice-Only Alteration notify Tenant if it has elected to cause Tenant to remove such Installation upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. If Landlord so elects, Tenant shall remove such Installation upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and restore any damage caused by or occasioned as a result of such removal, including, when removing any of Tenant’s Property which was plumbed, wired or otherwise connected to any of the Building Systems, capping off all such connections behind the walls of the Premises and repairing any holes. During any such restoration period, Tenant shall pay Rent to Landlord as provided herein as if said space were otherwise occupied by Tenant.

 

13. Landlord’s Repairs . Landlord, as an Operating Expense, shall maintain all of the exterior, structural portions of the Building (including, without limitation, the roof structure (but not the membrane), exterior walls, load-bearing interior walls and floor slab), parking and other Common Areas of the Project in good repair, reasonable wear and tear and uninsured losses and damages caused by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, invitees and contractors excluded. Losses and damages caused by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, invitees and contractors shall be repaired by Landlord, to the extent not covered by insurance, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord reserves the right to stop Building System services when necessary (i) by reason of accident or emergency, or (ii) for planned repairs, alterations or improvements, which are, in the judgment of Landlord, desirable or necessary to be made, until said repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed. Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply Building System services during any such period of interruption; provided, however, that Landlord shall give Tenant 24 hours advance notice of any planned stoppage of Building System services for routine maintenance, repairs, alterations or improvements. Tenant shall promptly give Landlord written notice of any repair required by Landlord pursuant to this Section, after which Landlord shall have a reasonable opportunity to effect such repair. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after Tenant’s written notice of the need for such repairs or maintenance. Tenant waives its rights under any state or local law to terminate this Lease or to make such repairs at Landlord’s expense and agrees that the parties’ respective rights with respect to such matters shall be solely as set forth herein. Repairs required as the result of fire, earthquake, flood, vandalism, war, or similar cause of damage or destruction shall be controlled by Section 18.

 

14. Tenant’s Repairs . Subject to Section 13 hereof, Tenant, at its expense, shall repair, replace and maintain in good condition all portions of the Premises, including, without limitation, HVAC, plumbing, fire sprinklers, elevators and all other building systems serving the Premises (collectively, the “ Building Systems ”), entries, doors, ceilings, interior windows, interior walls, and the interior side of demising walls. Such repair and replacements may include capital expenditures and repairs whose benefit may extend beyond the Term. Should Tenant fail to make any such repair or replacement or fail to maintain the Premises, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of such failure. If Tenant fails to commence cure of such default within 10 days of Landlord’s notice, and

 

11



 

thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion, Landlord may perform such work and shall be reimbursed by Tenant within 10 days after demand therefor; provided, however, that if such default by Tenant creates or could create an emergency, Landlord may immediately commence cure of such default and shall thereafter be entitled to recover the costs of such cure from Tenant. Subject to Sections 17 and 18, Tenant shall bear the full uninsured cost of any repair or replacement to any part of the Project that results from damage caused by Tenant, its agents, contractors, or invitees and any repair that benefits only the Premises. At all times during the Term, Tenant shall either have in place a contract for the maintenance of the mechanical Building Systems with a contractor and using maintenance schedules and procedures reasonably acceptable to, and previously approved by, Landlord, or shall make other arrangements for such maintenance work which arrangements shall be reasonably acceptable to, and previously approved by, Landlord.

 

15. Mechanic’s Liens . Tenant shall discharge, by bond or otherwise, any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises or against the Project for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant within 10 days after the filing thereof, at Tenant’s sole cost and shall otherwise keep the Premises and the Project free from any liens arising out of work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Should Tenant fail to discharge any lien described herein, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such claim or post a bond or otherwise provide security to eliminate the lien as a claim against title to the Project and the cost thereof shall be immediately due from Tenant as Additional Rent. If Tenant shall lease or finance the acquisition of office equipment, furnishings, or other personal property of a removable nature utilized by Tenant in the operation of Tenant’s business, Tenant warrants that any Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statement executed by Tenant will upon its face or by exhibit thereto indicate that such Financing Statement is applicable only to removable personal property of Tenant located within the Premises. In no event shall the address of the Project be furnished on the statement without qualifying language as to applicability of the lien only to removable personal property, located in an identified suite held by Tenant.

 

16. Indemnification . Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend, save and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims for injury or death to persons or damage to property occurring within or about the Premises, arising directly or indirectly out of use or occupancy of the Premises or a breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant assumes all risk of damage to, personal property (including, without limitation, loss of records kept within the Premises). Tenant further waives any and all Claims for injury to Tenant’s business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property (including, without limitation, any loss of records). Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any tenant in the Project or of any other third party.

 

17. Insurance . Landlord shall maintain all insurance against any peril generally included within the classification “Fire and Extended Coverage,” sprinkler damage (if applicable), vandalism and malicious mischief covering the full replacement cost of the Project. Landlord shall further carry commercial general liability insurance with a single loss limit of not less than $2,000,000 for death or bodily injury, or property damage with respect to the Project. Landlord may, but is not obligated to, maintain such other insurance and additional coverages as it may deem necessary, including, but not limited to, flood, environmental hazard and earthquake, loss or failure of building equipment, errors and omissions, rental loss during the period of repair or rebuilding, workers’ compensation insurance and fidelity bonds for employees employed to perform services and insurance for any improvements installed by Tenant or which are in addition to the standard improvements customarily furnished by Landlord without regard to whether or .not such are made a part of the Project. All such insurance shall be included as part of the Operating Expenses. The Project may be included in a blanket policy (in which case the cost of such Insurance allocable to

 

12



 

the Project will be determined by Landlord based upon the insurer’s cost calculations). Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for any increased premiums or additional insurance which Landlord reasonably deems necessary as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain during the Term: all risk property insurance covering the full replacement cost of all property and improvements installed or placed in the Premises by Tenant at Tenant’s expense; workers’ compensation insurance with no less than the minimum limits required by law; employer’s liability insurance with such limits as required by law; and commercial general liability insurance, with a minimum limit of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence for death or bodily injury and not less than $1,000,000 for property damage with respect to the Premises. The commercial general liability insurance policies shall name Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, invitees and contractors (collectively, “Related Parties”), as additional insureds; insure on an occurrence and not a claims-made basis; be issued by insurance companies which have a rating of not less than policyholder rating of A and financial category rating of at least Class XII in “Best’s Insurance Guide”; shall not be cancelable unless 30 days prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord from the insurer; contain a hostile fire endorsement and a contractual liability endorsement; and provide primary coverage to Landlord (any policy issued to Landlord providing duplicate or similar coverage shall be deemed excess over Tenant’s policies). Such policies or certificates thereof shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant upon commencement of the Term and upon each renewal of said insurance. Tenant’s policy may be a “blanket policy” which specifically provides that the amount of insurance shall not be prejudiced by other losses covered by the policy. Tenant shall, at least 20 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewals or binders. Tenant agrees that if Tenant does not take out and maintain such insurance, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) procure said insurance on Tenant’s behalf and at its cost to be paid as Additional Rent. In each instance where insurance is to name Landlord as an additional insured, Tenant shall upon written request of Landlord also designate and furnish certificates so evidencing Landlord as additional insured to: (i) any lender of Landlord holding a security interest in the Project or any portion thereof, (ii) the landlord under any lease wherein Landlord is tenant of the real property on which the Project is located, if the interest of Landlord is or shall become that of a tenant under a ground or other underlying lease rather than that of a fee owner, and/or (iii) any management company retained by Landlord to manage the Project. The property insurance obtained by Landlord and Tenant shall include a waiver of subrogation by the insurers and all rights based upon an assignment from its insured, against Landlord or Tenant, and their respective Related Parties, in connection with any loss or damage thereby insured against. Neither party nor its respective Related Parties shall be liable to the other for loss or damage caused by any risk insured against under property insurance required to be maintained hereunder, and each party waives any claims against the other party, and its respective Related Parties, for such loss or damage. The failure of a party to insure its property shall not void this waiver. Landlord and its respective Related Parties shall not be liable for, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against such parties for, business interruption and losses occasioned thereby sustained by Tenant or any person claiming through Tenant resulting from any accident or occurrence in or upon the Premises or the Project from any cause whatsoever. If the foregoing waivers shall contravene any law with respect to exculpatory agreements, the liability of Landlord or Tenant shall be deemed not released but shall be secondary to the other’s insurer. Landlord may require insurance policy limits to be raised to conform with requirements of Landlord’s lender and/or to bring coverage limits to levels then being generally required of new tenants within the Project.

 

18. Restoration. If at any time during the Term the Premises is damaged by a fire or other insured casualty, Landlord shall notify Tenant within 60 days after discovery of such damage as to the amount of time Landlord reasonably estimates it will take to restore the Premises. If the

 

13



 

restoration time is estimated to exceed 12 months, Landlord may, in such notice, elect to terminate this Lease as of the date that is 75 days after the date of discovery of such damage or destruction; provided. however, that notwithstanding Landlord’s election to restore the Premises, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord delivered within 5 business days of receipt of Landlord’s notice electing to restore the Premises over a 12 month or longer period. Unless Landlord or Tenant elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall, subject to receipt of sufficient insurance proceeds (with any deductible to be treated as a current Operating Expense), promptly restore the Premises (excluding the improvements installed by Tenant or by Landlord and paid for by Tenant, subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure events or as needed to obtain any license, clearance or other authorization of any kind required to enter into and restore the Premises issued by any governmental or quasi-governmental agency having jurisdiction over the use, storage, release or removal of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 30) in, on or about the Premises (collectively referred to herein as “ Hazardous Materials Clearances ”); provided, however, that if repair or restoration of the Premises is not substantially complete as of the end of 12 months from the date of damage or destruction, Landlord may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect not to proceed with such repair and restoration, or Tenant may, by written notice to Landlord delivered within 5 business days of the expiration of such 12 month period, elect to terminate this Lease in which event Landlord shall be relieved of its obligation to make such repairs or restoration and this Lease shall terminate as of the date that is 5 days after either party delivers written notice to the other party of its election to terminate this Lease.

 

If Landlord does not receive sufficient insurance proceeds to restore the Premises, Landlord shall be required to promptly elect whether to terminate this Lease or, subject to the other provisions of this Section 18, restore the Premises. In the event that Landlord elects to terminate this Lease pursuant to the preceding sentence, Landlord shall give notice (the “ Termination Notice ”) to Tenant of such election which notice shall also state the amount which is the difference between the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord and the cost to restore the Premises (the “ Shortfall ”). If, within 10 days after the date of the Termination Notice, Tenant unconditionally delivers the Shortfall to Landlord in immediately available funds, this Lease shall not terminate and Landlord shall, subject to the other provisions of this Section 18, restore the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that (i) the payment by Tenant of the Shortfall shall not give Tenant any ownership rights or any other rights with respect to the Premises or the Project beyond those expressly provided for in this Lease and (ii) Landlord shall be under no obligation to repay the Shortfall to Tenant except the extent that any portion thereof is not used by Landlord.

 

Tenant, at its expense, shall promptly perform, subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure (as defined in Section 34) events or to obtain Hazardous Material Clearances, all repairs or restoration not required to be done by Landlord and shall promptly re-enter the Premises and commence doing business in accordance with this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may terminate this Lease if the Premises are damaged during the last year of the Term and Landlord reasonably estimates that it will take more than one month to repair such damage, or if insurance proceeds are not available for such restoration. Rent shall be abated from the date all required Hazardous Material Clearances are obtained until the Premises are repaired and restored, in the proportion which the area of the Premises, if any, which is not usable by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises, unless Landlord provides Tenant with other space during the period of repair that is suitable for the temporary conduct of Tenant’s business. Such abatement shall be the sole remedy of Tenant, and except as provided herein, Tenant waives any right to terminate the Lease by reason of damage or casualty loss. The provisions of this Lease, including this Section 18, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, or any other portion of the Project, and any statute or regulation which is now or may hereafter be in effect shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction

 

14



 

to all or any part of the Premises or any other portion of the Project, the parties hereto expressly agreeing that this Section 18 sets forth their entire understanding and agreement with respect to such matters.

 

19. Condemnation . If the whole or any material part of the Premises or the Project is taken for any public or quasi-public use under governmental law, ordinance, or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof (a “ Taking ” or “ Taken ”), and the Taking would in Landlord’s reasonable judgment either prevent or materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or materially interfere with or impair Landlord’s ownership or operation of the Project, then upon written notice by Landlord this Lease shall terminate and Rent shall be apportioned as of said date. If part of the Premises shall be Taken, and this Lease is not terminated as provided above, Landlord shall promptly restore the Premises and the Project as nearly as is commercially reasonable under the circumstances to their condition prior to such partial Taking and the rentable square footage of the Building, the rentable square footage of the Premises, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and the Rent payable hereunder during the unexpired Term shall be reduced to such extent as may be fair and reasonable under the circumstances. Upon any such Taking, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire price or award from any such Taking without any payment to Tenant, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord Tenant’s interest, if any, in such award. Tenant shall have the right, to the extent that same shall not diminish Landlord’s award, to make a separate claim against the condemning authority (but not Landlord) for such compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant for moving expenses and damage to Tenant’s trade fixtures, if a separate award for such items is made to Tenant. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to any provision of state law to terminate this Lease upon a partial Taking of the Premises or the Project.

 

20. Events of Default . Each of the following events shall be a default (“ Default ”) by Tenant under this Lease:

 

(a) Payment Defaults . Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of Rent or any other payment hereunder when due; provided, however, that Landlord will give Tenant notice and an opportunity to cure any failure to pay Rent within 5 days of any such notice not more than once in any 12 month period and Tenant agrees that such notice shall be in lieu of and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required by law.

 

(b) Insurance . Any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be canceled or terminated or shall expire or shall be reduced or materially changed, or Landlord shall receive a notice of nonrenewal of any such insurance and Tenant shall fail to obtain replacement insurance at least 20 days before the expiration of the current coverage.

 

(c) Abandonment . Tenant shall abandon the Premises.

 

(d) Improper Transfer . Tenant shall assign, sublease or otherwise transfer or attempt to transfer all or any portion of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises except as expressly permitted herein, or Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall be attached, executed upon, or otherwise judicially seized and such action is not released within 90 days of the action.

 

(e) Liens . Tenant shall fail to discharge or otherwise obtain the release of any lien placed upon the Premises in violation of this Lease within 10 business days after any such lien IS filed against the Premises.

 

(f) Insolvency Events . Tenant or any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations case, proceeding or other action seeking to have an order for relief entered on its behalf as a debtor

 

15



 

or to adjudicate a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or of any substantial part of its property (collectively a “ Proceeding for Relief’ ); (C) become the subject of any Proceeding for Relief which is not dismissed within 90 days of its filing or entry; or (D) die or suffer a legal disability (if Tenant, guarantor, or surety is an individual) or be dissolved or otherwise fail to maintain its legal existence (if Tenant, guarantor or surety is a corporation, partnership or other entity).

 

(g) Estoppel Certificate or Subordination Agreement . Tenant fails to execute any document required from Tenant under Sections 23 or 27 within 5 days after a second notice requesting such document.

 

(h) Other Defaults . Tenant shall fail to comply with any provision of this Lease other than those specifically referred to in this Section 20, and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such failure shall continue for a period of 30 business days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant. Any notice given under Section 20 (h) hereof shall: (i) specify the alleged default, (ii) demand that Tenant cure such default, (iii) be in lieu of, and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required under any provision of applicable law, and (iv) not be deemed a forfeiture or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord elects otherwise in such notice; provided that if the nature of Tenant’s default pursuant to Section 20(h) is such that it cannot be cured by the payment of money and reasonably requires more than 30 days to cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion; provided, however, that such cure shall be completed no later than 90 days from the date of Landlord’s notice.

 

21. Landlord’s Remedies.

 

(a) Payment By Landlord; Interest . Upon a Default by Tenant hereunder, Landlord may, without waiving or releasing any obligation of Tenant hereunder, make such payment or perform such act. All sums so paid or incurred by Landlord, together with interest thereon, from the date such sums were paid or incurred, at the annual rate equal to 12% per annum or the highest rate permitted by law (the “Default Rate”), whichever is less, shall be payable to Landlord on demand as Additional Rent. Nothing herein shall be construed to create or impose a duty on Landlord to mitigate any damages resulting from Tenant’s Default hereunder.

 

(b) Late Payment Rent . Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord under any Mortgage covering the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within 5 days after the date such payment is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum equal to 6% of the overdue Rent as a late charge. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. In addition to the late charge, Rent not paid when due shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the 5th day after the date due until paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such late charge or interest on overdue Rent shall be payable on the first such failure to pay Rent in any 12 month period unless Landlord shall have given Tenant notice of such failure to pay Rent and Tenant fails to pay such Rent within 5 days of such notice.

 

(c) Remedies . Upon the occurrence of a Default, Landlord, at its option, without further notice or demand to Tenant, shall have in addition to all other rights and remedies provided in this

 

16



 

Lease, at law or in equity, the option to pursue anyone or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

 

(i) Terminate this Lease, or at Landlord’s option, Tenant’s right to possession only, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor;

 

(ii) Upon any termination of this Lease, whether pursuant to the foregoing Section 21 (c)(i) or otherwise, Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

 

(A) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

 

(B) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

 

(C) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

 

(D) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including, but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

 

(E) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

 

The term “rent” as used in this Section 21 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 21 (c)(ii) (A) and (B), above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate. As used in Section 21 (c)(ii)(C) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1 %.

 

(iii) Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default and recover rent as it becomes due (Landlord and Tenant hereby agreeing that Tenant has the right to sublet or assign hereunder, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease following a Default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies hereunder, including the right to recover all Rent as it becomes due.

 

(iv) If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease following a Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such

 

17



 

subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. Upon Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

 

(v) Independent of the exercise of any other remedy of Landlord hereunder or under applicable law, Landlord may conduct an environmental test of the Premises as generally described in Section 30(d) hereof, at Tenant’s expense.

 

(d) Effect of Exercise . Exercise by Landlord of any remedies hereunder or otherwise available shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of surrender of the Premises and/or a termination of this Lease by Landlord, it being understood that such surrender and/or termination can be effected only by the express written agreement of Landlord and Tenant. Any law, usage, or custom to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall have the right at all times to enforce the provisions of this Lease in strict accordance with the terms hereof; and the failure of Landlord at any time to enforce its rights under this Lease strictly in accordance with same shall not be construed as having created a custom in any way or manner contrary to the specific terms, provisions, and covenants of this Lease or as having modified the same and shall not be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce one or more of its rights in connection with any subsequent default. A receipt by Landlord of Rent or other payment with knowledge of the breach of any covenant hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, and no waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in writing and signed by Landlord. To the greatest extent permitted by law, Tenant waives the service of notice of Landlord’s intention to re-enter, re-take or otherwise obtain possession of the Premises as provided in any statute, or to institute legal proceedings to that end, and also waives all right of redemption in case Tenant shall be dispossessed by a judgment or by warrant of any court or judge. Any reletting of the Premises or any portion thereof shall be on such terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may determine. Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall Tenant’s obligations hereunder be diminished because of, Landlord’s failure to relet the Premises or collect rent due in respect of such reletting or otherwise to mitigate any damages arising by reason of Tenant’s Default.

 

22. Assignment and Subletting .

 

(a) General Prohibition. Without Landlord’s prior written consent subject to and on the conditions described in this Section 22, Tenant shall not, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or by operation of law, assign this Lease or sublease the Premises or any part thereof or mortgage, pledge, or hypothecate its leasehold interest or grant any concession or license within the Premises, and any attempt to do any of the foregoing shall be void and of no effect. If Tenant is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, the shares or other ownership interests thereof which are not actively traded upon a stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market, a transfer or series of transfers whereby 80% or more of the issued and outstanding shares or other ownership interests of such corporation are, or voting control is, transferred (but excepting (i) transfers upon deaths of individual owners, or (ii) transfers to a biotechnology or pharmaceutical company having an equity market capitalization of at least One Billion Dollars as of the last day of such company’s most recent fiscal year) from a person or persons or entity or entities which were owners thereof at time of execution of this Lease to persons or entities who were not owners of shares or other ownership interests of the corporation, partnership or limited liability company at time of execution of this Lease, shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease requiring the consent of Landlord as provided in this Section 22. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, without Landlord’s prior written consent and without being subject to the provisions of Section 22(d) regarding the sharing of any excess rents or the provisions of Section 22(b)(ii) regarding termination of this Lease, assign this Lease to a successor corporation as a result of a bona fide merger with Tenant or to a purchaser of substantially all of Tenant’s assets; provided, however that such successor is a biotechnology or pharmaceutical company having an equity market

 

18



 

capitalization of at least $1,000,000,000 as of the last day of such company’s most recent fiscal year.

 

(b) Permitted Transfers . If Tenant desires to assign, sublease, hypothecate or otherwise transfer this Lease or sublet the Premises, then at least 15 business days, but not more than 45 business days, before the date Tenant desires the assignment or sublease to be effective (the “ Assignment Date ”), Tenant shall give Landlord a notice (the “ Assignment Notice ”) containing such information about the proposed assignee or sublessee, including the proposed use of the Premises and any Hazardous Materials proposed to be used or stored in the Premises, the Assignment Date, any relationship between Tenant and the proposed assignee or sublessee, and all material terms and conditions of the proposed assignment or sublease, including a copy of any proposed assignment or sublease in its final form, and such other information as Landlord may deem reasonably necessary or appropriate to its consideration whether to grant its consent. Landlord may, by giving written notice to Tenant within 15 business days after receipt of the Assignment Notice: (i) grant or refuse such consent, in its sole discretion with respect to a proposed assignment, hypothecation or other transfer or subletting of more than (together with all other then effective subleases) 50% of the Premises, or grant or refuse such consent, in its reasonable discretion with respect to a proposed subletting of up to (together with all other then effective subleases) 50% of the Premises (provided that Landlord shall further have the right to review and approve or disapprove the proposed form of assignment or sublease prior to the effective date of any such assignment or subletting), or (ii) terminate this Lease with respect to the space described in the Assignment Notice as of the Assignment Date (an “ Assignment Termination ”). If Landlord elects an Assignment Termination, Tenant shall have the right to withdraw such Assignment Notice by written notice to Landlord of such election within 5 days after Landlord’s notice electing to exercise the Assignment Termination. If Tenant withdraws such Assignment Notice, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Tenant does not withdraw such Assignment Notice, this Lease, and the term and estate herein granted, shall terminate as of the Assignment Date with respect to the space described in such Assignment Notice. No failure of Landlord to exercise any such option to terminate this Lease shall be deemed to be Landlord’s consent to the proposed assignment, sublease or other transfer. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all of Landlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with its consideration of any Assignment Notice; provided, however, that such amount shall not exceed $5,000 per Assignment Notice.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, if Tenant has delivered to Landlord an Assignment Notice for a sublease which, with all other subleases, is greater than 50% of the Premises and Landlord does not exercise its right to terminate the Lease with respect to the space described in such Assignment Notice pursuant to Section 22(b)(ii) above, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent if such sublease is to a biotechnology or pharmaceutical company having an equity market capitalization of at least $100,000,000 as of the last day of such company’s most recent fiscal year; provided, however, that (X) the Security Deposit shall be increased to $500,000 prior to the Assignment Date, (Y) Landlord shall further have the right to review and approve or disapprove the proposed form of sublease prior to the Assignment Date, and (Z) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord up to $5,000 per Assignment Notice for all of Landlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with its consideration of such Assignment Notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord shall not exercise its right to terminate the Lease pursuant to Section 22(b)(ii) above with respect to a sublease of up to a maximum of 10,800 square feet of the Premises; provided, however, that (A) such space shall be subleased to a single tenant, (8) the rent and other consideration paid by such subtenant shall be at market rates for similar space in South San Francisco, (C) the term of such sublease shall expire on or before the expiration of the 3rd anniversary of the Commencement Date of this Lease, (D) Landlord shall further have the right to review and approve or disapprove the proposed form of sublease prior to the Assignment Date, and (E) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord up to $5,000 per

 

19



 

Assignment Notice for all of Landlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with its consideration of such Assignment Notice.

 

(c) Additional Conditions . As a condition to any such assignment or subletting, whether or not Landlord’s consent is required, Landlord may require:

 

(i) that any assignee or subtenant agree, in writing at the time of such assignment or subletting, that if Landlord gives such party notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease, such party shall thereafter make all payments otherwise due Tenant directly to Landlord, which payments will be received by Landlord without any liability except to credit such payment against those due under the Lease, and any such third party shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns should this Lease be terminated for any reason; provided, however, in no event shall Landlord or its successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment; and

 

(ii) A list of Hazardous Materials, certified by the proposed assignee or sublessee to be true and correct, which the proposed assignee or sublessee intends to use or store in the Premises together with copies of all documents relating to the handling, storage, disposal and emission of Hazardous Materials by the proposed assignee or subtenant in the Premises or on the Project, prior to the proposed assignment or subletting, including, without limitation: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); and all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local governmental agencies and authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks. Neither Tenant nor any such proposed assignee or subtenant is required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the such documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities.

 

(d) No Release of Tenant, Sharing of Excess Rents . Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, Tenant and any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall at all times remain fully and primarily responsible and liable for the payment of Rent and for compliance with all of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease. If the Rent due and payable by a sublessee or assignee (or a combination of the rental payable under such sublease or assignment plus any bonus or other consideration therefor or incident thereto) exceeds the rental payable under this Lease, (excluding however, any Rent payable under this Section), then Tenant shall be bound and obligated to pay Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder within 10 days following receipt by Tenant (i) 50% of such excess rental and other excess consideration for subleases or assignments of more than 50% of the Premises, and (ii) 100% of such rental and other consideration over and above $3.67 per square foot per month (after deducting any reasonable commissions payable by Tenant amortized on a straight line basis at 10% interest per annum over the term of any such sublease) for subleases or assignments of 50% or less of the Premises. If Tenant shall sublet the Premises or any part thereof, Tenant hereby immediately and irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all rent from any such subletting, and Landlord as assignee and as attorney-in-fact for Tenant, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application, may collect such rent and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; except that, until the occurrence of a Default, Tenant shall have the right to collect such rent.

 

(e) No Waiver . The consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting shall not relieve Tenant or any assignees of this Lease or any sublessees of the Premises from obtaining the

 

20



 

consent of Landlord to any further assignment or subletting nor shall it release Tenant or any assignee or sublessee of Tenant from full and primary liability under the Lease. The acceptance of Rent hereunder, or the acceptance of performance of any other term, covenant, or condition thereof, from any other person or entity shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or a consent to any subletting, assignment or other transfer of the Premises.

 

(f) Prior Conduct of Proposed Transferee . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 22, if (i) the proposed assignee or sublessee of Tenant has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property, where the contamination resulted from such party’s action or use of the property in question, or (ii) the proposed assignee or sublessee is subject to an enforcement order issued by any governmental authority in connection with the use, disposal or storage of Hazardous Materials, Landlord shall have the absolute right to refuse to consent to any assignment or subletting to any such party.

 

23. Estoppel Certificate . Tenant shall, within 10 business days of written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement in writing substantially in the form attached to this Lease as Exhibit G with the blanks filled in, or on any other form reasonably requested by a proposed lender or purchaser, (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect) and the dates to which the rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (ii) acknowledging that there are not any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (iii) setting forth such further information with respect to the status of this Lease or the Premises as may be requested thereon. Any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the real property of which the Premises are a part. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such time shall, at the option of Landlord, constitute a Default under this Lease, and, in any event, shall be conclusive upon Tenant that the Lease is in full force and effect and without modification except as may be represented by Landlord in any certificate prepared by Landlord and delivered to Tenant for execution.

 

24. Quiet Enjoyment . So long as Tenant shall perform all of the covenants and agreements herein required to be performed by Tenant, Tenant shall, subject to the terms of this Lease, at all times during the Term, have peaceful and quiet enjoyment of the Premises against any person claiming by, through or under Landlord.

 

25. Prorations . All prorations required or permitted to be made hereunder shall be made on the basis of a 360 day year and 30 day months.

 

26. Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall, at all times during the Term and any extension thereof, comply with all reasonable rules and regulations at any time or from time to time established by Landlord covering use of the Premises and the Project. The current rules and regulations are attached hereto as Exhibit E. If there is any conflict between said rules and regulations and other provisions of this Lease, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall control. Landlord shall not have any liability or obligation for the breach of any rules or regulations by other tenants in the Project and shall not enforce such rules and regulations in a discriminatory manner.

 

27. Subordination . This Lease and Tenant’s interest and rights hereunder are and shall be subject and subordinate at all times to the lien of any Mortgage now existing or hereafter created on or against the Project or the Premises, and all amendments, restatements, renewals, modifications, consolidations, refinancing, assignments and extensions thereof, without the necessity of any further instrument or act on the part of Tenant; provide~, however that so. long as there is no Default hereunder, Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed by the Holder of any such Mortgage. Tenant agrees, at the election of the Holder of any such

 

21



 

Mortgage, to attorn to any such Holder. Tenant agrees upon demand to execute, acknowledge and deliver a Subordination, Non-disturbance and Attornment Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit H , or such other instruments, confirming such subordination, and such instruments of attornment as shall be reasonably requested by any such Holder, provided any such instruments contain appropriate non-disturbance provisions assuring Tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Premises as set forth in Section 24 hereof. Tenant hereby appoints Landlord attorney in fact for Tenant irrevocably (such power of attorney being coupled with an interest) to execute, acknowledge and deliver any such instrument and instruments for and in the name of Tenant and to cause any such instrument to be recorded. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Holder may at any time subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease, without Tenant’s consent, by notice in writing to Tenant, and thereupon this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Mortgage without regard to their respective dates of execution, delivery or recording and in that event such Holder shall have the same rights with respect to this Lease as though this Lease had been executed prior to the execution, delivery and recording of such Mortgage and had been assigned to such Holder. The term “ Mortgage ” whenever used in this Lease shall be deemed to include deeds of trust, security assignments and any other encumbrances, and any reference to the “ Holder ” of a Mortgage shall be deemed to include the beneficiary under a deed of trust.

 

28. Surrender . Upon expiration of the Term or earlier termination of Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as received, subject to any Alterations permitted by Landlord to remain in the Premises, free of Hazardous Materials brought upon, kept or used in or about the Premises by any person other than Landlord, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees (or Hazardous Materials brought upon, kept or used in or about the Project by Tenant or any of its agents, employees, contractors or invitees) and released of all Hazardous Materials Clearances, broom clean, ordinary wear and tear and casualty loss and condemnation covered by Sections 18 and 19 excepted. Tenant shall immediately return to Landlord all keys and/or access cards to parking, the Project, restrooms or all or any portion of the Premises furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant. If any such access card or key is lost, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at Landlord’s election, either the cost of replacing such lost access card or key or the cost of reprogramming the access security system in which such access card was used or changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key. Any Tenant’s Property, Alterations and property not so removed by Tenant as permitted or required herein shall be deemed abandoned and may be stored, removed, and disposed of by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damages resulting from Landlord’s retention and/or disposition of such property. All obligations of Tenant hereunder not fully performed as of the termination of the Term, including the obligations of Tenant under Section 30 hereof, shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, including, without limitation, indemnity obligations, payment obligations with respect to Rent and obligations concerning the condition and repair of the Premises.

 

29. Waiver of Jury Trial . TENANT AND LANDLORD WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT, OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO.

 

30. Environmental Requirements .

 

(a) Prohibition/Compliance/Indemnity . Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Premises or the Project in violation of applicable law by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees. If Tenant breaches the obligation stated in the preceding sentence, or if the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Premises during the Term or any holding over results in

 

22



 

contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property or if contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property by Hazardous Materials brought into the Premises by anyone other than Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents and contractors otherwise occurs during the Term or any holding over, except to the extent that Tenant is able to prove that it is Pre- existing Contamination or Off-site Contamination which contamination is not the result of any actions and/or omissions of Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors or invitees, Tenant hereby indemnifies and shall defend and hold Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, agents and contractors harmless from any and all claims, judgments, damages, penalties, fines, costs, liabilities, or losses (including, without limitation, diminution in value of the Premises or any portion of the Project, damages for the loss or restriction on use of rentable or usable space or of any amenity of the Premises or the Project, damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing of space in the Premises or the Project, and sums paid in settlement of claims, reasonable attorneys’ fees, consultant fees and expert fees) which arise during or after the Term as a result of such contamination. This indemnification of Landlord by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, remedial, removal, or restoration work required by any federal, state or local governmental agency or political subdivision because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or ground water above, on, or under the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials on the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property caused or permitted by Tenant results in any contamination of the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense and in accordance with applicable law as are necessary to return the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property to the condition existing prior to the time of such contamination, provided that Landlord’s approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval shall not unreasonably be withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have any material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Premises, the Building or the Project.

 

(b) Business . Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Section 30 to prohibit Tenant from using the Premises for the Permitted Use. Tenant may operate its business according to the custom of the industry so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored according to all then applicable governmental requirements. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord prior to the Commencement Date a list identifying each type of Hazardous Materials to be present on the Premises and setting forth any and all governmental approvals or permits required in connection with the presence of such Hazardous Materials on the Premises (“Hazardous Materials List”). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an updated Hazardous Materials List at least once a year and shall also deliver an updated list before any new Hazardous Material is brought onto the Premises. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord true and correct copies of the following documents (the “Haz Mat Documents”) relating to the handling, use, storage, disposal and emission of Hazardous Materials prior to the Commencement Date, or if unavailable at that time, concurrent with the receipt from or submission to a governmental agency: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans, notice of violations of any laws; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given Tenant its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); and all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local governmental agencies and authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks. Tenant is not required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the Haz Mat Documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities. It is not the intent of this Section to provide Landlord with information which could be detrimental to Tenant’s business should such information become possessed by Tenant’s competitors.

 

23



 

(c) Tenant Representation and Warranty . Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that (i) neither Tenant nor any of its legal predecessors has been required by any prior landlord, lender or governmental authority at any time to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property which contamination was permitted by Tenant of such predecessor or resulted from Tenant’s or such predecessor’s action or use of the property in question, and (ii) Tenant is not subject to any enforcement order issued by any governmental authority in connection with the use, disposal or storage of a Hazardous Materials. If Landlord determines that this representation and warranty was not true as of the date of this lease, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

(d) Testing . At any time, and from time to time, prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Landlord shall have the right to conduct appropriate tests of the Premises and the Project to determine if contamination has occurred as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises. If contamination has occurred for which Tenant is liable under this Section 30, Tenant shall pay all costs to conduct such tests. If no such contamination is found, Landlord shall pay the costs of such tests (which shall not constitute an Operating Expense). Landlord shall provide Tenant with a copy of all third party, non-confidential reports and tests of the Premises made by or on behalf of Landlord during the Term without representation or warranty and subject to a confidentiality agreement. Landlord’s receipt of or satisfaction with any environmental assessment in no way waives any rights which Landlord may have against Tenant.

 

(e) Underground Tanks . If underground or other storage tanks storing Hazardous Materials located on the Premises or the Project are used by Tenant or are hereafter placed on the Premises or the Project by Tenant, Tenant shall monitor such storage tanks, maintain appropriate records, implement reporting procedures, properly close any underground storage tanks, and take or cause to be taken all other actions necessary or required under applicable state and federal law, as such now exists or may hereafter be adopted or amended in connection with the use, maintenance, operation and closure of such storage tanks.

 

(f) Tenant’s Obligations . Tenant’s obligations under this Section 30 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. During any period of time after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease required by Tenant or Landlord to complete the removal from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease and the release and termination of any licenses or permits restricting the use of the Premises, Tenant shall continue to pay the full Rent in accordance with this Lease for any portion of the Premises not relet by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion, which Rent shall be prorated daily.

 

(g) Definitions . As used herein, the term “ Environmental Requirements ” means all applicable present and future statutes, regulations, ordinances, rules, codes, judgments, orders or other similar enactments of any governmental authority or agency regulating or relating to health, safety, or environmental conditions on, under, or about the Premises or the Project, or the environment, including without limitation, the following: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; and all state and local counterparts thereto, and any regulations or policies promulgated or issued thereunder. As used herein, the term “ Hazardous Materials ” means and includes any substance, material, waste, pollutant, or contaminant listed or defined as hazardous or toxic, or regulated by reason of its impact or potential impact on humans, animals and/or the environment under any Environmental Requirements, asbestos and petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel (or mixtures of natural gas and such synthetic gas). As defined in Environmental Requirements, Tenant is and shall. Be deemed to be the “operator” of Tenant’s “facility” and the “owner” of all Hazardous Materials brought on the Premises by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees, and the wastes, by-products, or residues generated, resulting, or produced therefrom.

 

24



 

(h) Environmental Insurance . Landlord shall cause Tenant to be named as an additional insured on Landlord’s Pollution Legal Liability Select Policy PLS 4762664 (the “ Environmental Policy ”) issued by American International Specialty Lines Insurance Company with a policy expiration date of February 25, 2003; provided, however, that (A) Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of its election to be named as an additional insured prior the Pour Date and prior to Landlord’s submittal of any claim under such Environmental Policy or Landlord’s discovery of any matters which may cause Landlord to submit a claim under such Environmental Policy, and (8) Tenant pays to Landlord $30,013.35 concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of notice to Landlord of its election to be named as an additional insured. If, during the term of this Lease, Landlord obtains a new environmental insurance policy or renews the Environmental Policy (collectively, the “ New Policy ”) relating to the Project and Tenant was named as an additional insured on such Environmental Policy, Landlord shall cause Tenant to be named as an additional insured on such New Policy; provided, however, that (X) Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall not be obligated to obtain the New Policy unless such New Policy is commercially available and reasonably priced, both as determined by Landlord, (Y) Tenant, if Landlord elects to obtain a New Policy, elects in writing to be named as an additional insured on such New Policy within 5 days after receipt of notice from Landlord of Landlord’s election to purchase such New Policy, and (2) Tenant, in addition to the insurance premiums for the New Policy payable by Tenant to Landlord as part of Operating Expenses, pays to Landlord a fee equal to 1 times Tenant’s Share of the annual premium for such New Policy prior to the inception of the term of such New Policy.

 

31. Tenant’s Remedies/Limitation of Liability . Landlord shall not be in default hereunder unless Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder within 30 days after written notice from Tenant specifying such failure (unless such performance will, due to the nature of the obligation, require a period of time in excess of 30 days, then after such period of time as is reasonably necessary). Upon any default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice by registered or certified mail to any Holder of a Mortgage covering the Premises and to any landlord of any lease of property in or on which the Premises are located and Tenant shall offer such Holder and/or landlord a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Project by power of sale or a judicial action if such should prove necessary to effect a cure; provided Landlord shall have furnished to Tenant in writing the names and addresses of all such persons who are to receive such notices. All obligations of Landlord hereunder shall be construed as covenants, not conditions; and, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant may not terminate this Lease for breach of Landlord’s obligations hereunder.

 

All obligations of Landlord under this Lease will be binding upon Landlord only during the period of its ownership of the Premises and not thereafter. The term “ Landlord ” in this Lease shall mean only the owner for the time being of the Premises. Upon the transfer by such owner of its interest in the Premises, such owner shall thereupon be released and discharged from all obligations of Landlord thereafter accruing, but such obligations shall be binding during the Term upon each new owner for the duration of such owner’s ownership.

 

32. Inspection and Access . Landlord and its agents, representatives, and contractors may enter the Premises at any reasonable time to inspect the Premises and to make such repairs as may be required or permitted pursuant to this Lease and for any other business purpose. Landlord and Landlord’s representatives may enter the Premises during business hours on not less than 48 hours advance written notice (except in the case of emergencies in which case no such notice shall be required and such entry may be at any time) for the purpose of effecting any such repairs, inspecting the Premises, showing the Premises to prospective purchasers and, during the last year of the Term, to prospective tenants or for any other business purpose. Landlord may erect a suitable sign on the Premises stating the Premises are available to let or that the Project is available for sale. Landlord may grant easements, make public dedications, designate Common Areas and create restrictions on or about the Premises, provided that no such easement,

 

25



 

dedication, designation, or restriction materially, adversely affects Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted use. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute such instruments as may be necessary for such easements, dedications or restrictions. Tenant shall at all times, except in the case of emergencies, have the right to escort Landlord or its agents, representatives, contractors or guests while the same are in the Premises, provided such escort does not materially and adversely affect Landlord’s access rights hereunder.

 

33. Security . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that security devices and services if any, while intended to deter crime may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts and that Landlord is not providing any security services with respect to the Premises. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant waives any claim against Landlord with respect to, any loss by theft or any other damage suffered or incurred by Tenant in connection with any unauthorized entry into the Premises or any other breach of security with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the personal safety of Tenant’s officers, employees, agents, contractors, guests and invitees while any such person is in, on or about the Premises and/or the Project. Tenant shall at Tenant’s cost obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts.

 

34. Force Majeure . Landlord shall not be held responsible for delays in the performance of its obligations hereunder when caused by strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, weather, natural disasters, inability to obtain labor or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental restrictions, governmental regulations, governmental controls, delay in issuance of permits, enemy or hostile governmental action, civil commotion, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (“ Force Majeure ”).

 

35. Brokers, Entire Agreement, Amendment . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, “Broker) in connection with this transaction and that no Broker brought about this transaction other than (i) Mark Pearson and Catalyst Real Estate Group (collectively doing business as Cooper/Brady Partnership and CRESA Partners) and (ii) Cornish & Carey Commercial. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than the broker, if any named in this Section 35, claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this leasing transaction. This Lease may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed by both parties hereto.

 

36. Limitation on Landlord’s Liability . NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING SET FORTH HEREIN OR IN ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT TO THE CONTRARY: (A) LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO TENANT OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR (AND TENANT AND EACH SUCH OTHER PERSON ASSUME ALL RISK OF) LOSS, DAMAGE OR INJURY, WHETHER ACTUAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL TO: TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION TRADE FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, INVENTORY, SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH, SCIENTIFIC EXPERIMENTS, LABORATORY ANIMALS, PRODUCT, SPECIMENS, SAMPLES, AND/OR SCIENTIFIC, BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND OTHER RECORDS OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION KEPT AT THE PREMISES AND ANY AND ALL INCOME DERIVED OR DERIVABLE THEREFROM; (B) THERE SHALL BE NO PERSONAL RECOURSE TO LANDLORD FOR ANY ACT OR OCCURRENCE IN, ON OR ABOUT THE PREMISES OR ARISING IN ANY WAY UNDER THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND ANY LIABILITY OF LANDLORD HEREUNDER SHALL BE STRICTLY LIMITED SOLELY TO LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT AND NET PROCEEDS FROM THE SALE THEREOF; AND (C) IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PERSONAL LIABILITY BE ASSERTED AGAINST LANDLORD IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE NOR SHALL ANY RECOURSE BE HAD TO ANY OTHER PROPERTY OR ASSETS OF

 

26



 

LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS BE LIABLE FOR INJURY TO TENANT’S BUSINESS OR FOR ANY LOSS OF INCOME OR PROFIT THEREFROM.

 

37. Severability . If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws, then and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby. It is also the intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of each clause or provision of this Lease that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added, as a part of this Lease, a clause or provision as similar in effect to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as shall be legal, valid and enforceable.

 

38. Signs; Exterior Appearance . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion: (i) attach any awnings, exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners, painting or other projection to any outside wall of the Project, (ii) use any curtains, blinds, shades or screens other than Landlord’s standard window coverings, (iii) coat or otherwise sunscreen the interior or exterior of any windows, (iv) place any bottles, parcels, or other articles on the window sills, (v) place any equipment, furniture or other items of personal property on any exterior balcony, or (vi) paint, affix or exhibit on any part of the Premises or the Project any, signs, notices, window or door lettering, placards, decorations, or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior of the Premises. Interior signs on doors and the directory tablet shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for Tenant by Landlord at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, and shall be of a size, color and type acceptable to Landlord. Nothing may be placed on the exterior of corridor walls or corridor doors other than Landlord’s standard lettering. The directory tablet shall be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be entitled, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to building exterior signage and to share monument signage reflecting Tenant’s name with graphics and lettering on the monument provided by Tenant; provided, however, that all such signage shall be subject to all Legal Requirements and Landlord’s reasonable approval including, without limitation, any signage program which Landlord may implement in connection with the Building or the Project.

 

39. Right to Extend Term . Tenant shall have the right to extend the Term of the Lease upon the following terms and conditions:

 

(a) Extension Rights . Tenant shall have the right (the “Extension Right”) to extend the term of this Lease for 5 years (the “Extension Term”) on the same terms and conditions as this Lease (other than Base Rent) by giving Landlord written notice of its election to exercise such Extension Right at least 12 months prior to the expiration of the Base Term of the Lease. Upon the commencement of the Extension Term, Base Rent shall be payable at the Market Rate (as defined below). Base Rent shall thereafter be adjusted on each anniversary of the commencement of the Extension Term by multiplying the Base Rent payable immediately before such adjustment by the Rent Adjustment Percentage and adding the resulting amount to the Base Rent payable immediately before such adjustment. As used herein, “Market Rate” shall mean the then market rental rate as determined by Landlord and agreed to by Tenant, which shall in no event be less than the Base Rent payable as of the date immediately preceding the commencement of the ExtensionTerm increased by the Rent Adjustment Percentage multiplied by such Base Rent. In addition, Landlord may impose a market rent for the parking rights provided hereunder.

 

If, on or before the date which is 270 days prior to the expiration of the Base Term of this Lease, Tenant has not agreed with Landlord’s determination of the Market Rate after negotiating in good faith, Tenant may by written notice to Landlord not later than 270 days prior to the expiration of the Base Term of this Lease, elect arbitration as described in Section 39(b) below. If Tenant does not

 

27



 

elect such arbitration, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived any right to extend the Term of the Lease and the Extension Right shall terminate.

 

(b) Arbitration .

 

(i) Within 10 days of Tenant’s notice to Landlord of its election to arbitrate Market Rate, each party shall deliver to the other a proposal containing the Market Rate that the submitting party believes to be correct (“Extension Proposal”). If either party fails to timely submit an Extension Proposal, the other party’s submitted proposal shall determine the Base Rent for the Extension Term. If both parties submit Extension Proposals, then Landlord and Tenant shall meet within 7 days after delivery of the last Extension Proposal and make a good faith attempt to mutually appoint a single Arbitrator (and defined below) to determine the Market Rate. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon a single Arbitrator, then each shall, by written notice delivered to the other within 10 days after the meeting, select an Arbitrator. If either party fails to timely give notice of its selection for an Arbitrator, the other party’s submitted proposal shall determine the Base Rent for the Extension Term. The 2 Arbitrators so appointed shall, within 5 business days after their appointment, appoint a third Arbitrator. If the 2 Arbitrators so selected cannot agree on the selection of the third Arbitrator within the time above specified, then either party, on behalf of both parties, may request such appointment of such third Arbitrator by application to any state court of general jurisdiction in the jurisdiction in which the Premises are located, upon 10 days prior written notice to the other party of such intent.

 

(ii) The decision of the Arbitrator(s) shall be made within 30 days after the appointment of a single Arbitrator or the third Arbitrator, as applicable. The decision of the single Arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the parties. The average of the two closest Arbitrators in a three Arbitrator panel shall be final and binding upon the parties. Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the Arbitrator appointed by or on behalf of such party and the fees and expenses of the third Arbitrator shall be borne equally by both parties. If the Market Rate are not determined by the first day of the Extension Term, then Tenant shall pay Landlord Base Rent in an amount equal to the Base Rent in effect immediately prior to the Extension Term and increased by the Rent Adjustment Percentage until such determination is made. After the determination of the Market Rate, the parties shall make any necessary adjustments to such payments made by Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall then execute an amendment recognizing the Market Rate for the Extension Term.

 

(iii) An “ Arbitrator ” shall be any person appointed by or on behalf of either party or appointed pursuant to the provisions hereof and: (i) shall be (A) a member of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers with not less than 10 years of experience in the appraisal of improved office and high tech industrial real estate in the greater San Francisco metropolitan area, or (B) a licensed commercial real estate broker with not less than 15 years experience representing landlords and/or tenants in the leasing of high tech or life sciences space in the greater San Francisco metropolitan area, (ii) devoting substantially all of their time to professional appraisal or brokerage work, as applicable, at the time of appointment and (iii) be in all respects impartial and disinterested.

 

(c) Rights Personal . The Extension Right is personal to Tenant and is not assignable without Landlord’s consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in the Lease

 

(d) Exceptions . Notwithstanding anything set forth above to the contrary, the Extension Right shall not be in effect and Tenant may not exercise the Extension Rights:

 

28



 

(i) during any period of time that Tenant is in Default under any provision of this Lease; or

 

(ii) if Tenant has been in Default under any provision of this Lease 3 or more times, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately prior to the date that Tenant intends to exercise the Extension Right, whether or not the Defaults are cured.

 

(e) No Extensions . The period of time within which the Extension Right may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of the Tenant’s inability to exercise the Extension Right.

 

(f) Termination . The Extension Right shall terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the Extension Right, if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the Extension Term, (i) Tenant fails to timely cure any default by Tenant under this Lease; or (ii) Tenant has Defaulted 3 or more times during the period from the date of the exercise of the Extension Right to the date of the commencement of the Extension Term, whether or not such Defaults are cured.

 

40. Miscellaneous .

 

(a) Notices . All notices or other communications between the parties shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given upon delivery or refusal to accept delivery by the addressee thereof if delivered in person, or upon actual receipt if delivered by reputable overnight guaranty courier, addressed and sent to the parties at their addresses set forth above. Landlord and Tenant may from time to time by written notice to the other designate another address for receipt of future notices.

 

(b) Joint and Several Liability . If and when included within the term “Tenant,” as used in this instrument, there is more than one person or entity, each shall be jointly and severally liable for the obligations of Tenant.

 

(c) Financial Information . Tenant shall furnish Landlord with true and complete copies of (i) Tenant’s most recent audited annual financial statements within 90 days of the end of each of Tenant’s fiscal years during the Term, (ii) Tenant’s most recent unaudited quarterly financial statements within 60 days of the end of each of Tenant’s first three fiscal quarters of each of Tenant’s fiscal years during the Term, (iii) at Landlord’s request from time to time, any other financial information and/or business or operating plans, to the extent Tenant has prepared the same for its board of directors, any internal use or delivery to any third party, all of which shall be treated by Landlord as confidential information belonging to Tenant, (iv) corporate brochures and/or profiles prepared by Tenant for prospective investors, and (v) any other financial information or summaries that Tenant typically provides to its lenders or shareholders. All non-public information delivered to Landlord pursuant to this subsection shall be treated by Landlord as confidential information.

 

(d) Recordation . Neither this Lease nor a memorandum of lease shall be filed by or on behalf of Tenant in any public record. Landlord may prepare and file, and upon request by Landlord Tenant will execute, a memorandum of lease.

 

(e) Interpretation . The normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Lease or any exhibits or amendments hereto. Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires. The captions inserted in this Lease are for

 

29



 

convenience only and in no way define, limit or otherwise describe the scope or intent of this Lease, or any provision hereof, or in any way affect the interpretation of this Lease.

 

(f) Not Binding Until Executed . The submission by Landlord to Tenant of this Lease shall have no binding force or effect, shall not constitute an option for the leasing of the Premises, nor confer any right or impose any obligations upon either party until execution of this Lease by both parties.

 

(g) Limitations on Interest . It is expressly the intent of Landlord and Tenant at all times to comply with applicable law governing the maximum rate or amount of any interest payable on or in connection with this Lease. If applicable law is ever judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any interest called for under this Lease, or contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, or received with respect to this Lease, then it is Landlord’s and Tenant’s express intent that all excess amounts theretofore collected by Landlord be credited on the applicable obligation (or, if the obligation has been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded to Tenant), and the provisions of this Lease immediately shall be deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any new document, so as to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder.

 

(h) Choice of Law . Construction and interpretation of this Lease shall be governed by the internal laws of the state in which the Premises are located, excluding any principles of conflicts of laws.

 

(i) Time . Time is of the essence as to the performance of Landlord’s and Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

j) Incorporation by Reference . All exhibits and addenda attached hereto are hereby incorporated into this Lease and made a part hereof. If there is any conflict between such exhibits or addenda and the terms of this Lease, such exhibits or addenda shall control.

 

30



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, landlord and Tenant have executed this lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

TENANT :

 

 

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daryl B. Winter

 

 

Its:

General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

LANDLORD :

 

 

 

 

 

ARE-TECHNOLOGY CENTER SSF, llC,
a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

By: Alexandria Real Estate Equities, l.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership,
managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: ARE-QRS CORP.,

 

 

a Maryland corporation,

 

 

general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lynn Anne Shapiro

 

 

 

 

Lynn Anne Shapiro

 

 

 

General Counsel

 

[Notary seal]

 

31



 

EXHIBIT A TO LEASE

 

DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES

 

A to be built two-story building for research and development use containing approximately 53,890 rentable square feet as shown on the attached preliminary site plan.

 

1



 

EXHIBIT B TO LEASE

 

DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

 

All that certain real property situate in the City of South San Francisco, County of San Mateo, State of California described as follows:

 

Parcel A as shown on that certain Parcel Map No. 98-033 filed for record on December 30,1998 in Book 71 of Parcel Maps at Pages 13 and 14, Series No. 98222035, San Mateo County Records,

 

1



 

EXHIBIT C TO LEASE

 

WORK LETTER

 

THIS WORK LETTER dated May     , 2000 (this “ Work Letter ”) is made and entered into by and between ARE-TECHNOLOGY CENTER SSF, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease dated May     , 2000 (the “Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

 

1.                                        General Requirements

 

(a) Tenant’s Authorized Representative . Tenant designates Dan Lazare and Andrew Braisted (either such individual acting alone, “Tenant’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Tenant pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other communication (“Communication”) from or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Tenant’s Representative. Tenant may change either Tenant’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Landlord. No period set forth herein for any approval of any matter by Tenant’s Representative shall be extended by reason of any change in Tenant’s Representative. Neither Tenant nor Tenant’s Representative shall be authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of Landlord’s Work (as hereinafter defined).

 

(b) Landlord’s Authorized Representative . Landlord designates David Herron and Vincent Ciruzzi (either such individual acting alone, “Landlord’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other Communication from or on behalf of Landlord in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Landlord’s Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Tenant. No period set forth herein for any approval of any matter by Landlord’s Representative shall be extended by reason of any change in Landlord’s Representative. Landlord’s Representative shall be the sole persons authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of Landlord’s Work.

 

(c) Architects, Consultants and Contractors . Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the architect (the “ TI Architect ”) and general contractor for the Tenant Improvements and any subcontractors for the Tenant Improvements shall be selected by Tenant, subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall use South Bay Construction as the general contractor for the Tenant Improvements.

 

(d) Development Schedule . The schedule for design and development of Tenant Improvements (as defined below), including without limitation the time periods for delivery of construction documents and performance, shall be in accordance with the Development Schedule attached hereto as Schedule A, subject to adjustment as mutually agreed by the parties in writing or as provided in this Work Letter (the “ Development Schedule ”).

 

(e) Landlord’s Work . Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense, construct the Building shell, parking lot, exterior common areas, and landscaping described on Schedule A attached hereto (collectively, the “ Initial Project Specifications ”). As used herein, “ Landlord’s Work ” shall mean construction of the Initial Project Specifications. The Initial Project Specifications shall include the Building shell, roof, all exterior windows and doors, fire sprinklers below the roof

 

1



 

line and below the second deck line, and utilities and services to the Building exterior, an elevator, three sets of interior stairs (consisting of stair assemblies and metal handrails) and landscaping. Proof loading of the roof structure, extending columns for a future mechanical roof platform and penetrations in the second deck for future mechanical shafts shall be completed by Landlord during construction of the Building shell and the costs of such items shall be paid for by Tenant as part of the TI Allowance (as defined below). Notwithstanding their depiction in the Initial Project Specifications, the roof screens shall be provided by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord shall substantially complete or cause to be substantially completed Landlord’s Work in a good and workmanlike manner and the issuance of a temporary certificate of occupancy, subject, to Minor Variations and normal “punch list” items of a non-material nature which do not interfere with the use of the Premises (“ Substantial Completion ”). For purposes of this Work Letter, “ Minor Variations ” shall mean any modifications reasonably required: (i) to comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and/or to obtain or to comply with any required permit; (ii) to comply with any request by the Tenant for modifications to Landlord’s Work; (iii) to comport with good design, engineering, and construction practices which are not material; or (iv) to make reasonable adjustments for field deviations or conditions encountered during the construction of Landlord’s Work.

 

2.                                        Tenant Improvements .

 

(a) Tenant Improvements Defined . As used herein, “Tenant Improvements” shall mean all improvements to the Premises desired by Tenant of a fixed and permanent nature. Other than funding the TI Allowance as provided herein, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever with respect to the finishing of the Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy.

 

(b) Tenant’s Space Plans . Tenant shall deliver to Landlord schematic drawings and outline specifications (the “ TI Design Drawings ”) detailing Tenant’s requirements for the Tenant Improvements on or before July 15, 2000. Not more than ten 10 business days thereafter, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant the written objections, questions or comments of Landlord and the TI Architect with regard to the TI Design Drawings. Tenant shall cause the TI Design Drawings to be revised to address such written comments and shall resubmit said drawings to Landlord for approval within 10 business days thereafter. Such process shall continue until Landlord has approved the TI Design Drawings.

 

(c) Working Drawings . Not later than 45 days following the approval of the TI Design Drawings by Landlord, Tenant shall cause the TI Architect to prepare and deliver to Landlord for review and comment construction plans, specifications and drawings for the Tenant Improvements (“ TI Construction Drawings ”), which TI Construction Drawings shall be prepared substantially in accordance with the TI Design Drawings. Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the TI Construction Drawings reflect Tenant’s requirements for the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall deliver its written comments on the TI Construction Drawings to Tenant not later than10 business days after Landlord’s receipt of the same; provided, however, that Landlord may not disapprove any matter that is consistent with the TI Design Drawings. Tenant and the TI Architect shall consider all such comments in good faith and shall, within 10 business days after receipt, notify Landlord how Tenant proposes to respond to such comments. Any disputes in connection with such comments shall be resolved in accordance with Section 2(d) hereof. Provided that the design reflected in the TI Construction Drawings is consistent with the TI Design Drawings, Landlord shall approve the TI Construction Drawings submitted by Tenant. Once approved by Landlord, subject to the provisions of Section 2(d) below, Tenant shall not materially modify the TI Construction Drawings except as may be reasonably required in connection with the issuance of the TI Permit (as defined in Section 3(b) below) or except as set forth in Paragraph 4 of this Work Letter.

 

2



 

(d) Approval and Completion . Upon any dispute regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, which is not settled within 10 business days after notice of such dispute is delivered by one party to the other, Tenant shall make the final decision regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, provided Tenant acts reasonably and such final decision is either consistent with or a compromise between Landlord’s and Tenant’s positions with respect to such dispute, provided further that all costs and expenses resulting from any such decision by Tenant shall be payable out of the TI Fund, as, defined in Section 5(d) below. Any changes to the TI Construction Drawings following Landlord s and Tenant’s approval of same requested by Tenant shall be processed as provided in Section 4 hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event that Tenant’s Work adversely affects the Building shell or Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall make the final decision regarding matters relating to the Building shell and/or Landlord’s Work.

 

3.                                        Performance of Tenant’s Work

 

(a) Definition of Tenant’s Work . As used herein, “ Tenant’s Work ” shall mean the work of constructing the Tenant Improvements.

 

(b) Commencement and Permitting of Tenant’s Work . Tenant shall commence construction of the Tenant Improvements upon obtaining a building permit (the “ TI Permit ”) authorizing the construction of the Tenant Improvements consistent with the TI Construction Drawings approved by Landlord. The cost of obtaining the TI Permit shall be payable from the TI Fund. Landlord shall assist Tenant in obtaining the TI Permit.

 

(c) Selection of Materials, Etc . Where more than one type of material or structure is indicated on the TI Construction Drawings approved by Tenant and Landlord, the option will be within Tenant’s reasonable discretion.

 

4.                                        Changes . Any changes requested by Tenant to the Tenant Improvements after the delivery and approval by Landlord of the TI Design Drawings, shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 and shall be subject to the written approval of Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

(a) Tenant’s Right to Request Changes . If Tenant shall request changes (“ Changes ”), Tenant shall request such Changes by notifying Landlord in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “ Change Request ”), which Change Request shall detail the nature and extent of any such Change. Such Change Request must be signed by Tenant’s Representative. Landlord shall review and approve or disapprove such Change Request within 10 business days thereafter, provided that Landlord’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

(b) Implementation of Changes . If Landlord approves such Change and Tenant deposits with Landlord any Excess TI Costs (as defined in Section 5(d) below) required in connection with such Change, Tenant may cause the approved Change to be instituted.

 

(c) Changes to Landlord’s Work . During Landlord’s construction of Landlord’s Work Tenant shall request in writing (“ Proposal ”) any modifications to the Initial Project Specifications (“ Modifications ”) which Tenant desires. Landlord shall have the right to approve or to disapprove each Proposal in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. In the event Landlord approves some or all of the proposed Modifications, Landlord shall have Landlord’s contractor estimate the cost of such Modifications, which cost shall be presented in writing to Tenant for Tenant’s review and written approval. Tenant’s failure to approve or disapprove the estimated cost of the approved Modifications within 5 days after receipt of the estimate shall be conclusively deemed a disapproval. Tenant shall be solely responsible for and pay to Landlord: (i) all costs reasonably incurred by

 

3



 

Landlord for Landlord’s review of a Tenant Proposal, including, but not limited to, any architectural, engineering and consulting costs incurred by Landlord or Landlord’s contractor to define the scope and/or estimate the costs of any Modifications proposed by Tenant (such costs shall be paid by Tenant whether the Proposal is approved or disapproved by Landlord and regardless of whether Tenant approves or disapproves the estimated costs of the proposed Modifications); (ii) the actual increase in cost as a result of constructing the approved Modifications; (iii) a fee for Landlord’s contractor’s overhead and profit per Landlord’s construction contract with Landlord’s contractor; (iv) all other costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection with the review, approval, and construction of the Modifications, including, but not limited to, permit fees and change order costs; and (v) any and all costs and expenses resulting from delays caused by weather as a result of Modifications and/or Tenant Delays (collectively, the “ Modifications Costs ”). Tenant shall pay the Modifications Costs within 10 days after Landlord submits to Tenant an invoice therefor. Landlord may invoice the Modifications Costs for any Proposal in one or more separate invoices in Landlord’s discretion. Tenant’s failure to pay the invoiced Modifications Costs in full within the time prescribed above shall constitute an Event of Default by Tenant under the Lease.

 

5.                                        Costs

 

(a) Budget For Tenant Improvements . Before the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall obtain a detailed breakdown, by trade, of the costs incurred or which will be incurred, in connection with the design and construction of Tenant’s Work (the “ Budget ”). The Budget shall be based upon the TI Construction Drawings approved by Landlord and shall include a payment to Landlord of administrative rent (“ Administrative Rent ”) equal to 1 % of the TI Costs (as hereinafter defined) for monitoring and inspecting the construction of Tenant’s Work, which sum shall be payable from the TI Fund. Such Administrative Rent shall include, without limitation, all out-of-pocket costs, expenses and fees incurred by or on behalf of Landlord arising from, out of, or in connection with, such monitoring of the construction of the Tenant’s Improvements, and shall be payable out of the TI Fund. If the Budget is greater than the TI Allowance, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the difference, in cash, prior to the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, for disbursement by Landlord as described in Section 5(d).

 

(b) TI Allowance . Landlord shall provide to Tenant a tenant improvement allowance (“ TI Allowance ”) in increments of $25.00 per rentable square foot with a maximum of $125.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises. Within 5 business days after delivery of the Budget to Landlord, Tenant shall notify Landlord how much TI Allowance Tenant has elected to receive from Landlord. Such election shall be final and binding on Tenant, and may not thereafter be modified without Landlord’s consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. The TI Allowance shall be disbursed in accordance with this Work Letter.

 

(c) Costs Includable in TI Fund . The TI Fund shall be used solely for the payment of design and construction costs in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, the cost of preparing the TI Design Drawings and the TI Construction Drawings, all costs set forth in the Budget, including Landlord’s Administrative Rent, and the cost of Changes (collectively, “TI Costs”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the TI Fund shall not be used to purchase any furniture, personal property or other non-Building System materials or equipment, including, but not be limited to, biological safety cabinets and other scientific equipment not incorporated into the Improvements.

 

(d) Excess TI Costs . It is understood and agreed that Landlord is under no obligation to bear any portion of the cost of any of the Tenant Improvements except to the extent of the TI Allowance. If at any time and from time-to-time, the remaining TI Costs under the Budget exceed the remaining unexpended TI Allowance, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, as a condition precedent to Landlord’s obligation to fund the unexpended TI Allowance, 100% of the then current

 

4



 

TI Cost in excess of the remaining TI Allowance (“ Excess TI Costs ”). Landlord shall deposit the Excess TI Costs into an interest bearing account with interest accruing for the benefit of Tenant. If Tenant fails to deposit, or is late in depositing, any Excess TI Costs amount with Landlord, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including, but not limited to, the right to interest at the Default Rate and the right to assess a late charge), and for purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts the same will be considered Rent. Such deposit of Excess TI Costs, together with the remaining TI Allowance, is herein referred to as the “ TI Fund ”. Funds so deposited by Tenant shall be the first thereafter disbursed to pay TI Costs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 5(d), Tenant shall be fully and solely liable for TI Costs and the cost of Minor Variations in excess of the TI Allowance. If upon Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements and the payment of all sums due in connection therewith there remains any undisbursed TI Fund, Tenant shall be entitled to such undisbursed TI Fund to the extent of any Excess TI Costs deposit Tenant has actually made with Landlord and Tenant shall have the right, for up to 12 months after the Commencement Date, to use the balance of the TI Fund used for Alterations which are approved by Landlord and comply with Section 12 of the Lease. Thereafter, Tenant shall have no right to any undisbursed portion of the TI Fund.

 

(e) Payment for TI Costs. Landlord shall pay TI Costs once a month against a draw request in Landlord’s standard form, containing such certifications, lien waivers, inspection reports and other matters as Landlord customarily obtains, to the extent of Landlord’s approval thereof for payment, no later than 30 days following receipt of such draw request.

 

6.                                        Tenant Access .

 

(a) Tenant’s Access Rights . Tenant’s access to the Premises after the Pour Date to perform Tenant’s Work shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and expense. Tenant shall coordinate Tenant’s Work with Landlord and comply with the Lease, this Work Letter and all other reasonable restrictions and conditions Landlord may impose. Tenant shall have no right to enter the Premises or the Project unless and until Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord demonstrating that any insurance reasonably required by Landlord in connection with such pre-commencement access (including, but not limited to, any insurance which Landlord may require pursuant to the Lease) is in full force and effect. Any entry by Tenant shall comply with all established safety practices of Landlord’s contractor and Landlord until completion of Landlord’s Work.

 

(b) Precedence of Landlord’s Work . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (i) the performance of Tenant’s Work may be severely and adversely impacted by the performance of Landlord’s Work, (ii) Landlord’s Work shall take precedence over Tenant’s Work and Tenant shall comply with any and all requests of Landlord giving effect to the precedence of Landlord’s Work over Tenant’s Work including, without limitation, any requests which may result in increased costs and/or delays to Tenant’s Work, and (iii) Tenant shall not be entitled and fully and completely waives any claim to any abatement of rent or any other concession as a result of any such adverse impact.

 

(c) No Interference . Neither Tenant nor its employees, consultants, agents, contractors, and suppliers shall interfere with the performance of Landlord’s Work, nor with any inspections or issuance of final approvals by San Mateo County or the City of South San Francisco, and upon any such interference, Landlord shall have the right to exclude Tenant and Tenant’s employees, consultants, contractors and agents from the Premises and the Project until Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work.

 

5



 

7.                                        Tenant Delay

 

For purposes of Section 2 of the Lease, “ Tenant Delay ” shall mean (i) Tenant’s Representative was not available to give or receive any Communication or to take any other action required to be taken by Tenant hereunder; (ii) Tenant’s Proposals whether or not Landlord agrees, in its sole discretion, to any of such change requests and whether or not they are actually performed; (iii) construction of any such change requests; (iv) Tenant’s delay in reviewing, revising or approving plans and specifications beyond the periods set forth herein; (v) Tenant’s delay in providing information critical to the normal progression of the Project. Tenant shall provide such information as soon as reasonably possible, but in no event longer than one week after receipt of any request for such information from Landlord; (vi) Tenant’s delay in making payments to Landlord for Excess TI Costs; (vii) any other act or omission by Tenant, its agents, contractors or persons employed by any of such persons; (viii) any default by Tenant under the Lease, or (ix) any construction delay caused by interference with the performance of Landlord’s Work caused by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, consultants, agents, contractors, and suppliers.

 

8.                                        Miscellaneous

 

(a) Consents . Whenever consent or approval of either party is required under this Work Letter, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, except as may be expressly set forth herein to the contrary.

 

(b) Modification . No modification, waiver or amendment of this Work Letter or of any of its conditions or provisions shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

(c) Counterparts . This Work Letter may be executed in any number of counterparts but all counterparts taken together shall constitute a single document.

 

(d) Governing Law . This Work Letter shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the state in which the Premises are located, without regard to choice of law principles of such State.

 

(e) Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence of this Work Letter and of each and all provisions thereof.

 

(f) Default . Notwithstanding anything set forth herein or in the Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall not have any obligation to perform any work hereunder or to fund any portion of the TI Fund during any period Tenant is in Default under the Lease.

 

(g) Severability . If any term or provision of this Work Letter is declared invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Work Letter shall not be affected by such determination and shall continue to be valid and enforceable.

 

(h) Merger . All understandings and agreements, oral or written, heretofore made between the parties hereto and relating to Tenant’s Work are merged in this Work Letter, which alone (but inclusive of provisions of the Lease incorporated herein and the final approved constructions drawings and specifications prepared pursuant hereto) fully and completely expresses the agreement between Landlord and Tenant with regard to the matters set forth in this Work Letter.

 

(i) Entire Agreement . This Work Letter is made as a part of and. pursuant to the Lease and, together with the Lease, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the

 

6



 

subject matter hereof. This Work Letter is subject to all of the terms and limitation set forth in the Lease, and neither party shall have any rights or remedies under this Work Letter separate and apart from their respective remedies pursuant to the Lease.

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, landlord and Tenant have executed this Work letter to be effective on the date first above written.

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

ARE-TECHNOLOGY CENTER SSF, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

Alexandria Real Estate Equities, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership,
managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: ARE-QRS CORP.,

 

 

a Maryland corporation,

 

 

general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Lynn Anne Shapiro

 

 

 

 

General Counsel

 

 



 

EXHIBIT D TO LEASE

 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE

 

This ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE is made this 31 st day of July, 2001, between ARE-Technology Center SSF. LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and Sunesis Pharmaceuticals. Inc ., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease dated May 12th, 2000 (the “Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

 

Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree, for all purposes of the Lease, that the Commencement Date of the Base Term of the Lease is July 1, 2001 and the termination date of the Base Term of the Lease shall be midnight on June 30, 2013.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE to be effective on the date first above written.

 

 

TENANT :

 

 

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.,
A Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

ARE-TECHNOLOGY CENTERS, SSF, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

By: Alexandria Real Estate Equities, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership,
managing member

 

 

 

 

By: ARE-QRS CORP.,
a Maryland corporation,
general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Michael Kelcy

 

 

Senior Vice President

 

1




Exhibit 10.24

Real Estate Legal Affairs

.

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

 

This First Amendment to Lease Agreement (the “ First Amendment ”) is made as of December 20, 2000, by and between ARE-Technology Center SSF, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, having an address at 135 North Los Robles Avenue, Suite 250, Pasadena, California 91101 (“Landlord”), and Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation, having an address at 3696 Haven Avenue, Suite C, Redwood City, California 94063 (“Tenant”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.            Landlord and Tenant have entered into that certain Lease Agreement (the “ Lease ”) dated as of May 12, 2000 (the “ Lease ”).

 

B.            Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to more clearly describe the Premises.

 

AGREEMENT

 

Now, therefore, the parties hereto agree that the Lease is amended as follows:

 

1.             Premises . Exhibit “A” to the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and Exhibit “A” attached to this Amendment is hereby substituted in lieu thereof.

 

2.             Miscellaneous .

 

(a)           This First Amendment is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions. This First Amendment may be amended only by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto.

 

(b)           This First Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective agents, employees, representatives, officers, directors, divisions, subsidiaries, affiliates, assigns, heirs, successors in interest and shareholders.

 

(c)           This First Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The signature page of any counterpart may be detached therefrom without impairing the legal effect of the signature(s) thereon provided such signature page is attached to any other counterpart identical thereto except having additional signature pages executed by other parties to this First Amendment attached thereto.

 

(d)           Except as amended and/or modified by this First Amendment, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed and all other terms of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unaltered and unchanged by this First Amendment. In the event of any conflict between

 



 

.

the provisions of this First Amendment and the provisions of the Lease, the provisions of this First Amendment shall prevail. Whether or not specifically amended by this First Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to the purpose and intent of this First Amendment..

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this First Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

ARE-TECHNOLOGY CENTER SSF, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

By: Alexandria Real Estate Equities, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership, its managing
member

 

 

 

 

By: ARE-QRS Corp., a Maryland
corporation, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

B y:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Its: SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT &
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

SUNESIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES

 

A to be built two-story building for research and development use containing approximately 53,890 rentable square feet to be located in the cross-hatched area shown on the attached preliminary site plan.

 



 

PRELIMINARY SITE PLAN

 




Exhibit 10.25

 

MASTER SECURITY AGREEMENT

dated as of June 15, 2000 (“Agreement”)

 

THIS AGREEMENT is between General Electric Capital Corporation (together with its successors and assigns, if any, “Secured Party”), and Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated (“Debtor”). Secured Party has an office at 5150 EI Camino Real, Suite B-21, Los Altos, CA 94022. Debtor is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of Delaware. Debtor’s mailing address and chief place of business is 3696 Haven Avenue, Suite C, Redwood City, CA 94063.

 

1.             CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST.

 

Debtor grants to Secured Party, its successors and assigns, a security interest in and against all property listed on any collateral schedule now or in the future annexed to or made a part of this Agreement (“ Collateral Schedule ”), and in and against all additions, attachments, accessories and accessions to such property, all substitutions, replacements or exchanges therefor, and all insurance and/or other proceeds thereof (all such property is individually and collectively called the “ Collateral ”). This security interest is given to secure the payment and performance of all debts, obligations and liabilities of any kind whatsoever of Debtor to Secured Party, now existing or arising in the future, including but not limited to the payment and performance of certain Promissory Notes from time to time identified on any Collateral Schedule (collectively “ Notes ” and each a “ Note ”), and any renewals, extensions and modifications of such debts, obligations and liabilities (such Notes, debts, obligations and liabilities are called the “ Indebtedness ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, to the extent that Secured Party asserts a purchase money security interest in any items of Collateral “ PMSI Collateral ”): (i) the PMSI Collateral shall secure only that portion of the Indebtedness which has been advanced by Secured Party to enable Debtor to purchase, or acquire rights in or the use of such PMSI Collateral (the “ PMSI Indebtedness ”), and (ii) no other Collateral shall secure the PMSI Indebtedness.

 

2.             REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF DEBTOR.

 

Debtor represents, warrants and covenants as of the date of this Agreement and as of the date of each Collateral Schedule that:

 

(a) Debtor is, and will remain, duly organized, existing and in good standing under the laws of the State set forth in the preamble of this Agreement, has its chief executive offices at the location specified in the preamble, and is, and will remain, duly qualified and licensed in every jurisdiction wherever necessary to carry on its business and operations;

 

(b) Debtor has adequate power and capacity to enter into, and to perform its obligations under this Agreement, each Note and any other documents evidencing, or given in connection with, any of the Indebtedness (all of the foregoing are called the “ Debt Documents ”);

 

(c) This Agreement and the other Debt Documents have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Debtor and constitute legal, valid and binding agreements enforceable in

 



 

accordance with their terms, except to the extent that the enforcement of remedies may be limited under applicable bankruptcy and insolvency laws;

 

(d) No approval, consent or withholding of objections is required from any governmental authority or instrumentality with respect to the entry into, or performance by Debtor of any of the Debt Documents, except any already obtained;

 

(e) The entry into, and performance by, Debtor of the Debt Documents will not (i) violate any of the organizational documents of Debtor or any judgment, order, law or regulation applicable to Debtor, or (ii) result in any breach of or constitute a default under any contract to which Debtor is a party, or result in the creation of any lien, claim or encumbrance on any of Debtor’s property (except for liens in favor of Secured Party) pursuant to any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan, credit agreement, or other agreement or instrument to which Debtor is a party;

 

(f) There are no suits or proceedings pending in court or before any commission, board or other administrative agency against or affecting Debtor which could, in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on Debtor, its business or operations, or its ability to perform its obligations under the Debt Documents, nor does Debtor have reason to believe that any such suits or proceedings are threatened;

 

(g) All financial statements delivered to Secured Party in connection with the Indebtedness have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and since the date of the most recent financial statement, there has been no material adverse change in Debtors financial condition;

 

(h) The Collateral is not, and will not be, used by Debtor for personal, family or household purposes;

 

(i) The Collateral is, and will remain, in good condition and repair, and Debtor will not be negligent in its care and use;

 

(j) Debtor is, and will remain, the sole and lawful owner, and in possession of, the Collateral, and has the sole right and lawful authority to grant the security interest described in this Agreement; and

 

(k) The Collateral is, and will remain, free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances of any kind whatsoever, except for (i) liens in favor of Secured Party, (ii) liens for taxes not yet due or for taxes being contested in good faith and which do not involve, in the judgment of Secured Party, any risk of the sale, forfeiture or loss of any of the Collateral, and (iii) inchoate materialmen’s, mechanic’s, repairmen’s and similar liens arising by operation of law in the normal course of business for amounts which are not delinquent (all of such liens are called “ Permitted Liens ”).

 



 

3.             COLLATERAL.

 

(a) Until the declaration of any default, Debtor shall remain in possession of the Collateral; except that Secured Party shall have the right to possess (i) any chattel paper or instrument that constitutes a part of the Collateral, and (ii) any other Collateral in which Secured Party’s security interest may be perfected only by possession. Secured Party may inspect any of the Collateral during normal business hours after giving Debtor reasonable prior notice. If Secured Party asks, Debtor will promptly notify Secured Party in writing of the location of any Collateral.

 

(b) Debtor shall (i) use the Collateral only in its trade or business, (ii) maintain all of the Collateral in good operating order and repair, normal wear and tear excepted, (iii) use and maintain the Collateral only in compliance with manufacturers recommendations and all applicable laws, and (iv) keep all of the Collateral free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances (except for Permitted Liens).

 

(c) Debtor shall not, without the prior written consent of Secured Party, (i) part with possession of any of the Collateral (except to Secured Party or for maintenance and repair), (ii) remove any of the Collateral from the continental United States, or (iii) sell, rent, lease, mortgage, grant a security interest in or otherwise transfer or encumber (except for Permitted Liens) any of the Collateral.

 

(d) Debtor shall pay promptly when due all taxes, license fees, assessments and public and private charges levied or assessed on any of the Collateral, on its use, or on this Agreement or any of the other Debt Documents. At its option, Secured Party may discharge taxes, liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Collateral and may pay for the maintenance, insurance and preservation of the Collateral and effect compliance with the terms of this Agreement or any of the other Debt Documents, Debtor agrees to reimburse Secured Party, on demand, all costs and expenses incurred by Secured Party in connection with such payment or performance and agrees that such reimbursement obligation shall constitute Indebtedness.

 

(e) Debtor shall, at all times, keep accurate and complete records of the Collateral, and Secured Party shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all of Debtor’s books and records relating to the Collateral during normal business hours, after giving Debtor reasonable prior notice.

 

(f) Debtor agrees and acknowledges that any third person who may at any time possess all or any portion of the Collateral shall be deemed to hold, and shall hold, the Collateral as the agent of, and as pledge holder for, Secured Party. Secured Party may at any time give notice to any third person described in the preceding sentence that such third person is holding the Collateral as the agent of, and as pledge holder for, the Secured Party.

 



 

4.             INSURANCE.

 

(a) Debtor shall at all times bear the entire risk of any loss, theft, damage to, or destruction of, any of the Collateral from any cause whatsoever.

 

(b) Debtor agrees to keep the Collateral insured against loss or damage by fire and extended coverage perils, theft, burglary, and for any or all Collateral which are vehicles, for risk of loss by collision, and if requested by Secured Party, against such other risks as Secured Party may reasonably require. The insurance coverage shall be in an amount no less than the full replacement value of the Collateral, and deductible amounts, insurers and policies shall be acceptable to Secured Party. Debtor shall deliver to Secured Party policies or certificates of insurance evidencing such coverage. Each policy shall name Secured Party as a loss payee, shall provide for coverage to Secured Party regardless of the breach by Debtor of any warranty or representation made therein, shall not be subject to co-insurance, and shall provide that coverage may not be canceled or altered by the insurer except upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Secured Party. Debtor appoints Secured Party as its attorney-in-fact to make proof of loss, claim for insurance and adjustments with insurers, and to receive payment of and execute or endorse all documents, checks or drafts in connection with insurance payments. Secured Party shall not act as Debtors attorney-in-fact unless Debtor is in default. Proceeds of insurance shall be applied, at the option of Secured Party, to repair or replace the Collateral or to reduce any of the Indebtedness.

 

5.             REPORTS.

 

(a) Debtor shall promptly notify Secured Party of (i) any change in the name of Debtor, (ii) any relocation of its chief executive offices, (iii) any relocation of any of the Collateral, (iv) any of the Collateral being lost, stolen, missing, destroyed, materially damaged or worn out, or (v) any lien, claim or encumbrance other than Permitted Liens attaching to or being made against any of the Collateral.

 

(b) Debtor will deliver to Secured Party Debtors complete financial statements, certified by a recognized firm of certified public accountants, within ninety (90) days of the close of each fiscal year of Debtor. If Secured Party requests, Debtor will deliver to Secured Party copies of Debtors quarterly financial reports certified by Debtors chief financial officer, within ninety (90) days after the close of each of Debtors fiscal quarter. Debtor will deliver to Secured Party copies of all Forms 10-K and IO-Q, if any, within 30 days after the dates on which they are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

6.             FURTHER ASSURANCES.

 

(a) Debtor shall, upon request of Secured Party, furnish to Secured Party such further information, execute and deliver to Secured Party such documents and instruments (including, without limitation, Uniform Commercial Code financing statements) and shall do such other acts and things as Secured Party may at any time reasonably request relating to the perfection or protection of the security interest created by this Agreement or for the purpose of carrying out

 



 

the intent of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, Debtor shall cooperate and do all acts deemed necessary or advisable by Secured Party to continue in Secured Party a perfected first security interest in the Collateral, and shall obtain and furnish to Secured Party any subordinations, releases, landlord, lessor, or mortgagee waivers, and similar documents as may be from time to time requested by, and in form and substance satisfactory to, Secured Party.

 

(b) Debtor irrevocably grants to Secured Party the power to sign Debtor’s name and generally to act on behalf of Debtor to execute and file applications for title, transfers of title, financing statements, notices of lien and other documents pertaining to any or all of the Collateral; this power is coupled with Secured Party’s interest in the Collateral. Debtor shall, if any certificate of title be required or permitted by law for any of the Collateral, obtain and promptly deliver to Secured Party such certificate showing the lien of this Agreement with respect to the Collateral.

 

(c) Debtor shall indemnify and defend the Secured Party, its successors and assigns, and their respective directors, officers and employees, from and against all claims, actions and suits (including, without limitation, related attorneys’ fees) of any kind whatsoever arising. directly or indirectly, in connection with any of the Collateral.

 

7.             DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

 

(a) Debtor shall be in default under this Agreement and each of the other Debt Documents if:

 

(i) Debtor breaches its obligation to pay when due any installment or other amount due or coming due under any of the Debt Documents;

 

(ii) Debtor, without the prior written consent of Secured Party, attempts to or does sell, rent lease, mortgage, grant a security interest in, or otherwise transfer or encumber (except for Permitted Liens) any of the Collateral;

 

(iii) Debtor breaches any of its insurance obligations under Section 4;

 

(iv) Debtor breaches any of its other obligations under any of the Debt Documents and fails to cure that breach within thirty (30) days after written notice from Secured Party;

 

(v) Any warranty, representation or statement made by Debtor in any of the Debt Documents or otherwise in connection with any of the Indebtedness shall be false or misleading in any material respect;

 

(vi) Any of the Collateral is subjected to attachment, execution, levy, seizure or confiscation in any legal proceeding or otherwise, or if any legal or administrative proceeding is commenced against Debtor or any of the Collateral, which in the good faith judgment of Secured Party subjects any of the Collateral to a material risk of attachment,

 



 

execution, levy, seizure or confiscation and no bond is posted or protective order obtained to negate such risk;

 

(vii) Debtor breaches or is in default under any other agreement between Debtor and Secured Party;

 

(viii) Debtor or any guarantor or other obligor for any of the Indebtedness (collectively “Guarantor”) dissolves, terminates its existence, becomes insolvent or ceases to do business as a going concern;

 

(ix) If Debtor or any Guarantor is a natural person, Debtor or any such Guarantor dies or becomes incompetent;

 

(x) A receiver is appointed for all or of any part of the property of Debtor or any Guarantor, or Debtor or any Guarantor makes any assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

 

(xi) Debtor or any Guarantor files a petition under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, or any such petition is filed against Debtor or any Guarantor and is not dismissed within forty-five (45) days.

 

(b) If Debtor is in default, the Secured Party, at its option, may declare any or all of the Indebtedness to be immediately due and payable, without demand or notice to Debtor or any Guarantor. The accelerated obligations and liabilities shall bear interest (both before and after any judgment) until paid in full at the lower of eighteen percent (18%) per annum or the maximum rate not prohibited by applicable law.

 

(c) After default, Secured Party shall have all of the rights and remedies of a Secured Party under the Uniform Commercial Code, and under any other applicable law. Without limiting the foregoing, Secured Party shall have the right to (i) notify any account debtor of Debtor or any obligor on any instrument which constitutes part of the Collateral to make payment to the Secured Party, (ii) with or without legal process, enter any premises where the Collateral may be and take possession of and remove the Collateral from the premises or store it on the premises, (iii) sell the Collateral at public or private sale, in whole or in part, and have the right to bid and purchase at said sale, or (iv) lease or otherwise dispose of all or part of the Collateral, applying proceeds from such disposition to the obligations then in default. If requested by Secured Party, Debtor shall promptly assemble the Collateral and make it available to Secured Party at a place to be designated by Secured Party which is reasonably convenient to both parties. Secured Party may also render any or all of the Collateral unusable at the Debtor’s premises and may dispose of such Collateral on such premises without liability for rent or costs. Any notice that Secured Party is required to give to Debtor under the Uniform Commercial Code of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition of the Collateral is to be made shall be deemed to constitute reasonable notice if such notice is given to the last known address of Debtor at least five (5) days prior to such action.

 



 

(d) Proceeds from any sale or lease or other disposition shall be applied: first, to all costs of repossession, storage, and disposition including without limitation attorneys’, appraisers’, and auctioneers’ fees; second, to discharge the obligations then in default; third, to discharge any other Indebtedness of Debtor to Secured Party, whether as obligor, endorser, guarantor, surety or indemnitor; fourth, to expenses incurred in paying or settling liens and claims against the Collateral; and lastly, to Debtor, if there exists any surplus. Debtor shall remain fully liable for any deficiency.

 

(e) Debtor agrees to pay all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred by Secured Party in connection with the enforcement, assertion, defense or preservation of Secured Party’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, or if prohibited by law, such lesser sum as may be permitted. Debtor further agrees that such fees and costs shall constitute Indebtedness.

 

(f) Secured Party’s rights and remedies under this Agreement or otherwise arising are cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently. Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of the Secured Party to exercise any right. power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of that or any other right, power or privilege. SECURED PARTY SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO HAVE WAIVED ANY OF ITS RIGHTS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR UNDER ANY OTHER AGREEMENT, INSTRUMENT OR PAPER SIGNED BY DEBTOR UNLESS SUCH WAIVER IS EXPRESSED IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY SECURED PARTY. A waiver on anyone occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right or remedy on any future occasion.

 

(g) DEBTOR AND SECURED PARTY UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE THEIR RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OF THE OTHER DEBT DOCUMENTS, ANY OF THE INDEBTEDNESS SECURED HEREBY, ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN DEBTOR AND SECURED PARTY RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION OR ANY RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND/OR THE RELATIONSHIP THAT IS BEING ESTABLISHED BETWEEN DEBTOR AND SECURED PARTY. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE. THIS WAIVER MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING. THE WAIVER ALSO SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER DEBT DOCUMENTS, OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS’ OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THIS TRANSACTION OR ANY RELATED TRANSACTION. THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

 

8.             MISCELLANEOUS.

 

(a) This Agreement, any Note and/or any of the other Debt Documents may be assigned, in whole or in part, by Secured Party without notice to Debtor, and Debtor agrees not to assert against any such assignee, or assignee’s assigns, any defense, set-off, recoupment claim or

 



 

counterclaim which Debtor has or may at any time have against Secured Party for any reason whatsoever. Debtor agrees that if Debtor receives written notice of an assignment from Secured Party, Debtor will pay all amounts payable under any assigned Debt Documents to such assignee or as instructed by Secured Party. Debtor also agrees to confirm in writing receipt of the notice of assignment as may be reasonably requested by assignee.

 

(b) All notices to be given in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing, shall be addressed to the parties at their respective addresses set forth in this Agreement (unless and until a different address may be specified in a written notice to the other party), and shall be deemed given (i) on the date of receipt if delivered in hand or by facsimile transmission, (ii) on the next business day after being sent by express mail, and (iii) on the fourth business day after being sent by regular, registered or certified mail. As used herein, the term “business day” shall mean and include any day other than Saturdays, Sundays, or other days on which commercial banks in New York, New York are required or authorized to be closed.

 

(c) Secured Party may correct patent errors and fill in all blanks in this Agreement or in any Collateral Schedule consistent with the agreement of the parties.

 

(d) Time is of the essence of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding, jointly and severally, upon all parties described as the “Debtor” and their respective heirs. executors, representatives, successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Secured Party, its successors and assigns.

 

(e) This Agreement and its Collateral Schedules constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersede all prior understandings (whether written, verbal or implied) with respect to such subject matter. THIS AGREEMENT AND ITS COLLATERAL SCHEDULES SHALL NOT BE CHANGED OR TERMINATED ORALLY OR BY COURSE OF CONDUCT, BUT ONLY BY A WRITING SIGNED BY BOTH PARTIES. Section headings contained in this Agreement have been included for convenience only, and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(f) This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until all of the Indebtedness has been indefeasibly paid in full to Secured Party. The surrender, upon payment or otherwise, of any Note or any of the other documents evidencing any of the Indebtedness shall not affect the right of Secured Party to retain the Collateral for such other Indebtedness as may then exist or as it may be reasonably contemplated will exist in the future. This Agreement shall automatically be reinstated if Secured Party is ever required to return or restore the payment of all or any portion of the Indebtedness (all as though such payment had never been made).

 

(g) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT (WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES OF SUCH STATE), INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, REGARDLESS OF THE LOCATION OF THE EQUIPMENT.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Debtor and Secured Party, intending to be legally bound hereby, have duly executed this Agreement in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, as of the day and year first aforesaid.

 

 

SECURED PARTY:

DEBTOR:

 

 

General Electric Capital Corporation

Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

  Barbara B. Kaiser

 

Name:

  Steven P. James

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

EVP/General Manager

 

Title:

Senior V.P. Business Operations

 

 



 

AMENDMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT is made as of the 15th day of June, 2000, between General Electric Capital Corporation (“Secured Party”) and Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Debtor”) in connection with that certain Master Security Agreement dated or dated June 15, 2000 (“Agreement”). The terms of this Amendment are hereby incorporated into the Agreement as though fully set forth therein. Section references below refer to the section numbers of the Agreement. The Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

2.             REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF DEBTOR

 

Subsection (a) is hereby amended and replaced with the following:

 

(a)                                Debtor is, and will remain, duly organized, existing and in good standing under the laws of the State set forth in the preamble of this Agreement, has-its chief executive offices at the location specified in the preamble, and is, and will remain, duly qualified and licensed in every jurisdiction in which the failure to be so qualified would have a material adverse effect on Debtor’s business and operations, the ownership of the Collateral, or its ability to perform its obligations under the Debt Documents;

 

In subsection (i) after the word “repair,” the words “subject to ordinary and reasonable wear and tear,” are hereby added.

 

3.             COLLATERAL.

 

In subsection (a) after the word “default,” the words “after the expiration of any applicable cure periods,” are hereby added.

 

Subsection (c) is hereby amended and replaced with the following:

 

(c)                                Debtor shall not, without the prior written consent of Secured Party, (i) part with possession of any of the Collateral (except to Secured Party or for maintenance and repair), (ii) remove any of the Collateral from the address specified in the Collateral Schedule, or (iii) sell, rent, lease, mortgage, grant a security interest in or otherwise transfer or encumber (except for Permitted Liens) any of the Collateral.

 

4.             INSURANCE.

 

In subsection (b) in the next to last sentence after the word “default,” the words “and all applicable cure periods have expired,” are hereby added.

 



 

5.             REPORTS.

 

Section 5 is hereby amended and replaced with the following:

 

5. REPORTS.

 

(a)           Debtor shall promptly notify Secured Party of (i) any change in the name of Debtor, (ii) any relocation of its chief executive offices, (iii) any relocation of any of the Collateral, which relocation may not be made unless Debtor has obtained the prior written consent of Secured Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld (iv) any of the Collateral being lost, stolen, missing, destroyed, materially damaged or worn out, or (v) any lien, claim or encumbrance other than Permitted Liens attaching to or being made against any of the Collateral.

 

(b)           Debtor will deliver to Secured Party financial statements as follows. If Debtor is a privately held company, then Debtor agrees to provide (i) monthly financial statements, as provided to Debtor’s Board of Directors, within 30 days of each month end, or Debtor’s monthly closing unrestricted cash balance, certified by Debtor’s chief financial officer, within 20 days of each month end, (ii) unaudited quarterly financial statements (“Quarterly Financial Statements”), certified by Debtor’s chief financial officer including a balance sheet, statement of operations and cash flow statement within 30 days of each quarter end, and (iii) its complete audited annual financial statements (“Annual Financial Statements”), certified by a recognized firm of certified public accountants, within 120 days of fiscal year end or at such time as Debtor’s Board of Directors receives the audit. If Debtor is a publicly held company, then Debtor agrees to provide unaudited Quarterly Financial Statements, certified by Debtor’s chief financial officer and audited, Annual Financial Statements, certified by a recognized firm of certified public accountants, within 10 days after the statements are provided to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). All such statements are to be prepared using generally accepted accounting principles and, if Debtor is a publicly held company, are to be in compliance with SEC requirements.”

 

6.             FURTHER ASSURANCES.

 

In subsection (c), the following words are hereby added to the end thereof: “but not for any claims caused by Secured Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.”

 

7.             DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

 

In subsection (a)(x), the following words are hereby added to the end thereof: “which was not reversed or withdrawn within 45 days of such appointment.”

 



 

In the first sentence of subsection (b) after the word “default,” the words “and such default is not cured within the applicable cure period” are hereby added.

 

In the first sentence of subsection (c) after the word “default,” the words “and expiration of all applicable cure periods” are hereby added.

 

8.             MISCELLANEOUS.

 

In subsection (g), the word “Connecticut” shall be replaced with the word “New York.”

 

TERMS USED, BUT NOT OTHERWISE DEFINED HEREIN SHALL HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN THE AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY AMENDED HEREBY, THE AGREEMENT SHALL REMAIN IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT. IF THERE IS ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THE PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT AND THIS AMENDMENT, THEN THIS AMENDMENT SHALL CONTROL.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment simultaneously with Agreement by signature of their respective authorized representative set forth below.

 

General Electric Capital Corporation

Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

 

By:

/s/ Barbara B. Kaiser

 

/s/ Steven P. James

 

 

 

 

Title:

EVP/General Manager

 

Title:

Senior V.P., Business Operations

 

 



 

NEGATIVE COVENANT PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement is made and entered into as of this 17th day of May, 2002, by and between Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated , a Delaware corporation, with its principal place of business at 341 Oyster Point Blvd., South San Francisco CA 94080 (“Pledgor”) and General Electric Capital Corporation , or any subsequent holder hereof (each a “Pledgee”), at its office located at 401 Merritt 7, Suite 23, Norwalk, CT 06856.

 

In consideration of, and as an inducement for Pledgee to enter into Promissory Notes and Collateral Schedules after April 30, 2002, under that certain Master Security Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2000 (referred to hereinafter as the “Agreements”) with Pledgor, and to secure the payment and performance of all Pledgor’s obligations under the Agreements, Pledgor and Pledgee agree as follows:

 

1)                                       If at any point in time from the date of this Amendment, Pledgor’s Unrestricted Cash (as defined below) falls below the greater of $18,000,000 or 10 months’ cash needs (defined as the cash burn for the 3 months just completed, multiplied by a factor of 3.5), or Pledgor is in default of the Agreement, Pledgor agrees to provide to Pledgee within 10 days of such occurrence a cash security deposit in an amount equal to 50% of the original, aggregate Soft Costs financed on Promissory Notes and Collateral Schedules entered into after April 30, 2002 (the “Collateral Pledge”), but in no event to exceed the remaining amounts owed by Pledgor to Pledgee.

 

2)                                       The term “Unrestricted Cash” shall mean cash on hand, including investments in marketable securities with maturities of less than eighteen (18) months, less all long-term debt which is not subordinated to Pledgee.

 

3)                                       Pledgor hereby grants to Pledgee a security interest in the Collateral Pledge effective upon the payment and delivery of the Collateral Pledge to Pledgee.

 

4)                                       The failure to timely provide the Collateral Pledge to Pledgee shall constitute an event of default under the Agreements.

 

5)                                       To enhance Pledgor’s ability to make the Collateral Pledge as required in this Agreement, Pledgor hereby agrees that it will not agree to financial covenants with another lender or lessor that might trigger a security deposit or other payment to such other lender or lessor greater than $100,000 prior to Pledgor’s payment of the deposit to Pledgee.

 

6)                                       If Pledgor is a private company, then Pledgor agrees to provide monthly financial statements, including a balance sheet, statement of operations, and cash flow statement, to Pledgee within 30 days of each month end, and an audited annual statement to Pledgee within 120 days of fiscal year end or at such time as Pledgor’s Board of Directors receives the audit. If Pledgor is a public company, then Pledgor agrees to provide quarterly and annual audited financial statements to Pledgee within 10 days after the statements are provided to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). All such statements are to be prepared using generally accepted accounting principles and are to be in compliance with applicable SEC requirements. Failure to provide these statements as specified herein will constitute an event of default under the Agreements.

 

 



 

7)                                       Additionally, at any time that Pledgor’s Unrestricted Cash would fall below the appropriate benchmark above if not augmented within 3 months, Pledgor’s Chief Financial Officer or other senior officer will, at Pledgee’s request, provide Pledgee with the monthly closing cash balance by not later than the 10th business day following each month-end.

 

8)                                       Pledgor agrees to keep all Unrestricted Cash within the following financial institutions

 

Financial Institution

 

Account Number

 

Officer Contact

 

Phone Number

 

 

 

Financial Institution

 

Account Number

 

Officer Contact

 

Phone Number

 

 

 

Financial Institution

 

Account Number

 

Officer Contact

 

Phone Number

 

 

 

Financial Institution

 

Account Number

 

Officer Contact

 

Phone Number

 

 

Any change in the above information shall be provided in writing by Pledgor to Pledgee within five (5) days of such change. Pledgor hereby authorizes these financial institutions to give specific account balance information to Pledgee and agrees to execute any other documents or take any other action required to provide verification of Unrestricted Cash balances.

 

9)                                       Pledgor agrees to recognize the Collateral Pledge as a contingent liability and to establish the appropriate reserves.

 

10)                                 Upon any default by Pledgor under the Agreements and while the same is continuing, Pledgee may, at its option, apply the Collateral Pledge to that date toward the satisfaction of Pledgor’s obligations under the Agreements and the payment of all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Pledgee as a result of such default, including reasonable attorney’s fees. Pledgee is liable to Pledgor only for any surplus remaining from said Collateral Pledge after the full satisfaction of the foregoing obligations, costs and expenses.

 

11)                                 Pledgee shall have no duty to first commence an action against or seek recourse from Pledgor, if an event of default occurs and is continuing under the Agreements, before enforcing the provisions of, and proceeding under the provisions of, this Negative Covenant Pledge Agreement. The obligations of Pledgor under this Negative

 

2



 

Covenant Pledge Agreement shall be absolute and unconditional and shall remain in full force and effect without regard to, and shall not be released or discharged or in any way affected by:

 

a)                                       any amendment or modification of or supplement to the Agreements;

b)                                      any exercise or non-exercise of any right, remedy or privilege under or in respect to this Negative Covenant Pledge Agreement, the Agreements, or any other instrument provided for in the Agreement(s), or any waiver, consent, explanation, indulgency or actions or inaction with respect to any such instrument; or

c)                                       any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation or similar proceeding of Pledgor.

12)                                 The entire Collateral Pledge will be returned to Pledgor when Pledgor’s Unrestricted Cash exceeds the applicable benchmark above for a period of at least one fiscal quarter and continues to remain greater than the applicable benchmark and Pledgor is not in default under the Agreements or under any material financial obligation. (Alternatively, the entire Collateral Pledge will be returned immediately in the event Pledgor’s new equity or other non-refundable cash is great enough, in Pledgee’s reasonable judgment, to keep Pledgor’s Unrestricted Cash above the applicable benchmark for at least three fiscal quarters and Pledgor is not in default under the Agreements or under any material financial obligation).

 

13)                                 Alternatively, in the event of an acquisition, if a credit-worthy acquiror executes an assignment or guarantee acceptable to Pledgee, any Collateral Pledge held by Pledgee will be returned to Pledgor.

 

14)                                 Return of any required Collateral Pledge prior to the Termination of the Agreements (as defined below) is contingent upon the following additional conditions: (a) verification of all benchmarks is to be acceptable to Pledgee; (b) Pledgor is not in default under the Agreements; and c) Pledgor has not suffered any material adverse change within the past 12 months and is not aware of any prospective material adverse change.

 

15)                                 The “Termination of the Agreements” shall be defined as the satisfaction of all Pledgor’s obligations under the Agreements.

 

16)                                 If the Collateral Pledge is returned prior to the Termination of the Agreements, this Negative Covenant Pledge Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

17)                                 If the Collateral Pledge has not been previously returned, upon Termination of the Agreements Pledgee shall deliver the Collateral Pledge (less any portion of same cashed, sold, assigned or delivered pursuant to, and under the circumstances specified in, Paragraph 10 hereof) promptly to Pledgor, and this Negative Covenant Pledge Agreement shall thereupon be without further effect.

 

3



 

                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Negative Covenant Pledge to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

PLEDGOR:

PLEDGEE:

Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Incorporated

General Electric Capital Corporation

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

4


 


 

FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE

 

____________________________

 (Date)

3696 Haven Avenue, Redwood City, CA 94063

(Address of Maker)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“ Maker ”) promises, jointly and severally if more than one, to pay to the order of General Electric Capital Corporation or any subsequent holder hereof (each, a “ Payee ”) at its office located at 5150 El Camino Real, Suite 8-21, Los Altos, CA 94022 or at such other place as Payee or the holder hereof may designate, the principal sum of                                         , with interest on the unpaid principal balance, from the date hereof through and including the dates of payment, at a fixed interest rate of        % per annum, to be paid in lawful money of the United States, in         (   ) consecutive monthly installments of principal and interest as follows:

 

Periodic
Installment

Amount

Monthly

$             

 

(each “Periodic Installment”), and a final installment which shall be in the amount of the total outstanding principal and interest.  The first Periodic Installment shall be due and payable on December 1, 2000 and the following Periodic Installments and the final installment shall be due and payable on the same day of each succeeding month (each, a “Payment Date”).  Such installments have been calculated on the basis of a 360 day year of twelve 30-day months.  Each payment may, at the option of the Payee, be calculated and applied on an assumption that such payment would be made on its due date.

 

The acceptance by Payee of any payment which is less than payment in full of all amounts due and owing at such time shall not constitute a waiver of Payee’s right to receive payment in full at such time or at any prior or subsequent time.

 

The Maker hereby expressly authorizes the Payee to insert the date value is actually given in the blank space on the face hereof and on all related documents pertaining hereto.

 

This Note is secured by the Master Security Agreement dated June 15, 2000 (“ Security Agreement ”).

 

Time is of the essence hereof.  If any installment or any other sum due under this Note or any Security Agreement is not received within ten (10) days after its due date, the Maker agrees to pay, in addition to the amount of each such installment or other sum, a late payment charge of five percent (5%) of the amount of said installment or other sum, but not exceeding any lawful maximum.  If (i) Maker fails to make payment of any amount due hereunder within ten (10) days after the same becomes due and payable; or (ii) Maker is in default under, or fails to perform under any term or condition contained in any Security Agreement, then the entire principal sum remaining unpaid, together with all accrued interest thereon and any other sum payable under this Note or any Security Agreement, at the election of Payee, shall immediately become due and payable, with interest thereon at the lesser of eighteen percent (18%) per annum or the highest rate not prohibited by applicable law from the date of such accelerated maturity until paid (both before and after any judgment).

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Security Agreement, Maker may not prepay in full or in part any indebtedness hereunder without the express written consent of Payee in its sole discretion.

 

It is the intention of the parties hereto to comply with the applicable usury laws; accordingly, it is agreed that, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Note or any Security Agreement, in no event shall this Note or any Security Agreement require the payment or permit the collection of interest in excess of the maximum amount permitted by applicable law.  If any such excess interest is contracted for, charged or received under this Note or any Security Agreement, or if all of the principal balance shall be prepaid, so that under any of such circumstances the amount of interest contracted for, charged or received under this Note or any Security Agreement on the principal balance shall exceed the maximum amount of interest permitted by applicable law, then in such event (a) the provisions of this paragraph shall govern and control, (b) neither Maker nor any other person or entity now or hereafter liable for the payment hereof shall be obligated to pay the amount of such interest to the extent that it is in excess of the maximum amount of interest permitted by applicable law, (c) any such excess which may have been collected shall be either applied as a credit against the then unpaid principal balance or refunded to Maker, at the option of the Payee, and (d) the effective rate of interest shall be automatically reduced to the maximum lawful contract rate allowed under applicable law as now or hereafter construed by the courts having jurisdiction thereof.  It is further agreed that without limitation of the foregoing, all calculations of the rate of interest contracted for, charged or received under this Note or any Security Agreement which are made for the purpose of determining whether such rate exceeds the maximum lawful contract rate, shall be made, to the extent permitted by applicable law, by amortizing, prorating, allocating and spreading in equal parts during the period of the full stated term of the indebtedness evidenced hereby, all interest at any time contracted for, charged or received from Maker or otherwise by Payee in connection with such indebtedness; provided, however, that if any applicable state law is amended or the law of the United States of America preempts any applicable state law, so that it becomes lawful for the Payee to receive a greater interest per annum rate than is presently allowed, the Maker agrees that, on the effective date of such amendment or preemption, as the case may be, the lawful maximum hereunder shall be increased to the maximum interest per annum rate allowed by the amended state law or the law of the United States of America.

 

 



 

The Maker and all sureties, endorsers, guarantors or any others (each such person, other than the Maker, an “ Obligor ”) who may at any time become liable for the payment hereof jointly and severally consent hereby to any and all extensions of time, renewals, waivers or modifications of, and all substitutions or releases of, security or of any party primarily or secondarily liable on this Note or any Security Agreement or any term and provision of either, which may be made, granted or consented to by Payee, and agree that suit may be brought and maintained against any one or more of them, at the election of Payee without joinder of any other as a party thereto, and that Payee shall not be required first to foreclose, proceed against, or exhaust any security hereof in order to enforce payment of this Note.  The Maker and each Obligor hereby waives presentment, demand for payment, notice of nonpayment, protest, notice of protest, notice of dishonor, and all other notices in connection herewith, as well as filing of suit (if permitted by law) and diligence in collecting this Note or enforcing any of the security hereof, and agrees to pay (if permitted by law) all expenses incurred in collection, including Payee’s actual attorneys’ fees.  Maker and each Obligor agrees that fees not in excess of twenty percent (20%) of the amount then due shall be deemed reasonable.

 

THE MAKER HEREBY UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, THIS NOTE, ANY OF THE RELATED DOCUMENTS, ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN MAKER AND PAYEE RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION OR ANY RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND/OR THE RELATIONSHIP THAT IS BEING ESTABLISHED BETWEEN MAKER AND PAYEE.  THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS.) THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THE WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS NOTE, ANY RELATED DOCUMENTS, OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THIS TRANSACTION OR ANY RELATED TRANSACTION.  IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS NOTE MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

 

This Note and any Security Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the Maker and Payee with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings, agreements and representations, express or implied.

 

No variation or modification of this Note, or any waiver of any of its provisions or conditions, shall be valid unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of Maker and Payee.  Any such waiver, consent, modification or change shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose given.

 

Any provision in this Note or any Security Agreement which is in conflict with any statute, law or applicable rule shall be deemed omitted, modified or altered to conform thereto.

 

 

 

 

Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

 

 

By:

(L.S.)

(Witness)

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print name)

 

Print name (and title, if applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

94-3295878

 

(Address)

 

(Federal tax identification number)

 

 

 

2


 



QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1


Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

        We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our report dated April 27, 2004, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. for the registration of its common stock.

/s/   ERNST & YOUNG LLP                               

San Jose, California
December 22, 2004




QuickLinks

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm